all | frequencies |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
exhibits | applications |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
manuals | photos | labels |
app s | submitted / available | |||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
1 2 3 |
|
User Manual | Users Manual | 2.83 MiB | June 21 2012 | |||
1 2 3 |
|
User manual rev2 | Users Manual | 3.32 MiB | ||||
1 2 3 |
|
UserMan | Users Manual | 2.18 MiB | ||||
1 2 3 |
|
Internal Photos | Internal Photos | 681.90 KiB | June 21 2012 | |||
1 2 3 |
|
External Photos | External Photos | 484.22 KiB | June 21 2012 | |||
1 2 3 |
|
Label | ID Label/Location Info | 461.30 KiB | June 21 2012 | |||
1 2 3 |
|
Label Location | ID Label/Location Info | 23.51 KiB | June 21 2012 | |||
1 2 3 |
|
Ad Hoc mode declaration | Attestation Statements | 265.87 KiB | ||||
1 2 3 |
|
DFS band declaration | Attestation Statements | 168.48 KiB | ||||
1 2 3 |
|
Description of change | Cover Letter(s) | 45.33 KiB | ||||
1 2 3 |
|
MPE report | RF Exposure Info | 59.63 KiB | ||||
1 2 3 |
|
Power of Attorney Letter | Cover Letter(s) | 110.92 KiB | ||||
1 2 3 |
|
Test report DFS rev3 | Test Report | 1012.59 KiB | ||||
1 2 3 |
|
Test report NII rev | Test Report | 621.50 KiB | ||||
1 2 3 |
|
Test setup photos | Test Setup Photos | 284.38 KiB | ||||
1 2 3 |
|
Attestation - General Declaration | Attestation Statements | 28.13 KiB | June 21 2012 | |||
1 2 3 | Block Diagram | Block Diagram | June 21 2012 | confidential | ||||
1 2 3 |
|
Confidentiality Request | Cover Letter(s) | 33.47 KiB | June 21 2012 | |||
1 2 3 |
|
Cover Letter - Agent Authorization | Cover Letter(s) | 21.53 KiB | June 21 2012 | |||
1 2 3 |
|
Operational Description | Operational Description | 30.79 KiB | June 21 2012 | |||
1 2 3 |
|
RF Exposure Info | RF Exposure Info | 51.88 KiB | June 21 2012 | |||
1 2 3 | Schematics | Schematics | June 21 2012 | confidential | ||||
1 2 3 |
|
Test Report - 15C | Test Report | 1.11 MiB | June 21 2012 | |||
1 2 3 |
|
Test Report - 15E | Test Report | 524.50 KiB | June 21 2012 |
1 2 3 | User manual rev2 | Users Manual | 3.32 MiB |
N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual 350 East Plumeria Drive San Jose, CA 95134 USA May 2012 202-11005-01 v1.0 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual 2012 NETGEAR, Inc. No part of this publication may be reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, stored in a retrieval system, or translated into any language in any form or by any means without the written permission of NETGEAR, Inc. All rights reserved. Technical Support Thank you for choosing NETGEAR. To register your product, get the latest product updates, or get support online, visit us at http://support.netgear.com. Phone (US & Canada only): 1-888-NETGEAR Phone (Other Countries): See Support information card. Trademarks NETGEAR, the NETGEAR logo, ReadyNAS, ProSafe, Smart Wizard, Auto Uplink, X-RAID2, and NeoTV are trademarks or registered trademarks of NETGEAR, Inc. Microsoft, Windows, Windows NT, and Vista are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. Other brand and product names are registered trademarks or trademarks of their respective holders. Statement of Conditions To improve internal design, operational function, and/or reliability, NETGEAR reserves the right to make changes to the products described in this document without notice. NETGEAR does not assume any liability that may occur due to the use, or application of, the product(s) or circuit layout(s) described herein. 2
|
Contents Chapter 1 Hardware Setup Unpack Your Router . 8 Hardware Features. 8 Front Panel . 8 Back Panel . 10 Label. 10 Attach the Stand . 11 Position Your Router . 11 Cable Your Router . 12 Verify the Cabling . 13 Chapter 2 Set Up Your Internet Connection Router Setup Preparation. 15 Use Standard TCP/IP Properties for DHCP . 15 Replace an Existing Router . 15 Gather ISP Information. 15 Log In to the Router . 16 Upgrade Firmware . 17 Router Interface . 17 Setup Wizard . 18 Manual Setup (Basic Settings) . 19 Unsuccessful Internet Connection . 22 Change Password . 22 Log Out Manually . 23 Types of Logins . 23 Chapter 3 Wireless Settings Wireless Security Compatibility . 25 Security Basics . 25 Wireless Security Options . 25 Turn Off Wireless Connectivity . 25 Disable SSID Broadcast . 26 Restrict Access by MAC Address. 26 Add Clients (Computers or Devices) to Your Network . 26 Manual Method. 26 Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS) Method . 26 Wireless Settings Screen . 28 Consider Every Device on Your Network . 28 View or Change Wireless Settings . 29 Contents | 3 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual Wireless Settings Screen Fields. 30 Set Up WPA Security Option and Passphrase. 31 Wireless Guest Networks . 31 Chapter 4 Content Filtering Settings Logs . 34 Examples of Log Messages . 35 Keyword Blocking of HTTP Traffic . 36 Delete Keyword or Domain. 36 Specify a Trusted Computer. 37 Block Services . 37 Set the Time Zone . 39 Schedule Services . 40 Turn On Security Event Email Notification . 41 Port Forwarding . 42 Add a Custom Service . 43 Application Example: Making a Local Web Server Public . 44 Port Triggering . 45 Chapter 5 Network Maintenance Upgrade the Firmware . 49 Automatic Firmware Check . 49 Stop the Automatic Firmware Check . 49 Manually Check for Firmware Upgrades . 50 Manage the Configuration File . 51 Back Up . 51 Restore . 52 Erase . 52 View Router Status. 52 Internet Port Settings . 53 LAN Port (Local Ports) . 53 Wireless Port . 53 Show Statistics . 54 Connection Status . 55 View Attached Devices. 55 Chapter 6 USB Storage USB Drive Requirements . 58 File-Sharing Scenarios . 58 Share Photos within Your Home Network . 58 Share Large Files with FTP over the Internet. 58 USB Storage Basic Settings. 59 Basic Settings Screen Fields and Buttons . 60 Edit a Network Folder. 60 USB Storage Advanced Settings . 61 Create a Network Folder . 62 4 | Contents N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual Unmount a USB Drive . 63 Approved USB Devices . 64 Connect to the USB Drive from a Remote Computer. 64 Locate the Internet Port IP Address . 65 Access the Routers USB Drive Remotely with FTP. 65 Connect to the USB Drive with Microsoft Network Settings . 65 Enabling File and Printer Sharing . 65 Chapter 7 Advanced Settings WAN Setup. 68 Default DMZ Server . 69 Dynamic DNS . 70 LAN Setup . 71 LAN Setup Screen Settings . 72 IP Address Reservation . 72 Quality of Service (QoS). 73 QoS for Internet Access . 73 Advanced Wireless Settings. 74 Wireless Advanced Settings (2.4 GHz and 5 GHz) . 75 WPS Settings . 75 Wireless Card Access List . 75 Remote Management Access . 76 Static Routes . 78 Static Route Example . 78 Add a Static Route . 79 Universal Plug and Play . 80 IPv6 . 81 Traffic Meter . 81 Advanced USB Settings . 83 Wireless Bridging and Repeating Networks . 83 Set Up a Repeater with Wireless Client Association . 85 Chapter 8 Troubleshooting Quick Tips. 88 Sequence to Restart Your Network . 88 Power LED . 88 Check Ethernet Cable Connections . 88 Wireless Settings . 88 Network Settings. 89 Troubleshooting with the LEDs. 89 Power LED Is Off or Blinking . 89 LEDs Never Turn Off . 89 Internet or Ethernet Port LEDs Are Off . 90 Wireless LED Is Off . 90 Cannot Log In to the Router . 90 Cannot Access the Internet . 91 Changes Not Saved . 92 Contents
| 5 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual Incorrect Date or Time . 92 Wireless Connectivity . 93 Wireless Signal Strength . 93 Restoring the Factory Settings and Password . 93 Appendix A Supplemental Information Factory Settings . 95 Technical Specifications. 96 Appendix B Notification of Compliance Index 6 | Contents 1. Hardware Setup 1 The N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 provides you with an easy and secure way to set up a wireless home network with fast access to the Internet over a high-speed digital subscriber line (DSL). It has is compatible with all major DSL Internet service providers, lets you block unsafe Internet content and applications, and protects the devices (computers, gaming consoles, and so on) that you connect to your home network. If you have not already set up your new router using the installation guide that comes in the box, this chapter walks you through the hardware setup. Chapter 2, Set Up Your Internet Connection explains how to set up your Internet connection. This chapter contains the following sections:
Unpack Your Router Hardware Features Attach the Stand Position Your Router Cable Your Router Verify the Cabling For more information about the topics covered in this manual, visit the Support website at http://support.netgear.com. Chapter 1. Hardware Setup
| 7 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual Unpack Your Router Your box should contain the following items:
N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 Router stand AC power adapter (plug varies by region) Category 5 (Cat 5) Ethernet cable Resource CD Installation guide with cabling and router setup instructions If any parts are incorrect, missing, or damaged, contact your NETGEAR dealer. Keep the carton and original packing materials, in case you need to return the product for repair. Hardware Features Before you cable your router, take a moment to become familiar with the label and the front and back panels. Pay particular attention to the LEDs on the front panel. Front Panel The router front panel has the status LEDs and icons shown in the figure. Note that the Wireless and WPS icons are buttons. Power Internet 2.4 GHz 5 GHz LAN Ports USB Wireless WPS
(14) Figure 1. Front panel LEDs and icons 8 | Chapter 1. Hardware Setup N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual The following table describes the LEDs, icons, and buttons on the front panel from left to right. Icon Power Internet Description Solid amber. The unit is starting up after being powered on. Solid green. Power is supplied to the router. Off. Power is not supplied to the router. Blinking green. The firmware is corrupted. See www.netgear.com/support. Blinking amber. The firmware is upgrading, or the Restore Factory Settings button was pressed. Solid green. An IP address has been received; ready to transmit data. Solid amber. The Ethernet cable connection to the modem has been detected. Off. No Ethernet cable is connected to the modem. 2.4 GHz Solid green. The 2.4 GHz wireless radio is operating. Off. The 2.4 GHz wireless radio is off. 5 GHz LAN USB Solid blue. The 5 GHz wireless radio is operating. Off. The 5 GHz wireless radio is off. Solid green. The LAN port has detected a 1 Gbps link with an attached device. Solid amber. The LAN port has detected a 10/100 Mbps link with an attached device. Off. No link is detected on this port. Solid green. The USB device had been accepted by the router and is ready to be used. Blinking green. The USB device is in use. Off. No USB device is connected, or the Safely Remove Hardware button has been clicked and it is now safe to remove the attached USB device. Wireless button Pressing this button turns the wireless radios on and off. On. The 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz wireless radios are on. Off. The 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz wireless radios are off, and the 24 GHz and 5 GHz LEDs are off. WPS button Pressing this button allows you to use Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS) to add a wireless device or computer to your network (see Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS) Method on page 26. The WPS LED blinks for 2 minutes during this process. Chapter 1. Hardware Setup
| 9 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual Back Panel The back panel has the On/Off button and port connections as shown in the figure. USB 4 Ethernet LAN ports ADSL Power On/Off Figure 2. Back panel Label The label on the bottom of the router shows the Restore Factory Settings button, WPS PIN, login information, MAC address, and serial number. Login user name and default password WPS PIN Restore Factory Settings Serial number MAC address Figure 3. Label on router bottom See Factory Settings on page 95 for information about restoring factory settings. 10 | Chapter 1. Hardware Setup N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual Attach the Stand For optimal wireless network performance, use the stand (included in the package) to position your router upright. 1. Orient your router vertically. 2. Insert the tabs of the stand into the slots on the bottom of your router as shown. Place your router in a suitable area for installation (near an AC power outlet and accessible to the Ethernet cables for your wired computers). Position Your Router The router lets you access your network from virtually anywhere within the operating range of your wireless network. However, the operating distance or range of your wireless connection can vary significantly depending on the physical placement of your router. For example, the thickness and number of walls the wireless signal passes through can limit the range. For best results, place your router:
Near the center of the area where your computers and other devices operate, and preferably within line of sight to your wireless devices. So it is accessible to an AC power outlet and near Ethernet cables for wired computers. In an elevated location such as a high shelf, keeping the number of walls and ceilings between the router and your other devices to a minimum. Chapter 1. Hardware Setup
| 11 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual Away from electrical devices that are potential sources of interference, such as ceiling fans, home security systems, microwaves, PCs, or the base of a cordless phone or 2.4 GHz cordless phone. Away from any large metal surfaces, such as a solid metal door or aluminum studs. Large expanses of other materials such as glass, insulated walls, fish tanks, mirrors, brick, and concrete can also affect your wireless signal. With the antennas in a vertical position to provide the best side-to-side coverage or in a horizontal position to provide the best up-and-down coverage, as applicable. Cable Your Router The installation guide that came in the box has a cabling diagram on the first page. This section walks you through cabling with detailed illustrations. 1. Connect the router, the computer, and the modem. 2. Turn off and unplug the modem. If your modem has a backup battery, remove it as well. 3. Locate the Ethernet cable (1) that connects your computer to the modem. 1 2 4. Disconnect the cable from the modem (2). You will connect it to the router later. 5. Locate the Ethernet cable that came with the NETGEAR product. Securely insert that Ethernet cable into your modem and into the Internet port of the router (3). 12 | Chapter 1. Hardware Setup N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual 6. Locate the cable you removed from the modem in step 2. Securely insert that cable (4) into a LAN port on the router such as LAN port 1. 4 7. Your network cables are connected, and you are ready to start your network. It is important that you start your network in the correct sequence (first power on the modem, and after it finishes starting up, power on the router). Verify the Cabling Verify that your router is cabled correctly by checking the router LEDs. Turn on the router by pressing the On/Off button on the back. The Power LED is green when the router is turned on. The LAN ports are green for each PC cabled to the router by an Ethernet cable. The 2.4 GHz N/G-Band LED is on, and the 5.0 GHz N-Band LED is on. The Internet LED is on. If it is not, make sure that the Ethernet cable is securely attached to the router Internet port and the modem, and that the modem is powered on. Verify that the LAN an Ethernet cable. LEDs (1 through 4) are lit for any computers cabled to the router by Chapter 1. Hardware Setup
| 13 2. Set Up Your Internet Connection 2 This chapter explains how to set up your Internet connection using one of two methods: the Setup Wizard, or manual setup. If you have already set up your router using one of these methods, the initial setup is complete. Refer to this chapter if you want to become familiar with the router menus and screens, view or adjust the initial settings, or change the router password and login time-out. This chapter contains the following sections:
Router Setup Preparation Log In to the Router Upgrade Firmware Router Interface Setup Wizard Manual Setup (Basic Settings) Unsuccessful Internet Connection Change Password Log Out Manually Types of Logins Chapter 2. Set Up Your Internet Connection
| 14 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual Router Setup Preparation 18, You can set up your router with the Setup Wizard as described in Setup Wizard on page or manually as described in Manual Setup (Basic Settings) on page 19. However, before you start the setup process, you need to have your ISP information and to make sure the laptops, PCs, and other devices in the network have the settings described here. Note: For a Macintosh or Linux system, you have to use manual setup. Use Standard TCP/IP Properties for DHCP If you set up your computer to use a static IP address, you have to change the settings back so that it uses Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP). Replace an Existing Router To replace an existing router, disconnect it and set it aside before starting the router setup. Gather ISP Information You need the following information to set up your router and to check that your Internet configuration is correct. Your Internet service provider (ISP) should have provided you with all the information needed to connect to the Internet. If you cannot locate this information, ask your ISP to provide it. When your router Internet connection is set up, you no longer need to launch the ISPs login program on your computer to access the Internet. When you start an Internet application, your router automatically logs you in. Active Internet service provided by a DSL account The ISP configuration information for your DSL account
-
-
ISP login name and password ISP Domain Name Server (DNS) addresses Fixed or static IP address
-
- Host and domain names Depending on how your ISP set up your Internet account, you could need to know one or more of these settings for a manual setup:
Virtual path identifier (VPI) and virtual channel identifier (VCI) parameters Multiplexing method Host and domain names Chapter 2. Set Up Your Internet Connection
| 15 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual Log In to the Router Log in to the router to view or change settings or to set up the router. 1. Type wwww.routerlogin.net in the address field of your browser and press Enter to display the login window. 2. Enter admin for the user name and password for the password, both in lowercase letters. Note: The router user name and password are probably different from the user name and password for logging in to your Internet connection. See Types of Logins on page 23 for more information. The router screen displays as described in Router Interface on page 17. If you do not see the login prompt:
2. 1. Check the LEDs on the router front panel to make sure that the router is plugged into an electrical outlet, its power is on, and the Ethernet cable between your computer and the router is connected to a LAN port. If you connected the Ethernet cable and quickly launched your browser and typed in the router URL, your computer might need a minute or two to recognize the LAN connection. Relaunch your browser and try again. If you are having trouble accessing the router wirelessly, NETGEAR recommends that during setup you use an Ethernet cable to connect your computer so that you can log in to the router. If you cannot connect to the router, check the Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) properties in the Network Connections section of your PC Control Panel. They should be set to obtain both IP and DNS server addresses automatically. See your computer documentation. 4. 3. 16 | Chapter 2. Set Up Your Internet Connection N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual Upgrade Firmware When you log in, if you are connected to the Internet, the Firmware Upgrade Assistant screen displays so you can upgrade to the latest firmware. See Upgrade the Firmware on page 49, for more information about upgrading firmware. Click Yes to check for new firmware (recommended). The router checks the NETGEAR database for new firmware. If no new firmware is available, click No to exit. You can check for new firmware later. If new firmware is available, click Yes to upgrade the router with the latest firmware. After the upgrade, the router restarts. CAUTION:
Do not try to go online, turn off the router, shut down the computer, or do anything else to the router until the router finishes restarting and the Power LED has stopped blinking for several seconds. You cannot upgrade firmware until you have established your Internet connection as described in Setup Wizard on page 18. Router Interface The router interface lets you view or change the router settings. The left column has menus, and the right column provides online help. The middle column is the screen for the current menu option. Menus
(scroll down to view more) Figure 1. Router interface Language Help for the current screen Screen selected from the menu Chapter 2. Set Up Your Internet Connection
| 17 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual Setup Wizard. Specify the language and location, and automatically detect the Internet connection. See Setup Wizard on page 18. Add WPS Client. Add WPS-compatible wireless devices and other equipment to your wireless network. See Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS) Method on page Setup menu. Set, upgrade, and check the ISP and wireless network settings of your router. See Manual Setup (Basic Settings) on page for information about settings. 19 and Chapter 3, Wireless Settings 26. Content Filtering menu. View and configure the router firewall settings to prevent objectionable content from reaching your PCs. See Chapter 4, Content Filtering Settings. Maintenance menu. Administer and maintain your router and network. See Chapter 5, Network Maintenance. Advanced menu. Set the router up for unique situations such as when remote access by IP or by domain name from the Internet is needed. See Chapter 7, Advanced Settings. Using this menu requires a solid understanding of networking concepts. Web Support. Go to the NETGEAR support site to get information, help, and product documentation. These links work once you have an Internet connection. Setup Wizard If you do not use the NETGEAR Genie, you have to log in to the router to set the country, language, and Internet connection. If you performed the NETGEAR Genie setup, the country, language, Internet, and wireless network settings are already configured. 1. From the top of the router menu, select Setup Wizard to display the following screen:
2. Select either Yes or No, I want to configure the router myself. If you selected No, proceed to Manual Setup (Basic Settings) on page If you selected Yes, click Next. 19. 3. With automatic Internet detection, the Setup Wizard searches your Internet connection for servers and protocols to determine your ISP configuration. 18 | Chapter 2. Set Up Your Internet Connection N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual Note: The Setup Wizard cannot detect a Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol
(PPTP) connection. If your ISP uses PPTP, you have to set your Internet connection through the screen described in Manual Setup
(Basic Settings) on page 19. Manual Setup (Basic Settings) The Basic Settings screen displays when you select No. I want to configure the router myself in the Setup Wizard and is also available from the router menu. It is where you view or change ISP information. The fields that display vary depending on whether or not your Internet connection requires a login. Note: Check that the country is set as described Setup Wizard on page 18 before proceeding with the manual setup. 1. Select Set Up > Basic Settings, and select Yes or No depending on whether or not your ISP requires a login. Figure 2, Basic Settings screen without (left) and with (right) login shows both forms of the Basic Settings screen. Yes. Select the encapsulation method and enter the login name. If you want to change the login time-out, enter a new value in minutes. No. Enter the account and domain names, as needed. 2. Enter the settings for the IP address and DNS server. The default DSL settings usually work fine. If you have problems with your connection, check the DSL settings, and see Unsuccessful Internet Connection on page If no login is required, you can specify the MAC Address setting. 22 for more information. 3. 4. Click Apply to save your settings. Chapter 2. Set Up Your Internet Connection
| 19 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual 5. Click Test to test your Internet connection. If the NETGEAR website does not appear within 1 minute, and see Chapter 8, Troubleshooting. ISP does not require login ISP does require login Figure 2. Basic Settings screen without (left) and with (right) login Some of the fields in this screen change when you select the Yes or No radio button for an ISP login. Yes. Select the encapsulation method and enter the login name. If you want to change the login time-out, enter a new value in minutes. No. Enter the account and domain names, as needed. No ISP Login Account Name. Enter the account name provided by your ISP. This might also be called the host name. Domain Name. Enter the domain name provided by your ISP. ISP Login Internet Service Provider. PPTP (Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol). This is used primarily in Austrian DSL services. 20 | Chapter 2. Set Up Your Internet Connection N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual Telstra Bigpond. This setting is only for older cable modem service accounts that still require a Bigpond login utility. Telstra has discontinued this type of account. Those with Telstra DSL accounts and newer cable modem accounts should select No for Does your Internet connection require a login?. Other. This is the default setting. It is for PPPoE (Point to Point Protocol over Ethernet), the protocol used by most DSL services worldwide. Login. The login name provided by your ISP. This is often an e-mail address. Password. The password provided by your ISP. Service Name. If your ISP provided a service name, enter it here. Connection Mode. Specify when the router will connect to and disconnect from the Internet. Always On. The router logs in to the Internet immediately after booting and never disconnects. Dial on Demand. The router logs in only when outgoing traffic is present and logs out after the idle time-out. Manually Connect. The router logs in or logs out only when you click Connect or Disconnect in the Router Status screen. Idle Timeout. If you want to change the Internet login time-out, enter a new value in minutes. This determines how long the wireless router keeps the Internet connection active after there is no Internet activity from the LAN. Entering an Idle Timeout value of 0
(zero) means never log out. Internet IP Address Get Dynamically from ISP. Your ISP uses DHCP to assign your IP address. Your ISP automatically assigns these addresses. Use Static IP Address. Enter the IP address that your ISP assigned. Also enter the IP subnet mask and the gateway IP address. The gateway is the ISPs wireless router to which your wireless router will connect. Domain Name and MAC Address Fields Domain Name Server (DNS) Address. The DNS server is used to look up site addresses based on their names. Get Automatically from ISP. Your ISP uses DHCP to assign your DNS servers. Your ISP automatically assigns this address. Use These DNS Servers. If you know that your ISP does not automatically transmit DNS addresses to the wireless router during login, select this option, and enter the IP address of your ISPs primary DNS server. If a secondary DNS server address is available, enter it also. Router MAC Address. The Ethernet MAC address that will be used by the wireless router on the Internet port. Some ISPs register the Ethernet MAC address of the network interface card in your computer when your account is first opened. They will then accept Chapter 2. Set Up Your Internet Connection
| 21 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual traffic only from the MAC address of that computer. This feature allows your wireless router to masquerade as that computer by cloning its MAC address. Use Default Address. Use the default MAC address of the router (normally the LAN MAC address). Use Computer MAC Address. The wireless router will capture and use the MAC address of the computer that you are now using. You must be using the one computer that is allowed by the ISP. Use This MAC Address. Enter the MAC address that you want to use. Unsuccessful Internet Connection 1. Review your settings to be sure that you have selected the correct options and typed everything correctly. 2. Contact your ISP to verify that you have the correct configuration information. 3. Read Chapter 8, Troubleshooting. If problems persist, register your NETGEAR product and 4. contact NETGEAR Technical Support. If you cannot connect to the router, check the Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) properties in the Network Connections section of your PC Control Panel. They should be set to obtain both IP and DNS server addresses automatically. See your computer documentation. Change Password For security reasons, the router has its own user name of admin with a password that defaults to password. You can and should change the password to a secure password that is easy to remember. The ideal password contains no dictionary words from any language and is a mixture of upper-case and lower-case letters, numbers, and symbols. It can be up to 30 characters. Note: The router user name and password are not the same as the user name and password for logging in to your Internet connection. See Types of Logins on page 23 for more information about login types. 22 | Chapter 2. Set Up Your Internet Connection N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual To change the password:
1. Select Maintenance > Set Password to display the following screen:
2. Enter the old password. 3. Enter the new password twice. 4. Click Apply to save your changes. After changing the password, you are required to log in again to continue the configuration. If you have backed up the router settings previously, you should do a new backup so that the saved settings file includes the new password. See Back Up on page 51 for information about backing up your network configuration. Log Out Manually The router interface provides a Logout command at the bottom of the router menus. Log out when you expect to be away from your computer for a relatively long period of time. Types of Logins There are three separate types of logins that have different purposes. It is important that you understand the difference so that you know which login to use when. Router login logs you in to the router interface. See Log In to the Router on page 16 for details about this login. ISP login logs you in to your Internet service. Your service provider has provided you with this login information in a letter or some other way. If you cannot find this login information, contact your service provider. Wi-Fi network name and passphrase logs you in to your wireless network. This login can be found on the label on the bottom of your unit. See Chapter 3, Wireless Settings for more information. Chapter 2. Set Up Your Internet Connection
| 23 3. Wireless Settings 3 This chapter describes how to use the Wireless Settings screens to view and change (if needed) your wireless network settings. Security features to prevent objectionable content from reaching your PCs are covered in Chapter 4, Content Filtering Settings. This chapter contains the following sections:
Wireless Security Compatibility Security Basics Add Clients (Computers or Devices) to Your Network Wireless Settings Screen Wireless Guest Networks Chapter 3. Wireless Settings
| 24 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual Wireless Security Compatibility A wireless client is the wireless device or computer that will connect to your router. Most PCs and laptops come with a wireless adapter installed, but if it is outdated or slow, you can purchase a new wireless USB adapter to plug into a USB port. Make sure the wireless adapter in each client in your wireless network supports WPA or WPA2 wireless security. Note: If you connect devices to your router using WPS as described in 26, those devices Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS) Method on page assume the security settings of the router. Security Basics Unlike wired network data, wireless data transmissions extend beyond your walls and can be received by any device with a compatible wireless adapter (radio). For this reason, it is very important to use the security features available to you. Your router has the security features described here and in Chapter 4, Content Filtering Settings. Wireless security options Turn off wireless connectivity Disable SSID broadcast Restrict access by MAC address Wireless Security Options A security option is the type of security protocol applied to your wireless network. The security protocol encrypts data transmissions and ensures that only trusted devices receive authorization to connect to your network. There are several types of encryption. WPA2 is the latest and most secure, and is recommended if your equipment supports it. WPA has several options including pre-shared key (PSK) encryption and 802.1x encryption for enterprises. Note that it is also possible to use your router without wireless security. NETGEAR does not recommend this. You can view or change the wireless security options in the Wireless Settings screen. See Wireless Settings Screen on page 28. Turn Off Wireless Connectivity You can turn off the wireless connectivity of the router by pressing the Wireless On/Off button
. For example, if you use your laptop to wirelessly connect to your router on its front panel and you take a business trip, you can turn off the wireless portion of the router while you are traveling. Other members of your household who use computers connected to the router through Ethernet cables can still use the router. Chapter 3. Wireless Settings
| 25 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual Disable SSID Broadcast By default, the router broadcasts its Wi-Fi network name (SSID) so devices can find it. If you change this setting to not allow the broadcast, wireless devices will not find your router unless they are configured with the same SSID. Note: Turning off SSID broadcast nullifies the wireless network discovery feature of some products such as Windows XP, but the data is still fully exposed to a determined snoop using specialized test equipment like wireless sniffers. If you allow the broadcast, be sure to keep wireless security enabled. Restrict Access by MAC Address You can enhance your network security by allowing access to only specific PCs based on their Media Access Control (MAC) addresses. You can restrict access to only trusted PCs so that unknown PCs cannot wirelessly connect to the router. The wireless station MAC address filtering adds additional security protection to the wireless security option that you have in force. The access list determines which wireless hardware devices are allowed to connect to the router by MAC address. See Advanced Wireless Settings on page 74 for the procedure. Add Clients (Computers or Devices) to Your Network Choose either the manual or the WPS method to add wireless computers or devices to your wireless network. Manual Method 1. Open the software that manages your wireless connections on the wireless device
(laptop computer, gaming device, iPhone) that you want to connect to your router. This software scans for all wireless networks in your area. 2. Look for your network and select it. If you did not change the name of your network during the setup process, look for the default Wi-Fi network name (SSID) and select it. The default Wi-Fi network name (SSID) is located on the product label on the bottom of the router. 3. Enter the router passphrase and click Connect. The default router passphrase is located on the product label on the bottom of the router. 4. Repeat steps 13 to add other wireless devices. Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS) Method Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS) is a standard that lets you easily join a secure wireless network with WPA or WPA2 wireless security. The router automatically sets security for each 26 | Chapter 3. Wireless Settings N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual computer or device that uses WPS to join the wireless network. To use WPS, make sure that your wireless devices are Wi-Fi certified and support WPS. NETGEAR products that use WPS call it Push 'N' Connect.1 Note: If the wireless network name (SSID) changes each time you add a WPS client, the Keep Existing Wireless Settings check box on the Advanced Wireless Settings screen has been cleared. See Advanced Wireless Settings on page this setting. 74 for more information about You can use a WPS button or the router interface method to add wireless computers and devices to your wireless network. WPS Button Method 1. Press the 2. Within 2 minutes, press the WPS button on your wireless computer or device, or follow the WPS instructions that came with the computer. The device is now connected to your router. WPS button on the router front panel. 3. Repeat steps 12 to add other WPS wireless computers or devices. Router Interface Method 1. Select Add WPS Client at the top of the router menus. 2. Click Next. The following screen lets you select the method for adding the WPS client. WPS Push Button method 3. Select either Push Button or PIN Number. With either method, the router tries to communicate with the computer or wireless device, set the wireless security for wireless device, and allow it to join the wireless network. 1. For a list of other Wi-Fi-certified products available from NETGEAR, go to http://www.wi-fi.org. Chapter 3. Wireless Settings
| 27 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual The PIN method displays this screen so you can enter the client security PIN number:
WPS PIN method While the router attempts to connect, the WPS LED on the front of the router blinks green. When the router establishes a WPS connection, the LED is solid green, and the router WPS screen displays a confirmation message. 4. Repeat to add another WPS client to your network. Wireless Settings Screen The Wireless Settings screen lets you view or change the wireless network settings. When you set up security, note the new settings and save them in a secure location. Note: If you use a wireless computer to change the wireless network name
(SSID) or security options, you are disconnected when you click Apply. To avoid this problem, use a computer with a wired connection to access the router. Consider Every Device on Your Network Before you begin, check the following:
Every wireless computer has to be able to obtain an IP address by DHCP from the router as described in Use Standard TCP/IP Properties for DHCP on page Each computer or wireless adapter in your network has to have the same SSID and wireless mode (bandwidth/data rate) as the router. Check that the wireless adapter on each computer can support the mode and security option you want to use. The security option on each wireless device in the network has to match the router. For example, if you select a security option that requires a passphrase, be sure to use same passphrase for each wireless computer in the network. 15. 28 | Chapter 3. Wireless Settings N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual View or Change Wireless Settings Your router comes set up with a unique wireless network name (SSID) and network password. This information is printed on the label for your router. You view or change these settings in the Wireless Settings screen. You can also use this screen to set up guest wireless networks. To view or change wireless settings:
1. Select Setup > Wireless Settings to display the following screen. 2. Select the wireless network that you want to configure. 3. Make any changes that are needed, and click Apply when done to save your settings. Note: The screen sections, settings, and procedures are explained in the following sections. 4. Set up and test your computers for wireless connectivity:
a. Use your wireless computer or device to join your network. When prompted, enter the network password. b. From the wirelessly connected computer, make sure that you can access the Internet. Chapter 3. Wireless Settings
| 29 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual Wireless Settings Screen Fields Region The location where the router is used. It might not be legal to operate the router in a region other than the regions listed. Wireless Network (for 2.4 GHz b/g/n and 5 GHz a/n) The primary network is the one that you usually use. You can set up guest networks too. You can customize access so that people who use their computers to access your guest network can use the Internet, but they do not have access to the rest of your home network. Enable Wireless Isolation. When this check box is selected, wireless stations cannot communicate with each other or with stations on the wired network. By default, this check box is not selected. Enable SSID Broadcast. This setting allows the router to broadcast its SSID so that a wireless station can display this wireless name (SSID) in its scanned network list. This check box is selected by default. To turn off the SSID broadcast, clear this check box and click Apply. Name (SSID). The SSID is also known as the wireless network name. Enter a 32-character (maximum) name in this field. This field is case-sensitive. The default SSID for your primary network is randomly generated, and there is typically no need to change it. If you want to set up guest networks, NETGEAR does recommend that you customize the default guest network names (SSIDs). Channel. The wireless channel used by the gateway: 1 through 13. Do not change the channel unless you experience interference (shown by lost connections or slow data transfers). If this happens, experiment with different channels to see which is the best. Mode. Up to 150 Mbps is the default and allows 802.11n and 802.11g wireless devices to join the network. g & b supports up to 54 Mbps. Up to 65 Mbps supports up to 65 Mbps. Security Options Settings The Security Options section of the Wireless Settings screen lets you change the security option and passphrase. NETGEAR recommends that you set up wireless security for your primary network and router and for each guest network that you plan to use. None. You can use this setting to establish wireless connectivity before implementing wireless security. NETGEAR strongly recommends that you implement wireless security. WPA-PSK [TKIP] (WiFi Protected Access Pre-Shared Key). Allow only computers configured with WPA to connect to the wireless router. When you select this option, this additional area displays. Enter the WPA passphrase (network key). The passphrase has to be between 8 and 63 ASCII characters or exactly 64 hex digits. WPA2-PSK [AES] (Wi-Fi Protected Access with 2 Pre-Shared Keys). Allow only computers set up with WPA2 to connect to the wireless router. When you select this option, this additional area displays. Enter the WPA passphrase (network key). The passphrase has to be between 8 and 63 ASCII characters or exactly 64 hex digits. 30 | Chapter 3. Wireless Settings N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual WPA-PSK [TKIP] + WPA2-PSK [AES]. Allow computers set up with either WPA-PSK or WPA2-PSK security to connect to the wireless router. When you select this option, this additional area displays on your screen. Enter the WPA passphrase (network key). The passphrase has to be between 8 and 63 ASCII characters or exactly 64 hex digits. Set Up WPA Security Option and Passphrase In the Security Options section, select the WPA option that you want. 1. 2. Enter the passphrase that you want to use. It is a text string from 8 to 63 characters. 3. Click Apply. Wireless Guest Networks Adding a guest network allows visitors at your home to use the Internet without having to know your wireless security key. You can add a guest network to each wireless network, b/g/n 2.4 GHz or a/n 5 GHz. You can configure wireless guest networks and specify the security options for each wireless guest network. To set up a wireless guest network:
1. Select Setup > Guest Network. The following screen displays:
Chapter 3. Wireless Settings
| 31 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual 2. Select the Enable Guest Network check box to enable each guest network that you want to use. Both 2.4 GHz b/g/n) and 5 GHz a/n are available. 3. Specify the settings for the network. You can specify whether the SSID broadcast is enabled, and whether you want to allow guests to access your local network. You can also change the SSID. NETGEAR strongly recommends that you change the SSID to a different name. Note that the SSID is case-sensitive. For example, GuestNetwork is not the same as Guestnetwork. For guest networks, wireless security is disabled by default. NETGEAR strongly recommends that you implement wireless security for the guest network. 4. Select a security option for the guest network and specify the password. 5. When you have finished making changes, click Apply. 32 | Chapter 3. Wireless Settings 4. Content Filtering Settings 4 This chapter explains how to use the basic firewall features of the router to prevent objectionable content from reaching the PCs and other devices connected to your network. This chapter contains the following sections:
Logs Keyword Blocking of HTTP Traffic Block Services Set the Time Zone Schedule Services Turn On Security Event Email Notification Port Forwarding Port Triggering Chapter 4. Content Filtering Settings
| 33 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual Logs The router logs security-related events such as denied incoming service requests, hacker probes, and administrator logins. If you enable content filtering in the Block Sites screen, the Logs screen show you when someone on your network tries to access a blocked site. If you enable email notification, you will receive these logs in an email message. To view the log, select Content Filtering > Logs. A screen similar to the following displays:
The Include in Log check boxes allow you to select which events are logged. The security log entries include the following information:
Date and time.The date and time the log entry was recorded. Description or action. The type of event and what action was taken, if any. Source IP. The IP address of the initiating device for this log entry. Source port and interface. The service port number of the initiating device, and whether it originated from the LAN or WAN. Destination. The name or IP address of the destination device or website. Destination port and interface. The service port number of the destination device, and whether it is on the LAN or WAN. 34 | Chapter 4. Content Filtering Settings N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual Examples of Log Messages Following are examples of log messages. In all cases, the log entry shows the time stamp as day, year-month-date hour:minute:second. Activation and Administration Tue, 2010-05-21 18:48:39 - NETGEAR activated
[This entry indicates a power-up or reboot with initial time entry.]
Tue, 2010-05-21 18:55:00 - Administrator login successful-IP:192.168.0.2 Thu, 2010-05-21 18:56:58 - Administrator logout - IP:192.168.0.2
[This entry shows an administrator logging into and out from IP address 192.168.0.2.]
Tue, 2010-05-21 19:00:06 - Login screen timed out - IP:192.168.0.2
[This entry shows a time-out of the administrator login.]
Wed, 2010-05-22 22:00:19 - Log emailed
[This entry shows when the log was emailed.]
Dropped Packets Wed, 2010-05-22 07:15:15 - TCP packet dropped -
Source:64.12.47.28,4787,WAN - Destination:134.177.0.11,21,LAN - [Inbound Default rule match]
Sun, 2010-05-22 12:50:33 - UDP packet dropped -
Source:64.12.47.28,10714,WAN - Destination:134.177.0.11,6970,LAN -
[Inbound Default rule match]
Sun, 2010-05-22 21:02:53 - ICMP packet dropped -
Source:64.12.47.28,0,WAN - Destination:134.177.0.11,0,LAN - [Inbound Default rule match]
These entries show an inbound FTP (port 21) packet, a User Datagram Protocol (UDP) packet (port 6970), and an Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) packet (port 0) being dropped as a result of the default inbound rule, which states that all inbound packets are denied. Chapter 4. Content Filtering Settings
| 35 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual Keyword Blocking of HTTP Traffic Use keyword blocking to prevent certain types of HTTP traffic from accessing your network. The blocking can be always or according to a scheduled. 1. Select Security > Block Sites.The following screen displays:
2. Select one of the keyword blocking options:
Per Schedule. Turn on keyword blocking according to the Schedule screen settings. Always. Turn on keyword blocking all the time, independent of the Schedule screen. In the Keyword field, enter a keyword or domain, click Add Keyword, and click Apply. 3. The Keyword list. supports up to 32 entries. Here are some sample entries:
Specify XXX to block http://www.badstuff.com/xxx.html. Specify .com if you want to allow only sites with domain suffixes such as .edu or .gov. Enter a period (.) to block all Internet browsing access. Delete Keyword or Domain 1. Select the keyword or domain that you want to delete from the list. 2. Click Delete Keyword and click Apply to save your changes. 36 | Chapter 4. Content Filtering Settings N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual Specify a Trusted Computer You can exempt one trusted computer from blocking and logging. The computer you exempt has to have a fixed IP address. In the Trusted IP Address field, enter the IP address. 1. 2. Click Apply to save your changes. Block Services Services are functions performed by server computers at the request of client computers. For example, Web servers serve Web pages, time servers serve time and date information, and game hosts serve data about other players moves. When a computer on the Internet sends a request for service to a server computer, the requested service is identified by a service or port number. This number appears as the destination port number in the transmitted IP packets. For example, a packet that is sent with destination port number 80 is an HTTP (Web server) request. You can block computers on your local network from using certain Internet services. This is called service blocking or port filtering. You can add an outbound rule to block Internet access from a local computer based on the computer, Internet site, time of day, and type of service. To block access to Internet services:
1. Select Content Filtering > Block Services. The Block Services screen displays. 2. Enable service blocking by selecting either Per Schedule or Always, and then click Apply. To block by schedule, be sure to specify a time period in the Schedule screen. For information about scheduling, see Schedule Services on page 40. Chapter 4. Content Filtering Settings
| 37 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual 3. Specify a service for blocking by clicking Add. The Block Services Setup screen displays. 4. From the Service Type list, select the application or service to be allowed or blocked. The list includes several common services, but you are not limited to these choices. To add any services or applications that are not listed, select User Defined. Note: To define a service, first you have to know the port number or range of numbers used by the application. The service port numbers for many common protocols are defined by the Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF at http://www.ietf.org/) and published in RFC1700, Assigned Numbers. Service numbers for other applications are typically chosen from the range 1024 to 65535 by the authors of the application. You can often determine port number information by contacting the publisher of the application, by asking user groups or newsgroups, or by searching. If you know that the application uses either TCP or UDP, select the appropriate protocol. If you are not sure, select Both. Enter the starting port and ending port numbers. If the application uses a single port number, enter that number in both fields. 5. Select the radio button for the IP address configuration that you want to block, and then enter the IP addresses in the appropriate fields. You can block the specified service for a single computer, a range of computers (having consecutive IP addresses), or all computers on your network. 6. Click Add to enable your Block Services Setup selections. 38 | Chapter 4. Content Filtering Settings N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual Set the Time Zone The router uses the Network Time Protocol (NTP) to obtain the current time and date from one of several network time servers on the Internet. 1. Select Security > Schedule. The following screen displays 2. Select your time zone. This setting determines the blocking schedule and time-stamping of log entries. If your time zone is in daylight savings time, select the Automatically adjust for daylight savings time check box to add one hour to standard time. 3. Note: If your region uses daylight savings time, select Automatically adjust for daylight savings time on the first day and clear it after the last day. 4. Click Apply to save your settings. Chapter 4. Content Filtering Settings
| 39 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual Schedule Services If you enabled service blocking in the Block Services screen or port forwarding in the Ports screen, you can set up a schedule for when blocking occurs or when access is not restricted. 1. Select Security > Schedule. The following screen displays:
2. To block Internet services based on a schedule, select Every Day or select one or more 3. days. If you want to limit access completely for the selected days, select All Day. Otherwise, to limit access during certain times for the selected days, enter times in the Start Blocking and End Blocking fields. Note: Enter the values in 24-hour time format. For example, 10:30 a.m. would be 10 hours and 30 minutes, and 10:30 p.m. would be 22 hours and 30 minutes. If you set the start time after the end time, the schedule is effective through midnight the next day. 4. Click Apply to save your settings. 40 | Chapter 4. Content Filtering Settings N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual Turn On Security Event Email Notification To receive logs and alerts by email, provide your email information in the Email screen and specify which alerts you want to receive and how often. Select Content Filtering > E-mail to display the following screen:
Turn E-mail Notification On. Select this check box if you want to receive email logs and alerts from the router. Send to This E-mail Address. Enter the email address where you want logs and alerts sent. This email address is also used as the From address. If you leave this field blank, log and alert messages are not sent by email. Your Outgoing Mail Server. Enter the name or IP address of your ISPs outgoing
(SMTP) mail server (such as mail.myISP.com). You might be able to find this information in the configuration settings of your email program. Enter the email address to which logs and alerts are sent. This email address is also used as the From address. If you leave this field blank, log and alert messages are not sent by email. My mail server requires authentication. If you use an outgoing mail server provided by your current ISP, you do not need to select this check box. If you use an email account that is not provided by your ISP, select this check box, and enter the required user name and password information. Send Alerts Immediately. Select the corresponding check box if you would like immediate notification of a significant security event, such as a known attack, port scan, or attempted access to a blocked site. Send logs according to this schedule. Specifies how often to send the logs: Hourly, Daily, Weekly, or When Full. Chapter 4. Content Filtering Settings
| 41 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual
- Days specifies which day of the week to send the log. This is relevant when the log is
-
sent weekly. Time specifies the time of day to send the log. This is relevant when the log is sent daily or weekly. Note: If the Weekly, Daily, or Hourly option is selected and the log fills up before the specified period, the log is automatically emailed to the specified email address. After the log is sent, it is cleared from the routers memory. If the router cannot email the log file, the log buffer might fill up. In this case, the router overwrites the log and discards its contents. Port Forwarding Because the router uses Network Address Translation (NAT), your network presents only one IP address to the Internet, and outside users cannot directly address any of your local computers. However, with port forwarding you can make a local server (for example, a Web server or game server) visible and available to the Internet. Note: Some residential broadband ISP accounts do not let you run server processes (such as a Web or FTP server) from your location. Your ISP might periodically check for servers and suspend your account if it discovers any active services at your location. If you are unsure, refer to the acceptable use policy of your ISP. Port forwarding tells the router to direct inbound traffic for a particular service to one local server based on the destination port number. Port forwarding opens holes in your firewall. Enable only those ports that are necessary for your network. Before starting, you need to determine which type of service, application, or game you will provide, and the local IP address of the computer that will provide the service. Be sure the computers IP address never changes. The following are some considerations for port forwarding:
If your external IP address is assigned dynamically by your ISP, the IP address might change periodically as the DHCP lease expires. Consider using the Dynamic DNS screen described in Dynamic DNS so that external users can always find your network. If the IP address of the local server computer is assigned by DHCP, it might change when the computer is rebooted. To avoid this, use the Reserved IP address feature in the LAN Setup screen to keep the computers IP address constant. 42 | Chapter 4. Content Filtering Settings N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual Local computers access the local server using the computers local LAN address. Attempts by local computers to access the server using the external WAN IP address fail. To configure port forwarding to a local server:
1. Select Advanced > Port Forwarding/Port Triggering. 2. Select the Port Forwarding radio button as the service type as shown in the following figure:
3. From the Service Name list, select the service or game that you will host on your network. If the service does not appear in the list, you can add a custom service as described in the following section.. 4. In the Server IP Address field, enter the last digit of the IP address of your local computer that will provide this service. 5. Click Add. The service appears in the list in the screen. Note: To edit or delete a port forwarding entry in the table, select the button next to the service name and click Edit Service or Delete Service. Add a Custom Service To define a service, game, or application that does not appear in the Service Name list, you need to know which port number or range of numbers is used by the application. You can usually find out by contacting the publisher of the application or user groups or newsgroups. Chapter 4. Content Filtering Settings
| 43 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual To add a custom service:
1. On the Port Triggering screen, click the Add Custom Service button. The following screen displays:
2. 3. 4. In the Service Name field, enter a descriptive name. In the Protocol field, select the protocol. If you are unsure, select TCP/UDP. In the Starting Port field, enter the first port number. If the application uses only a single port, enter the same port number in the Ending Port field. If the application uses a range of ports, enter the ending port number of the range in the Ending Port field. 5. In the Server IP Address field, enter the IP address of your local computer that will provide this service. 6. Click Apply. The service appears in the list in the Port Forwarding/Port Triggering screen. Application Example: Making a Local Web Server Public If you host a Web server on your local network, you can use port forwarding to allow Web requests from anyone on the Internet to reach your Web server. To make a local Web server public:
1. Assign your Web server either a fixed IP address or a dynamic IP address using DHCP address reservation, as explained in IP Address Reservation on page example, your router will always give your Web server an IP address of 192.168.1.33. In the Port Forwarding screen, configure the router to forward the HTTP service to the local address of your Web server at 192.168.1.33. 72. In this HTTP (port 80) is the standard protocol for Web servers.
(Optional) Register a host name with a Dynamic DNS service, and configure your router to use the name as described in Dynamic DNS on page 70. 2. 3. To access your Web server from the Internet, a remote user needs to know the IP address that has been assigned by your ISP. However, if you use a Dynamic DNS 44 | Chapter 4. Content Filtering Settings N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual service, the remote user can reach your server by a user-friendly Internet name, such as mynetgear.dyndns.org. Port Triggering Port triggering is a dynamic extension of port forwarding that is useful in these cases:
More than one local computer needs port forwarding for the same application (but not simultaneously). An application needs to open incoming ports that are different from the outgoing port. When port triggering is enabled, the router monitors outbound traffic looking for a specified outbound trigger port. When the router detects outbound traffic on that port, it remembers the IP address of the local computer that sent the data. The router then temporarily opens the specified incoming port or ports, and forwards incoming traffic on the triggered ports to the triggering computer. While port forwarding creates a static mapping of a port number or range to a single local computer, port triggering can dynamically open ports to any computer that needs them and can close the ports when they are no longer needed. Note: If you use applications such as multiplayer gaming, peer-to-peer connections, real-time communications such as instant messaging, or remote assistance (a feature in Windows XP), you should also enable Universal Plug and Play (UPnP) according to the instructions in Universal Plug and Play on page 80. To configure port triggering, you need to know which inbound ports the application needs. Also, you need to know the number of the outbound port that will trigger the opening of the inbound ports. You can usually determine this information by contacting the publisher of the application or user groups or newsgroups. To set up port triggering:
1. Select Advanced > Port Forwarding/Port Triggering. The Forwarding/Port Triggering screen displays. Chapter 4. Content Filtering Settings
| 45 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual 2. Select the Port Triggering radio button. The port triggering information displays. 3. Clear the Disable Port Triggering check box. If you set up port triggering and then select the Disable Port Triggering check box, port triggering is disabled, but the port triggering set up is retained even though it is not used. 4. In the Port Triggering Timeout field, enter a value up to 9999 minutes. This value controls the inactivity timer for the designated inbound ports. The inbound ports close when the inactivity time expires. This is required because the router cannot be sure when the application has terminated. 5. Click Add Service to display the following screen:
6. 7. In the Service Name field, type a descriptive service name. In the Service User field, select Any (the default) to allow this service to be used by any computer on the Internet. Otherwise, select Single address, and enter the IP address of one computer to restrict the service to a particular computer. 8. Select the service type, either TCP or UDP or both (TCP/UDP). If you are not sure, select TCP/UDP. In the Triggering Port field, enter the number of the outbound traffic port that will cause the inbound ports to be opened. 9. 46 | Chapter 4. Content Filtering Settings N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual 10. Enter the inbound connection port information in the Connection Type, Starting Port, and Ending Port fields. 11. Click Apply. The service appears in the Port Triggering Portmap table. Chapter 4. Content Filtering Settings
| 47 5. Network Maintenance 5 This chapter describes the router settings for administering and maintaining the router and home network. This chapter contains the following sections:
Upgrade the Firmware Manually Check for Firmware Upgrades Manage the Configuration File View Router Status View Attached Devices Chapter 5. Network Maintenance
| 48 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual Upgrade the Firmware The router firmware (routing software) is stored in flash memory. By default, when you log in to your router, it checks the NETGEAR website for new firmware and alerts you if there is a newer version. WARNING!
When uploading firmware to the router, do not interrupt the Web browser by closing the window, clicking a link, or loading a new page. If the browser is interrupted, it could corrupt the firmware. Automatic Firmware Check When automatic firmware checking is on, the router performs the check and notifies you if an upgrade is available or not as shown here. 1. Click Yes to allow the router to download and install the new firmware. The upgrade process could take a few minutes. When the upload is complete, your router restarts. 2. Go to the WNDR3700v4 support page at http://www.netgear.com/support. and read the new firmware release notes to determine whether you need to reconfigure the router after upgrading. Note: If you get a Firmware needs to be reloaded message, it means that a problem has been detected with the routers firmware. Follow the prompts to correct the problem, or see Incorrect Date or Time on page 92 for a description of the steps. Stop the Automatic Firmware Check You can turn the automatic firmware checking off and check for firmware updates manually if you prefer. See the following section, Manually Check for Firmware Upgrades . Chapter 5. Network Maintenance
| 49 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual To turn off the automatic firmware check at login:
1. Select Maintenance > Router Upgrade. The following screen displays:
2. Clear the Check for Updated Firmware Upon Log-in check box. Manually Check for Firmware Upgrades You can use the Router Upgrade screen to manually check the NETGEAR website for newer versions of firmware for your product. WARNING!
When uploading firmware to the router, do not interrupt the Web browser by closing the window, clicking a link, or loading a new page. If the browser is interrupted, it could corrupt the firmware. 1. Select Maintenance > Router Status and make a note of the router firmware version number. 2. Go to the WNDR3700v4 support page on the NETGEAR website at 3. http://www.netgear.com/support. If the firmware version on the NETGEAR website is newer than the firmware on your router, download the file to your computer. 50 | Chapter 5. Network Maintenance N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual 4. Select Maintenance > Router Upgrade to display the following screen:
5. Click Browse, and locate the firmware you downloaded (the file ends in .img). 6. Click Upload to send the firmware to the router. When the upload is complete, your router restarts. The upgrade process typically takes about 1 minute. Read the new firmware release notes to determine whether or not you need to reconfigure the router after upgrading. Manage the Configuration File The router configuration settings are stored in a configuration file (*.cfg). This file can be backed up to your computer, restored, or used to revert to factory default settings. Back Up 1. Select Maintenance > Backup Settings to display the following screen:
2. Click Save to save a copy of the current settings. 3. Choose a location to store the .cfg file that is on a computer on your network. Chapter 5. Network Maintenance
| 51 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual Restore 1. Enter the full path to the file on your network, or click the Browse button to find the file. 2. When you have located the .cfg file, click the Restore button to upload the file to the router. Upon completion, the router reboots. Erase Click the Erase button to reset the router to its factory default settings. Erase sets the password to password, and the LAN IP address to 192.168.1.1, and enables the routers DHCP. View Router Status Select Maintenance > Router Status to display this screen. The Router Status screen provides status and usage information. 52 | Chapter 5. Network Maintenance N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual Hardware and Firmware Version. The model of the hardware and the currently running firmware version. GUI Language Version. The currently selected language. Internet Port Settings MAC Address. The Ethernet MAC address of the DSL port. IP Address. The DSL port IP address. If no address is shown, the router cannot connect to the Internet. DHCP. Usually this is set to DHCP Client because the router obtains an IP address dynamically from the ISP. If set to None, the router uses a fixed IP address on the WAN. IP Subnet Mask. The DSL port IP subnet mask. Gateway IP Address. The IP address used as a gateway to the Internet for computers configured to use DHCP. Domain Name Server. The router DNS server IP addresses. These addresses are usually obtained dynamically from the ISP. LAN Port (Local Ports) MAC Address. The router LAN port Ethernet MAC address. IP Address. The router LAN port IP address. The default is 192.168.1.1. DHCP. If Off, the router does not assign IP addresses to PCs on the LAN. If On, the router does assign IP addresses to PCs on the LAN. IP Subnet Mask. The IP subnet mask used by the router LAN. The default is 255.255.255.0. Wireless Port See Wireless Settings Screen on page 28 for a more detailed description of these settings. Name (SSID). The Wi-Fi network name (SSID) for the wireless network. The default for a or n operation is NETGEAR-5G. The default for b or g operation is NETGEAR. Region. The country where the unit is set up for use. Channel. The current channel, which determines the operating frequency. Mode. The current Mbps setting. Wireless AP. Indicates if the access point feature is enabled. If disabled, the Wireless LED on the front panel is off. Broadcast Name. Indicates if the router is configured to broadcast its SSID. Wi-Fi Protected Setup b/g/n. This indicates whether Wi-Fi Protected Setup is configured for the b/g/n network. Chapter 5. Network Maintenance
| 53 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual Wi-Fi Protected Setup a/n. Indicates whether Wi-Fi Protected Setup is configured for the a/n network. Show Statistics Click the Show Statistics button on the Router Status screen to display a screen similar to this:
Port The statistics for the WAN (Internet), LAN (local), and wireless LAN (WLAN) ports. For each port, the screen displays the following:
Status. The link status of the port. TxPkts. The number of packets transmitted since reset or manual clear. RxPkts. The number of packets received since reset or manual clear. Collisions. The number of collisions since reset or manual clear. Tx B/s. The current line utilizationpercentage of current bandwidth used. Rx B/s. The average line utilization. Up Time. The time elapsed since the last power cycle or reset. 54 | Chapter 5. Network Maintenance N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual Connection Status In the Router Status screen, click the Connection Status button to display a screen similar to this:
IP Address. The IP address that is assigned to the router. Subnet Mask. The subnet mask that is assigned to the router. Default Gateway. The IP address for the default gateway that the router communicates with. DHCP Server. The IP address for the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol server that provides the TCP/IP configuration for all the computers that are connected to the router. DNS Server. The IP address of the Domain Name Service server that provides translation of network names to IP addresses. Lease Obtained. The date and time that the lease was obtained. Lease Expired. The date and time that the lease will expire. Click the Release button to release the connection status items (that is, all items return to 0). Click the Renew button to refresh the screen. Click the Close Window button to close the Connection Status screen. View Attached Devices The Attached Devices screen shows all IP devices that the router has discovered on the local network. Chapter 5. Network Maintenance
| 55 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual Select Maintenance > Attached Devices. The following screen displays:
For each device, the table shows the IP address, the device name if available, and the Ethernet MAC address. Note that if the router is rebooted, the table data is lost until the router rediscovers the devices. To force the router to look for attached devices, click the Refresh button. 56 | Chapter 5. Network Maintenance 6. USB Storage 6 This chapter describes how to access and configure a USB storage drive attached to your router. Figure 1. USB port on rear panel. The USB port on the router can be used only to connect USB storage devices like flash drives or hard drives. Do not connect computers, USB modems, printers, CD drives, or DVD drives to the USB port. This chapter includes the following sections:
USB Drive Requirements File-Sharing Scenarios USB Storage Basic Settings Edit a Network Folder USB Storage Advanced Settings Unmount a USB Drive Approved USB Devices Connect to the USB Drive from a Remote Computer Connect to the USB Drive with Microsoft Network Settings Chapter 6. USB Storage
| 57 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual USB Drive Requirements The router works with 1.0 and 1.1 (USB Full Speed) and 2.0 (USB High Speed) standards. The approximate USB bus speeds are shown in the following table. Bus USB 1.1 USB 2.0 Speed/Second 12 Mbits 480 Mbits Actual bus speeds can vary, depending on the CPU speed, memory, speed of the network, and other variables. The router should work with USB 2.0-compliant or 1.1-compliant external flash and hard drives. For the most up-to-date list of USB drives supported by the router, go to http://kbserver.netgear.com/readyshare/. When selecting a USB device, bear in mind the following:
The USB port on the router can be used with one USB hard drive at a time. Do not attempt to use a USB hub attached to the USB port. According to the USB 2.0 specification, the maximum available power is 5V @ 0.5A. If a USB device exceeds this requirement, it might not function or might function erratically. Check the documentation for your USB device to be sure. The router supports FAT, FAT32, NTFS (read only), and NTFS with compression format enabled (read only). File-Sharing Scenarios You can share files on the USB drive for a wide variety of business and recreational purposes. Share Photos within Your Home Network You can create your own central storage location for photos and multimedia. This eliminates the need to log in to (and pay for) an external photo-sharing site. 1. Insert your USB drive into the USB port on the router either directly or with a USB cable. Computers on your local area network (LAN) can access this USB drive using a Web browser or Microsoft networking. 2. If you want to specify read-only access, or to allow access from the Internet, see USB Storage Advanced Settings on page 61. Share Large Files with FTP over the Internet 1. To protect your network, set up security if someone else will be downloading the files. Create a user name and password with appropriate access. 58 | Chapter 6. USB Storage N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual 2. If you want to limit USB drive access to only read access, from the router USB Storage
(Basic Settings) screen, click Edit. In the Write Access field, select admin, and then click Apply. The password for admin is the same one that you use to access the router. By default it is password. 3. Enable FTP via Internet in the USB Storage (Advanced Settings) screen. See USB Storage Advanced Settings on page 61. USB Storage Basic Settings You can view or edit basic settings for the USB storage device attached to your router. 1. Select USB > Basic Settings. The following screen displays:
By default, the USB device is available to all computers on your local area network (LAN). 2. To access your USB device, do one of the following:
Click the network or device name. Click the share name. Type \\readyshare in the address field of your Web browser. Network/device name:
\\readyshare Share name:
\\readyshare\USB_Storage Chapter 6. USB Storage
| 59 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual If you logged in to the router before you connected your USB device, you might not see your USB device in the router screens until you log out and then log in again. Basic Settings Screen Fields and Buttons Network Device Name. The default is \\readyshare. This is the name used to access the USB device connected to the router. Folder Name. Full path of the network folder. Volume Name. Volume name from the storage device (either USB drive or HDD). Total/Free Space. Shows the current utilization of the storage device. Share Name. You can click the name shown, or you can type it in the address field of your Web browser. If Not Shared is shown, then the default share has been deleted and no other share for the root folder exists. Click the link to change this setting. Read/Write Access. Shows the network folder permissions and access controls.
- All no password allows all users to access the network folder. admin uses the same password that you use to log in to the router.
-
Edit. You can click the Edit button to edit the Available Network folder settings. See the following section, Edit a Network Folder . Safely Remove USB Device. Click this button to safely remove the USB device attached to your router. See Unmount a USB Drive on page 63. Edit a Network Folder This process is the same from both the USB Storage (Basic Settings) and (Advanced Settings) screens. 1. Click the Edit button to open the Edit Network Folder screen:
60 | Chapter 6. USB Storage N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual 2. You can use this screen to select a folder, to change the share name, or to change read access or write access from All-no password to admin. The password for admin is the same one that is used to log in to the router. By default it is password. 3. Click Apply for your changes to take effect. USB Storage Advanced Settings To configure advanced USB settings, select USB > Advanced Settings. The USB Storage
(Advanced Settings) screen displays:
You can use this screen to specify access to the USB storage device. The settings are as follows:
Network Device Name. The default is readyshare. This is the name used to access the USB device connected to the router from your computer. Workgroup. If you are using a Windows workgroup rather than a domain, the workgroup name is displayed here. Access Method Network Connection. Enabled by default, this allows all users on the LAN to have access to the USB drive. HTTP. Disabled by default. If you enable this setting, you can type http://readyshare to access the USB drive. Chapter 6. USB Storage
| 61 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual HTTP (via Internet). Disabled by default. If you enable this settings, remote users can type http://readyshare to access the USB drive over the Internet. FTP. Disabled by default. FTP (via Internet). Disabled by default. If you enable this settings, remote users can access the USB drive via FTP over the Internet. Available Network Folders Folder Name. Full path of the network folder. Volume Name. Volume name from the storage device (either USB drive or HDD). Total Free Space. The space currently available on the storage device. Share Name. You can click the name shown, or you can type it into the address field of your Web browser. If Not Shared is shown, then the default share has been deleted and no other share for the root folder exists. Click the link to change this setting. Read/Write Access. Shows the permissions and access controls on the Network folder. Selecting All-no password allows all users to access the network folder. You are prompted to enter the same password that you use to log in to the router. Create a Network Folder 1. From the USB Storage (Advanced Settings) screen, click the Create Network Folder button to open the Create Network Folder screen:
2. Create a folder. You can specify the folders share name, and change read access and write access from All-no password to admin. The password for admin is the same one that is used to log in to the router. By default it is password. 3. Click Apply so that your changes take effect. 62 | Chapter 6. USB Storage N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual Unmount a USB Drive To unmount a USB disk drive so that no users can access it, from the USB Settings screen, click the Safely Remove USB button. This takes the drive offline. CAUTION:
Unmount the USB drive before physically unplugging it from the router. If the USB disk is removed or a cable is pulled while data is being written to the disk, it could result in file or disk corruption. Chapter 6. USB Storage
| 63 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual Approved USB Devices You can specify which USB devices are approved for use when connected to the router. 1. Select Advanced > USB Settings. The following screen displays:. 2. Click Approved Devices and the following screen displays:
3. On the USB Drive Approved Devices screen, select the USB device from the Available USB Devices list. 4. Click Add. 5. Select the Allow only approved devices check box. 6. Click Apply so that your change takes effect. If you want to approve another USB device, first use the Safely Remove USB Device button to unmount the currently connected USB device. Connect the other USB device, and then repeat this process. Connect to the USB Drive from a Remote Computer To connect to the USB drive from remote computers using a Web browser, you use the routers Internet port IP address. 64 | Chapter 6. USB Storage N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual Locate the Internet Port IP Address The Router Status screen shows the Internet port IP address:
1. Log in to the router. 2. Select Maintenance > Router Status. 3. Record the IP address that is listed for the Internet port. This is the IP address you can use to connect to the router remotely. Access the Routers USB Drive Remotely with FTP You can connect to the routers USB drive using a Web browser:
1. Connect to the router by typing ftp:// and the Internet port IP address in the address field of Internet Explorer or Mozilla Firefox, for example, ftp://10.1.65.4. If you are using Dynamic DNS, you can type the DNS name rather than the IP address. 2. Type the name and password of the account that has access rights to the USB drive. The directories of the USB drive that your account has access to display, for example, share/partition1/directory1. You can now read and copy files from the USB directory. Connect to the USB Drive with Microsoft Network Settings You can access the USB drive from local computers on your home or office network using Microsoft network settings. You have to be running Microsoft Windows 2000, XP, or older versions of Windows with Microsoft networking enabled. You can use normal Explorer operations such as dragging and dropping, opening files, or cutting and pasting files from:
Microsoft Windows Start menu, Run option Windows Explorer Network Neighborhood or My Network Place Enabling File and Printer Sharing Each computers network properties have to be set to enable network communication with the USB drive. File and Printer Sharing for Microsoft networking has to be enabled, as described in the following sections. Note: In Windows 2000 and Windows XP, File and Printer Sharing is enabled by default. Chapter 6. USB Storage
| 65 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual Configuring Windows 98SE and Windows ME The easiest way to get to your network properties is to go to your desktop, right-click Network Neighborhood and then select Properties. File and Printer Sharing for Microsoft Windows should be listed. If not, click Add and follow the installation prompts. If you have questions about File and Printer Sharing, contact Microsoft for assistance. Configuring Windows 2000 and Windows XP Right-click the network connection for your local area network. File and Printer Sharing for Microsoft Windows should be listed. If not, click Install and follow the installation prompts. 66 | Chapter 6. USB Storage 7. Advanced Settings 7 This chapter describes the advanced features of your router. The information is for users with a solid understanding of networking concepts who want to set the router up for unique situations such as when remote access from the Internet by IP or domain name is needed. This chapter contains the following sections:
WAN Setup Dynamic DNS LAN Setup Quality of Service (QoS) Advanced Wireless Settings Remote Management Access Static Routes IPv6 Universal Plug and Play Traffic Meter Advanced USB Settings Wireless Bridging and Repeating Networks Note: The port forwarding and port triggering features are described in Port Forwarding on page 42 and Port Triggering on page 45. Chapter 7. Advanced Settings
| 67 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual WAN Setup Select Advanced > WAN Setup to display the following screen:
The following settings are available:
Disable Port Scan and DoS Protection. The firewall protects your LAN against port scans and denial of service (DoS) attacks. This protection should be disabled only in special circumstances. Default DMZ Server. The default demilitarized zone (DMZ) server feature is helpful when you use online games and video conferencing applications that are incompatible with NAT. See Default DMZ Server on page 69. Respond to Ping on Internet WAN Port. If you want the router to respond to a ping from the Internet, select this check box. This should be used only as a diagnostic tool, because it allows your router to be discovered. Do not select this check box unless you have a specific reason to do so. Disable IGMP Proxying. The IGMP Proxying function lets a PC on the LAN receive multicast traffic from the Internet. Select this check box to disable the function if you do not need it. MTU Size (in bytes). The normal Maximum Transmit Unit (MTU) value for most Ethernet networks is 1500 bytes, or 1492 bytes for PPPoE connections. For some ISPs you might need to reduce the MTU. But this is rarely required, and should not be done unless you are sure it is necessary for your ISP connection. NAT Filtering. By default NAT filtering is used. 68 | Chapter 7. Advanced Settings N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual Default DMZ Server The default demilitarized zone (DMZ) server feature is helpful when you use online games and video conferencing applications that are incompatible with NAT. The router is programmed to recognize some of these applications and to work correctly with them, but there are other applications that might not function well. In some cases, one local computer can run the application correctly if that computers IP address is entered as the default DMZ server. Note: For security reasons, you should avoid using the default DMZ server feature. When a computer is designated as the default DMZ server, it loses much of the protection of the firewall. If compromised over the Internet, the computer can be used to attack your network. Incoming traffic from the Internet is usually discarded by the router unless the traffic is a response to one of your local computers or a service that you have configured in the Ports screen. Instead of discarding this traffic, you can have it forwarded to one computer on your network. This computer is called the default DMZ server. To assign a computer or server to be a default DMZ server:
1. In the WAN Setup screen, select the Default DMZ Server check box. The following screen displays:
2. Type the IP address for that server and click Apply. Chapter 7. Advanced Settings
| 69 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual Dynamic DNS If your network has a permanently assigned IP address, you can register a domain name that is linked to your IP address by public Domain Name Servers (DNS). More commonly, Internet accounts have dynamically assigned IP addresses in which the IP addresses change frequently. In this case, use a commercial Dynamic DNS service to register your domain to its IP address and forward traffic directed at your domain to your current IP address. The router has a client that can connect to a Dynamic DNS service provider. Once you set up Dynamic DNS in the router, when your IP address changes, your router contacts your Dynamic DNS service provider, logs in to your account, and registers your new IP address. To set up Dynamic DNS:
1. Select Advanced > Dynamic DNS to display the following screen. 2. Access the website of one of the Dynamic DNS service providers whose names appear in the Service Provider drop-down list, and register for an account. For example, for dyndns.org, go to www.dyndns.org. 3. Select the Use a Dynamic DNS Service check box. 4. Select the name of your Dynamic DNS service provider. 5. Type the host name that your Dynamic DNS service provider gave you. This is sometimes called the domain name. If your URL is myName.dyndns.org, your host name is myName. 6. Type the user name for your Dynamic DNS account. 7. Type the password (or key) for your Dynamic DNS account. 8. Click Apply to save your settings. If your ISP assigns a private WAN IP address such as 192.168.x.x or 10.x.x.x, the Dynamic DNS service does not work because private addresses are not routed on the Internet. 70 | Chapter 7. Advanced Settings N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual LAN Setup The LAN Setup screen allows configuration of LAN IP services such as DHCP and Routing Information Protocol (RIP). The router is shipped preconfigured to use private IP addresses on the LAN side and to act as a DHCP server. The routers default LAN IP configuration is as follows:
LAN IP address. 192.168.1.1 Subnet mask. 255.255.255.0 These addresses are part of the private address range designated by the Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF http://www.ietf.org) for use in private networks, and should be suitable in most applications. If your network has a requirement to use a different IP addressing scheme, you can make those changes in the LAN Setup screen. Note: If you change the LAN IP address of the router while connected through the browser, you are disconnected. To reconnect, open a new connection to the new IP address and log in. To change the LAN settings:
1. Select Advanced > LAN Setup. The following screen displays:
2. Enter the LAN Setup configuration, and click Apply to save your changes. Chapter 7. Advanced Settings
| 71 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual LAN Setup Screen Settings IP Address. The LAN IP address of the router. IP Subnet Mask. The LAN subnet mask of the router. Combined with the IP address, the IP subnet mask allows a device to know which other addresses are local to it, and which have to be reached through a gateway or router. Use Router as DHCP Server. By default, the router is a Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) server, allowing it to assign IP, DNS server, and default gateway addresses to all computers connected to the routers LAN. The assigned default gateway address is the LAN address of the router. IP addresses are assigned to the attached PCs from a pool of addresses specified in this screen. Each pool address is tested before it is assigned to avoid duplicate addresses on the LAN. For most applications, the default DHCP and TCP/IP settings of the router are satisfactory. Reserved IP Addresses Setup. When you specify a reserved IP address for a computer on the LAN, that computer always receives the same IP address each time it accesses the routers DHCP server. Reserved IP addresses should be assigned to servers that require permanent IP settings. IP Address Reservation To reserve an IP address:
1. Select Advanced > LAN Setup and click the Add button. 2. In the IP Address field, type the IP address to assign to the computer or server. Choose an IP address from the routers LAN subnet, such as 192.168.0.x. 3. Type the MAC address of the computer or server. Tip: If the computer is already on your network, copy its MAC address from the Attached Devices screen and paste it here. 4. Click Apply to enter the reserved address into the table. Note: The reserved address is not assigned until the next time the computer contacts the routers DHCP server. Reboot the computer or access its IP configuration to force a DHCP release and renew. To edit or delete a reserved address entry:
1. Select the radio button next to the reserved address that you want to edit or delete. 2. Click Edit or Delete. 72 | Chapter 7. Advanced Settings N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual Quality of Service (QoS) Quality of Service (QoS) is an advanced feature that can be used to prioritize some types of traffic ahead of others. The router can provide QoS prioritization over the wireless link and on the Internet connection. The router supports Wi-Fi Multimedia Quality of Service (WMM QoS) to prioritize wireless voice and video traffic over the wireless link. WMM QoS provides prioritization of wireless data packets from different applications based on four access categories: voice, video, best effort, and background. For an application to receive the benefits of WMM QoS, both it and the client running that application have to have WMM enabled. Legacy applications that do not support WMM, and applications that do not require QoS, are assigned to the best effort category, which receives a lower priority than voice and video. QoS for Internet Access To specify prioritization of traffic, you need to add or create a policy for the type of traffic. 1. Select Advanced > QoS Setup. The following screen displays:
2. Click Setup QoS rule. The QoS Priority Rule list displays:
Chapter 7. Advanced Settings
| 73 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual 3. To change a rule, select its radio button, scroll down and click Edit. 4. To add a custom rule, click Add Priority Rule. 5. Click Apply to save your changes and return to the QoS Setup screen. 6. In the QoS Setup screen, click Apply. Advanced Wireless Settings To view or change advanced wireless settings:
1. Select Advanced > Wireless Settings to display the following screen:
2. If you make changes, click Apply. Note that the WLAN settings come from the settings you made in the Wireless Settings screen (see Wireless Settings Screen on page 28). 74 | Chapter 7. Advanced Settings N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual Wireless Advanced Settings (2.4 GHz and 5 GHz) Enable Wireless Router Radio. When this check box is selected, the router works as an access point broadcasting a wireless signal. The Fragmentation Length, CTS/RTS Threshold, and Preamble Mode fields are used for testing. Do not change them unless you have a specific reason to do so. WPS Settings Routers PIN. The PIN number that you use on a registrar (for example, from the Network Explorer on a Vista Windows PC) to configure the routers wireless settings through WPS. You can also find the PIN on the router label. The PIN function might temporarily be disabled when the router detects suspicious attempts to break into the routers wireless settings by using the routers PIN through WPS. You can manually enable the PIN function by clearing the Disable Routers PIN check box. Keep Existing Wireless Settings. By default, the Keep Existing Wireless Settings check box is selected. This allows the router to keep the same SSID and wireless security settings when WPS-enabled devices are added to the network. If the Keep Existing Wireless Settings check box is not selected, the next time you use WPS to connect WPS-capable devices to your wireless network, the router generates a new random SSID and WPA/WPA2 passphrase. NETGEAR does not recommend this. Wireless Card Access List The Wireless Card Access List lets you restrict access to your network to a specific list of devices based on their MAC addresses. This section explains how to set up the list. 1. Select Advanced > Wireless Settings, and click the Set Up Access List button to display the Wireless Card Access List screen:
The Turn Access Control On check box is not selected so that any computer configured with the correct wireless network name (SSID) and passphrase can access the network. 2. Select the Turn Access Control On check box to enable access restriction by MAC address. 3. Click Add to add your computers MAC address so that you do not lose your wireless connection when you click Apply. If you lose your wireless connection, you have to access Chapter 7. Advanced Settings
| 75 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual the router from a wired computer or from a wireless computer that is on the access control list. The following screen displays:
4. If a wireless station that you want to add is connected to the network, select it from the Available Wireless Cards list and click Add. 5. You can enter MAC addresses manually. The MAC address is usually printed on the wireless computer or device, or it might be in the routers DHCP table. The MAC address is 12 hexadecimal digits. You can copy and paste the MAC addresses from the routers Attached Devices screen
(see View Attached Devices on page 55) into the MAC Address field. This screen shows computers connected to the network. 6. Click Apply to save your settings. Remote Management Access The remote management feature allows you to upgrade or check the status of your WNDR3700v4 router over the Internet. Note: Be sure to change the routers default configuration password to a very secure password. The ideal password should contain no dictionary words from any language, and should be a mixture of letters (both uppercase and lowercase), numbers, and symbols. Your password can be up to 30 characters. 76 | Chapter 7. Advanced Settings N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual To configure your router for remote management:
1. Select Advanced > Remote Management. The following screen displays:
2. Select the Turn Remote Management On check box. 3. Under Allow Remote Access By, specify what external IP addresses will be allowed to access the routers remote management. Note: For enhanced security, restrict access to as few external IP addresses as practical. To allow access from any IP address on the Internet, select Everyone. To allow access from a range of IP addresses on the Internet, select IP Address Range. Enter a beginning and ending IP address to define the allowed range. To allow access from a single IP address on the Internet, select Only This Computer. Enter the IP address that will be allowed access. 4. Specify the port number for accessing the management interface. Normal Web browser access uses the standard HTTP service port 80. For greater security, enter a custom port number for the remote management Web interface. Choose a number between 1024 and 65535, but do not use the number of any common service port. The default is 8080, which is a common alternate for HTTP. 5. Click Apply to have your changes take effect. When accessing your router from the Internet, type your routers WAN IP address into your browsers address or location field, followed by a colon (:) and the custom port number. For example, if your external address is 134.177.0.123 and you use port number 8080, then enter http://134.177.0.123:8080 in your browser. Chapter 7. Advanced Settings
| 77 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual Static Routes Static routes provide additional routing information to your router. Under normal circumstances, the router has adequate routing information after it has been configured for Internet access, and you do not need to configure additional static routes. You configure static routes only for unusual cases such as multiple routers or multiple IP subnets located on your network. Static Route Example As an example of when a static route is needed, consider the following case:
Your primary Internet access is through a cable modem to an ISP. You have an ISDN router on your home network for connecting to the company where you are employed. This routers address on your LAN is 192.168.1.100. Your companys network address is 134.177.0.0. When you first configured your router, two implicit static routes were created. A default route was created with your ISP as the router, and a second static route was created to your local network for all 192.168.0.x addresses. With this configuration, if you attempt to access a device on the 134.177.0.0 network, your router forwards your request to the ISP. The ISP forwards your request to the company where you are employed, and the request is likely to be denied by the companys firewall. In this case you need to define a static route, telling your router that 134.177.0.0 should be accessed through the ISDN router at 192.168.0.100. In this example:
The Destination IP Address and IP Subnet Mask fields specify that this static route applies to all 134.177.x.x addresses. The Gateway IP Address field specifies that all traffic for these addresses is to be forwarded to the ISDN router at 192.168.0.100. The value in the Metric field represents the number of routers between your network and the destination. This is a direct connection, so it can be set to the minimum value of 2. The Private check box is selected only as a precautionary security measure in case RIP is activated. 78 | Chapter 7. Advanced Settings N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual Add a Static Route 1. Select Advanced > Static Routes to display the following screen:
2. Click Add to open the following screen. 3. Fill in the fields:
In the Route Name field, enter a route name for this static route. This name is for identification purpose only. Select Private if you want to limit access to the LAN only. The static route will not be reported in RIP. Select Active to make this route effective. Enter the destination IP address of the final destination. Enter the IP subnet mask for this destination. If the destination is a single host, type 255.255.255.255. Enter the gateway IP address, which has to be a router on the same LAN segment as the router. In the Metric field, enter a number between 2 and 15 as the metric value. This represents the number of routers between your network and the destination. Usually, a setting of 2 or 3 works. 4. Click Apply to save your changes. The Static Routes table is updated to show the new entry. Chapter 7. Advanced Settings
| 79 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual Universal Plug and Play Universal Plug and Play (UPnP) helps devices, such as Internet appliances and computers, access the network and connect to other devices as needed. UPnP devices can automatically discover the services from other registered UPnP devices on the network. 1. Select Advanced > UPnP to display the following screen:
2. Specify the settings as follows:
Turn UPnP On. UPnP can be enabled or disabled for automatic device configuration. The default setting for UPnP is enabled. If UPnP is disabled, the router does not allow any device to automatically control the resources, such as port forwarding (mapping), of the router. Advertisement Period. The advertisement period is how often the router advertises
(broadcasts) its UPnP information. This value can range from 1 to 1440 minutes. The default period is 30 minutes. Shorter durations ensure that control points have current device status at the expense of additional network traffic. Longer durations might compromise the freshness of the device status but can significantly reduce network traffic. Advertisement Time to Live. This is measured in hops (steps) for each UPnP packet sent. Hops are the steps allowed to propagate for each UPnP advertisement before it disappears. The number of hops can range from 1 to 255. The default value is 4 hops, which works for most home networks. If you notice that some devices are not being updated or reached correctly, you might need to increase this value a little. UPnP Portmap Table. The UPnP Portmap Table displays the IP address of each UPnP device that is currently accessing the router and which ports (internal and external) that device has opened. The UPnP Portmap Table also displays what type of port is opened and if that port is still active for each IP address. 3. To save, cancel your changes, or refresh the table:
Click Apply to save the new settings to the router. Click Cancel to disregard any unsaved changes. Click Refresh to update the portmap table and to show the active ports that are currently opened by UPnP devices. 80 | Chapter 7. Advanced Settings N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual IPv6 The IPv6 feature allows you to configure and check the status of your IPv6 Internet connection. Select Advanced > IPv6, and the following screen displays:
The default setting is Disabled, which turns off the IPv6 function. To turn it on, select your connection type from the Internet Connection Type list and click Apply. If your ISP did not specify the connection type, you can select 6to24 Tunnel. If your ISP explicitly indicates that your IPv6 connection is not DHCP, PPPoE, or Fixed IP, or your ISP indicates that it is IPv6 auto config, you can select Pass Through. If you are not sure about the IPv6 connection, you can use the Setup Wizard to automatically detect your Internet connection type. Traffic Meter Traffic metering allows you to monitor the volume of Internet traffic passing through your routers Internet port. With the Traffic Meter utility, you can set limits for traffic volume, set a monthly limit, and get a live update of traffic usage. Chapter 7. Advanced Settings
| 81 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual To monitor traffic on your router:
1. Select Advanced > Traffic Meter. The following screen displays:
2. To enable the Traffic Meter, select the Enable Traffic Meter check box. 3. If you would like to record and restrict the volume of Internet traffic, select the Traffic volume control by radio button. You can select one of the following options for controlling the traffic volume:
No limit. No restriction is applied when the traffic limit is reached. Download only. The restriction is applied to incoming traffic only. Both directions. The restriction is applied to both incoming and outgoing traffic. 4. You can limit the amount of data traffic allowed per month:
By specifying how many Mbytes per month are allowed. By specifying how many hours of traffic are allowed. 5. Set the Traffic Counter to begin at a specific time and date. 6. Set up Traffic Control to issue a warning message before the monthly limit of Mbytes or hours is reached. You can select one of the following to occur when the limit is attained:
The Internet LED flashes green or amber. 82 | Chapter 7. Advanced Settings N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual The Internet connection is disconnected and disabled. 7. Set up Internet Traffic Statistics to monitor the data traffic. 8. Click the Traffic Status button if you want a live update on Internet traffic status on your router. 9. Click Apply to save your settings. Advanced USB Settings For added security, you can specify that only approved USB devices are shared. 1. Select Advanced > USB. The following screen displays:
2. Select No and click Apply. 3. To define the approved devices, click USB Approved Devices. Wireless Bridging and Repeating Networks 802.11n With the router, you can build large bridged wireless networks that form an IEEE Wireless Distribution System (WDS). Using the router with other access points (APs) and wireless devices, you can connect clients using their MAC addresses rather than IP addresses. A repeater with wireless client associations sends all traffic to the remote access point. Chapter 7. Advanced Settings
| 83 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual Select Advanced > Wireless Repeating Function to display the following screen:
The process is the same for the 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz wireless network. Enable Wireless Repeating Function (2.4 GHz/5 GHz). Select the check box for the 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz network to use the wireless repeating function. Wireless MAC of this router. This field displays the MAC address for your router for your reference. You will need to enter this MAC address in the corresponding Wireless Repeating Function screen of the other access point you are using. Wireless Repeater. If your router is the repeater, select this check box. Repeater IP Address. If your router is the repeater, enter the IP address of the other access point. Disable Wireless Client Association. If your router is the repeater, selecting this check box means that wireless clients cannot associate with it. Only LAN client associations are allowed.
-
-
If you are setting up a point-to-point bridge, select this check box. If you want all client traffic to go through the other access point (repeater with wireless client association), leave this check box cleared. Base Station MAC Address. If your router is the repeater, enter the MAC address for the access point that is the base station. 84 | Chapter 7. Advanced Settings N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual Wireless Base Station. If your router is the base station, select this check box. Disable Wireless Client Association. If your router is the base station, selecting this check box means that wireless clients cannot associate with it. Only LAN client associations are allowed. Repeater MAC Address (1 through 4). If your router is the base station, it can act as the parent of up to 4 other access points. Enter the MAC addresses of the other access points in these fields. Set Up a Repeater with Wireless Client Association In the repeater mode with wireless client association, your router sends all traffic to a base station access point. You can set up the router as either the base station (parent) or as the repeater (child) access point. Note that the following restrictions apply:
You do not have the option of disabling client associations with this router. You cannot configure a sequence of parent-child APs. You are limited to only one parent access point, although if your router is the parent access point, it can connect with up to four child access points. The following figure shows an example of a repeater mode configuration. Base station access point Repeater access point Figure 2. Repeater example To set up a repeater with wireless client association:
In this example, the router is the base station, but you can set it up to be the repeater with another access point as the base station if you want. 1. Set up your router to be the base station. a. In the Wireless Repeating Function screen for your router, select the Enable Wireless Repeating Function check box. Chapter 7. Advanced Settings
| 85 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual b. Select the Wireless Base Station radio button. c. Clear the corresponding Disable Wireless Client Association check box (make sure it is not selected). d. Enter the MAC addresses for AP 2 and AP 3 in the Repeater MAC Address 1 and Repeater MAC Address 2 field. e. Click Apply. 2. Set up AP 2 and AP 3 to be wireless repeaters. a. In the Wireless Repeating Function screen for AP 2 and AP 3, select the Enable Wireless Repeating Function check box. b. Select the Wireless Repeater radio button. c. Clear the corresponding Disable Wireless Client Association check box (make sure it is not selected). d. Enter the MAC addresses for your router in the Base Station MAC Address field. e. Click Apply. 3. Verify the following for all access points:
Each access point operates in the same LAN network address range as the LAN devices. The access points are on the same LAN. That is, the LAN IP addresses for the access points are in the same network. If you are using DHCP, access point devices are set to Obtain an IP address automatically (DHCP Client) in the Basic Settings screen. Access point devices use the same SSID, channel, authentication mode, and encryption. Verify connectivity across the LANs. A computer on any LAN segment should be able to connect to the Internet or share files and printers with any other PCs or servers connected to any of the three WLAN segments. 86 | Chapter 7. Advanced Settings 8. Troubleshooting 8 This chapter provides information to help you diagnose and solve problems you might have with your router. If you do not find the solution here, check the NETGEAR support site at http://support.netgear.com for product and contact information. This chapter contains the following sections:
Quick Tips Troubleshooting with the LEDs Cannot Log In to the Router Cannot Access the Internet Changes Not Saved Incorrect Date or Time Wireless Connectivity Restoring the Factory Settings and Password Chapter 8. Troubleshooting
| 87 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual Quick Tips This section describes tips for troubleshooting some common problems Sequence to Restart Your Network Be sure to restart your network in this sequence:
1. Turn off and unplug the modem. 2. Turn off the wireless router and computers. 3. Plug in the modem and turn it on. Wait 2 minutes. 4. Turn on the wireless router and wait 2 minutes. 5. Turn on the computers. Power LED Check the Power LED to verify correct router operation. If the Power LED does not turn off within 2 minutes after you turn the router on, reset the router according to the instructions in Restoring the Factory Settings and Password on page 93. Check Ethernet Cable Connections Make sure that the Ethernet cables are securely plugged in. The Internet status light on the wireless router is on if the Ethernet cable connecting the wireless router and the modem is plugged in securely and the modem and wireless router are turned on. For each powered-on computer connected to the wireless router by an Ethernet cable, the corresponding numbered router LAN port light is on. Wireless Settings Make sure that the wireless settings in the computer and router match exactly. For a wirelessly connected computer, the wireless network name (SSID) and wireless security settings of the router and wireless computer need to match exactly. If you set up an access list in the Advanced Wireless Settings screen, you have to add each wireless computers MAC address to the routers access list. 88 | Chapter 8. Troubleshooting N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual Network Settings Make sure that the network settings of the computer are correct. Wired and wirelessly connected computers need to have network (IP) addresses on the same network as the router. The simplest way to do this is to configure each computer to obtain an IP address automatically using DHCP. Some cable modem service providers require you to use the MAC address of the computer initially registered on the account. You can view the MAC address in the Attached Devices screen. Troubleshooting with the LEDs After you turn on power to the router, the following sequence of events should occur:
1. When power is first applied, verify that the Power LED is on. 2. After approximately 2 minutes, verify that:
The Power LED is solid green. The Internet LED is on. A numbered Ethernet port light is on for any local port that is connected to a computer. This indicates that a link has been established to the connected device. The LEDs on the front panel of the router can be used for troubleshooting. Power LED Is Off or Blinking Make sure that the power cord is securely connected to your router and that the power adapter is securely connected to a functioning power outlet. Check that you are using the 12V DC, 2.5A power adapter that NETGEAR supplied for this product. If the Power LED alternately blinks green every second, the router software is corrupted. This can happen if a firmware upgrade is interrupted, or if the router detects a problem with the firmware. If the error persists, you have a hardware problem. For recovery instructions, or help with a hardware problem, contact Technical Support at www.netgear.com/support. LEDs Never Turn Off When the router is turned on, the LEDs turns on for about 10 seconds and then turn off. If all the LEDs stay on, there is a fault within the router. If all LEDs are still on 1 minute after power-up:
Cycle the power to see if the router recovers. Chapter 8. Troubleshooting
| 89 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual Clear the routers configuration to factory defaults as explained in Restoring the Factory Settings and Password on page 93. If the error persists, you might have a hardware problem and should contact Technical Support at www.netgear.com/support. Internet or Ethernet Port LEDs Are Off If either the Ethernet port LEDs or the Internet LED does not light when the Ethernet connection is made, check the following:
Make sure that the Ethernet cable connections are secure at the router and at the modem or computer. Make sure that power is turned on to the connected modem or computer. Be sure that you are using the correct cable:
When connecting the routers Internet port to a cable or DSL modem, use the cable that was supplied with the cable or DSL modem. This cable could be a standard straight-through Ethernet cable or an Ethernet crossover cable. Wireless LED Is Off If the Wireless LED stays off, check to see if the Wireless On/Off button on the router has been pressed. This button turns the wireless radios in the router on and off. The 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz LEDs are lit when the wireless radio is turned on. Cannot Log In to the Router If you are unable to log in to the router from a computer on your local network, check the following:
If you are using an Ethernet-connected computer, check the Ethernet connection between the computer and the router as described in the previous section. Make sure that your computers IP address is on the same subnet as the router. If you are using the recommended addressing scheme, your computers address should be in the range of 192.168.1.2 to 192.168.1.254. If your computers IP address is shown as 169.254.x.x, recent versions of Windows and MacOS will generate and assign an IP address if the computer cannot reach a DHCP server. These auto-generated addresses are in the range of 169.254.x.x. If your IP address is in this range, check the connection from the computer to the router, and reboot your computer. If your routers IP address was changed and you do not know the current IP address, clear the routers configuration to factory defaults. This sets the routers IP address to 192.168.1.1. This procedure is explained in Factory Settings on page 95. Make sure that your browser has Java, JavaScript, or ActiveX enabled. If you are using Internet Explorer, click Refresh to be sure that the Java applet is loaded. 90 | Chapter 8. Troubleshooting N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual Try quitting the browser and launching it again. Make sure that you are using the correct login information. The factory default login name is admin, and the password is password. Make sure that Caps Lock is off when you enter this information. Cannot Access the Internet If you can access your router but you are unable to access the Internet, first determine whether the router can obtain an IP address from your Internet Service Provider (ISP). Unless your ISP provides a fixed IP address, your router must request an IP address from the ISP. You can determine whether the request was successful using the Router Status screen. To check the WAN IP address:
1. Start your browser, and select an external site such as http://www.netgear.com. 2. Access the main menu of the routers configuration at http://www.routerlogin.net. 3. Select Maintenance > Router Status. 4. Check that an IP address is shown for the Internet port. If 0.0.0.0 is shown, your router has not obtained an IP address from your ISP. If your router cannot obtain an IP address from the ISP, you might need to force your cable or DSL modem to recognize your new router by restarting your network, as described in Sequence to Restart Your Network on page 88. If your router is still unable to obtain an IP address from the ISP, the problem might be one of the following:
Your Internet service provider (ISP) might require a login program. Ask your ISP whether they require PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE) or some other type of login. If your ISP requires a login, the login name and password might be set incorrectly. Your ISP might check for your computers host name. Assign the computer host name of your ISP account as the account name in the Basic Settings screen. Your ISP allows only one Ethernet MAC address to connect to Internet and might check for your computers MAC address. In this case, do one of the following:
-
Inform your ISP that you have bought a new network device, and ask them to use the routers MAC address.
- Configure your router to clone your computers MAC address. If your router can obtain an IP address, but your computer is unable to load any Web pages from the Internet:
Your computer might not recognize any DNS server addresses. Chapter 8. Troubleshooting
| 91 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual A DNS server is a host on the Internet that translates Internet names (such as www addresses) to numeric IP addresses. Typically, your ISP provides the addresses of one or two DNS servers for your use. If you entered a DNS address during the routers configuration, reboot your computer, and verify the DNS address.You can configure your computer manually with DNS addresses, as explained in your operating system documentation. Your computer might not have the router configured as its TCP/IP gateway. If your computer obtains its information from the router by DHCP, reboot the computer, and verify the gateway address. You might be running login software that is no longer needed. If your ISP provided a program to log you in to the Internet (such as WinPoET), you no longer need to run that software after installing your router. You might need to go to Internet Explorer and select Tools > Internet Options, click the Connections tab, and select Never dial a connection. Changes Not Saved If the router does not save the changes you make in the router interface, check the following:
When entering configuration settings, always click the Apply button before moving to another screen or tab, or your changes are lost. Click the Refresh or Reload button in the Web browser. The changes might have occurred, but the old settings might be in the Web browsers cache. Incorrect Date or Time Select Security > Schedule to display the current date and time. The router uses the Network Time Protocol (NTP) to obtain the current time from one of several network time servers on the Internet. Each entry in the log is stamped with the date and time of day. Problems with the date and time function can include the following:
Date shown is January 1, 2000. This means the router has not yet successfully reached a network time server. Check that your Internet access is configured correctly. If you have just finished setting up the router, wait at least 5 minutes, and check the date and time again. Time is off by one hour. The router does not automatically sense daylight savings time. In the Schedule screen, select the Automatically adjust for daylight savings time check box. 92 | Chapter 8. Troubleshooting N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual Wireless Connectivity If you are having trouble connecting wirelessly to the router, try to isolate the problem. Does the wireless device or computer that you are using find your wireless network?
If not, check the 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz LEDs on the front of the router. They should be lit. If they arent, you can press the Wireless button on the front of the router to turn the routers wireless radios back on. If you disabled the routers SSID broadcast, then your wireless network is hidden and does not show up in your wireless client's scanning list. (By default, SSID broadcast is enabled.) If your wireless device finds the network but you cannot join the network, check to make sure your wireless device is compatible with the network that you selected (2.4 GHz or 5 GHz). Does your wireless device support the security that you are using for your wireless network (WPA or WPA2)?
If you want to check the wireless settings for the router, use an Ethernet cable to connect a computer to a LAN port on the router. Then log in to the router and select Setup >
Wireless Settings see (Wireless Settings Screen on page 28). Note: Be sure to configure both sections (for 2.4 GHz b/g/n and 5 GHz a/n) on the Wireless Settings screen and to click Apply if you make changes. Wireless Signal Strength If your wireless device finds your network, but the signal strength is weak, check these conditions:
Is your router too far from your computer, or too close? Place your computer near the router, but at least 6 feet away, and see whether the signal strength improves. Is your wireless signal blocked by objects between the router and your computer?
Restoring the Factory Settings and Password This section explains how to restore the factory settings, changing the routers administration password back to password. You can erase the current configuration and restore factory defaults in two ways:
Use the Erase function of the router (see Erase on page Use the Restore Factory Settings button on the bottom of the router. See Factory Settings 52). 95. If you restore the factory settings and the wireless router fails to restart, or on page the green Power LED continues to blink, the unit might be defective. If the error persists, you might have a hardware problem and should contact Technical Support at http://www.netgear.com/support. Chapter 8. Troubleshooting
| 93 A. Supplemental Information A This appendix includes the following sections:
Factory Settings Technical Specifications Appendix A. Supplemental Information
| 94 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual Factory Settings You can return the router to its factory settings. Use the end of a paper clip or some other similar object to press and hold the Restore Factory Settings router for at least 7 seconds. The router resets, and returns to the factory settings. Your device returns to the factory configuration settings shown in the following table. button on the bottom of the Table 1. Factory Default Settings Feature Default Behavior Router login User login URL www.routerlogin.com or www.routerlogin.net Internet connection Local network
(LAN) User name (case-sensitive) admin Login password (case-sensitive) password WAN MAC address Use default hardware address WAN MTU size Port speed LAN IP Subnet mask DHCP server DHCP range Time zone 1500 Autosensing 192.168.1.1 255.255.255.0 Enabled 192.168.1.2 to 192.168.1.254 Pacific time Time zone Daylight Saving time Disabled Allow a registrar to configure this router Enabled Local network
(LAN) continued DHCP starting IP address 192.168.1.2 DHCP ending IP address 192.168.1.254 DMZ Time zone Disabled GMT for WW except NA and GR, GMT+1 for GR, GMT-8 for NA Time zone adjusted for daylight savings time Disabled SNMP Disabled Firewall Inbound (communications coming in from the Internet) Disabled (except traffic on port 80, the HTTP port) Outbound (communications going out to the Internet) Enabled (all) Source MAC filtering Disabled Appendix A. Supplemental Information
| 95 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual Table 1. Factory Default Settings (Continued) Feature Default Behavior Wireless Wireless communication Enabled SSID names Security Broadcast SSID Transmission speed Country/region RF channel Operating mode Data rate Output power 2.4 GHz b/g/n: NETGEAR 5 GHz a/n: NETGEAR-5G Disabled Enabled Auto*
United States in the US; otherwise varies by region 6 until region selected 2.4 GHz b/g/n: Up to 145 Mbps 5 GHz a/n: Up to 300 Mbps Best Full Firewall Inbound (communications coming in from the Internet) Disabled (bars all unsolicited requests) Outbound (communications going out to the Internet) Enabled (all)
*. Maximum wireless signal rate derived from IEEE Standard 802.11 specifications. Actual throughput will vary. Network conditions and environmental factors, including volume of network traffic, building materials and construction, and network overhead, lower actual data throughput rate. Technical Specifications Table 2. Router Specifications Feature Description Data and routing protocols TCP/IP, RIP-1, RIP-2, DHCP, PPPoE, PPTP, Bigpond, Dynamic DNS, UPnP, and SMB Power adapter Dimensions Weight North America: 120V, 60 Hz, input UK, Australia: 240V, 50 Hz, input Europe: 230V, 50 Hz, input All regions (output): 12V DC @ 2.5A, output 1.1 in. x 6.89 in. x 4.68 in. (28 x 175 x 119 mm) 1.2 lbs. (0.5 kg) Operating temperature 0 to 40 C
(32 to 104 F) 96 | Appendix A. Supplemental Information N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual Table 2. Router Specifications (Continued) Feature Description Operating humidity 90% maximum relative humidity, noncondensing Electromagnetic Emissions LAN WAN Wireless FCC Part 15 Class B VCCI Class B EN 55 022 (CISPR 22), Class B C-Tick N10947 10BASE-T or 100BASE-Tx or 1000BASE-T, RJ-45 10BASE-T or 100BASE-Tx or 1000BASE-T, RJ-45 Maximum wireless signal rate complies with the IEEE 802.11 standard. See the footnote for the previous table. Radio data rates Auto Rate Sensing Data encoding standards IEEE 802.11n IEEE 802.11n, IEEE 802.11g, IEEE 802.11b 2.4 GHz IEEE 802.11n, IEEE 802.11a 5.0 GHz Maximum computers per wireless network Limited by the amount of wireless network traffic generated by each node
(typically 5070 nodes). Operating frequency ranges 2.4 Ghz 2.4122.462 GHz (US) 2.4122.472 GHz (Japan) 2.4122.472 GHz (Europe ETSI) Operating frequency ranges 5 Ghz 5.255.35 GHz (DFS band) and 5.475.725 GHz (DFS band) 5.185.24 + 5.7455.825 GHz (US) 5.185.24 GHz (Europe ETSI) FCC:
56005650MHz is disabled and unavailable for use CE (Europe ETSI):
band) 5.255.35 GHz (DFS band) and 5.475.725 GHz (DFS 802.11 security WPA-PSK, WPA2-PSK, and WPA/WPA2 Enterprise. Appendix A. Supplemental Information
| 97 B. Notification of Compliance NETGEAR Dual Band - Wireless B Regulatory Compliance Information This section includes user requirements for operating this product in accordance with National laws for usage of radio spectrum and operation of radio devices. Failure of the end-user to comply with the applicable requirements may result in unlawful operation and adverse action against the end-user by the applicable National regulatory authority. Note: Note: This product's firmware limits operation to only the channels allowed in a particular Region or Country. Therefore, all options described in this user's guide may not be available in your version of the product. Europe - EU Declaration of Conformity Marking by the above symbol indicates compliance with the Essential Requirements of the R&TTE Directive of the European Union (1999/5/EC). This equipment meets the following conformance standards:
EN300 328 (2.4Ghz), EN301 489-17, EN301 893 (5Ghz), EN60950-1 For complete DoC please visit the NETGEAR EU Declarations of Conformity website at:
http://support.netgear.com/app/answers/detail/a_id/11621/
EDOC in Languages of the European Community Language Statement Cesky [Czech]
NETGEAR Inc. tmto prohlauje, e tento Radiolan je ve shode se zkladnmi poadavky a dalmi prslunmi ustanovenmi smernice 1999/5/ES. Dansk [Danish]
Undertegnede NETGEAR Inc. erklrer herved, at flgende udstyr Radiolan overholder de vsentlige krav og vrige relevante krav i direktiv 1999/5/EF. Deutsch
[German]
Hiermit erklrt NETGEAR Inc., dass sich das Gert Radiolan in bereinstimmung mit den grundlegenden Anforderungen und den brigen einschlgigen Bestimmungen der Richtlinie 1999/5/EG befindet. Eesti [Estonian]
Kesolevaga kinnitab NETGEAR Inc. seadme Radiolan vastavust direktiivi 1999/5/E phinuetele ja nimetatud direktiivist tulenevatele teistele asjakohastele stetele. Appendix B. Notification of Compliance
| 98 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual English Espaol
[Spanish]
[Greek]
Hereby, NETGEAR Inc., declares that this Radiolan is in compliance with the essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 1999/5/EC. Por medio de la presente NETGEAR Inc. declara que el Radiolan cumple con los requisitos esenciales y cualesquiera otras disposiciones aplicables o exigibles de la Directiva 1999/5/CE.
NETGEAR Inc. Radiolan
1999/5/. Franais
[French]
Par la prsente NETGEAR Inc. dclare que l'appareil Radiolan est conforme aux exigences essentielles et aux autres dispositions pertinentes de la directive 1999/5/CE. Italiano [Italian]
Con la presente NETGEAR Inc. dichiara che questo Radiolan conforme ai requisiti essenziali ed alle altre disposizioni pertinenti stabilite dalla direttiva 1999/5/CE. Latviski
[Latvian]
Lietuvi
[Lithuanian]
Ar o NETGEAR Inc. deklar, ka Radiolan atbilst Direktvas 1999/5/EK btiskajm prasbm un citiem ar to saisttajiem noteikumiem. iuo NETGEAR Inc. deklaruoja, kad is Radiolan atitinka esminius reikalavimus ir kitas 1999/5/EB Direktyvos nuostatas. Nederlands
[Dutch]
Hierbij verklaart NETGEAR Inc. dat het toestel Radiolan in overeenstemming is met de essentile eisen en de andere relevante bepalingen van richtlijn 1999/5/EG. Malti [Maltese]
Hawnhekk, NETGEAR Inc., jiddikjara li dan Radiolan jikkonforma mal-htigijiet essenzjali u ma provvedimenti ohrajn relevanti li hemm fid-Dirrettiva 1999/5/EC. Magyar
[Hungarian]
Alulrott, NETGEAR Inc. nyilatkozom, hogy a Radiolan megfelel a vonatkoz alapvet kvetelmnyeknek s az 1999/5/EC irnyelv egyb elrsainak. Polski [Polish]
Niniejszym NETGEAR Inc. owiadcza, e Radiolan jest zgodny z zasadniczymi wymogami oraz pozostaymi stosownymi postanowieniami Dyrektywy 1999/5/EC. Portugus
[Portuguese]
NETGEAR Inc. declara que este Radiolan est conforme com os requisitos essenciais e outras disposies da Directiva 1999/5/CE. Slovensko
[Slovenian]
Slovensky
[Slovak]
NETGEAR Inc. izjavlja, da je ta Radiolan v skladu z bistvenimi zahtevami in ostalimi relevantnimi doloili direktive 1999/5/ES. NETGEAR Inc. tmto vyhlasuje, e Radiolan spa zkladn poiadavky a vetky prslun ustanovenia Smernice 1999/5/ES. Suomi [Finnish]
NETGEAR Inc. vakuuttaa tten ett Radiolan tyyppinen laite on direktiivin 1999/5/EY oleellisten vaatimusten ja sit koskevien direktiivin muiden ehtojen mukainen. Appendix B. Notification of Compliance
| 99 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual Svenska
[Swedish]
Hrmed intygar NETGEAR Inc. att denna Radiolan str I verensstmmelse med de vsentliga egenskapskrav och vriga relevanta bestmmelser som framgr av direktiv 1999/5/EG. slenska
[Icelandic]
Hr me lsir NETGEAR Inc. yfir v a Radiolan er samrmi vi grunnkrfur og arar krfur, sem gerar eru tilskipun 1999/5/EC. Norsk
[Norwegian]
NETGEAR Inc. erklrer herved at utstyret Radiolan er i samsvar med de grunnleggende krav og vrige relevante krav i direktiv 1999/5/EF. This device is a 2.4 GHz wideband transmission system (transceiver), intended for use in all EU member states and EFTA countries, except in France and Italy where restrictive use applies. In Italy the end-user should apply for a license at the national spectrum authorities in order to obtain authorization to use the device for setting up outdoor radio links and/or for supplying public access to telecommunications and/or network services. This device may not be used for setting up outdoor radio links in France and in some areas the RF output power may be limited to 10 mW EIRP in the frequency range of 2454 - 2483.5 MHz. For detailed information the end-user should contact the national spectrum authority in France. FCC Requirements for Operation in the United States FCC Information to User This product does not contain any user serviceable components and is to be used with approved antennas only. Any product changes or modifications will invalidate all applicable regulatory certifications and approvals. FCC Guidelines for Human Exposure This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance of 20 cm between the radiator and your body. This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. FCC Declaration of Conformity We, NETGEAR, Inc., 350 East Plumeria Drive, San Jose, CA 95134, declare under our sole responsibility that the N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 complies with Part 15 Subpart B of FCC CFR47 Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
This device may not cause harmful interference, and This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. FCC Radio Frequency Interference Warnings & Instructions This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following methods:
Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the equipment and the receiver. Connect the equipment into an electrical outlet on a circuit different from that which the radio receiver is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. 100 | Appendix B. Notification of Compliance N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual FCC Caution Any changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate this equipment. This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. For product available in the USA market, only channel 1~11 can be operated. Selection of other channels is not possible. This device and its antenna(s) must not be co-located or operation in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. Industry Canada This device complies with RSS-210 of the Industry Canada Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. IMPORTANT NOTE: Radiation Exposure Statement:
This equipment complies with IC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance 20cm between the radiator & your body. Caution:
The device for the band 5150-5250 MHz is only for indoor usage to reduce po-tential for harmful interference to co-channel mobile satellite systems. High power radars are allocated as primary users (meaning they have priority) of 5250-5350 MHz and 5650-5850 MHz and these radars could cause interference and/or damage to LE-LAN devices. Ce dispositif est conforme la norme CNR-210 d'Industrie Canada applicable aux appareils radio exempts de licence. Son fonctionnement est sujet aux deux conditions suivantes: (1) le dispositif ne doit pas produire de brouillage prjudiciable, et (2) ce dispositif doit accepter tout brouillage reu, y compris un brouillage susceptible de provoquer un fonctionnement indsirable. NOTE IMPORTANTE: Dclaration d'exposition aux radiations:
Cet quipement est conforme aux limites d'exposition aux rayonnements IC tablies pour un environnement non contrl. Cet quipement doit tre install et utilis avec un minimum de 20 cm de distance entre la source de rayonnement et votre corps. Avertissement:
Le dispositif fonctionnant dans la bande 5150-5250 MHz est rserv uniquement pour une utili-sation l'intrieur afin de rduire les risques de brouillage prjudiciable aux systmes de satellites mobiles utilisant les mmes canaux. Les utilisateurs de radars de haute puissance sont dsigns utilisateurs principaux (c.--d., qu'ils ont la priorit) pour les bandes 5250-5350 MHz et 5650-5850 MHz et que ces radars pourraient causer du brouillage et/ou des dommages aux dispositifs LAN-EL. Voluntary Control Council for Interference (VCCI) Statement This equipment is in the Class B category (information equipment to be used in a residential area or an adjacent area thereto) and conforms to the standards set by the Voluntary Control Council for Interference by Data Processing Equipment and Electronic Office Machines aimed at preventing radio interference in such residential areas. When used near a radio or TV receiver, it may become the cause of radio interference. Read instructions for correct handling. Appendix B. Notification of Compliance
| 101 Index A access remote 76 access lists 75 adapter, wireless 25 adding custom service 43 alerts, emailing 41 approved USB devices 64 attached devices, viewing 55 automatic firmware checking 49 automatic Internet connection 18 B back panel 10 backing up configuration 51 Basic Settings screen manual setup 19 blocking content and services 33, 36 blocking keywords, examples 36 box contents 8 bridged networks 83 C cables, checking 88 changes not saved, router 92 compliance 98 configuration file, managing 51 configuration, wireless network 28 configuring port triggering 45 user-defined services 38 connecting USB drive 64 connecting wirelessly 11 connection status, Internet 81 content filtering 33 country setting 18 crossover cable 90 custom service (port forwarding) 43 D date and time 92 daylight savings time 39, 92 default demilitarized zone (DMZ) server 69 default factory settings 95 restoring 93 default gateway 55 denial of service (DoS) port scans 68 protection 33 devices, adding 26 DHCP server 55 disabling SSID broadcast 26 disconnecting USB drive 63 DNS addresses troubleshooting 91 DNS server primary 21 secondary 21 Domain Name Server (DNS) addresses 70 DSL port settings 53 Dynamic DNS 70 Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) server 72 E electromagnetic emissions 97 email notices 41 erasing configuration file 52 Ethernet cables, checking 88 Ethernet light, troubleshooting and 89, 90 F factory default settings restoring 93 factory settings list of 95 resetting 10 file and printer sharing 65 file sharing 58 Index | 102 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual filtering content 33 firewalls inbound rules 42 firmware, upgrading 49 at log in 17 automatic check 49 manually 50 front panel 8 LEDs described 9 FTP, sharing files using 58 H host name 20 host, trusted 37 I inbound firewall rules 42 installing manual setup 19 Setup Wizard 18 Internet connection troubleshooting 91 Internet connection status 81 Internet light, troubleshooting and 89 Internet port 18 Internet port, no connection 22 Internet Service Provider (ISP), see ISP Internet traffic statistics 83 IP address 64, 65 DHCP 15 LAN service 71 reserved 72 IP setup, LAN 71 IPv6 81 ISP account information 15 ISP login 15 K keywords, blocking traffic using 36 L label, product 10 LAN ports 53 LAN setup 71 language setting 18 lease, DHCP 55 LEDs verifying cabling 13 logging in changing password 22 ISP 15 router 16 types 23 upgrade firmware 17 logs 34, 35 logs, emailing 41 M MAC address spoofing 21 MAC address, product label 10 MAC addresses described 26 filtering by 76 restricting access by 75 maintenance settings 48 managing router remotely 76 manual logout 23 manual setup 19 Maximum Transmit Unit (MTU) 68 menus, described 17 metric, number of routers 79 N network correct settings, checking 89 restarting 88 network folder creating 62 editing 60 Network Time Protocol (NTP) 39, 92 no Internet connection 22 O online help, router 17 outbound firewall rules 37 P passphrase, product label 10 password restoring 93 passwords, see passphrases plug and play, universal (UPnP) 80 Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP) 19 port numbers 37 Index
| 103 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual port scanning, disabling 68 port triggering configuring 45 portmap table 80 ports filtering 37 forwarding 42 listed, back panel 10 positioning the router 11 Power light, troubleshooting and 89 PPPoE (PPP over Ethernet) 21, 91 primary DNS server 21 prioritizing traffic 73 Q Quality of Service (QoS) 73 R range of wireless connections 11 releasing connection status 55 remote management 64, 76 removing USB drive 63 renewing connection status 55 repeater mode with wireless client association 85 replace existing router 15 reserved IP address 72 restarting network 88 restore configuration file 52 factory settings button 95 restoring default factory settings 93 router interface, described 17 router, status 52 Routing Information Protocol (RIP} 71 S security 26 security features 25 security options 25 security options, described 25 security PIN 10, 28 security settings 33 sending logs by email 41 serial number, product label 10 service numbers 38 services 37 setting time zone 39 104 | Index settings, default. See default factory settings Setup Wizard 18 sharing files 58 Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP) 41 sites, blocking 36 specifications technical 94 SSID described 30 disable 26 SSID, product label 10 static routes 78, 79 statistics, viewing 54 status Internet connection 55 router 52 storage drive. See USB storage T TCP/IP no Internet connection 22 technical specifications 94 technical support 2 time of day 92 time zone, setting 39 time-out port triggering 46 time-stamping 39 trademarks 2 traffic metering 81, 82 traffic, prioritizing 73 troubleshooting 87 date or time incorrect 92 log in access 90 router changes not saved 92 trusted host 37 Trusted IP Address field 37 trusted wireless stations 76 turn off wireless connectivity 25 U Universal Plug and Play (UPnP) 80 unmounting USB drive 63 upgrading firmware 49 USB devices 58, 63 USB devices, approved 64 USB storage 57 advanced 83 basic settings 59 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual connecting 64, 65 creating a network folder 62 editing a network folder 60 user-defined services 38 V virtual channel identifier (VCI) 15 virtual path identifier (VPI) 15 W WAN 68 WAN IP address, troubleshooting 91 WAN port scanning 68 Wi-Fi Multimedia Quality of Service (WMM QoS) 73 Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS) 26, 27 adding devices 26 keep existing settings 75 settings 74 wireless adapter 25 wireless bridging and repeating 83 wireless channel 30 wireless connection, troubleshooting 93 wireless connections 11 wireless connectivity 25 wireless distribution system (WDS) 83, 85 wireless isolation 30 Wireless LAN (WLAN) 54 Wireless light, troubleshooting and 90, 91 wireless mode 30 wireless network configuration 28 wireless network name 10 wireless network settings 30 wireless port settings 53 wireless region 30 wireless security 25 wireless security options 25 wireless settings checking for correct 88 Wireless Settings screen 28 wireless settings, SSID broadcast 30 Wireless Stations Access List 75 WPS button 27 wrong date or time 92 Index
| 105 Federal Communication Commission Interference Statement This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one of the following measures:
- Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
- Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
- Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected.
- Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. FCC Caution: Any changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate this equipment. This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. For operation within 5.15 ~ 5.25GHz / 5.47 ~5.725GHz frequency range, it is restricted to indoor environment. The band from 5600-5650MHz will be disabled by the software during the manufacturing and cannot be changed by the end user. This device meets all the other requirements specified in Part 15E, Section 15.407 of the FCC Rules. FOR MOBILE DEVICE USAGE (>20cm/low power) Radiation Exposure Statement:
This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance 20cm between the radiator & your body. FOR COUNTRY CODE SELECTION USAGE (WLAN DEVICES) Note: The country code selection is for non-US model only and is not available to all US model. Per FCC regulation, all WiFi product marketed in US must fixed to US operation channels only. Industry Canada statement:
This device complies with RSS-210 of the Industry Canada Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Ce dispositif est conforme la norme CNR-210 d'Industrie Canada applicable aux appareils radio exempts de licence. Son fonctionnement est sujet aux deux conditions suivantes: (1) le dispositif ne doit pas produire de brouillage prjudiciable, et (2) ce dispositif doit accepter tout brouillage reu, y compris un brouillage susceptible de provoquer un fonctionnement indsirable. Caution :
(i) the device for operation in the band 5150-5250 MHz is only for indoor use to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-channel mobile satellite systems;
(ii) the maximum antenna gain permitted for devices in the bands 5250-5350 MHz and 5470-5725 MHz shall comply with the e.i.r.p. limit; and
(iii) the maximum antenna gain permitted for devices in the band 5725-5825 MHz shall comply with the e.i.r.p. limits specified for point-to-point and non point-to-point operation as appropriate.
(iv) Users should also be advised that high-power radars are allocated as primary users (i.e. priority users) of the bands 5250-5350 MHz and 5650-5850 MHz and that these radars could cause interference and/or damage to LE-LAN devices. Avertissement:
Le guide dutilisation des dispositifs pour rseaux locaux doit inclure des instructions prcises sur les restrictions susmentionnes, notamment :
(i) les dispositifs fonctionnant dans la bande 5 150-5 250 MHz sont rservs uniquement pour une utilisation lintrieur afin de rduire les risques de brouillage prjudiciable aux systmes de satellites mobiles utilisant les mmes canaux;
(ii) le gain maximal dantenne permis pour les dispositifs utilisant les bandes 5 250-5 350 MHz et 5 470-5 725 MHz doit se conformer la limite de p.i.r.e.;
(iii) le gain maximal dantenne permis (pour les dispositifs utilisant la bande 5 725-5 825 MHz) doit se conformer la limite de p.i.r.e. spcifie pour lexploitation point point et non point point, selon le cas.
(iv) De plus, les utilisateurs devraient aussi tre aviss que les utilisateurs de radars de haute puissance sont dsigns utilisateurs principaux (c.--d., quils ont la priorit) pour les bandes 5 250-5 350 MHz et 5 650-5 850 MHz et que ces radars pourraient causer du brouillage et/ou des dommages aux dispositifs LAN-EL. FOR MOBILE DEVICE USAGE (>20cm/low power) Radiation Exposure Statement:
This equipment complies with IC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance 20cm between the radiator & your body. Dclaration d'exposition aux radiations:
Cet quipement est conforme aux limites d'exposition aux rayonnements IC tablies pour un environnement non contrl. Cet quipement doit tre install et utilis avec un minimum de 22 cm de distance entre la source de rayonnement et votre corps.
1 2 3 | UserMan | Users Manual | 2.18 MiB |
N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 User Manual 350 East Plumeria Drive San Jose, CA 95134 USA May 2013 v1.0 NOTE: This document is for certification purposes. N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 Support Thank you for selecting NETGEAR products. After installing your device, locate the serial number on the label of your product and use it to register your product at https://my.netgear.com. You must register your product before you can use NETGEAR telephone support. NETGEAR recommends registering your product through the NETGEAR website. For product updates and web support, visit http://support.netgear.com. Phone (US & Canada only): 1-888-NETGEAR. Phone (Other Countries): Check the list of phone numbers at http://support.netgear.com/general/contact/default.aspx. Trademarks NETGEAR, the NETGEAR logo, and Connect with Innovation are trademarks and/or registered trademarks of NETGEAR, Inc. and/or its subsidiaries in the United States and/or other countries. Information is subject to change without notice. NETGEAR, Inc. All rights reserved. 2 Contents Chapter 1 Hardware Setup Unpack Your Router. 8 Hardware Features. 8 Front Panel . 8 Back Panel . 10 Label. 10 Attach the Stand. 11 Position Your Router . 11 Cable Your Router . 12 Verify the Cabling . 13 Chapter 2 Getting Started with NETGEAR genie Router Setup Preparation. 15 Use Standard TCP/IP Properties for DHCP . 15 Gather ISP Information. 15 Wireless Devices and Security Settings . 15 Types of Logins and Access. 15 Use NETGEAR genie after Installation. 16 Upgrade the Firmware . 16 Dashboard (Basic Home Screen). 17 Join Your Wireless Network . 18 Manual Method. 18 Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS) Method . 18 NETGEAR genie App and Mobile genie App . 19 Chapter 3 NETGEAR genie Basic Settings Basic Home Screen . 21 Internet Setup. 21 Internet Setup Screen Fields . 22 Attached Devices . 23 Parental Controls . 24 ReadySHARE Storage . 26 Basic Wireless Settings . 27 Wireless Settings Screen Fields. 28 Change WPA Security Option and Password . 29 Guest Networks . 30 Guest Network Wireless Security Options . 31 3 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 Chapter 4 NETGEAR genie Advanced Home NETGEAR genie Advanced Home Screen . 33 Setup Wizard . 33 WPS Wizard . 34 Setup Menu . 35 WAN Setup. 36 Default DMZ Server . 37 Change the MTU Size . 38 LAN Setup . 39 LAN Setup Screen Settings . 40 Use the Router as a DHCP Server. 41 Address Reservation . 42 Quality of Service (QoS) Setup . 42 Chapter 5 Storage ReadySHARE Access . 48 File-Sharing Scenarios . 48 Storage Basic Settings . 50 Add or Edit a Network Folder . 51 Storage Advanced Settings . 52 Safely Remove a USB Drive . 53 Media Server . 53 Specify Approved USB Devices . 54 Connect to the USB Drive from a Remote Computer. 55 Access the Router USB Drive Remotely Using FTP . 55 Chapter 6 Security Keyword Blocking of HTTP Traffic . 57 Block Services (Port Filtering) . 58 Schedule Blocking . 60 Security Event Email Notifications . 61 Chapter 7 Administration Upgrade the Firmware . 63 View Router Status. 64 Router Information . 64 Internet Port . 65 Wireless Settings (2.4 GHz and 5 GHz). 67 View Logs of Web Access or Attempted Web Access . 68 Manage the Configuration File . 69 Back Up Settings . 69 Restore Configuration Settings. 69 Erase . 69 Set Password . 70 Password Recovery . 70 4 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 Chapter 8 Advanced Settings Advanced Wireless Settings. 72 Restrict Wireless Access by MAC Address . 73 Wireless AP . 74 Wireless Repeating Function (WDS) . 75 Set Up the Base Station . 78 Set Up a Repeater Unit. 79 Port Forwarding and Port Triggering . 79 Remote Computer Access Basics . 79 Port Triggering to Open Incoming Ports . 81 Port Forwarding to Permit External Host Communications . 82 How Port Forwarding Differs from Port Triggering . 83 Set Up Port Forwarding to Local Servers . 83 Add a Custom Service . 84 Edit or Delete a Port Forwarding Entry. 85 Set Up Port Triggering . 86 Dynamic DNS . 88 Static Routes . 89 Remote Management . 91 USB Settings . 92 Universal Plug and Play . 92 IPv6 . 93 Auto Detect Fields . 94 Auto Config. 95 6to4 Tunnel. 96 Pass Through . 96 Fixed. 97 DHCP . 98 PPPoE . 99 Traffic Meter . 100 Chapter 9 Troubleshooting Quick Tips. 102 Sequence to Restart Your Network . 102 Power LED . 102 Check Ethernet Cable Connections . 102 Wireless Settings . 102 Network Settings. 103 Troubleshoot with the LEDs . 103 Power LED Is Off or Blinking . 103 LEDs Never Turn Off . 103 Internet LED Is Off . 104 Wireless 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz LEDs Are Off . 104 Cannot Log In to the Router . 104 Cannot Access the Internet . 105 Changes Not Saved . 106 Incorrect Date or Time . 106 5 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 Wireless Connectivity . 106 Wireless Signal Strength . 107 Appendix A Supplemental Information Factory Settings . 109 Technical Specifications. 110 Appendix B Notification of Compliance 6 1. Hardware Setup Getting to know your router 1 The N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 provides an easy and secure way to set up a wireless home network with fast access to the Internet over a high-speed digital subscriber line (DSL). It is compatible with all major DSL Internet service providers, lets you block unsafe Internet content and applications, and protects the devices (computers, gaming consoles, and so on) that you connect to your home network. If you have not already set up your new router using the installation guide that comes in the box, this chapter walks you through the hardware setup. Chapter 2, Getting Started with NETGEAR genie, explains how to set up your Internet connection. This chapter contains the following sections:
Unpack Your Router Hardware Features Attach the Stand Position Your Router Cable Your Router Verify the Cabling For information about ReadySHARE features in your product, see Chapter 5, Storage, and visit www.netgear.com/readyshare. For more information about the topics covered in this manual, visit the support website at http://support.netgear.com. 7 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 Unpack Your Router Your box should contain the following items:
N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 Router stand AC power adapter (plug varies by region) Category 5E (Cat 5E) Ethernet cable Resource CD Installation guide with cabling and router setup instructions If any parts are incorrect, missing, or damaged, contact your NETGEAR dealer. Keep the carton and original packing materials, in case you need to return the product for repair. Hardware Features Before you cable your router, take a moment to become familiar with the label and the front and back panels. Pay particular attention to the LEDs on the front panel. Front Panel The router front panel has the status LEDs and icons shown in the figure. The Wireless and WPS icons are buttons. Power Internet 5 GHz 2.4 GHz LAN Ports
(14) USB Wireless WPS Figure 1. Front panel LEDs and icons 8 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 The following table describes the LEDs, icons, and buttons on the front panel from left to right. Icon Power Internet 2.4 GHz 5 GHz LAN USB Wireless button Description Solid amber. The unit is starting up after being powered on. Solid green. The router is ready to use Off. Power is not supplied to the router. Blinking green. The firmware is corrupted. Visit www.netgear.com/support. Blinking amber. The firmware is upgrading, or the Restore Factory Settings button was pressed. Solid green. An IP address has been received; the routerready to transmit data. Solid amber. The Ethernet cable connection to the modem has been detected. Off. No Ethernet cable is connected to the modem. Solid green. The 2.4-GHz wireless radio is operating. Off. The 2.4-GHz wireless radio is off. Solid blue. The 5-GHz wireless radio is operating. Off. The 5-GHz wireless radio is off. Solid green. The LAN port has detected a 1 Gbps link with an attached device. Solid amber. The LAN port has detected a 10/100 Mbps link with an attached Off. No link is detected on this port. Solid green. The router has accepted the USB device. Blinking green. The USB device is in use. Off. No USB device is connected, or the Safely Remove USB Drive button has been device. clicked and it is now safe to remove the attached USB device. Pressing this button for over one second turns on and off the wireless radios. On. The 2.4-GHz and 5-GHz wireless radios are on. Off. The 2.4-GHz and 5-GHz wireless radios are off, and the 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz LEDs are off. WPS button Pressing this button allows you to use Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS) to add a wireless device or computer to your network (see Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS) Method on page 18. The WPS LED blinks for 2 minutes during this process. 9 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 Back Panel The back panel has the On/Off button and port connections as shown in the figure. USB 4 Ethernet LAN ports ADSL Power On/Off Figure 2. Back panel Label The label on the bottom of the router shows the Restore Factory Settings button, login information, MAC address, and serial number. Login user name and default pasword Serial number Restore Factory Settings Figure 3. Label on router bottom WiFi Network Name (SSID) nd Network Key (Password) MAC address See Factory Settings on page 109 for information about restoring factory settings. 10 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 Attach the Stand For optimal wireless network performance, use the stand (included in the package) to position your router upright. 1. Orient your router vertically. 2. Insert the tabs of the stand into the slots on the bottom of your router as shown. Place your router in a suitable area for installation (near an AC power outlet and accessible to the Ethernet cables for your wired computers). Position Your Router The router lets you access your network from virtually anywhere within the operating range of your wireless network. However, the operating distance or range of your wireless connection can vary significantly depending on the physical placement of your router. For example, the thickness and number of walls the wireless signal passes through can limit the range. For best results, place your router:
Near the center of the area where your computers and other devices operate, and preferably within line of sight to your wireless devices. So it is accessible to an AC power outlet and near Ethernet cables for wired computers. In an elevated location such as a high shelf, keeping the number of walls and ceilings between the router and your other devices to a minimum. 11 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 Away from electrical devices that are potential sources of interference, such as ceiling fans, home security systems, microwaves, computers, or the base of a cordless phone or 2.4-GHz cordless phone. Away from any large metal surfaces, such as a solid metal door or aluminum studs. Large expanses of other materials such as glass, insulated walls, fish tanks, mirrors, brick, and concrete can also affect your wireless signal. With the antennas in a vertical position to provide the best side-to-side coverage or in a horizontal position to provide the best up-and-down coverage, as applicable. Cable Your Router The installation guide that came in the box has a cabling diagram on the first page. This section walks you through cabling with detailed illustrations. 1. Connect the router, the computer, and the modem. 2. Turn off and unplug the modem. If your modem has a backup battery, remove it as well. DSL or cable Internet Modem 3. Locate the Ethernet cable (1) that connects your computer to the modem. 1 2 12 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 4. Disconnect the cable from the modem (2). You will connect it to the router later. 5. Locate the Ethernet cable that came with the NETGEAR product. Securely insert that Ethernet cable into your modem and into the Internet port of the router (3). 6. Locate the cable you removed from the modem in step 2. Securely insert that cable (4) into a LAN port on the router such as LAN port 1. 3 4 7. Your network cables are connected, and you are ready to start your network. It is important that you start your network in the correct sequence (first power on the modem, and after it finishes starting up, power on the router). Verify the Cabling Verify that your router is cabled correctly by checking the router LEDs. Turn on the router by pressing the On/Off button on the back. The Power LED lights amber when the router is turned on. The LAN port LEDs light green for each computer that is cabled to the router. The 2.4 GHz N/G-Band LED is lit, and the 5.0 GHz N-Band LED is lit. The Internet LED is lit. If it is not, make sure that the Ethernet cable is securely attached to the router Internet port and the modem, and that the modem is powered on. LEDs (1 through 4) are lit for any computers cabled to the router by Verify that the LAN an Ethernet cable. 13 2. Getting Started with NETGEAR genie Connecting the router 2 This chapter explains how to use NETGEAR genie to set up your router after you complete cabling as described in the installation guide and in the previous chapter. This chapter contains the following sections:
Router Setup Preparation Types of Logins and Access Use NETGEAR genie after Installation Upgrade the Firmware Dashboard (Basic Home Screen) Join Your Wireless Network NETGEAR genie App and Mobile genie App 14 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 Router Setup Preparation You can allow NETGEAR genie to automatically set up your router, or you can use the genie menus and screens to set up your router manually. Before you start the setup process, get your ISP information and make sure the computers and devices in the network have the settings described here. Use Standard TCP/IP Properties for DHCP If you set up your computer to use a static IP address, you need to change the settings so that it uses Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP). Consult the documentation that came with your computer or operating system for instructions about how to do this. Gather ISP Information If you have DSL broadband service, you might need the following information to set up your router and to check that your Internet configuration is correct. Your Internet service provider
(ISP) should have provided you with all of the information needed to connect to the Internet. If you cannot locate this information, ask your ISP to provide it. When your Internet connection is working, you no longer need to launch the ISP login program on your computer to access the Internet. When you start an Internet application, your router automatically logs you in. Make sure that you have the following information:
The ISP configuration information for your DSL account ISP login name and password Fixed or static IP address settings (special deployment by ISP; this is rare) Wireless Devices and Security Settings Make sure that the wireless device or computer that you are using supports WPA or WPA2 wireless security, which is the wireless security supported by the router. Types of Logins and Access Different types of logins have different purposes: It is important that you understand the difference so that you know which login to use when. Router login logs you in to the router interface from NETGEAR genie. See Use NETGEAR genie after Installation on page 16 for details about this login. ISP login logs you in to your Internet service. Your service provider has provided you with this login information, typically in a letter. If you cannot find this login information, contact your service provider. WiFi password. The preset SSID (WiFi network name) and preset WiFi password for your router are unique. This information is on the label on the bottom of your router. Getting Started with NETGEAR genie 15 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 Use NETGEAR genie after Installation When you first set up your router, NETGEAR genie automatically starts when you launch an Internet browser on a computer that is connected to the router. You can use NETGEAR genie again if you want to view or change settings for the router. 1. Launch your browser from a computer or wireless device that is connected to the router. 2. Enter http://www.routerlogin.net in the web browser address bar. A login window displays. admin
********
3. Enter admin for the router user name and password for the router password, both in lowercase letters. Note: The router user name and password are different from the user name and password for logging in to your Internet connection. See Types of Logins and Access on page 15 for more information. Upgrade the Firmware When you set up your router and are connected to the Internet, the router automatically checks for you to see if newer firmware is available. If it is, a message is displayed on the top of the screen. See Upgrade the Modem Router Firmware on page 82 for more information about upgrading firmware. Click the message when it shows up, and click Yes to upgrade the router with the latest firmware. After the upgrade, the router restarts automatically. CAUTION:
Do not try to go online, turn off the router, shut down the computer, or do anything else to the router until the router finishes restarting and the Power LED has stopped blinking for several seconds. Getting Started with NETGEAR genie 16 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 Dashboard (Basic Home Screen) The Basic Home screen has a dashboard that lets you see the status of your Internet connection and network at a glance. You can click any of the six sections of the dashboard to view more detailed information. The left column has the menus. You can use the Advanced tab to access more menus and screens. Menus
(Click the Advanced tab to view more) Language Dashboard
(Click to view details) Help Figure 4. Basic Home screen with dashboard, language, and online help Home. This dashboard screen displays when you log in to the router. Internet. Set, update, and check the ISP settings of your router. Wireless. View or change the wireless settings for your router. Attached Devices. View the devices connected to your network. Parental Controls. Download and set up parental controls to prevent objectionable content from reaching your computers. ReadySHARE. Manage storage on USB devices that you connect to the router USB drive. Guest Network. Set up a guest network to allow visitors to use your routers Internet connection. Advanced tab. Set the router up for unique situations such as when remote access by IP or by domain name from the Internet is needed. See Chapter 9, Advanced Settings. You need a solid understanding of networking protocols to use this tab. Help & Support. Visit the NETGEAR support site to get information, help, and product documentation. These links work once you have an Internet connection. Getting Started with NETGEAR genie 17 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 Join Your Wireless Network You can use the manual or the WPS method to join your wireless network. Manual Method With the manual method, you choose the network that you want and enter its password to connect. To connect manually:
1. On your computer or wireless device, open the software that manages your wireless connections. The wireless software scans for all wireless networks in your area. 2. Look for your network and select it. The preset SSID (wireless network name) and preset WiFi password are on the router label. If you changed these settings, look for the network name that you used. 3. Enter the router password and click Connect. Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS) Method Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS) lets you connect to a secure WiFi network without typing its password. Instead, press a button or enter a PIN. NETGEAR calls WPS Push 'N' Connect. Some older WiFi equipment is not compatible with WPS. WPS works only with WPA2 or WPA wireless security. To use WPS to join the wireless network:
1. Press the WPS button on the router. 2. Within 2 minutes, press the WPS button on your wireless device, or follow the WPS instructions that came with the device. The WPS process automatically sets up your wireless computer with the network password and connects you to the wireless network. Getting Started with NETGEAR genie 18 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 NETGEAR genie App and Mobile genie App The genie app is the easy dashboard for managing, monitoring, and repairing your home network. See the NETGEAR genie App User Manual for details about the genie apps. Retrieve wireless password About genie Menu Language Dashboard
(Click to view details) Support The genie app can help you with the following:
Automatically repair common wireless network problems. Have easy access to router features like Live Parental Controls, guest access, Internet traffic meter, speed test, and more. The genie mobile app works on your iPhone, iPad, or Android phone:
Phone status Log in to the router Search NETGEAR support Information about genie mobile app and the connected router Getting Started with NETGEAR genie 19 3. NETGEAR genie Basic Settings Your Internet connection and network 3 This chapter contains the following sections:
Basic Home Screen Internet Setup Attached Devices Parental Controls ReadySHARE Storage Basic Wireless Settings Guest Networks 20 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 Basic Home Screen The genie Basic Home screen is shown in the following figure:
Internet Setup The Internet Setup screen is where you view or change basic ISP information. You can use the Setup Wizard to detect the Internet connection and automatically set up the router. See Setup Wizard on page 39. To view or change the basic Internet setup:
1. From the Home screen, select Internet. The following screen displays:
Scroll to view more settings The fields that display in the Internet Setup screen depend on whether your Internet connection requires a login. NETGEAR genie Basic Settings 21 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 Yes. Select the encapsulation method and enter the login name. If you want to change the login time-out, enter a new value in minutes. No. Enter the account and domain names, only if needed. 2. Enter the settings for the IP address and DNS server. The default settings usually work fine. If you have problems with your connection, check to make sure that the settings in this screen match the information from your ISP. 3. Click Apply to save your settings. 4. Click Test to test your Internet connection. If the NETGEAR website does not display within 1 minute, see Chapter 9, Troubleshooting. Internet Setup Screen Fields The following descriptions explain all of the possible fields in the Internet Setup screen. The fields that display in this screen depend on whether tan ISP login is required. Does Your ISP Require a Login? Answer either yes or no. These fields display when no login is required:
Account Name (if required). Enter the account name that your ISP provided. This might also be called the host name. Domain Name (if required). Enter the domain name that your ISP provided. These fields display when your ISP requires a login:
Internet Service Provider Encapsulation. ISP types. The choices are PPPoE, PPTP, or L2TP. If you are not sure, check with your ISP. Login. The login name that your ISP provided. This login name is often an email address. Password. The password that you use to log in to your ISP. Idle Timeout (In minutes). If you want to change the login time-out, enter a new value in minutes. This setting determines how long the router keeps the Internet connection active after there is no Internet activity from the LAN. A value of 0 (zero) means never log out. Internet IP Address. Get Dynamically from ISP. Your ISP uses DHCP to assign your IP address. Your ISP automatically assigns these addresses. Use Static IP Address. Enter the IP address, IP subnet mask, and the gateway IP address that your ISP assigned. The gateway is the ISP router to which your router will connect. Domain Name Server (DNS) Address. The DNS server is used to look up site addresses based on their names. Get Automatically from ISP. Your ISP uses DHCP to assign your DNS servers. Your ISP automatically assigns this address. NETGEAR genie Basic Settings 22 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 Use These DNS Servers. If you know that your ISP requires specific servers, select this option. Enter the IP address of your ISPs primary DNS server. If a secondary DNS server address is available, enter it also. Router MAC Address. The Ethernet MAC address that the router uses on the Internet port. Some ISPs register the MAC address of the network interface card in your computer when your account is first opened. They accept traffic only from the MAC address of that computer. This feature allows your router to use your computers MAC address (this is also called cloning). Use Default Address. Use the default MAC address. Use Computer MAC Address. The router captures and uses the MAC address of the computer that you are now using. You have to use the one computer that the ISP allows. Use This MAC Address. Enter the MAC address that you want to use. Attached Devices The Attached Device screen shows all computers or devices that are currently connected to your network. To go to the Attached Devices screen:
From the Basic Home screen, select Attached Devices. Wired devices are connected to the router with Ethernet cables. Wireless devices have joined the wireless network.
# (number). The order in which the device joined the network. IP Address. The IP address that the router assigned to this device when it joined the network. This number can change if a device is disconnected and rejoins the network. MAC Address. The unique MAC address for each device does not change. The MAC address is typically shown on the product label. Device Name. If the device name is known, it is shown here. You can click Refresh to update this screen. NETGEAR genie Basic Settings 23 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 Parental Controls The first time you select Parental Controls from the Basic Home screen, your browser goes to the Parental Controls website. You can learn more about Live Parental Controls or download the application. To set up Live Parental Controls:
1. Select Parental Controls on the Home (dashboard) screen. Live Parental Controls uses free OpenDNS accounts. If you do not have one, you can create one now. 2. Log in to manage Parental Control settings. 3. Click either the Windows Users or Mac Users button. 4. Follow the onscreen instructions to download and install the NETGEAR Live Parental Controls Management utility. NETGEAR genie Basic Settings 24 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 After installation, Live Parental Controls automatically starts. 5. Click Next, read the note, and click Next again to proceed. You are prompted to log in or create a free account. 6. Select the radio button that applies to you and click Next. If you already have an OpenDNS account, leave the Yes radio button selected. If you do not have an OpenDNS account, select the No radio button. After you log on or create your account, the filtering level screen displays:
NETGEAR genie Basic Settings 25 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 7. Select the radio button for the filtering level that you want and click Next. 8. Click the Take me to the status screen button. Parental controls are now set up for the router. The dashboard shows Parental Controls as enabled. ReadySHARE Storage You can view information about a USB storage device that is connected to the routers USB port here. From the Basic Home screen, select ReadySHARE to display the USB Storage
(Basic Settings) screen:
To work with storage, leave the Basic radio button selected. This screen displays the following:
Network/Device Name. The default is \\readyshare. Available Network Folders. The folders on the USB device. Share Name. You can click the name shown, or you can type it in the address field of your web browser. If Not Shared is shown, the default share has been deleted and no other share for the root folder exists. Click the link to change this setting. NETGEAR genie Basic Settings 26 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 Read Access and Write Access. Shows the permissions and access controls on the network folder: All no password (the default) allows all users to access the network folder. The user name (account name) for All no password is guest. The password for admin is the same one that you use to log in to the router. By default, it is password. Folder Name. Full path of the network folder. Volume Name. Volume name from the USB storage device. Total Space and Free Space. Shows the current utilization of the storage device. Edit. Click the Edit button to edit the Available Network Folders settings. Safely Remove USB Drive. Safely remove the USB device attached to your router. You can click Refresh to update this screen. For more information about USB storage, see Chapter 5, Storage. Basic Wireless Settings The Wireless Settings screen lets you view or configure the wireless network setup. The router comes with preset security. This means that the Wi-Fi network name (SSID), network key (password), and security option (encryption protocol) are preset in the factory. You can find the preset SSID and password on the bottom of the unit. Note: The preset SSID and password are uniquely generated for every device to protect and maximize your wireless security. To view or change basic wireless settings:
NETGEAR recommends that you do not change your preset security settings. If you change your preset security settings, make a note of the new settings and store it in a safe place where you can easily find it. If you use a wireless computer to change the wireless network name (SSID) or other wireless security settings, you are disconnected when you click Apply. To avoid this problem, use a computer with a wired connection to access the router. NETGEAR genie Basic Settings 27 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 1. Select Basic > Wireless to display the Wireless Settings screen. The screen sections, settings, and procedures are explained in the following sections. 2. Make any changes that are needed and click Apply to save your settings. 3. Set up and test your wireless devices and computers to make sure that they can connect wirelessly. If they do not, check the following:
Is your wireless device or computer connected to your network or another wireless network in your area? Some wireless devices automatically connect to the first open network (without wireless security) that they discover. Does your wireless device or computer show up on the Attached Devices screen? If it does, it is connected to the network. If you are not sure what the network name (SSID) or password is, look on the label on the bottom of your router. Wireless Settings Screen Fields Region Selection The location where the router is used. Select from the countries in the list. In the United States, the region is fixed to United States and is not changeable. Wireless Network (2.4 GHz b/g/n and 5 GHz) The b/g/n notation references the 802.11 standards of conformance for the 2.4-GHz radio frequency. NETGEAR genie Basic Settings 28 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 Enable SSID Broadcast. This setting allows the router to broadcast its SSID so wireless stations can see this wireless name (SSID) in their scanned network lists. This check box is selected by default. To turn off the SSID broadcast, clear the Enable SSID Broadcast check box and click Apply. Enable Wireless Isolation. If this check box is selected, wireless computers or devices that join the network can use the Internet but cannot access each other or access Ethernet devices on the network. Name (SSID). The SSID is also known as the wireless network name. Enter a 32-character
(maximum) name in this field. This field is case-sensitive. The default SSID is randomly generated, and NETGEAR strongly recommends that you do not change this setting. Channel. This setting is the wireless channel the gateway uses. Enter a value from 1 through 13. For products in the North America market, only channels 1 through 11 can be operated. Do not change the channel unless you experience interference (shown by lost connections or slow data transfers). If this happens, experiment with different channels to see which is the best. Mode. Up to 130 Mbps is the default setting for the 2.4-GHz network, which allows 802.11n, 802.11g, 802.11b wireless devices to join the network. Up to 300 Mbps is the default setting for the 5-GHz network, which allows 802.11na and 802.11a wireless devices to join the network. Up to 54 Mbps supports up to 54 Mbps. Security Options Settings The Security Options section of the Wireless Settings screen lets you change the security option and passphrase. NETGEAR recommends that you do not change the security option or passphrase, but if you want to change these settings, this section explains how. Do not disable security. Change WPA Security Option and Password You can change the security settings for your router. If you do so, write down the new settings and store them in a secure place for future reference. To change the WPA settings:
1. On the Wireless Settings screen, under Security Options, select the WPA option you want. 2. In the Passphrase field that displays when you select a WPA security option, enter the network passphrase (password) that you want to use. It is a text string from 8 to 63 characters. NETGEAR genie Basic Settings 29 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 Guest Networks Adding a guest network allows visitors at your home to use the Internet without having your wireless security key. You can add a guest network to each wireless network: 2.4 GHz b/g/n and 5.0 GHz a/n To set up a guest network:
1. Select Basic > Guest Network. 2. Select any of the following wireless settings:
Enable this wireless network. When this check box is selected, the guest network is enabled, and guests can connect to your network using the SSID of this profile. Enable SSID Broadcast. If this check box is selected, the wireless access point broadcasts its name (SSID) to all wireless stations. Stations with no SSID can adopt the correct SSID for connections to this access point. Allow guest to access My Local Network. If this check box is selected, anyone who connects to this SSID has access to your local network, not just Internet access. Enable Wireless Isolation. If this check box is selected, wireless computers or devices that join the network can use the Internet but cannot access each other or access Ethernet devices on the network. 3. Give the guest network a name. The guest network name is case-sensitive and can be up to 32 characters. You then manually configure the wireless devices in your network to use the guest network name in addition to the main SSID. 4. Select a security option from the list. The security options are described in Guest Network Wireless Security Options on page 31. 5. Click Apply to save your selections. NETGEAR genie Basic Settings 30 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 Guest Network Wireless Security Options A security option is the type of security protocol applied to your wireless network. The security protocol in force encrypts data transmissions and ensures that only trusted devices receive authorization to connect to your network. Wi-Fi Protected Access (WPA) has several options including pre-shared key (PSK) encryption. This section presents an overview of the security options and provides guidance on when to use which option. It is also possible to set up a guest network without wireless security. NETGEAR does not recommend this. WPA Encryption WPA encryption is built into all hardware that has the Wi-Fi-certified seal. This seal means that the product is authorized by the Wi-Fi Alliance (http://www.wi-fi.org/) because it complies with the worldwide single standard for high-speed wireless local area networking. WPA uses a password for authentication and to generate the initial data encryption keys. Then it dynamically varies the encryption key. WPA-PSK uses Temporal Key Integrity Protocol (TKIP) data encryption, implements most of the IEEE 802.11i standard, and works with all wireless network interface cards, but not all wireless access points. WPA2-PSK is stronger than WPA-PSK. It is advertised to be theoretically indecipherable due to the greater degree of randomness in encryption keys that it generates. WPA2-PSK gets higher speed because it is usually implemented through hardware, while WPA-PSK is usually implemented through software. WPA2-PSK uses a password to authenticate and generate the initial data encryption keys. Then it dynamically varies the encryption key. WPS-PSK + WPA2-PSK Mixed Mode can provide broader support for all wireless clients. WPA2-PSK clients get higher speed and security, and WPA-PSK clients get decent speed and security. For help with WPA settings on your wireless computer or device, see the instructions that came with your product. NETGEAR genie Basic Settings 31 4. NETGEAR genie Advanced Home Specify custom settings 4 This chapter contains the following sections:
NETGEAR genie Advanced Home Screen Setup Wizard WPS Wizard Setup Menu WAN Setup LAN Setup Quality of Service (QoS) Setup Some selections on the Advanced Home screen are described in separate chapters:
Storage. See Chapter 5, Storage. Security. See Chapter 7, Security. Administration. See Chapter 8, Administration. Advanced Setup. See Chapter 9, Advanced Settings. 32 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 NETGEAR genie Advanced Home Screen The genie Advanced Home dashboard presents status information. The content is the same as what is on the Router Status screen available from the Administration menu. The genie Advanced Home screen is shown in the following figure:
This screen is also displayed through the Administration menu. Setup Wizard You can use the Setup Wizard to detect your Internet settings and automatically set up your router. The Setup Wizard is not the same as the genie screens that display the first time you connect to your router to set it up. To use the Setup Wizard:
1. Select Advanced > Setup Wizard to display the following screen:
2. Select either Yes or No, I want to configure the router myself. If you select No, you are taken to the Internet Setup screen (see Internet Setup on page 26). NETGEAR genie Advanced Home 33 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 3. Select Yes and click Next. The Setup Wizard searches your Internet connection for servers and protocols to determine your ISP configuration. The following screen displays:
WPS Wizard The WPS Wizard helps you add a WPS-capable client device (a wireless device or computer) to your network. On the client device, either press its WPS button or locate its WPS PIN. To use the WPS Wizard:
1. Select Advanced > WPS Wizard. 2. Click Next. The following screen lets you select the method for adding the WPS client (a wireless device or computer). You can use either the push button or PIN method. 3. Select either Push Button or PIN Number. To use the push-button method, either click the WPS button on this screen, or press the WPS button on the side of the router. Within 2 minutes, go to the wireless client and press its WPS button to join the network without entering a password. To use the PIN method, select the PIN Number radio button, enter the client security PIN, and click Next. NETGEAR genie Advanced Home 34 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 Within 2 minutes, go to the client device and use its WPS software to join the network without entering a password. on the front of The router attempts to add the WPS-capable device. The WPS LED the router blinks green. When the router establishes a WPS connection, the LED is solid green, and the router WPS screen displays a confirmation message. 4. Repeat Step 2 and Step 3 to add another WPS client to your network. Setup Menu Select Advanced > Setup to display the Setup menu. The following selections are available:
Internet Setup. Go to the same Internet Setup screen that you can access from the dashboard on the Basic Home screen. See Internet Setup on page 26. Wireless Setup. Go to the same Wireless Settings screen that you can access from the dashboard on the Basic Home screen. See Basic Wireless Settings on page 33. Guest Network. This selection is a shortcut to the same Guest Network screen that you can access from the dashboard on the Basic Home screen. See Guest Networks on page 36. WAN Setup. Internet (WAN) setup. See WAN Setup on page 36. LAN Setup. Local area network (LAN) setup. See LAN Setup on page 39. QoS Setup. Quality of Service (QoS) setup. See Quality of Service (QoS) Setup on page 42. NETGEAR genie Advanced Home 35 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 WAN Setup The WAN Setup screen lets you configure a DMZ (demilitarized zone) server, change the maximum transmit unit (MTU) size, and enable the router to respond to a ping on the WAN
(Internet) port. To view or change the WAN settings:
Select Advanced > Setup > WAN Setup The following settings are available:
Disable Port Scan and DoS Protection. DoS protection protects your LAN against denial of service attacks such as Syn flood, Smurf Attack, Ping of Death, Teardrop Attack, UDP Flood, ARP Attack, Spoofing ICMP, Null Scan, and many others. This should be disabled only in special circumstances. Default DMZ Server. This feature is sometimes helpful when you are playing online games or videoconferencing. Be careful when using this feature because it makes the firewall security less effective. See the following section, Default DMZ Server, for more details. Respond to Ping on Internet Port. If you want the router to respond to a ping from the Internet, select this check box. Use this setting only as a diagnostic tool because it allows your router to be discovered. Do not select this check box unless you have a specific reason. Disable IGMP Proxying. The IGPM Proxying feature lets a LAN computer receive the multicast traffic directed to it from the Internet. Selecting this check box prevents this from occurring. MTU Size (in bytes). The normal MTU (maximum transmit unit) value for most Ethernet networks is 1500 bytes, or 1492 bytes for PPPoE connections. For some ISPs, you might need to reduce the MTU. This is rarely required. You should change the setting in this field only if you are sure that it is necessary for your ISP connection. See Change the MTU Size on page 38. NAT Filtering. Network Address Translation (NAT) determines how the router processes inbound traffic. Secured NAT provides a secured firewall to protect the computers on the NETGEAR genie Advanced Home 36 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 LAN from attacks from the Internet, but might prevent some Internet games, point-to-point applications, or multimedia applications from functioning. Open NAT provides a much less secured firewall, but allows almost all Internet applications to function. Disable SIP ALG. The Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) Application Level Gateway (ALG) is enabled by default to optimize VoIP phone calls that use the SIP. The Disable SIP ALG check box allows you to disable the SIP ALG. Disabling the SIP ALG might be useful when running certain applications. Default DMZ Server The default DMZ server feature is helpful when you are using some online games and videoconferencing applications that are incompatible with Network Address Translation
(NAT). The router recognizes some of these applications and works correctly with them, but other applications might not function well. In some cases, one local computer can run the application correctly if that computers IP address is entered as the default DMZ server. WARNING!
DMZ servers pose a security risk. A computer designated as the default DMZ server loses much of the protection of the firewall and is exposed to exploits from the Internet. If compromised, the DMZ server computer can be used to attack other computers on your network. The router usually detects and discards incoming traffic from the Internet that is not a response to local computers or a service that you set up in the Port Forwarding/Port Triggering screen. Instead of discarding this traffic, you can have the router forward the traffic to one computer on your network. This computer is called the default DMZ server. To set up a default DMZ server:
1. On the WAN Setup screen, select the Default DMZ Server check box. 2. Type the IP address. 3. Click Apply. NETGEAR genie Advanced Home 37 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 Change the MTU Size The maximum transmission unit (MTU) is the largest data packet a network device transmits. When one network device communicates across the Internet with another, the data packets travel through many devices along the way. If a device in the data path has a lower MTU setting than the other devices, the data packets are split or fragmented to accommodate the device with the smallest MTU. The best MTU setting for NETGEAR equipment is often just the default value. In some situations, changing the value fixes one problem but causes another. Leave the MTU unchanged unless one of these situations occurs:
You have problems connecting to your ISP or other Internet service, and the technical support of either the ISP or NETGEAR recommends changing the MTU setting. These web-based applications might require an MTU change:
- A secure website that does not open, or displays only part of a web page
- Yahoo email
- MSN portal
- America Onlines DSL service You use VPN and have severe performance problems. You used a program to optimize MTU for performance reasons, and now you have connectivity or performance problems. Note: An incorrect MTU setting can cause Internet communication problems. For example, you might not be able to access certain websites, frames within websites, secure login pages, or FTP or POP servers. If you suspect an MTU problem, a common solution is to change the MTU to 1400. If you are willing to experiment, you can gradually reduce the MTU from the maximum value of 1500 until the problem goes away. The following table describes common MTU sizes and applications. Table 1. Common MTU sizes MTU 1500 1492 1472 1468 Application The largest Ethernet packet size and the default value. This setting is typical for connections that do not use PPPoE or VPN, and is the default value for NETGEAR routers, adapters, and switches. Used in PPPoE environments. Maximum size to use for pinging. (Larger packets are fragmented.) Used in some DHCP environments. NETGEAR genie Advanced Home 38 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 Table 1. Common MTU sizes (Continued) MTU 1460 1436 1400 576 Application Usable by AOL if you do not have large email attachments.. Used in PPTP environments or with VPN. Maximum size for AOL DSL. Typical value to connect to dial up ISPs. To change the MTU size:
1. Select Advanced > Setup > WAN Setup. 2. 3. Click Apply to save the settings. In the MTU Size field, enter a value from 64 to 1500. LAN Setup The LAN Setup screen allows configuration of LAN IP services such as Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) and Routing Information Protocol (RIP). The router is shipped preconfigured to use private IP addresses on the LAN side and to act as a DHCP server. The routers default LAN IP configuration is:
LAN IP address. 192.168.1.1 Subnet mask. 255.255.255.0 These addresses are part of the designated private address range for use in private networks and are suitable for most applications. If your network requires a different IP addressing scheme, you can change these settings in the LAN Setup screen. To change the LAN settings:
Note: If you change the LAN IP address of the router, you are disconnected. To use the router menus, you must use a browser to connect to the new IP address and log in again. NETGEAR genie Advanced Home 39 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 1. Select Advanced > Setup > LAN Setup to display the following screen:
2. Enter the settings that you want to customize. These settings are described in the following section, LAN Setup Screen Settings. 3. Click Apply to save your changes. LAN Setup Screen Settings LAN TCP/IP Setup IP Address. The LAN IP address of the router. IP Subnet Mask. The LAN subnet mask of the router. Combined with the IP address, the IP subnet mask allows a device to know which other addresses are local to it, and which addresses have to be reached through a gateway or router. RIP Direction. Router Information Protocol (RIP) allows a router to exchange routing information with other routers. This setting controls how the router sends and receives RIP packets. Both is the default setting. With the Both or Out Only setting, the router broadcasts its routing table periodically. With the Both or In Only setting, the router incorporates the RIP information that it receives. RIP Version. This setting controls the format and the broadcasting method of the RIP packets that the router sends. It recognizes both formats when receiving. By default, the RIP function is disabled. RIP-1 is universally supported. It is adequate for most networks, unless you have an unusual network setup. RIP-2 carries more information. Both RIP-2B and RIP-2M send the routing data in RIP-2 format. RIP-2B uses subnet broadcasting. RIP-2M uses multicasting. NETGEAR genie Advanced Home 40 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 Use Router as a DHCP Server Usually, this check box is selected so that the router functions as a Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) server. Starting IP Address. Specify the start of the range for the pool of IP addresses in the same subnet as the router. Ending IP Address. Specify the end of the range for the pool of IP addresses in the same subnet as the router. Address Reservation When you specify a reserved IP address for a computer on the LAN, that computer receives the same IP address each time it accesses the routers DHCP server. Assign reserved IP addresses to servers that require permanent IP settings. See Address Reservation on page 42. Use the Router as a DHCP Server By default, the router acts as a DHCP server. The router assigns IP, DNS server, and default gateway addresses to all computers connected to the LAN. The assigned default gateway address is the LAN address of the router. The router assigns IP addresses to the attached computers from a pool of addresses specified in this screen. Each pool address is tested before it is assigned to avoid duplicate addresses on the LAN. For most applications, the default DHCP and TCP/IP settings of the router are satisfactory. You can specify the pool of IP addresses that can be assigned by setting the starting IP address and ending IP address. These addresses should be part of the same IP address subnet as the routers LAN IP address. Using the default addressing scheme, define a range between 192.168.1.2 and 192.168.1.254, although you might want to save part of the range for devices with fixed addresses. The router delivers the following parameters to any LAN device that requests DHCP:
An IP address from the range you have defined Subnet mask Gateway IP address (the routers LAN IP address) DNS server (the routers LAN IP address) To use another device on your network as the DHCP server, or to specify the network settings of all of your computers, clear the Use Router as DHCP Server check box and click Apply. Otherwise, leave this check box selected. If this service is not enabled and no other DHCP server is available on your network, set your computers IP addresses manually so that they can access the router. NETGEAR genie Advanced Home 41 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 Address Reservation When you specify a reserved IP address for a computer on the LAN, that computer always receives the same IP address each time it accesses the routers DHCP server. Reserved IP addresses should be assigned to computers or servers that require permanent IP settings. To reserve an IP address:
1. In the Address Reservation section of the screen, click the Add button. 2. In the IP Address field, type the IP address to assign to the computer or server. (Choose an IP address from the routers LAN subnet, such as 192.168.1.x.) 3. Type the MAC address of the computer or server. Tip: If the computer is already on your network, you can copy its MAC address from the Attached Devices screen and paste it here. 4. Click Apply to enter the reserved address into the table. The reserved address is not assigned until the next time the computer contacts the routers DHCP server. Reboot the computer, or access its IP configuration and force a DHCP release and renew. To edit or delete a reserved address entry, select the radio button next to the reserved address you want to edit or delete. Then click Edit or Delete. Quality of Service (QoS) Setup QoS is an advanced feature that can be used to prioritize some types of traffic ahead of others. The WNDR3700v4 router can provide QoS prioritization over the wireless link and on the Internet connection. To configure QoS:
Select Advanced > Setup > QoS Setup to display the following screen:
NETGEAR genie Advanced Home 42 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 Enable WMM QoS for Wireless Multimedia Applications The WNDR3700v4 router supports Wi-Fi Multimedia Quality of Service (WMM QoS) to prioritize wireless voice and video traffic over the wireless link. WMM QoS provides prioritization of wireless data packets from different applications based on four access categories: voice, video, best effort, and background. For an application to receive the benefits of WMM QoS, both it and the client running that application have to have WMM enabled. Legacy applications that do not support WMM and applications that do not require QoS, are assigned to the best effort category, which receives a lower priority than voice and video. WMM QoS is enabled by default. You can disable it in the QoS Setup screen by clearing the Enable WMM check box and clicking Apply. Note: If you clear the Enable WMM check box, you cannot get 11N throughput. Set Up QoS for Internet Access You can give prioritized Internet access to the following types of traffic:
Specific applications Specific online games Individual Ethernet LAN ports of the router A specific device by MAC address To specify prioritization of traffic, create a policy for the type of traffic and add the policy to the QoS Policy table in the QoS Setup screen. For convenience, the QoS Policy table lists many common applications and online games that can benefit from QoS handling. QoS for Applications and Online Gaming To create a QoS policy for applications and online games:
1. In the QoS Setup screen, select the Turn Internet Access QoS On check box. NETGEAR genie Advanced Home 43 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 2. Click the Setup QoS Rule button to see the QoS Priority Rule list. You can edit or delete a rule by selecting its radio button and clicking either the Edit or Delete button. You can also delete all the rules by clicking the Delete All button. 3. To add a priority rule, scroll down to the bottom of the QoS Setup screen and click Add Priority Rule to display the following screen:
4. 5. In the QoS Policy for field, type the name of the application or game. In the Priority Category list, select either Applications or Online Gaming. A list of applications or games displays. 6. You can select an existing item from the list, or you can scroll and select Add a New Application or Add a New Game, as applicable. If prompted, in the Connection Type list, select either TCP, UDP, or both (TCP/UDP). Specify the port number or range of port numbers that the application or game uses. 7. 8. From the Priority list, select the priority for Internet access for this traffic relative to other applications and traffic. The options are Low, Normal, High, and Highest. 9. Click Apply to save this rule to the QoS Policy list and return to the QoS Setup screen. QoS for a Router LAN Port To create a QoS policy for a device connected to one of the routers LAN ports:
1. Select Advanced > Setup > QoS Setup to display the QoS Setup screen. NETGEAR genie Advanced Home 44 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 2. Select the Turn Internet Access QoS On check box. 3. Click the Setup QoS Rule button. 4. Click the Add Priority Rule button. 5. From the Priority Category list, select Ethernet LAN Port, as shown in the following figure:
6. From the LAN port list, select the LAN port. 7. From the Priority list, select the priority for Internet access for this ports traffic relative to other applications. The options are Low, Normal, High, and Highest. 8. Click Apply to save this rule to the QoS Policy list and return to the QoS Setup screen. 9. In the QoS Setup screen, click Apply. QoS for a MAC Address To create a QoS policy for traffic from a specific MAC address:
1. Select Advanced > Setup > QoS Setup, and click the Setup QoS Rule button. The QoS Setup screen displays. 2. Click Add Priority Rule. 3. From the Priority Category list, select MAC Address to display the following screen:
4. If the device to be prioritized appears in the MAC Device List, select its radio button. The information from the MAC Device List populates the policy name, MAC Address, and Device Name fields. If the device does not appear in the MAC Device List, click Refresh. If it still does not appear, fill in these fields manually. 5. From the Priority list, select the priority for Internet access for this devices traffic reelative to other applications and traffic. The options are Low, Normal, High, and Highest. NETGEAR genie Advanced Home 45 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 6. Click Apply to save this rule to the QoS Policy list and return to the QoS Setup screen. 7. 8. Click Apply. In the QoS Setup screen, select the Turn Internet Access QoS On check box. Edit or Delete an Existing QoS Policy To edit or delete a QoS policy:
1. Select Advanced > QoS Setup. 2. Select the radio button next to the QoS policy that you want to edit or delete, and do one of the following:
Click Delete to remove the QoS policy. Click Edit to edit the QoS policy. Follow the instructions in the preceding sections to change the policy settings. 3. Click Apply in the QoS Setup screen. NETGEAR genie Advanced Home 46 5. Storage Accessing and configuring a USB storage drive 5 This chapter describes how to access and configure a storage drive attached to your router. The USB port on the router can be used to connect only USB storage devices like flash drives or hard drives, or a printer. Do not connect computers, USB modems, CD drives, or DVD drives to the router USB port. This chapter contains the following sections:
ReadySHARE Access File-Sharing Scenarios Storage Basic Settings Storage Advanced Settings Safely Remove a USB Drive Media Server Specify Approved USB Devices Connect to the USB Drive from a Remote Computer Access the Router USB Drive Remotely Using FTP For more information about ReadySHARE features, visit www.netgear.com/readyshare. 47 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 ReadySHARE Access ReadySHARE lets you access and share or a USB drive connected the router USB port. (If your USB device has special drivers, it is not compatible.) When you connect the USB device, it might take up to 2 minutes before it is ready for sharing. Note: If your USB device has a power supply, you must use it when you connect the USB device to the router. To access the USB device from Windows:
The readyshareconnect.exe file is available to download here: www.netgear.com/readyshare. You can use any of these methods:
Select Start > Run. Enter \\readyshare in the dialog box and click OK. Open a browser and enter \\readyshare in the address bar. Open My Network Places and enter \\readyshare in the address bar. To access a USB device from a Mac:
1. Select Go > Connect to Server. 2. Enter smb://readyshare as the server address. 3. Click Connect. File-Sharing Scenarios You can share files on the USB drive for a wide variety of business and recreational purposes. The files can be any computer, Mac, or Linux file type including text files, Word, PowerPoint, Excel, MP3, pictures, and multimedia files. USB drive applications include:
Sharing multimedia with friends and family such as MP3 files, pictures, and other multimedia with local and remote users. Sharing resources on your network. You can store files in a central location so that you do not have to power up a computer to perform local sharing. In addition, you can share files between Macintosh, Linux, and Windows computers by using the USB drive as a go-between across the systems. Sharing files such as Word documents, PowerPoint presentations, and text files with remote users. A few common uses are described in the following sections. Share Photos You can create your own central storage location for photos and multimedia. This method eliminates the need to log in to (and pay for) an external photo-sharing site. Storage 48 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 To share files with your friends and family:
1. Insert your USB drive into the USB port on the router either directly or with a USB cable. Computers on your local area network (LAN) can automatically access this USB drive using a web browser or Microsoft Networking. If you want to specify read-only access or to allow access from the Internet, see Storage Advanced Settings on page 52. 2. Store Files in a Central Location for Printing This scenario is for a family that has one high-quality color printer directly attached to a computer, but not shared on the local area network (LAN). This family does not have a print server. One family member has photos on a Macintosh computer that she wants to print. The photo-capable color printer is directly attached to a PC, but not shared on the network. The Mac and PC are not visible to each other on the network. To print photos from a Mac on the printer attached to a PC:
1. On the Mac, access the USB drive by typing \\readyshare in the address field of a web browser. Then copy the photos to the USB drive. 2. On the PC, use a web browser or Microsoft Networking to copy the files from the USB drive to the PC. Then print the files. Share Large Files over the Internet Sending files that are larger than 5 MB can pose a problem for many email systems. The router allows you to share large files such as PowerPoint presentations or .zip files over the Internet. FTP can be used to easily download shared files from the router. Sharing files with a remote colleague involves the following considerations:
On the FTP site, the person receiving the files uses the guest user account and enters the password. (FTP requires that you type something in the password field.) Be sure to select the FTP (via Internet) check box in the USB Storage (Advanced Settings) screen. This option supports both downloading and uploading of files. You can enable the HTTP (via Internet) option on the USB Storage (Advanced Settings) screen to share large files. This option supports downloading files only. Storage 49 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 Storage Basic Settings You can view or edit basic settings for router a USB storage device attached to your router. To go to Storage Basic Settings:
Select Basic > ReadySHARE. By default, the USB storage device is available to all computers on your local area network
(LAN). To access your USB device:
1. Click the network device name or the share name in your computers network folders list. 2. For SMB://readyshare, click Connect. Note: If you logged in to the router before you connected your USB device, you might not see your USB device in the router screens. If this happens, log out and then log back in. Storage 50 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 Add or Edit a Network Folder 1. Select Basic > ReadySHARE, and click Edit. 2. Specify the changes that you want to make:
To add a folder, click Create Network Folder. To edit a folder, select its radio button and then click Edit. 3. You can use this screen to select a folder, change the share name, or change the read access or write access from All no password to admin. The user name (account name) for All no password is guest. The password for admin is the same one that is used to log in to the router. By default, it is password. 4. Click Apply for your changes to take effect. Storage 51 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 Storage Advanced Settings You can set up the device name, workgroups, and network folders for your USB device. To go to USB Storage (Advanced Settings):
On the USB Settings screen, click the Edit button to display the following screen:
You can use this screen to specify access to the USB storage device. Network Device Name. The default is readyshare. This is the name used to access the USB device connected to the router. Workgroup. If you are using a Windows workgroup rather than a domain, the workgroup name is displayed here. The name works only in an operating system that supports NetBIOS, such as Microsoft Windows. Access Method. The access methods are described here. Network Connection. Enabled by default, this connection allows all users on the LAN to have access to the USB drive. HTTP. Enabled by default. You can type http://readyshare.routerlogin.net/shares to access the USB drive. HTTP (via Internet). Disabled by default. If you enable this setting, remote users can type http://<public IP address/shares> (for example, http://1.1.10.102/shares) or a URL domain name to access the USB drive over the Internet. This setting supports file downloading only. FTP. Disabled by default. FTP (via Internet). Disabled by default. If you enable this setting, remote users can access the USB drive through FTP over the Internet. This setting supports both downloading and uploading of files. Storage 52 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 Available Network Folders You might need to scroll down to view this section of the screen:
Share Name. If only one device is connected, the default share name is USB_Storage. You can click the name shown, or you can type it in the address field of your web browser. If Not Shared is shown, the default share has been deleted and no other share for the root folder exists. Click the link to change this setting. Read Access and Write Access. Shows the permissions and access controls on the network folder: All - no password (the default) allows all users to access the network folder. The password for admin is the same one that you use to log in to the router. Folder Name. Full path of the network folder. Volume Name. Volume name from the USB storage device. Total Space and Free Space. Shows the current utilization of the storage device. Safely Remove a USB Drive To remove a USB device safely, select Storage > Basic Settings, and click the Safely Remove USB Drive button. This takes the drive offline. Media Server By default, the router is set up to act as a ReadyDLNA media server. This setting lets you view movies and photos on DLNA/UPnP AVcompliant media players, such as Xbox360, Playstation, and NETGEARs Digital Entertainer Live. To view these settings, select Advanced > USB Storage > Media Server. By default the Enable Media Server check box and the Automatic (when new files are added) radio button are selected. When these options are selected, the router scans for media files whenever new files are added to the ReadySHARE USB hard drive. Storage 53 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 Specify Approved USB Devices For more security, you can set up the router to share approved USB devices only. You can access this feature from the Advanced Setup menu on the Advanced tab. To set up approved USB devices:
1. Select Advanced > Advanced Setup > USB Settings. The following screen displays. 2. Click the Approved Devices button. The USB Drive Approved Devices screen displays:
This screen shows the approved USB devices and the available USB devices. You can remove or add approved USB devices. 3. To add an approved USB device, select it from the Available USB Devices list and click Add. 4. Select the Allow only approved devices check box. 5. Click Apply so that your change takes effect. If you want to work with another USB device, first click the Safely Remove USB Device button for the currently connected USB device. Connect the other USB device and repeat this process. Storage 54 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 Connect to the USB Drive from a Remote Computer To connect to the USB drive from remote computers with a web browser, use the routers Internet port IP address. If you are using Dynamic DNS, you can type the DNS name rather than the IP address. You can view the routers Internet IP address from the dashboard on the Basic Home screen or the Advanced Home screen. Access the Router USB Drive Remotely Using FTP To connect to the routers USB drive using a web browser:
1. Connect to the router by typing ftp:// and the Internet port IP address in the address field of Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator. For example:
ftp://10.1.65.4 If you are using Dynamic DNS, you can type the DNS name rather than the IP address. 2. Type the account name and password for the account that has access rights to the USB drive. The user name (account name) for All no password is guest. 3. The directories of the USB drive that your account has access to display. For example, you could see: share/partition1/directory1. You can now read and copy files from the USB directory. Storage 55 6. Security Keep unwanted content out of your network 6 This chapter explains how to use the basic firewall features of the router to prevent objectionable content from reaching the computers and devices on your network. This chapter includes the following sections:
Keyword Blocking of HTTP Traffic Block Services (Port Filtering) Schedule Blocking Security Event Email Notifications 56 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 Keyword Blocking of HTTP Traffic Use keyword blocking to prevent certain types of HTTP traffic from accessing your network. The blocking can be always or according to a schedule. 1. Select Advanced > Security > Block Sites. 2. Select one of the keyword blocking options:
3. Per Schedule. Turn on keyword blocking according to the Schedule screen settings. Always. Turn on keyword blocking all the time, independent of the Schedule screen. In the keyword field, enter a keyword or domain, click Add Keyword, and click Apply. The keyword list supports up to 32 entries. Here are some sample entries:
Specify XXX to block http://www.badstuff.com/xxx.html. Specify .com if you want to allow only sites with domain suffixes such as .edu or .gov. Enter a period (.) to block all Internet browsing access. To delete a keyword or domain:
1. Select the keyword you want to delete from the list. 2. Click Delete Keyword and then Apply to save your changes. To specify a trusted computer:
You can exempt one trusted computer from blocking and logging. The computer you exempt has to have a fixed IP address. 1. In the Trusted IP Address field, enter the IP address. 2. Click Apply to save your changes. Security 57 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 Block Services (Port Filtering) Services are functions that server computers perform at the request of client computers. For example, web servers serve web pages, time servers serve time and date information, and game hosts serve data about other players moves. When a computer on the Internet sends a request for service to a server computer, the requested service is identified by a service or port number. This number appears as the destination port number in the transmitted IP packets. For example, a packet that is sent with the destination port number 80 is an HTTP
(web server) request. The service numbers for many common protocols are defined by the Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF at http://www.ietf.org/) and published in RFC1700, Assigned Numbers. Service numbers for other applications are typically chosen from the range 1024 - 65535 by the authors of the application. Although the router already holds a list of many service port numbers, you are not limited to these choices. Usually, you can determine this information by contacting the publisher of the application or the relevant user groups or news groups. The Block Services screen lets you add and block specific Internet services by computers on your network. This is called service blocking or port filtering. To add a service for blocking, first determine which port number or range of numbers the application uses. To block services:
1. Select Advanced > Security > Block Services. 2. Select either Per Schedule or Always to enable service blocking, and click Apply. If you selected Per Schedule, specify a time period in the Schedule screen as described in Schedule Blocking on page 60. Security 58 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 3. Click Add to add a service. The Block Services Setup screen displays:
4. From the Service Type list, select the application or service to allow or block. The list already displays several common services, but you are not limited to these choices. To add any additional services or applications that do not already appear, select User Defined. If you know that the application uses either TCP or UDP, select the appropriate protocol. If you are not sure, select Both. 5. 6. Enter the starting and ending port numbers. If the application uses a single port number, enter that number in both fields. 7. Select the radio button for the IP address configuration you want to block, and enter the IP addresses. You can block the specified service for a single computer, a range of computers with consecutive IP addresses, or all computers on your network. 8. Click Add to enable your Block Services Setup selections. Security 59 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 Schedule Blocking You can specify the days and time that you want to block Internet access. To schedule blocking:
1. Select Advanced > Security > Schedule to display the following screen:
2. Set up the schedule for blocking keywords and services. Days to Block. Select days on which you want to apply blocking by selecting the appropriate check boxes, or select Every Day to select the check boxes for all days. Time of Day to Block. Select a start and end time in 24-hour format, or select All Day for 24-hour blocking. 3. Select your time zone from the list. If you use daylight savings time, select the Automatically adjust for daylight savings time check box. 4. Click Apply to save your settings. Security 60 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 Security Event Email Notifications To receive logs and alerts by email, provide your email information in the E-mail screen, and specify which alerts you want to receive and how often. To set up email notifications:
1. Select Advanced > Security > E-mail. 3. 2. To receive email logs and alerts from the router, select the Turn E-mail Notification On check box. In the Your Outgoing Mail Server field, enter the name of your ISP outgoing (SMTP) mail server (such as mail.myISP.com). You might be able to find this information in the configuration screen of your email program. If you leave this field blank, no log and alert messages are sent. 4. Enter the email address to which logs and alerts are sent in the Send to This E-mail Address field. This email address is also used for the From address. If you leave this field blank, log and alert messages are not sent. If your outgoing email server requires authentication, select the My mail server requires authentication check box. Fill in the User Name and Password fields for the outgoing email server. 5. 6. You can have email alerts sent immediately when someone attempts to visit a blocked site, and you can specify that logs are sent automatically. If you select the Weekly, Daily, or Hourly option and the log fills up before the specified period, the log is emailed to the specified email address. After the log is sent, the log is cleared from the routers memory. If the router cannot email the log file, the log buffer might fill up. In this case, the router overwrites the log and discards its contents. 7. Click Apply to save your settings. Security 61 7. Administration Manage your network 7 This chapter describes the router settings for administering and maintaining your router and home network. See Remote Management on page 91 for information about upgrading or checking the status of your router over the Internet. For information about monitoring Internet traffic, see Traffic Meter on page 100. This chapter includes the following sections:
Upgrade the Firmware View Router Status View Logs of Web Access or Attempted Web Access Manage the Configuration File Set Password 62 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 Upgrade the Firmware The router firmware (routing software) is stored in flash memory. You can update the firmware from the Administration menu on the Advanced tab. You might see a message at the top of the genie screens when new firmware is available for your product. You can use the Check button on the Router Upgrade screen to check and update to the latest firmware for your product if new firmware is available. To check for new firmware and update your router:
1. Select Advanced > Administration > Firmware Upgrade to display the following screen:
2. Click Check. If new firmware is available, the router finds it. 3. Click Yes to update and locate the firmware you downloaded (the file ends in .img). WARNING!
When uploading firmware to the router, do not interrupt the web browser by closing the window, clicking a link, or loading a new page. If the browser is interrupted, it could corrupt the firmware. When the upload is complete, your router restarts. The upgrade process typically takes about 1 minute. Read the new firmware release notes to determine whether you need to reconfigure the router after upgrading. Administration 63 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 View Router Status To view router status and usage information, select Advanced Home or select Administration > Router Status to display the following screen:
Router Information Hardware Version. The router model. Firmware Version. The version of the router firmware. It changes if you upgrade the router firmware. GUI Language Version. The localized language of the user interface. LAN Port. MAC Address. The Media Access Control address. This is the unique physical address that the Ethernet (LAN) port of the router uses. IP Address. The IP address that the Ethernet (LAN) port of the router uses. The default is 192.168.1.1. DHCP Server. Identifies whether the routers built-in DHCP server is active for devices on the LAN. Administration 64 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 Internet Port MAC Address. The Media Access Control address, which is the unique physical address that the Internet (WAN) port of the router uses. IP Address. The IP address that the Internet (WAN) port of the router uses. If no address is shown or the address is 0.0.0, the router cannot connect to the Internet. Connection. This shows if the router is using a fixed IP address on the WAN. If the value is DHCP Client, the router obtains an IP address dynamically from the ISP. IP Subnet Mask. The IP subnet mask that the Internet (WAN) port of the router uses. Domain Name Server. The Domain Name Server addresses that the router uses. A Domain Name Server translates human-language URLs such as www.netgear.com into IP addresses. Show Statistics Button On the Router Status screen, in the Internet Port pane, click the Show Statistics button to display the following screen:
Figure 5. System up time and poll interval statistics System Up Time. The time elapsed since the router was last restarted. Port. The statistics for the WAN (Internet) and LAN (Ethernet) ports. For each port, the screen displays:
Status. The link status of the port. TxPkts. The number of packets transmitted on this port since reset or manual clear. RxPkts. The number of packets received on this port since reset or manual clear. Collisions. The number of collisions on this port since reset or manual clear. Tx B/s. The current transmission (outbound) bandwidth used on the WAN and LAN ports. Rx B/s. The current reception (inbound) bandwidth used on the WAN and LAN ports. Up Time. The time elapsed since this port acquired the link. Poll Interval. The interval at which the statistics are updated in this screen. To change the polling frequency, enter a time in seconds in the Poll Interval field, and click Set Interval. Administration 65 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 To stop the polling entirely, click Stop. Connection Status Button On the Router Status screen in the Internet Port pane, click the Connection Status button to view connection status information. Figure 6. View connection status information The Release button returns the status of all items to 0. The Renew button refreshes the items. The Close Window button closes the Connection Status screen. IP Address. The IP address that is assigned to the router. Subnet Mask. The subnet mask that is assigned to the router. Default Gateway. The IP address for the default gateway that the router communicates with. DHCP Server. The IP address for the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol server that provides the TCP/IP configuration for all the computers that are connected to the router. DNS Server. The IP address of the Domain Name Service server that provides translation of network names to IP addresses. Lease Obtained. The date and time when the lease was obtained. Lease Expires. The date and time that the lease expires. Administration 66 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 Wireless Settings (2.4 GHz and 5 GHz) The following settings are displayed:
Name (SSID). The wireless network name (SSID) that the router uses. The default name for 5 GHz ends in -5G to distinguish it from the 2.4-GHz network. Region. The geographic region where the router is being used. It might be illegal to use the wireless features of the router in some parts of the world. Channel. Identifies the operating channel of the wireless port being used. The default channel is Auto. When Auto is selected, the router finds the best operating channel available. If you notice interference from nearby devices, you can select a different channel. Channels 1, 6, and 11 do not interfere with each other. Mode. Indicates the wireless communication mode: Up to 54 Mbps, Up to 217 Mbps
(default), or Up to 1300 Mbps. Wireless AP. Indicates whether the radio feature of the router is enabled. If this feature is not enabled, the Wireless LED on the front panel is off. Broadcast Name. Indicates whether the router is broadcasting its SSID. Wireless Isolation. Select this check box only if you want to prevent wireless connections to the router. Wi-Fi Protected Setup. Indicates whether Wi-Fi Protected Setup is configured for this network. Administration 67 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 View Logs of Web Access or Attempted Web Access The log is a detailed record of the websites you have accessed or attempted to access. Up to 256 entries are stored in the log. Log entries appear only when keyword blocking is enabled and no log entries are made for the trusted user. Select Advanced > Administration > Logs. The Logs screen displays. The log screen shows the following information:
Date and time. The date and time the log entry was recorded. Source IP. The IP address of the initiating device for this log entry. Target address. The name or IP address of the website or news group visited or to which access was attempted. Action. Whether the access was blocked or allowed. To refresh the log screen, click the Refresh button. To clear the log entries, click the Clear Log button. To email the log immediately, click the Send Log button. Administration 68 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 Manage the Configuration File The configuration settings of the router are stored within the router in a configuration file. You can back up (save) this file to your computer, restore it, or reset it to the factory default settings. Back Up Settings To back up the routers configuration settings:
1. Select Advanced > Administration > Backup Settings to display the following screen:
2. Click Back Up to save a copy of the current settings. 3. Choose a location to store the .cfg file that is on a computer on your network. Restore Configuration Settings To restore configuration settings that you backed up:
1. Enter the full path to the file on your network or click the Browse button to find the file. 2. When you have located the .cfg file, click the Restore button to upload the file to the router. Upon completion, the router reboots. WARNING!
Do not interrupt the reboot process. Erase Under some circumstances, you might want to erase the configuration and restore the factory settings. For example, you might want to do this if you move the router to a different network. You can use the Restore Factory Settings button on the router (see Factory Settings on page 109), or you can click the Erase button in this screen. Erase sets the user name to admin, the password to password, and the LAN IP address to 192.168.1.1, and enables the routers DHCP. Administration 69 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 Set Password This feature allows you to change the default password that is used to log in to the router with the user name admin. This is not the same as changing the password for wireless access. The label on the bottom of your router shows your unique wireless network name (SSID) and password for wireless access (see Types of Logins and Access on page 15). To set the password for the user name admin:
1. Select Advanced > Administration > Set Password. 2. Type the old password and type the new password twice in the fields on this screen. 3. If you want to be able to recover the password, select the Enable Password Recovery check box. 4. Click Apply so that your changes take effect. Password Recovery NETGEAR recommends that you enable password recovery if you change the password for the routers user name of admin. Then if you forget the password, you can recover it. This recovery process is supported in Internet Explorer, Firefox, and Chrome browsers, but not in the Safari browser. To set up password recovery:
1. Select the Enable Password Recovery check box. 2. Select two security questions and provide answers to them. 3. Click Apply to save your changes. When you use your browser to access the router, the login window displays. If password recovery is enabled, when you click Cancel, the password recovery process starts. You can then enter the saved answers to the security questions to recover the password. Administration 70 8. Advanced Settings Customize your network 8 This chapter describes the advanced features of your router. The information is for readers with advanced networking knowledge who want to set the router up for unique situations such as when remote access from the Internet by IP or domain name is needed. This chapter includes the following sections:
Advanced Wireless Settings Wireless AP Wireless Repeating Function (WDS) Port Forwarding and Port Triggering Set Up Port Forwarding to Local Servers Set Up Port Triggering Dynamic DNS Static Routes Remote Management USB Settings Universal Plug and Play IPv6 Traffic Meter 71 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 Advanced Wireless Settings Select Advanced > Advanced Setup > Wireless Settings to display the following screen:
Scroll to view more settings The following settings are available in this screen:
Enable Wireless Router Radio. You can completely turn off the wireless portion of the wireless router by clearing this check box. Select this check box again to enable the wireless portion of the router. When the wireless radio is disabled, other members of your household can use the router by connecting their computers to the router with an Ethernet cable. Enable 20/40 MHz Coexistence. This is for the 2.4 GHz band only. The 20/40 MHz coexistence function is enabled by default when the wireless mode is set to Up to 300 Mpbs
(40 MHz), which is required for Wi-Fi certification. This check box is grayed out if the wireless mode is set to Up to 130 Mbps. The router can run in either 40 MHz mode or 20 MHz mode when the wireless mode is set to Up to 300 Mbps. When the Enable 20/40 MHz Coexistence check box is selected, the router runs in 40 MHz mode unless there is another nearby WiFi network in the area already running in 40 MHz mode or there is a wireless access point on the secondary channel. If that happens, the router runs in 20 MHz mode to coexist with that network. If you want the router to always run in 40 MHz mode, clear this check box and click Apply. Note: The Fragmentation Length, CTS/RTS Threshold, and Preamble Mode options are reserved for wireless testing and advanced configuration only. Do not change these settings. Advanced Settings 72 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 Transmit Power Control. You can change the transmit power of each wireless radio. A lower setting for transmit power reduces the power consumption of the router but also reduces the wireless coverage. Turn off wireless signal by schedule. You can use this feature to turn off the wireless signal from your router at times when you do not need a wireless connection. For example, you could turn it off for the weekend if you leave town. WPS Settings.You can add use Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS) to join the wireless network. See Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS) Method on page 19. Router's PIN. You can use this number to join the wireless network using WPS from a computer or wireless device. The Routers PIN has to be enabled for you to do this. Enable Router's PIN. You can configure the router's wireless settings or add a wireless client through WPS using the router's PIN only when the PIN is enabled. Auto Disable PIN. Selecting this check box causes the PIN to stop working after the number of failed PIN connections that you specify. This setting protects the router from a brute force attack. If the PIN is disabled automatically, it remains disabled until the router reboots or you log in to the router and change the setting by selecting the Enable Router's PIN check box and clicking the Apply button. Keep Existing Wireless Settings. Leave this check box selected so that the wireless settings stay the same when a wireless computer or device uses WPS to join the network. If you clear this check box, and someone uses WPS to join the network, the wireless SSID and WPA2 or WPA password are automatically changed to random values. In addition, if this option is selected, some software such as Network Explorer on Windows Vista might not detect the wireless network. Wireless Card Access List. Click the Set Up Access List button display the Wireless Card Access List screen. You can restrict access to your network to specific devices based on their MAC address. Restrict Wireless Access by MAC Address You can set up a list of computers and wireless devices that are allowed to join the wireless network. This list is based on the unique MAC address of each computer and device. Each network device has a MAC address, which is a unique 12-character physical address, containing the hexadecimal characters 09, af, or AF only, and separated by colons (for example, 00:09:AB:CD:EF:01). Typically, the MAC address is on the label of the wireless card or network interface device. If you do not have access to the label, you can display the MAC address using the network configuration utilities of the computer. You might also find the MAC addresses in the Attached Devices screen. To restrict access based on MAC addresses:
1. On the Advanced Wireless Settings screen, click the Setup Access List to display the Wireless Card Access List. Advanced Settings 73 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 2. Click Add to add a wireless device to the wireless access control list. The Wireless Card Access Setup screen opens and displays a list of currently active wireless cards and their Ethernet MAC addresses. If the computer or device you want is in the Available Wireless Cards list, select that radio button; otherwise, type a name and the MAC address. You can usually find the MAC address on the bottom of the wireless device. 3. Tip: You can copy and paste the MAC addresses from the Attached Devices screen into the MAC Address field of this screen. To do this, use each wireless computer to join the wireless network. The computer should then appear in the Attached Devices screen. 4. Click Add to add this wireless device to the Wireless Card Access List. The screen changes back to the list screen. 5. Add each computer or device you want to allow to connect wirelessly. 6. Select the Turn Access Control On check box. 7. Click Apply. Wireless AP You can set up the router to run as an access point (AP) on the same local network as another router. To set up the router as an AP:
1. Select Advanced > Advanced Setup > Wireless AP. 2. Select the Enable Access Point Mode check box. Advanced Settings 74 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 3. Scroll down to view the bottom half of the screen to display more instructions. 4. Use an Ethernet cable to connect the Internet port of this router to a LAN port in the other router. 5. Select the check box for the IP address setting that you want to use:
Get an IP address dynamically from the other router. The other router on the network assigns an IP address to this router while this router is in AP mode. Fixed IP address (not recommended). Use this setting if you want to manually assign a specific IP address to this router while it is in AP mode. Using this option effectively requires advanced network experience. 6. Click Apply. Wireless Repeating Function (WDS) You can set the router up to be used as a wireless access point (AP). Doing this enables the router to act as a wireless repeater. A wireless repeater connects to another wireless router as a client where the network to which it connects becomes the ISP service. Wireless repeating is a type of Wireless Distribution System (WDS). A WDS allows a wireless network to be expanded through multiple access points instead of using a wired backbone to link them. The following figure shows a wireless repeating scenario. Base station access point Figure 7. Wireless repeating scenario Repeater access point Advanced Settings 75 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 Note: If you use the wireless repeating function, you need to select either WEP or None as a security option in the Wireless Settings screen. The WEP option displays only if you select the wireless mode Up to 54 Mbps in the Wireless Settings screen. Wireless base station. The router acts as the parent access point, bridging traffic to and from the child repeater access point. The base station also handles wireless and wired local computers. To configure this mode, you have to know the MAC addresses of the child repeater access point. Wireless repeater. The router sends all traffic from its local wireless or wired computers to a remote access point. To configure this mode, you have to know the MAC address of the remote parent access point. The router is always in dual-band concurrent mode, unless you turn off one radio. If you enable the wireless repeater in either radio band, the wireless base station or wireless repeater cannot be enabled in the other radio band. However, if you enable the wireless base station in either radio band and use the other radio band as a wireless router or wireless base station, dual-band concurrent mode is not affected. For you to set up a wireless network with WDS, both access points must meet the following conditions:
Both access points have to use the same SSID, wireless channel, and encryption mode. Both access points have to be on the same LAN IP subnet. That is, all the access point LAN IP addresses are in the same network. All LAN devices (wired and wireless computers) are configured to operate in the same LAN network address range as the access points. Advanced Settings 76 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 To view or change the Wireless Repeating Function settings:
Select Advanced > Advanced Setup > Wireless Repeating to view or change wireless repeater settings for the router. Scroll to view more settings The following settings are available:
Enable Wireless Repeating Function. Select the check box for the 2.4-GHz or 5-GHz network to use the wireless repeating function. Wireless MAC of this router. This field displays the MAC address for your router for your reference. You need to enter this MAC address in the corresponding Wireless Repeating Function screen of the other access point you are using. Wireless Repeater. If your router is the repeater, select this radio button. Repeater IP Address. If your router is the repeater, enter the IP address of the other access point. Disable Wireless Client Association. If your router is the repeater, selecting this check box means that wireless clients cannot associate with it. Only LAN client associations are allowed.
-
-
If you are setting up a point-to-point bridge, select this check box. If you want all client traffic to go through the other access point (repeater with wireless client association), leave this check box cleared. Base Station MAC Address. If your router is the repeater, enter the MAC address for the access point that is the base station. Wireless Base Station. If your router is the base station, select this radio button. Advanced Settings 77 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 Disable Wireless Client Association. If your router is the base station, selecting this check box means that wireless clients cannot associate with it. Only LAN client associations are allowed. Repeater MAC Address (1 through 4). If your router is the base station, it can act as the parent of up to four other access points. Enter the MAC addresses of the other access points in these fields. Set Up the Base Station The wireless repeating function works only in hub and spoke mode. The units cannot be daisy-chained. You have to know the wireless settings for both units. You have to know the MAC address of the remote unit. First, set up the base station, and then set up the repeater. To set up the base station:
1. Set up both units with the same wireless settings (SSID, mode, channel, and security). The wireless security option must be set to None or WEP. 2. Select Advanced > Advanced Setup > Wireless Repeating Function to display the Wireless Repeating Function screen. Scroll to view more settings 3. Select the Enable Wireless Repeating Function check box and select the Wireless Base Station radio button. 4. Enter the MAC address for one or more repeater units. 5. Click Apply to save your changes. Advanced Settings 78 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 Set Up a Repeater Unit Use a wired Ethernet connection to set up the repeater unit to avoid conflicts with the wireless connection to the base station. Note: If you are using the WNDR3700v4 base station with a non-NETGEAR router as the repeater, you might need to change additional configuration settings. In particular, you should disable the DHCP server function on the wireless repeater AP. To configure the router as a repeater unit:
1. Log in to the router that will be the repeater. 2. Select Basic > Wireless Settings and verify that the wireless settings match the base unit exactly. The wireless security option must be set to None or WEP. 3. Select Advanced > Wireless Repeating Function, and select the Enable Wireless Repeating Function check box and the Wireless Repeater radio button. 4. Fill in the Repeater IP Address field. This IP address must be in the same subnet as the base station, but different from the LAN IP address of the base station. 5. Click Apply to save your changes. 6. Verify connectivity across the LANs. A computer on any wireless or wired LAN segment of the router can connect to the Internet or share files and printers with any other wireless or wired computer or server connected to the other access point. Port Forwarding and Port Triggering By default, the router blocks inbound traffic from the Internet to your computers except replies to your outbound traffic. You might need to create exceptions to this rule for these purposes:
To allow remote computers on the Internet to access a server on your local network. To allow certain applications and games to work correctly when your router does not recognize their replies. Your router provides two features for creating these exceptions: port forwarding and port triggering. The next sections provide background information to help you understand how port forwarding and port triggering work, and the differences between the two. Remote Computer Access Basics When a computer on your network needs to access a computer on the Internet, your computer sends your router a message containing the source and destination address and process information. Before forwarding your message to the remote computer, your router Advanced Settings 79 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 has to modify the source information and create and track the communication session so that replies can be routed back to your computer. Here is an example of normal outbound traffic and the resulting inbound responses:
1. You open a browser and your operating system assigns port number 5678 to this browser session. 2. You type http://www.example.com into the URL field, and your computer creates a web page request message with the following address and port information. The request message is sent to your router. Source address. Your computers IP address. Source port number. 5678, which is the browser session. Destination address. The IP address of www.example.com, which your computer finds by asking a DNS server. Destination port number. 80, which is the standard port number for a web server process. 3. Your router creates an entry in its internal session table describing this communication session between your computer and the web server at www.example.com. Before sending the web page request message to www.example.com, your router stores the original information and then modifies the source information in the request message, performing Network Address Translation (NAT):
The source address is replaced with your routers public IP address. This is necessary because your computer uses a private IP address that is not globally unique and cannot be used on the Internet. The source port number is changed to a number chosen by the router, such as 33333. This is necessary because two computers could independently be using the same session number. Your router then sends this request message through the Internet to the web server at www.example.com. 4. The web server at www.example.com composes a return message with the requested web page data. The return message contains the following address and port information. The web server then sends this reply message to your router. Source address. The IP address of www.example.com. Source port number. 80, which is the standard port number for a web server process. Destination address. The public IP address of your router. Destination port number. 33333. 5. Upon receiving the incoming message, your router checks its session table to determine whether there is an active session for port number 33333. Finding an active session, the router then modifies the message to restore the original address information replaced by NAT. Your router sends this reply message to your computer, which displays the web page from www.example.com. The message now contains the following address and port information. Advanced Settings 80 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 Source address. The IP address of www.example.com. Source port number. 80, which is the standard port number for a web server process. Destination address. Your computers IP address. Destination port number. 5678, which is the browser session that made the initial request. 6. When you finish your browser session, your router eventually detects a period of inactivity in the communications. Your router then removes the session information from its session table, and incoming traffic is no longer accepted on port number 33333. Port Triggering to Open Incoming Ports In the preceding example, requests are sent to a remote computer by your router from a particular service port number. Replies from the remote computer to your router are directed to that port number. If the remote server sends a reply to a different port number, your router does not recognize it and discards it. However, some application servers (such as FTP and IRC servers) send replies to multiple port numbers. Using the port triggering function of your router, you can tell the router to open additional incoming ports when a particular outgoing port originates a session. An example is Internet Relay Chat (IRC). Your computer connects to an IRC server at destination port 6667. The IRC server not only responds to your originating source port, but also sends an identify message to your computer on port 113. Using port triggering, you can tell the router, When you initiate a session with destination port 6667, you have to also allow incoming traffic on port 113 to reach the originating computer. Using steps similar to the preceding example, the following sequence shows the effects of the port triggering rule you have defined:
1. You open an IRC client program to start a chat session on your computer. 2. Your IRC client composes a request message to an IRC server using a destination port number of 6667, the standard port number for an IRC server process. Your computer then sends this request message to your router. 3. Your router creates an entry in its internal session table describing this communication session between your computer and the IRC server. Your router stores the original information, performs Network Address Translation (NAT) on the source address and port, and sends this request message through the Internet to the IRC server. 4. Noting your port triggering rule and having observed the destination port number of 6667, your router creates an additional session entry to send any incoming port 113 traffic to your computer. 5. The IRC server sends a return message to your router using the NAT-assigned source port (as in the previous example, say port 33333) as the destination port. The IRC server also sends an identify message to your router with destination port 113. 6. Upon receiving the incoming message to destination port 33333, your router checks its session table to determine whether there is an active session for port number 33333. Finding an active session, the router restores the original address information replaced by NAT and sends this reply message to your computer. Advanced Settings 81 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 7. Upon receiving the incoming message to destination port 113, your router checks its session table and learns that there is an active session for port 113, associated with your computer. The router replaces the messages destination IP address with your computers IP address and forwards the message to your computer. 8. When you finish your chat session, your router eventually senses a period of inactivity in the communications. The router then removes the session information from its session table, and incoming traffic is no longer accepted on port numbers 33333 or 113. To configure port triggering, you need to know which inbound ports the application needs. Also, you need to know the number of the outbound port that will trigger the opening of the inbound ports. Usually, you can determine this information by contacting the publisher of the application or the relevant user groups or news groups. Note: Only one computer at a time can use the triggered application. Port Forwarding to Permit External Host Communications In both of the preceding examples, your computer initiates an application session with a server computer on the Internet. However, you might need to allow a client computer on the Internet to initiate a connection to a server computer on your network. Normally, your router ignores any inbound traffic that is not a response to your own outbound traffic. You can configure exceptions to this default rule by using the port forwarding feature. A typical application of port forwarding can be shown by reversing the client-server relationship from the previous web server example. In this case, a remote computers browser needs to access a web server running on a computer in your local network. Using port forwarding, you can tell the router, When you receive incoming traffic on port 80 (the standard port number for a web server process), forward it to the local computer at 192.168.1.123. The following sequence shows the effects of the port forwarding rule you have defined:
1. The user of a remote computer opens a browser and requests a web page from www.example.com, which resolves to the public IP address of your router. The remote computer composes a web page request message with the following destination information:
Destination address. The IP address of www.example.com, which is the address of your router. Destination port number. 80, which is the standard port number for a web server process. The remote computer then sends this request message through the Internet to your router. 2. Your router receives the request message and looks in its rules table for any rules covering the disposition of incoming port 80 traffic. Your port forwarding rule specifies that incoming port 80 traffic should be forwarded to local IP address 192.168.1.123. Therefore, your router modifies the destination information in the request message:
Advanced Settings 82 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 The destination address is replaced with 192.168.1.123. Your router then sends this request message to your local network. 3. Your web server at 192.168.1.123 receives the request and composes a return message with the requested web page data. Your web server then sends this reply message to your router. 4. Your router performs NAT on the source IP address, and sends this request message through the Internet to the remote computer, which displays the web page from www.example.com. To configure port forwarding, you need to know which inbound ports the application needs. Usually, you can determine this information by contacting the publisher of the application or the relevant user groups or news groups. How Port Forwarding Differs from Port Triggering The following points summarize the differences between port forwarding and port triggering:
Port triggering can be used by any computer on your network, although only one computer can use it at a time. Port forwarding is configured for a single computer on your network. Port triggering does not require that you know the computers IP address in advance. The IP address is captured automatically. Port forwarding requires that you specify the computers IP address during configuration, and the IP address can never change. Port triggering requires specific outbound traffic to open the inbound ports, and the triggered ports are closed after a period of no activity. Port forwarding is always active and does not need to be triggered. Set Up Port Forwarding to Local Servers Using the port forwarding feature, you can allow certain types of incoming traffic to reach servers on your local network. For example, you might want to make a local web server, FTP server, or game server visible and available to the Internet. Use the Port Forwarding screen to configure the router to forward specific incoming protocols to computers on your local network. In addition to servers for specific applications, you can also specify a default DMZ server to which all other incoming protocols are forwarded. Before starting, determine which type of service, application, or game you want to provide. Find out the local IP address of the computer that will provide the service. The server computer has to always have the same IP address. Advanced Settings 83 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 To set up port forwarding:
Tip: To ensure that your server computer always has the same IP address, use the reserved IP address feature of your WNDR3700v4 router. 1. Select Advanced Setup > Port Forwarding/Port Triggering to display the following screen:
Port Forwarding is selected as the service type. 2. From the Service Name list, select the service or game that you will host on your network. If the service does not appear in the list, see Add a Custom Service on page 84. In the corresponding Server IP Address field, enter the last digit of the IP address of your local computer that will provide this service. 3. 4. Click Add. The service appears in the list in the screen. Add a Custom Service To define a service, game, or application that does not appear in the Service Name list, first determine which port number or range of numbers the application uses. Usually, you can determine this information by contacting the publisher of the application or the relevant user groups or news groups. To add a custom service:
1. Select Advanced > Advanced Setup > Port Forwarding/Port Triggering. 2. Select Port Forwarding as the service type. Advanced Settings 84 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 3. Click the Add Custom Service button to display the following screen:
In the Service Name field, enter a descriptive name. In the Protocol list, select the protocol. If you are unsure, select TCP/UDP. 4. 5. 6. Specify the port settings:
External Starting Port and External Ending Port. These are the starting number and ending number for the public ports at the Internet interface. For single port forwarding, number in the External Starting Port and External Ending Port fields can be the same. The range is from 1 to 65534. Use the same port range for Internal port. This check box is selected by default. If you want to use different ports, clear this check box and specify the internal ports. Internal Starting Port and Internal Ending Port. These are the starting number and ending number for the ports of a computer on the routers local area network (LAN). These are private ports. The router calculates the internal ending port. 7. In the Internal IP Address field, enter the IP address of your local computer that will provide this service. 8. Click Apply. The service appears in the list in the Port Forwarding/Port Triggering screen. Edit or Delete a Port Forwarding Entry To edit or delete a port forwarding entry:
1. In the table, select the radio button next to the service name. 2. Click Edit Service or Delete Service. Application Example: Making a Local Web Server Public If you host a web server on your local network, you can use port forwarding to allow web requests from anyone on the Internet to reach your web server. Advanced Settings 85 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 To make a local web server public:
1. Assign your web server either a fixed IP address or a dynamic IP address using DHCP address reservation. In this example, your router always gives your web server an IP address of 192.168.1.33. In the Port Forwarding/Port Triggering screen, configure the router to forward the HTTP service to the local address of your web server at 192.168.1.33. HTTP (port 80) is the standard protocol for web servers. 2. 3. (Optional) Register a host name with a Dynamic DNS service, and configure your router to use the name as described in Dynamic DNS on page 88. To access your web server from the Internet, a remote user has to know the IP address that your ISP assigned. However, if you use a Dynamic DNS service, the remote user can reach your server by a user-friendly Internet name, such as mynetgear.dyndns.org. Set Up Port Triggering Port triggering is a dynamic extension of port forwarding that is useful in these cases:
More than one local computer needs port forwarding for the same application (but not simultaneously). An application needs to open incoming ports that are different from the outgoing port. When port triggering is enabled, the router monitors outbound traffic looking for a specified outbound trigger port. When the router detects outbound traffic on that port, it remembers the IP address of the local computer that sent the data. The router then temporarily opens the specified incoming port or ports, and forwards incoming traffic on the triggered ports to the triggering computer. Port forwarding creates a static mapping of a port number or range to a single local computer. Port triggering can dynamically open ports to any computer that needs them and can close the ports when they are no longer needed. Note: If you use applications such as multiplayer gaming, peer-to-peer connections, real-time communications such as instant messaging, or remote assistance (a feature in Windows XP), you should also enable Universal Plug and Play (UPnP) according to the instructions in Universal Plug and Play on page 92. To configure port triggering, you need to know which inbound ports the application needs, and the number of the outbound port that will trigger the opening of the inbound ports. Usually, you can determine this information by contacting the publisher of the application or the relevant user groups or news groups. Advanced Settings 86 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 To set up port triggering:
1. Select Advanced > Advanced Setup > Port Forwarding/Port Triggering. 2. Select the Port Triggering radio button to display the port triggering information. 3. Clear the Disable Port Triggering check box if it is selected. Note: If the Disable Port Triggering check box is selected after you configure port triggering, port triggering is disabled. However, any port triggering configuration information you added to the router is retained even though it is not used. 4. In the Port Triggering Timeout field, enter a value up to 9999 minutes. This value controls the inactivity timer for the designated inbound ports. The inbound ports close when the inactivity time expires. This is required because the router cannot be sure when the application has terminated. 5. Click Add Service to display the following screen:
6. 7. In the Service Name field, type a descriptive service name. In the Service User list, select Any (the default) to allow this service to be used by any computer on the Internet. Otherwise, select Single address, and enter the IP address of one computer to restrict the service to a particular computer. 8. Select the service type, either TCP or UDP or both (TCP/UDP). If you are not sure, select TCP/UDP. Advanced Settings 87 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 9. In the Triggering Port field, enter the number of the outbound traffic port that you want to cause the inbound ports to open. 10. Enter the inbound connection port information in the Connection Type, Starting Port, and Ending Port fields. 11. Click Apply. The service appears in the Port Triggering Portmap table. Dynamic DNS If your Internet service provider (ISP) gave you a permanently assigned IP address, you can register a domain name and have that name linked with your IP address by public Domain Name Servers (DNS). However, if your Internet account uses a dynamically assigned IP address, you do not know in advance what your IP address will be, and the address can change frequently. In this case, you can use a commercial Dynamic DNS service. This type of service lets you register your domain to their IP address and forwards traffic directed at your domain to your frequently changing IP address. If your ISP assigns a private WAN IP address (such as 192.168.x.x or 10.x.x.x), the Dynamic DNS service does not work because private addresses are not routed on the Internet. Your router contains a client that can connect to the Dynamic DNS service provided by DynDNS.org. First visit their website at http://www.dyndns.org and obtain an account and host name that you configure in the router. Then, whenever your ISP-assigned IP address changes, your router contacts the Dynamic DNS service provider, logs in to your account, and registers your new IP address. If your host name is hostname, for example, you can reach your router at http://hostname.dyndns.org. On the Advanced tab, select Advanced Setup > Dynamic DNS to display the following screen:
To set up Dynamic DNS:
1. Register for an account with one of the Dynamic DNS service providers in the Service Provider list. 2. Select the Use a Dynamic DNS Service check box. 3. Select the web address of your Dynamic DNS service provider. For example, for DynDNS.org, select www.dyndns.org. 4. Type the host name (or domain name) that your Dynamic DNS service provider gave you. 5. Type the user name for your Dynamic DNS account. This is the name that you use to log in to your account, not your host name. Advanced Settings 88 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 6. Type the password (or key) for your Dynamic DNS account. 7. Click Apply to save your configuration. Static Routes Static routes provide additional routing information to your router. Typically, you do not need to add static routes. You have to configure static routes only for unusual cases such as multiple routers or multiple IP subnets on your network. As an example of when a static route is needed, consider the following case:
Your primary Internet access is through a cable modem to an ISP. You have an ISDN router on your home network for connecting to the company where you are employed. This routers address on your LAN is 192.168.1.100. Your companys network address is 134.177.0.0. When you first configured your router, two implicit static routes were created. A default route was created with your ISP as the gateway, and a second static route was created to your local network for all 192.168.1.x addresses. With this configuration, if you attempt to access a device on the 134.177.0.0 network, your router forwards your request to the ISP. The ISP forwards your request to the company where you are employed, and the request is likely to be denied by the companys firewall. In this case you have to define a static route, telling your router that 134.177.0.0 should be accessed through the ISDN router at 192.168.1.100. In this example:
The Destination IP Address and IP Subnet Mask fields specify that this static route applies to all 134.177.x.x addresses. The Gateway IP Address field specifies that all traffic for these addresses should be forwarded to the ISDN router at 192.168.1.100. A metric value of 1 works since the ISDN router is on the LAN. Private is selected only as a precautionary security measure in case RIP is activated. Advanced Settings 89 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 To set up a static route:
1. Select Advanced > Advanced Setup > Static Routes, and click Add to display the following screen:
In the Route Name field, type a name for this static route (for identification purposes only.) 2. 3. Select the Private check box if you want to limit access to the LAN only. If Private is selected, the static route is not reported in RIP. 4. Select the Active check box to make this route effective. 5. Type the IP address of the final destination. 6. Type the IP subnet mask for this destination. If the destination is a single host, type 255.255.255.255. 7. Type the gateway IP address, which has to be a router on the same LAN segment as the router. 8. Type a number from 1 through 15 as the metric value. This value represents the number of routers between your network and the destination. Usually, a setting of 2 or 3 works, but if this is a direct connection, set it to 1. 9. Click Apply to add the static route. Advanced Settings 90 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 Remote Management The remote management feature lets you upgrade or check the status of your WNDR3700v4 router over the Internet. To set up remote management:
1. Select Advanced > Advanced Setup > Remote Management. Note: Be sure to change the routers default login password to a secure password. The ideal password contains no dictionary words from any language and contains uppercase and lowercase letters, numbers, and symbols. It can be up to 30 characters. 2. Select the Turn Remote Management On check box. 3. Under Allow Remote Access By, specify the external IP addresses to be allowed to access the routers remote management. For enhanced security, restrict access to as few external IP addresses as practical. To allow access from a single IP address on the Internet, select Only This Computer. Enter the IP address that will be allowed access. To allow access from a range of IP addresses on the Internet, select IP Address Range. Enter a beginning and ending IP address to define the allowed range. To allow access from any IP address on the Internet, select Everyone. 4. Specify the port number for accessing the management interface. Normal web browser access uses the standard HTTP service port 80. For greater security, enter a custom port number for the remote web management interface. Choose a number from 1024 to 65535, but do not use the number of any common service port. The default is 8443, which is a common alternate for HTTPS. 5. Click Apply to have your changes take effect. 6. When accessing your router from the Internet, type your routers WAN IP address into your browsers address or location field followed by a colon (:) and the custom port number. For example, if your external address is 134.177.0.123 and you use port number 8443, enter https://134.177.0.123:8443 in your browser. Advanced Settings 91 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 USB Settings For added security, the router can be set up to share only approved USB devices. See Specify Approved USB Devices on page 54 for the procedure. Universal Plug and Play Universal Plug and Play (UPnP) helps devices, such as Internet appliances and computers, access the network and connect to other devices as needed. UPnP devices can automatically discover the services from other registered UPnP devices on the network. If you use applications such as multiplayer gaming, peer-to-peer connections, or real-time communications such as instant messaging or remote assistance (a feature in Windows XP), you should enable UPnP. To turn on Universal Plug and Play:
1. Select Advanced > Advanced Setup > UPnP. The UPnP screen displays. 2. The available settings and information in this screen are:
Turn UPnP On. UPnP can be enabled or disabled for automatic device configuration. The default setting for UPnP is disabled. If this check box is not selected, the router does not allow any device to automatically control the resources, such as port forwarding
(mapping), of the router. Advertisement Period. The advertisement period is how often the router broadcasts its UPnP information. This value can range from 1 to 1440 minutes. The default period is 30 minutes. Shorter durations ensure that control points have current device status at the expense of additional network traffic. Longer durations can compromise the freshness of the device status, but can significantly reduce network traffic. Advertisement Time to Live. The time to live for the advertisement is measured in hops
(steps) for each UPnP packet sent. The time to live hop count is the number of steps a broadcast packet is allowed to propagate for each UPnP advertisement before it disappears. The number of hops can range from 1 to 255. The default value for the advertisement time to live is 4 hops, which is fine for most home networks. If you notice that some devices are not being updated or reached correctly, then it might be necessary to increase this value. Advanced Settings 92 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 UPnP Portmap Table. The UPnP Portmap Table displays the IP address of each UPnP device that is currently accessing the router and which ports (internal and external) that device has opened. The UPnP Portmap Table also displays what type of port is open and whether that port is still active for each IP address. 3. Click Apply to save your settings. IPv6 You can use this feature to set up an IPv6 Internet connection type if genie does not detect it automatically. To set up an IPv6 Internet connection type:
1. Select Advanced > Advanced Setup > IPv6 to display the following screen:
2. Select the IPv6 connection type from the list. Your Internet service provider (ISP) can provide this information. If your ISP did not provide details, you can select IPv6 Tunnel. If you are not sure, select Auto Detect so that the router detects the IPv6 type that is in use. If your Internet connection does not use PPPoE, DHCP, or fixed, but is IPv6, select Auto Config. For more detailed information about Internet connection types, see the following sections. 3. Click Apply so that your changes take effect. Advanced Settings 93 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 Auto Detect Fields In the IPv6 screen, when you select Auto Detect from the drop-down list, the following screen displays. The Connection Type field indicates the connection type detected. The following fields are also included in this screen:
IPv6 LAN Setup Routers IPv6 Address on WAN. The IPv6 address acquired for the routers WAN (or Internet) interface. The number after the slash (/) is the length of the prefix, which is also roughly indicated by the underline (_) under the IPv6 address. Routers IPv6 Address on LAN. The IPv6 address acquired for the routers LAN interface. The number after the slash (/) is the length of the prefix, which is also roughly indicated by the underline (_) under the IPv6 address. IP Address Assignment. You can select how you want to assign IPv6 address to the devices on your home network (the LAN). You can select either DHCP Server or Auto Config to assign an IPv6 address. Using DHCP Server might pass more information to LAN devices, but some IPv6 systems might not support the DHCv6 client function. Auto Config is selected by default. Use This Interface ID. You can enable this option and specify the interface ID that you want for the IPv6 address for the routers LAN interface. If you do not specify an ID here, the router generates one automatically from its MAC address. IPv6 Filtering When the connection type is not IPv6 Pass Through or Disabled, the router starts the SPI firewall function on the WAN interface. The router creates connection records and checks every inbound IPv6 packet. If the inbound packet is not destined to the router itself is unexpected, or the packet is not in the connection record, the router blocks this packet. This Advanced Settings 94 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 function has two modes. The default is Secured mode, which checks both TCP and UDP packets. For Open mode, the checking is applied only to the UDP connection. Auto Config In the IPv6 screen, when you select Auto Config from the drop-down list, the following screen displays. The following fields are included in this screen:
DHCP User Class. Most people do not need to fill in this field, but if your ISP has given you a specific host name, enter it here. DHCP Domain Name. This is not needed for most connections. You can type the domain name of your ISP. For example, if your ISPs mail server is mail.xxx.yyy.zzz, you would type xxx.yyy.zzz as the domain name. If your ISP provided you with a domain name, type it in this field. For example, Earthlink Cable might require a host name of home, and Comcast sometimes supplies a domain name. This is the domain name for the IPv6 connection. Do not enter the domain name for the IPv4 connection here. The other settings are the same as Auto Detect mode. See IPv6 LAN Setup and IPv6 Filtering on page 94. Advanced Settings 95 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 6to4 Tunnel In the IPv6 screen, when you select 6to4 Tunnel from the drop-down list, the following screen displays. The following fields are included in this screen:
Remote 6to4 Relay Router. The remote relay router to which your router creates the 6to4 tunnel. If your ISP provides the address of its own relay router, you can put it here. You can also leave the setting as Auto and the router uses any remote relay router that is available. The 6to4 tunnel connection needs the IPv4 Internet connection to be working first. The other settings are the same as for Auto Detect mode. See IPv6 LAN Setup and IPv6 Filtering on page 94. Pass Through In this mode, the router works as a Layer 2 Ethernet switch with 2 ports (LAN and WAN Ethernet ports) for IPv6 packets. The router does not process any IPv6 header packets. Advanced Settings 96 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 Fixed In the IPv6 screen, when you select Fixed from the drop-down list, the following screen displays. The following fields are included in this screen:
IPv6 Fixed WAN Setup IPv6 Address/Prefix Length. The IPv6 address and prefix length of the routers WAN interface. Default IPv6 Gateway. The IPv6 address of the default IPv6 gateway, which is supposed to be on the routers WAN interface. Primary and Secondary DNS Server. The DNS servers that resolve IPv6 domain name records for you. If these fields are not specified, the router uses the DNS server configured for the IPv4 Internet connection on the Internet Settings screen. (See Internet Setup on page 21.) IP Address Assignment. You can select how you want to assign IPv6 addresses to the devices on your home network (the LAN). You can use either DHCP Server or Auto Config to assign IPv6 address. Using DHCP Server might pass more information to LAN devices, but some IPv6 systems might not support the DHCv6 client function. Auto Config is used by default. IPb6 Fixed LAN Setup IPv6 Address/Prefix Length. The IPv6 address and prefix length of the routers LAN interface. Advanced Settings 97 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 DHCP In the IPv6 screen, when you select DHCP from the drop-down list, the following screen displays. The following fields are included in this screen:
User Class. Most people do not need to fill in this field, but if your ISP has given you a specific host name, enter it here. Domain Name. This is not needed for Internet connections. You can type the domain name of your ISP. For example, if your ISPs mail server is mail.xxx.yyy.zzz, you would type xxx.yyy.zzz as the domain name. If your ISP provided a domain name, type it in this field.
(For example, Earthlink Cable might require a host name of home, and Comcast sometimes supplies a domain name.) This is the domain name for the IPv6 connection. Do not enter the domain name for the IPv4 connection here. The other settings are the same as for Auto Detect mode. See IPv6 LAN Setup and IPv6 Filtering on page 94. Advanced Settings 98 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 PPPoE In the IPv6 screen, when you select PPPoE from the drop-down list, the following screen displays. The following fields are included in this screen:
Login. This is usually the name that you use in your email address. For example, if your main mail account is JerAB@ISP.com, then you would put JerAB in this field. Some ISPs (like Mindspring, Earthlink, and T-DSL) require that you use your full email address when you log in. If your ISP requires your full email address, type it in this field. Password. Type the password that you use to log in to your ISP. Service Name. If your ISP provided a service name, enter it here. Otherwise, you can leave this field blank. Connection Mode. This specifies when the router should establish the PPPoE connection. Currently the connection mode is always on to provide a steady IPv6 connection. The router never disconnects the connection, and in case the connection is broken (such as if the modem is turned off), the router establishes the connection right after the PPPoE connection is available. The other settings are the same as Auto Detect mode. See IPv6 LAN Setup and IPv6 Filtering on page 94. Advanced Settings 99 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 Traffic Meter Traffic metering allows you to monitor the volume of Internet traffic passing through your routers Internet port, set limits for traffic volume, and get a live update of traffic usage. To monitor Internet traffic:
1. Click Advanced > Advanced Setup > Traffic Meter to display the following screen. Scroll to view more settings 2. To enable the traffic meter, select the Enable Traffic Meter check box. 3. If you would like to record and restrict the volume of Internet traffic, select the Traffic volume control by radio button. You can select one of the following options for controlling the traffic volume:
No Limit. No restriction is applied when the traffic limit is reached. Download only. The restriction is applied to incoming traffic only. Both Directions. The restriction is applied to both incoming and outgoing traffic. 4. You can limit the amount of data traffic allowed per month by specifying how many Mbytes per month are allowed or by specifying how many hours of traffic are allowed. 5. Set the traffic counter to begin at a specific time and date. 6. Set up traffic control to issue a warning message before the monthly limit of Mbytes or hours is reached. You can select one of the following to occur when the limit is attained:
The Internet LED flashes green or amber. The Internet connection is disconnected and disabled. 7. Set up Internet traffic statistics to monitor the data traffic. 8. Click the Traffic Status button for an update on Internet traffic status on your router. 9. Click Apply to save your settings. Advanced Settings 100 9. Troubleshooting 9 This chapter provides information to help you diagnose and solve problems you might have with your router. If you do not find the solution here, check the NETGEAR support site at http://support.netgear.com for product and contact information. This chapter contains the following sections:
Quick Tips Troubleshoot with the LEDs Cannot Log In to the Router Cannot Access the Internet Changes Not Saved Incorrect Date or Time 101 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 Quick Tips This section describes tips for troubleshooting some common problems. Sequence to Restart Your Network Be sure to restart your network in this sequence:
1. Turn off and unplug the modem. 2. Turn off the router and computers. 3. Plug in the modem and turn it on. Wait 2 minutes. 4. Turn on the router and wait 2 minutes. 5. Turn on the computers. Power LED Check the Power LED If the Power LED does not turn off within 2 minutes after you turn the router on, reset the router according to the instructions in Factory Settings on page 109. to verify correct router operation. Check Ethernet Cable Connections Make sure that the Ethernet cables are securely plugged in:
The Internet LED on the router is lit if the Ethernet cable connecting the router and the modem is plugged in securely and the modem and router are turned on. For each powered-on computer connected to the router by an Ethernet cable, the corresponding numbered router LAN port LED is lit. Wireless Settings Make sure that the wireless settings in the computer and router match exactly. For a wirelessly connected computer, the wireless network name (SSID) and wireless security settings of the router and wireless computer need to match exactly. If you set up an access list in the Advanced Wireless Settings screen, you have to add each wireless computers MAC address to the routers access list. Troubleshooting 102 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 Network Settings Make sure that the network settings of the computer are correct:
Wired and wirelessly connected computers need to have network (IP) addresses on the same network as the router. The simplest way to do this is to configure each computer to obtain an IP address automatically using DHCP. Some cable modem service providers require you to use the MAC address of the computer initially registered on the account. You can view the MAC address in the Attached Devices screen. Troubleshoot with the LEDs After you turn on power to the router, the following sequence of events should occur:
1. When power is first applied, verify that the Power LED 2. After 2 minutes, verify the following:
lights. The Power LED lights solid green. The Internet LED lights. The 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz LEDs light. The LEDs on the front panel of the router can be used for troubleshooting. Power LED Is Off or Blinking Make sure that the power cord is securely connected to your router and that the power adapter is securely connected to a functioning power outlet. Check that you are using the 12V DC, 5A power adapter that NETGEAR supplied for this product. If the Power LED blinks slowly and continuously, the router firmware is corrupted. This can happen if a firmware upgrade is interrupted, or if the router detects a problem with the firmware. If the error persists, you have a hardware problem. For recovery instructions, or help with a hardware problem, contact technical support at www.netgear.com/support. LEDs Never Turn Off When the router is turned on, the LEDs light for about 10 seconds and then turn off. If all the LEDs stay lit, there is a fault within the router. If all LEDs are still lit 1 minute after power-up:
Cycle the power to see if the router recovers. Press and hold the Restore Factory Settings button to return the router to its factory settings as explained in Factory Settings on page 109. If the error persists, you might have a hardware problem and should contact technical support at www.netgear.com/support. Troubleshooting 103 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 Internet LED Is Off If the Internet LED does not light, check the following:
Make sure that the Ethernet cable connections are secure at the router and at the modem or computer. Make sure that power is turned on to the connected modem or computer. Be sure that you are using the correct cable. When connecting the routers Internet port to a cable or DSL modem, use the cable that was supplied with the cable or DSL modem. This cable could be a standard straight-through Ethernet cable or an Ethernet crossover cable. Wireless 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz LEDs Are Off If these LEDs stay off, check to see if the Wi-Fi On/Off button on the router has been pressed. This button turns the wireless radios in the router on and off. The 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz LEDs are lit when the wireless radio is turned on. Cannot Log In to the Router If you cannot log in to the router from a computer on your local network, check the following:
If you are using an Ethernet-connected computer, check the Ethernet connection between the computer and the router as described in the previous section. Make sure that your computers IP address is on the same subnet as the router. If you are using the recommended addressing scheme, your computers address should be in the range of 192.168.1.2 to 192.168.1.254. If your computers IP address is 169.254.x.x, recent versions of Windows and Mac OS generate and assign an IP address if the computer cannot reach a DHCP server. These autogenerated addresses are in the range of 169.254.x.x. If your IP address is in this range, check the connection from the computer to the router, and reboot your computer. If your routers IP address was changed and you do not know the current IP address, clear the routers configuration to factory defaults. This sets the routers IP address to 192.168.1.1. This procedure is explained in Factory Settings on page 109. Make sure that your browser has Java, JavaScript, or ActiveX enabled. If you are using Internet Explorer, click Refresh to be sure that the Java applet is loaded. Try quitting the browser and launching it again. Make sure that you are using the correct login information. The factory default login name is admin and the password is password. Make sure that Caps Lock is off when you enter this information. If you are attempting to set up your router as a replacement for an ADSL gateway in your network, the router cannot perform all gateway services. For example, the router cannot convert ADSL or cable data into Ethernet networking information. NETGEAR does not support such a configuration. Troubleshooting 104 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 Cannot Access the Internet If you can access WNDR3700v4 router but not the Internet, check to see if the router can obtain an IP address from your Internet service provider (ISP). Unless your ISP provides a fixed IP address, your router requests an IP address from the ISP. You can determine whether the request was successful using the Router Status screen. To check the WAN IP address:
1. Start your browser, and select an external site such as www.netgear.com. 2. Access the router interface at www.routerlogin.net. 3. Select Administration > Router Status. 4. Check that an IP address is shown for the Internet port. If 0.0.0.0 is shown, your router has not obtained an IP address from your ISP. If your router cannot obtain an IP address from the ISP, you might need to force your cable or DSL modem to recognize your new router by restarting your network, as described in Sequence to Restart Your Network on page 102. If your router is still unable to obtain an IP address from the ISP, the problem might be one of the following:
Your Internet service provider (ISP) might require a login program. Ask your ISP whether it requires PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE) or some other type of login. If your ISP requires a login, the login name and password might be set incorrectly. Your ISP might check for your computers host name. Assign the computer host name of your ISP account as the account name in the Internet Setup screen. Your ISP allows only one Ethernet MAC address to connect to Internet and might check for your computers MAC address. In this case, do one of the following:
-
Inform your ISP that you have bought a new network device, and ask them to use the routers MAC address.
- Configure your router to clone your computers MAC address. If your router can obtain an IP address, but your computer is unable to load any web pages from the Internet:
Your computer might not recognize any DNS server addresses. A DNS server is a host on the Internet that translates Internet names (such as www addresses) to numeric IP addresses. Typically, your ISP provides the addresses of one or two DNS servers for your use. If you entered a DNS address during the routers configuration, reboot your computer, and verify the DNS address. You can configure your computer manually with DNS addresses, as explained in your operating system documentation. Your computer might not have the router configured as its TCP/IP gateway. If your computer obtains its information from the router by DHCP, reboot the computer, and verify the gateway address. Troubleshooting 105 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 You might be running login software that is no longer needed. If your ISP provided a program to log you in to the Internet (such as WinPoET), you no longer need to run that software after installing your router. You might need to go to Internet Explorer and select Tools > Internet Options, click the Connections tab, and select Never dial a connection. Changes Not Saved If the router does not save the changes you make in the router interface, check the following:
When entering configuration settings, always click the Apply button before moving to another screen or tab, or your changes are lost. Click the Refresh or Reload button in the web browser. The changes might have occurred, but the old settings might be in the web browsers cache. Incorrect Date or Time Select Security > Schedule to display the current date and time. The router uses the Network Time Protocol (NTP) to obtain the current time from one of several network time servers on the Internet. Each entry in the log is stamped with the date and time of day. Problems with the date and time function can include the following:
Date shown is January 1, 2000. The router has not yet reached a network time server. Check that your Internet access is configured correctly. If you have just finished setting up the router, wait at least 5 minutes, and check the date and time again. Time is off by one hour. The router does not automatically sense daylight savings time. In the Schedule screen, select the Automatically adjust for daylight savings time check box. Wireless Connectivity If you are having trouble connecting wirelessly to the router, try to isolate the problem. Does the wireless device or computer that you are using find your wireless network?
If not, check the 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz LEDs on the front of the router. They should be lit. If they are not, you can press the Wireless button on the front of the router to turn the routers wireless radios back on. If you disabled the routers SSID broadcast, then your wireless network is hidden and does not show up in your wireless clients scanning list. (By default, SSID broadcast is enabled.) If your wireless device finds the network but you cannot join the network, check to make sure that your wireless device is compatible with the network that you selected (2.4 GHz or 5 GHz). Troubleshooting 106 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 Does your wireless device support the security that you are using for your wireless network (WPA or WPA2)?
If you want to check the wireless settings for the router, use an Ethernet cable to connect a computer to a LAN port on the router. Then log in to the router and select Setup >
Wireless Settings (see Wireless Settings Screen Fields on page 28). Note: Note: Be sure to configure both sections (for 2.4 GHz b/g/n and 5 GHz a/n) on the Wireless Settings screen and to click Apply if you make changes. Wireless Signal Strength If your wireless device finds your network, but the signal strength is weak, check these conditions:
Is your router too far from your computer, or too close? Place your computer near the router, but at least 6 feet (1.8 meters) away, and see if the signal strength improves. Is your wireless signal blocked by objects between the router and your computer?
Troubleshooting 107 A. Supplemental Information This appendix includes the following sections:
Factory Settings Technical Specifications A 108 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 Factory Settings You can return the router to its factory settings. Use the end of a paper clip or a similar object to press and hold the Restore Factory Settings button on the router for at least 5 seconds. The router resets, and returns to the factory configuration settings shown in the following table. Table 2. Factory default settings Feature Default behavior Router login User login URL www.routerlogin.com or www.routerlogin.net Internet connection Local network
(LAN) User name (case-sensitive) admin Login password (case-sensitive) password WAN MAC address Use default hardware address WAN MTU size Port speed LAN IP address Subnet mask DHCP server DHCP range Time zone 1500 AutoSensing 192.168.1.1 255.255.255.0 Enabled 192.168.1.2 to 192.168.1.254 Pacific time Time zone daylight savings time Disabled Allow a registrar to configure this router Enabled DHCP starting IP address 192.168.1.2 DHCP ending IP address 192.168.1.254 DMZ Time zone Disabled GMT for WW except NA and GR, GMT+1 for GR, GMT-8 for NA Time zone adjusted for daylight savings time SNMP Disabled Disabled Firewall Inbound (communications coming in from the Internet) Disabled (except traffic on port 80, the HTTP port) Outbound (communications going out to the Internet) Enabled (all) Source MAC filtering Disabled Supplemental Information 109 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 Table 2. Factory default settings (Continued) Feature Wireless Wireless communication Enabled Default behavior SSID name Security Broadcast SSID Transmission speed Country/region RF channel Operating mode See router label WPA2-PSK (AES) Enabled Auto*
United States in the US, otherwise varies by region 6 until region selected 2.4 GHz b/g/n: Up to 130 Mbps 5 GHz a/n: Up to 300 Mbps Firewall Inbound (communications coming in from the Internet) Disabled (bars all unsolicited requests) Outbound (communications going out to the Internet) Enabled (all)
*. Maximum Wireless signal rate derived from IEEE Standard 802.11 specifications. Actual throughput can vary. Network conditions and environmental factors, including volume of network traffic, building materials and construction, and network overhead, lower actual data throughput rate. Technical Specifications Table 3. WNDR3700v4 router specifications Feature Description Data and routing protocols Power adapter Dimensions Weight TCP/IP, RIP-1, RIP-2, DHCP, PPPoE, PPTP, Bigpond, Dynamic DNS, UPnP, and SMB North America: 120V, 60 Hz, input UK, Australia: 240V, 50 Hz, input Europe: 230V, 50 Hz, input All regions (output): 12V DC @ 2.5A, output 1.1 in. x 6.89 in. x 4.68 in. (28 x 175 x 119 mm) 0.5 kg (1.2 lbs) Operating temperature 0 to 40 C (32 to 104 F) Operating humidity 90% maximum relative humidity, noncondensing Electromagnetic Emissions FCC Part 15 Class B VCCI Class B EN 55 022 (CISPR 22), Class B C-Tick N10947 Supplemental Information 110 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 Table 3. WNDR3700v4 router specifications (Continued) Feature LAN WAN Wireless Description 10BASE-T or 100BASE-Tx or 1000BASE-T, RJ-45 10BASE-T or 100BASE-Tx or 1000BASE-T, RJ-45 Maximum wireless signal rate complies with the IEEE 802.11 standard. See the footnote for the previous table. Radio data rates Auto Rate Sensing Data encoding standards IEEE 802.11n IEEE 802.11n, IEEE 802.11g, IEEE 802.11b 2.4 GHz IEEE 802.11n, IEEE 802.11a 5.0 GHz Maximum computers per wireless network Operating frequency range Limited by the amount of wireless network traffic generated by each node
(typically 5070 nodes). 2.4 GHz 2.4122.462 GHz (US) 2.4122.472 GHz (Japan) 2.4122.472 GHz (Europe ETSI) 5 GHz 5.185.24 + 5.7455.825 GHz (US) 5.185.24 GHz (Europe ETSI) FCC: 5.255.35 GHz (DFS band) and 5.475.725 GHz (DFS band) 56005650MHz is disabled and unavailable for use CE (Europe ETSI): 5.255.35 GHz (DFS band) and 5.475.725 GHz (DFS band) 802.11 security 40-bit (also called 64-bit) and 128-bit WEP, WPA-PSK, WPA2-PSK, and WPA/WPA2 Enterprise. Supplemental Information 111 B. Notification of Compliance NETGEAR Dual Band - Wireless B Regulatory Compliance Information This section includes user requirements for operating this product in accordance with National laws for usage of radio spectrum and operation of radio devices. Failure of the end-user to comply with the applicable requirements may result in unlawful operation and adverse action against the end-user by the applicable National regulatory authority. This product's firmware limits operation to only the channels allowed in a particular Region or Country. Therefore, all options described in this user's guide may not be available in your version of the product. Europe EU Declaration of Conformity Products bearing the marking comply with the following EU directives:
EMC Directive 2004/108/EC Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC If this product has telecommunications functionality, it also complies with the requirements of the following EU Directive:
R&TTE Directive 1999/5/EC Compliance with these directives implies conformity to harmonized European standards that are noted in the EU Declaration of Conformity. Intended for indoor use only in all EU member states, EFTA states, and Switzerland. This device may not be used for setting up outdoor radio links in France and in some areas the RF output power may be limited to 10 mW EIRP in the frequency range of 2454 - 2483.5 MHz. For detailed information the end-user should contact the national spectrum authority in France. FCC Requirements for Operation in the United States FCC Information to User This product does not contain any user serviceable components and is to be used with approved antennas only. Any product changes or modifications will invalidate all applicable regulatory certifications and approvals. FCC Guidelines for Human Exposure This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance of 20 cm between the radiator and your body. This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. FCC Declaration of Conformity We, NETGEAR, Inc., 350 East Plumeria Drive, San Jose, CA 95134, declare under our sole responsibility that the N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 complies with Part 15 Subpart B of FCC CFR47 Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
This device may not cause harmful interference, and This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. 112 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 FCC Radio Frequency Interference Warnings & Instructions This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following methods:
Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the equipment and the receiver. Connect the equipment into an electrical outlet on a circuit different from that which the radio receiver is Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. connected. FCC Caution Any changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate this equipment. This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. For product available in the USA / Canada market, only channel 1~11 can be operated. Selection of other Pour les produits disponibles aux tats-Unis / Canada du march, seul le canal 1 11 peuvent tre exploits. Slection d'autres canaux n'est pas possible. This device and its antenna(s) must not be co-located or operation in conjunction with any other antenna or Cet appareil et son antenne (s) ne doit pas tre co-localiss ou fonctionnement en association avec une autre channels is not possible. transmitter. antenne ou transmetteur. For operation within a 5.15 ~ 5.25 GHz/5.47 ~ 5.725 GHz frequency range, it is restricted to an indoor environment. The band from 5600-5650 MHz will be disabled by the software during the manufacturing and cannot be changed by the end user. This device meets all the other requirements specified in Part 15E, Section 15.407 of the FCC Rules. Canadian Department of Communications Radio Interference Regulations This digital apparatus (N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4) does not exceed the Class B limits for radio-noise emissions from digital apparatus as set out in the Radio Interference Regulations of the Canadian Department of Communications. This Class [B] digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003. Cet appareil numrique de la classe [B] est conforme la norme NMB-003 du Canada Industry Canada This device complies with RSS-210 of the Industry Canada Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. IMPORTANT NOTE: Radiation Exposure Statement:
This equipment complies with IC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance 20cm between the radiator & your body. Caution:
The device for the band 5150-5250 MHz is only for indoor usage to reduce po-tential for harmful interference to co-channel mobile satellite systems. For operation within a 5.15 ~ 5.25GHz frequency range, it is restricted to an indoor environment. Notification of Compliance 113 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 The maximum antenna gain permitted for devices in the bands 5230-5350 MHz and 5470-5725 MHz shall comply with the e.i.r.p limit; and the maximum antenna gain permitted for devices in the band 5725-5825 MHz shall comply with the e.i.r.p. limits specified for point-to-point and on point-to-point operation as appropriate. High power radars are allocated as primary users (meaning they have priority) of 5250-5350 MHz and 5650-5850 MHz and these radars could cause interference and/or damage to LE-LAN devices. Ce dispositif est conforme la norme CNR-210 d'Industrie Canada applicable aux appareils radio exempts de licence. Son fonctionnement est sujet aux deux conditions suivantes: (1) le dispositif ne doit pas produire de brouillage prjudiciable, et (2) ce dispositif doit accepter tout brouillage reu, y compris un brouillage susceptible de provoquer un fonctionnement indsirable. NOTE IMPORTANTE: Dclaration d'exposition aux radiations:
Cet quipement est conforme aux limites d'exposition aux rayonnements IC tablies pour un environnement non contrl. Cet quipement doit tre install et utilis avec un minimum de 20 cm de distance entre la source de rayonnement et votre corps. Avertissement:
Le guide dutilisation des dispositifs pour rseaux locaux doit inclure des instructions prcises sur les restrictions susmentionnes, notamment. Le dispositif fonctionnant dans la bande 5150-5250 MHz est rserv uniquement pour une utili-sation l'intrieur afin de rduire les risques de brouillage prjudiciable aux systmes de satellites mobiles utilisant les mmes canaux. Le gain maximal dantenne permis pour les dispositifs utilisant la bande 5250-5350 MHz et 5470-5725 doit se conformer la limite de p.i.r.e. Le gain maximal dantenne permis (pour les dispositifs utilisant la bande 5725-5825 MHz) doit se conformer la limite de p.i.r.e. spcifie pour lexploitation point point et non point point, selon le cas. Les utilisateurs de radars de haute puissance sont dsigns utilisateurs principaux (c.--d., qu'ils ont la priorit) pour les bandes 5250-5350 MHz et 5650-5850 MHz et que ces radars pourraient causer du brouillage et/ou des dommages aux dispositifs LAN-EL. Voluntary Control Council for Interference (VCCI) Statement This equipment is in the Class B category (information equipment to be used in a residential area or an adjacent area thereto) and conforms to the standards set by the Voluntary Control Council for Interference by Data Processing Equipment and Electronic Office Machines aimed at preventing radio interference in such residential areas. When used near a radio or TV receiver, it may become the cause of radio interference. Read instructions for correct handling. Interference Reduction Table The following table shows the recommended minimum distance between NETGEAR equipment and household appliances to reduce interference (in feet and meters). Household Appliance Microwave ovens Baby Monitor - Analog Baby Monitor - Digital Cordless phone - Analog Cordless phone - Digital Recommended Minimum Distance
(in feet and meters) 30 feet / 9 meters 20 feet / 6 meters 40 feet / 12 meters 20 feet / 6 meters 30 feet / 9 meters Notification of Compliance 114 N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 Household Appliance Bluetooth devices ZigBee Recommended Minimum Distance
(in feet and meters) 20 feet / 6 meters 20 feet / 6 meters Notification of Compliance 115
1 2 3 | Internal Photos | Internal Photos | 681.90 KiB | June 21 2012 |
CONSTRUCTION PHOTOS OF EUT Page 1 Page 2 Page 3 Page 4 Page 5 Page 6
1 2 3 | External Photos | External Photos | 484.22 KiB | June 21 2012 |
CONSTRUCTION PHOTOS OF EUT Page 1 Page 2 Page 3 Page 4 Page 5
1 2 3 | Label | ID Label/Location Info | 461.30 KiB | June 21 2012 |
REV DESCRIPTION OF REVISION ENG APPD DATE 01 INITIAL DOCUMENT CREATION T TSAO 23JAN12 NOTE:
1. REFER TO NETGEAR SPEC. DOC-00093 FOR COLOR TOLERANCES. 2. INK COLOR IS SHOWN TO THE RIGHT. 3. DIE LINES ARE MAGENTA COLOR AND DO NOT PRINT. 4. MAC & SERIAL NUMBERS TO BE PRINTED BY THE ODM. 5. See NTGR DOC-00112 for SN standard. 6. NTGR SN and MAC address barcode to be encoded AIM USS Code39 and include printed characters below barcodes. 7. INSURE COUNTRY OF ORIGIN IS CORRECT. A. IF COUNTRY OF ORIGIN IS PRE-PRINTED, UNHIDE THE APPROPRIATE COUNTRY OF ORIGIN LAYER AND INCLUDE COUNTRY OF ORIGIN ON LABEL. B. IF COUNTRY OF ORIGIN IS POST-PRINTED USING A THERMAL PRINTER (OR EQUIVALENT), OMIT TEXT FROM ARTWORK (USE LAYERS). 7 Black Pantone 200C Pantone 114C Pantone 144C Pantone Cool Gray 5C NETGEAR 490-10021-01 Pantone 285C AUTHOR:
SHEET:
T TSAO 1 of 1 TITLE:
AW, WNDR3700, V4H1, PLBL THIS DOCUMENT AND THE DATA DISCLOSED HEREIN OR WHEREWITH IS NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, USED OR DISCLOSED IN WHOLE OR IN PART TO ANYONE WITHOUT THE PERMISSION OF NETGEAR, INC. P/N:
AW-11837-01 REV:
01
1 2 3 | Ad Hoc mode declaration | Attestation Statements | 265.87 KiB |
NETGEAR, INC. 350 East Plumeria Drive San Jose, CA 95134 TEL: 408-890-3530 / FAX: 408-907-8097 Declaration for no non-US channel operation March 13, 2013 We, NETGEAR, INC. declare that the device does not support any non-US channels in all the operational mode(s) for the following product. FCC ID: PY312100186 If you should have any question(s) regarding this declaration, please dont hesitate to contact us. Thank you!
-----------------------------------
Masood Abrishamcar / Regulatory Complinace Manager TEL: 408-890-3530 FAX: 408-907-8097 E-mail: masood.abrishamcar@netgear.com
1 2 3 | DFS band declaration | Attestation Statements | 168.48 KiB |
NETGEAR, INC. 350 East Plumeria Drive San Jose, CA 95134 Date: 2013/3/13 DFS BAND DECLARATION LETTER We, the undersigned NETGEAR, INC. hereby declare that the band from 5600-5650MHz of IC ID: 4054A-12100186 / FCC ID: PY312100186 will be disabled by the proprietary software during the manufacturing and which cannot be changed by the end-user. If you have any questions regarding the declaration letter, please dont hesitate to contact us. Thank you!
Sincerely yours, Masood Abrishamcar / Regulatory Complinace Manager TEL: 408-890-3530 FAX: 408-907-8097 E-mail: masood.abrishamcar@netgear.com
1 2 3 | Description of change | Cover Letter(s) | 45.33 KiB |
FCC ID: PY312100186 Description of Permissive Change The application is prepared for FCC class II permissive change by adding DFS band through software enabling to its original parent application. Both devices, original and updated versions, are electrically identical in all aspects except enabling frequency bands of 5260 ~ 5320 MHz and 5500 ~ 5700 MHz. signature Robert Huang Senior Engineer Bureau Veritas Consumer Products Services (H.K.) Ltd., Taoyuan Branch Tel: 886-3-3183232 ext. 1608 Fax: 886-3-3270892 Email: robert.huang@tw.bureauveritas.com Data: 2013-03-15 Reference no.: RF120621C16
1 2 3 | MPE report | RF Exposure Info | 59.63 KiB |
RF EXPOSURE REPORT REPORT NO.: SA120420C08D MODEL NO.: WNDR3700v4 FCC ID: PY312100186 RECEIVED: Jun. 21, 2012 TESTED: Jun. 29 ~ Jul. 26, 2012 ISSUED: Feb. 18, 2013 APPLICANT: NETGEAR, INC. ADDRESS: 350 East Plumeria Drive San Jose, CA 95134 ISSUED BY: Bureau Veritas Consumer Products Services
(H.K.) Ltd., Taoyuan Branch LAB ADDRESS: No. 47, 14th Ling, Chia Pau Vil., Lin Kou Dist., New Taipei City, Taiwan, R.O.C. TEST LOCATION: No. 47, 14th Ling, Chia Pau Vil., Lin Kou Dist., New Taipei City, Taiwan, R.O.C. No. 19, Hwa Ya 2nd Rd, Wen Hwa Tsuen, Kwei Shan Hsiang, Taoyuan Hsien 333, Taiwan, R.O.C. This report should not be used by the client to claim product certification, approval, or endorsement by any government agencies. This report is for your exclusive use. Any copying or replication of this report to or for any other person or entity, or use of our name or trademark, is permitted only with our prior written permission. This report sets forth our findings solely with respect to the test samples identified herein. The results set forth in this report are not indicative or representative of the quality or characteristics of the lot from which a test sample was taken or any similar or identical product unless specifically and expressly noted. Our report includes all of the tests requested by you and the results thereof based upon the information that you provided to us. You have 60 days from date of issuance of this report to notify us of any material error or omission caused by our negligence, provided, however, that such notice shall be in writing and shall specifically address the issue you wish to raise. A failure to raise such issue within the prescribed time shall constitute your unqualified acceptance of the completeness of this report, the tests conducted and the correctness of the report contents. Unless specific mention, the uncertainty of measurement has been explicitly taken into account to declare the compliance or non-compliance to the specification. Report No.: SA120420C08D Reference No.: 120420C13, 120621C16 1 of 5 Report Format Version 5.0.0 TABLE OF CONTENTS RELEASE CONTROL RECORD ................................................................................................ 3 1. CERTIFICATION ............................................................................................................. 4 RF EXPOSURE ............................................................................................................... 5 2. 2.1 LIMITS FOR MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE EXPOSURE (MPE) ......................................... 5 2.2 MPE CALCULATION FORMULA .................................................................................... 5 CLASSIFICATION ........................................................................................................... 5 2.3 2.4 CALCULATION RESULT OF MAXIMUM CONDUCTED POWER .................................. 5 Report No.: SA120420C08D Reference No.: 120420C13, 120621C16 2 of 5 Report Format Version 5.0.0 RELEASE CONTROL RECORD ISSUE NO. SA120420C08D Original release REASON FOR CHANGE DATE ISSUED Feb. 18, 2013 Report No.: SA120420C08D Reference No.: 120420C13, 120621C16 3 of 5 Report Format Version 5.0.0 2. RF EXPOSURE 2.1 LIMITS FOR MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE EXPOSURE (MPE) FREQUENCY RANGE (MHz) ELECTRIC FIELD STRENGTH (V/m) MAGNETIC FIELD STRENGTH (A/m) POWER DENSITY
(mW/cm2) AVERAGE TIME
(minutes) LIMITS FOR GENERAL POPULATION / UNCONTROLLED EXPOSURE 300-1500 1500-100,000 F/1500 1.0 30 30 F = Frequency in MHz 2.2 MPE CALCULATION FORMULA Pd = (Pout*G) / (4*pi*r2) where Pd = power density in mW/cm2 Pout = output power to antenna in mW G = gain of antenna in linear scale Pi = 3.1416 R = distance between observation point and center of the radiator in cm 2.3 CLASSIFICATION The antenna of this product, under normal use condition, is at least 20cm away from the body of the user. So, this device is classified as Mobile Device. 2.4 CALCULATION RESULT OF MAXIMUM CONDUCTED POWER FREQUENCY BAND
(MHz) 5260 ~ 5320 5500 ~ 5700 MAX POWER
(dBm) ANTENNA GAIN
(dBi) DISTANCE
(cm) 22.20 21.44 5.51 5.51 20 20 POWER DENSITY
(mW/cm2) 0.117 0.099 LIMIT
(mW/cm2) 1 1 NOTE: Directional gain = 2.50dBi + 10log(2) = 5.51dBi Report No.: SA120420C08D Reference No.: 120420C13, 120621C16 5 of 5 Report Format Version 5.0.0
1 2 3 | Power of Attorney Letter | Cover Letter(s) | 110.92 KiB |
NETGEAR, INC. 350 East Plumeria Drive San Jose, CA 95134 A U T H O R I Z A T I O N L E T T E R FCC ID: PY312100186 Date:2013/3/13 To whom it may concern:
We, the undersigned UNetgear Inc.U hereby authorize Bureau Veritas Consumer Products Services
(H.K.) Ltd., Taoyuan Branch (BV CPS Taoyuan) of Taiwan to act on our behalf in all matters relating to all processes required in FCC Part15C/15E and any communication needed with the national authority. Any and all acts carried out by BV CPS Taoyuan on our behalf shall have the same effects as acts of our own. If you have any questions regarding the authorization, please dont hesitate to contact us. Thank you!
Sincerely yours,
-------------------------------------------------
Masood Abrishamcar / Regulatory Complinace Manager TEL: 408-890-3530 FAX: 408-907-8097 E-mail: masood.abrishamcar@netgear.com
1 2 3 | Test report DFS rev3 | Test Report | 1012.59 KiB |
DFS TEST REPORT REPORT NO.: RF120420C08D-1 R1 MODEL NO.: WNDR3700v4 FCC ID: PY312100186 RECEIVED: Jun. 21, 2012 TESTED: Feb. 04 ~ Apr. 25, 2013 ISSUED: Apr. 26, 2013 APPLICANT: NETGEAR, INC. ADDRESS: 350 East Plumeria Drive San Jose, CA 95134 ISSUED BY: Bureau Veritas Consumer Products Services
(H.K.) Ltd., Taoyuan Branch TEST LOCATION: No. 47, 14th Ling, Chia Pau Vil., Lin Kou Dist., New Taipei City, Taiwan ( R.O.C. ) TEST LOCATION: No. 19, Hwa Ya 2nd Rd, Wen Hwa Tsuen, Kwei Shan Hsiang, Taoyuan Hsien 333, Taiwan, R.O.C. This report should not be used by the client to claim product certification, approval, or endorsement by TAF or any government agencies. This report is for your exclusive use. Any copying or replication of this report to or for any other person or entity, or use of our name or trademark, is permitted only with our prior written permission. This report sets forth our findings solely with respect to the test samples identified herein. The results set forth in this report are not indicative or representative of the quality or characteristics of the lot from which a test sample was taken or any similar or identical product unless specifically and expressly noted. Our report includes all of the tests requested by you and the results thereof based upon the information that you provided to us. You have 60 days from date of issuance of this report to notify us of any material error or omission caused by our negligence, provided, however, that such notice shall be in writing and shall specifically address the issue you wish to raise. A failure to raise such issue within the prescribed time shall constitute your unqualified acceptance of the completeness of this report, the tests conducted and the correctness of the report contents. Unless specific mention, the uncertainty of measurement has been explicitly taken into account to declare the compliance or non-compliance to the specification. Report No.: RF120420C08D-1 R1 Reference No.: 120420C13, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D-1 dated Feb. 18, 2013 1 of 38 Report Format Version 5.1.0 Table of Contents RELEASE CONTROL RECORD .......................................................................................... 3 CERTIFICATION ...................................................................................................... 4 1. 2. EUT INFORMATION ................................................................................................. 5 OPERATING FREQUENCY BANDS AND MODE OF EUT ..................................... 5 2.1 EUT SOFTWARE AND FIRMWARE VERSION ....................................................... 5 2.2 DESCRIPTION OF AVAILABLE ANTENNAS TO THE EUT ..................................... 5 2.3 EUT HIGHEST CONDUCTED POWER ................................................................... 6 2.4 EUT HIGHEST E.I.R.P. POWER .............................................................................. 7 2.5 3. U-NII DFS RULE REQUIREMENTS ........................................................................ 8 3.1 WORKING MODES AND REQUIRED TEST ITEMS ............................................... 8 3.2 TEST LIMITS AND RADAR SIGNAL PARAMETERS .............................................. 9 TEST & SUPPORT EQUIPMENT LIST .................................................................. 11 4. TEST INSTRUMENTS ........................................................................................... 11 4.1 4.2 DESCRIPTION OF SUPPORT UNITS ................................................................... 11 TEST PROCEDURE .............................................................................................. 12 5. ADT DFS MEASUREMENT SYSTEM: ................................................................... 12 5.1 CALIBRATION OF DFS DETECTION THRESHOLD LEVEL: ................................ 13 5.2 5.3 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD .................................................................. 14 5.4 CONDUCTED TEST SETUP CONFIGURATION ................................................... 14 5.4.1 MASTER MODE ..................................................................................................... 14 TEST RESULTS ..................................................................................................... 15 6. 6.1 SUMMARY OF TEST RESULT .............................................................................. 15 6.2 DETAILED TEST RESULTS ................................................................................... 16 6.2.1 TEST MODE: DEVICE OPERATING IN MASTER MODE. ................................... 16 6.2.2 DFS DETECTION THRESHOLD ........................................................................... 16 6.2.3 U-NII DETECTION BANDWIDTH ........................................................................... 20 6.2.4 CHANNEL AVAILABILITY CHECK TIME ................................................................ 23 6.2.5 CHANNEL CLOSING TRANSMISSION AND CHANNEL MOVE TIME.................. 25 6.2.6 NON-OCCUPANCY PERIOD ................................................................................. 34 6.2.7 UNIFORM SPREADING ......................................................................................... 37 7. TESTING LABORATORIES INFORMATION ......................................................... 38 Report No.: RF120420C08D-1 R1 Reference No.: 120420C13, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D-1 dated Feb. 18, 2013 2 of 38 Report Format Version 5.1.0 RELEASE CONTROL RECORD ISSUE NO. RF120420C08D-1 RF120420C08D-1 R1 Re-evaluated conducted power of EUT REASON FOR CHANGE Original release DATE ISSUED Feb. 18, 2013 Apr. 26, 2013 Report No.: RF120420C08D-1 R1 Reference No.: 120420C13, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D-1 dated Feb. 18, 2013 3 of 38 Report Format Version 5.1.0 1. CERTIFICATION PRODUCT: N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router MODEL: WNDR3700v4 BRAND: NETGEAR APPLICANT: NETGEAR, INC. TESTED: Feb. 04 ~ Apr. 25, 2013 TEST SAMPLE: ENGINEERING SAMPLE STANDARDS: FCC Part 15, Subpart E (Section 15.407) FCC 06-96 The above equipment (model: WNDR3700v4) has been tested by Bureau Veritas Consumer Products Services (H.K.) Ltd., Taoyuan Branch, and found compliance with the requirement of the above standards. The test record, data evaluation & Equipment Under Test (EUT) configurations represented herein are true and accurate accounts of the measurements of the samples EMC characteristics under the conditions specified in this report. PREPARED BY :
, DATE :
Apr. 26, 2013 Celine Chou / Specialist APPROVED BY :
, DATE :
Apr. 26, 2013 Ken Liu / Senior Manager Report No.: RF120420C08D-1 R1 Reference No.: 120420C08, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D-1 dated Feb. 18, 2013 4 of 38 Report Format Version 5.1.0 2. EUT INFORMATION 2.1 OPERATING FREQUENCY BANDS AND MODE OF EUT Table 1: Operating frequency bands and mode of EUT. Operational Mode Operating Frequency Range 5250~5350MHz 5470~5725MHz Master
NOTE: The EUT has disabled the 5600 ~ 5650 MHz band 2.2 EUT SOFTWARE AND FIRMWARE VERSION Table 2: The EUT software/firmware version. Product Model No. Software/Firmware Version N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 V1.0.1.37_DFS_20130125 No. 1 2.3 DESCRIPTION OF AVAILABLE ANTENNAS TO THE EUT Table 3: Antenna list. Operation Frequency Range(MHz) 5250-5725 5250-5725 Max. Gain(dBi) 2.5 2.5 Type Printed Printed Ant NO. 1 1 Report No.: RF120420C08D-1 R1 Reference No.: 120420C08, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D-1 dated Feb. 18, 2013 5 of 38 Report Format Version 5.1.0 2.4 EUT HIGHEST CONDUCTED POWER TABLE 4: THE MEASURED CONDUCTED OUTPUT POWER 802.11a ANT NO. FREQUENCY BAND (MHz) 1 1 5250~5350 5470~5725 802.11n (20MHz) MAX. POWER OUTPUT POWER(dBm) OUTPUT POWER(mW) 22.07 21.37 160.945 137.202 ANT NO. 1 1 FREQUENCY BAND (MHz) 5250~5350 5470~5725 MAX. POWER OUTPUT POWER(dBm) OUTPUT POWER(mW) 22.20 21.44 165.818 139.387 802.11n (40MHz) FREQUENCY BAND (MHz) 5250~5350 5470~5725 MAX. POWER OUTPUT POWER(dBm) OUTPUT POWER(mW) 20.43 23.47 110.445 222.146 ANT NO. 1 1 Report No.: RF120420C08D-1 R1 Reference No.: 120420C08, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D-1 dated Feb. 18, 2013 6 of 38 Report Format Version 5.1.0 2.5 EUT HIGHEST E.I.R.P. POWER TABLE 5: THE E.I.R.P OUTPUT POWER LIST 802.11a ANT NO. FREQUENCY BAND (MHz) 1 1 5250~5350 5470~5725 802.11n (20MHz) ANT NO. FREQUENCY BAND (MHz) 1 1 5250~5350 5470~5725 802.11n (40MHz) ANT NO. FREQUENCY BAND
(MHz) 1 1 5250~5350 5470~5725 MAX. POWER OUTPUT POWER(dBm) OUTPUT POWER(mW) 24.57 23.87 286.418 243.781 MAX. POWER OUTPUT POWER(dBm) OUTPUT POWER(mW) 24.70 23.94 295.121 247.742 MAX. POWER OUTPUT POWER(dBm) OUTPUT POWER(mW) 22.93 25.97 196.336 395.367 Report No.: RF120420C08D-1 R1 Reference No.: 120420C08, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D-1 dated Feb. 18, 2013 7 of 38 Report Format Version 5.1.0 3. U-NII DFS RULE REQUIREMENTS 3.1 WORKING MODES AND REQUIRED TEST ITEMS The manufacturer shall state whether the EUT is capable of operating as a Master and/or a Client. If the EUT is capable of operating in more than one operating mode then each operating mode shall be tested separately. See tables 1 and 2 for the applicability of DFS requirements for each of the operational modes. Table 6: Applicability of DFS requirements prior to use a channel Requirement Master Non-Occupancy Period DFS Detection Threshold Channel Availability Check Time Uniform Spreading U-NII Detection Bandwidth
Operational Mode Client without radar detection Not required Not required Not required Not required Not required Client with radar detection
Not required Not required
Table 7: Applicability of DFS requirements during normal operation. Requirement DFS Detection Threshold Channel Closing Transmission Time Channel Move Time U-NII Detection Bandwidth Master
Client with radar detection Operational Mode Client without radar detection Not required
Not required
Report No.: RF120420C08D-1 R1 Reference No.: 120420C08, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D-1 dated Feb. 18, 2013 8 of 38 Report Format Version 5.1.0 3.2 TEST LIMITS AND RADAR SIGNAL PARAMETERS DETECTION THRESHOLD VALUES Table 8: DFS Detection Thresholds for Master Devices and Client Devices With Radar Detection. Maximum Transmit Power 200 milliwatt
< 200 milliwatt Value
(See Notes 1 and 2)
-64 dBm
-62 dBm Note 1: This is the level at the input of the receiver assuming a 0 dBi receive antenna. Note 2: Throughout these test procedures an additional 1 dB has been added to the amplitude of the test transmission waveforms to account for variations in measurement equipment. This will ensure that the test signal is at or above the detection threshold level to trigger a DFS response. Table 9: DFS Response Requirement Values Parameter Non-occupancy period Channel Availability Check Time Channel Move Time Channel Closing Transmission Time U-NII Detection Bandwidth Value Minimum 30 minutes 60 seconds 10 seconds See Note 1. 200 milliseconds + an aggregate of 60 milliseconds over remaining 10 second period. See Notes 1 and 2. Minimum 80% of the UNII 99% transmission power bandwidth. See Note 3. Note 1: The instant that the Channel Move Time and the Channel Closing Transmission Time begins is as follows:
For the Short Pulse Radar Test Signals this instant is the end of the Burst. For the Frequency Hopping radar Test Signal, this instant is the end of the last radar Burst generated. For the Long Pulse Radar Test Signal this instant is the end of the 12 second period defining the Radar Waveform. Note 2: The Channel Closing Transmission Time is comprised of 200 milliseconds starting at the beginning of the Channel Move Time plus any additional intermittent control signals required to facilitate a Channel move (an aggregate of 60 milliseconds) during the remainder of the 10 second period. The aggregate duration of control signals will not count quiet periods in between transmissions. Note 3: During the U-NII Detection Bandwidth detection test, radar type 1 is used and for each frequency step the minimum percentage of detection is 90 percent. Measurements are performed with no data traffic. Report No.: RF120420C08D-1 R1 Reference No.: 120420C08, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D-1 dated Feb. 18, 2013 9 of 38 Report Format Version 5.1.0 PARAMETERS OF DFS TEST SIGNALS Step intervals of 0.1 microsecond for Pulse Width, 1 microsecond for PRI, 1 MHz for chirp width and 1 for the number of pulses will be utilized for the random determination of specific test waveforms. Table 10: Short Pulse Radar Test Waveforms. Radar Type Pulse Width
(sec) PRI
(sec) Number of Pulses Minimum Percentage of Successful Detection Minimum Number of Trials 1 2 3 4 1428 1 1-5 6-10 11-20 150-230 200-500 200-500 Aggregate (Radar Types 1-4) 18 23-29 16-18 12-16 60%
60%
60%
60%
80%
30 30 30 30 120 Table 11: Long Pulse Radar Test Waveform Radar Type Pulse Width
(sec) Chirp Width
(MHz) PRI
(sec) Number of Pulses per Burst Number of Bursts Minimum Percentage of Successful Detection Minimum Number of Trials 5 50-100 5-20 1000-2000 1-3 8-20 80%
30 Table 12: Frequency Hopping Radar Test Waveform Radar Type Pulse Width
(sec) PRI
(sec) Pulses per Hop Hopping Rate
(kHz) Hopping Sequence Length
(msec) Minimum Percentage of Successful Detection Minimum Number of Trials 6 1 333 9 0.333 300 70%
30 Report No.: RF120420C08D-1 R1 Reference No.: 120420C08, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D-1 dated Feb. 18, 2013 10 of 38 Report Format Version 5.1.0 4. TEST & SUPPORT EQUIPMENT LIST 4.1 TEST INSTRUMENTS Table 1: Test instruments list. DESCRIPTION & MANUFACTURER MODEL NO. BRAND R&S Spectrum analyzer Signal generator Oscilloscope Control PC FSP40 8645A TDS 5104 Pavilion a320d R&S Agilent Tektronix HP 4.2 DESCRIPTION OF SUPPORT UNITS TABLE 2: SUPPORT UNIT INFORMATION. CALIBRATED UNTIL 2014/01/27 2013/06/10 2014/03/04
--
No. Product Brand Model No. FCC ID 1 Wireless-N USB adapter BUFFALO WLI-UC-AG300N FDI-09102079-0 Note: This device was functioned as a Master Slave device during the DFS test. Report No.: RF120420C08D-1 R1 Reference No.: 120420C08, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D-1 dated Feb. 18, 2013 11 of 38 Report Format Version 5.1.0 C/S Attenuator Control PC Subsystem Oscilloscope Spectrum Analyzer Radar Signal Generating 5. TEST PROCEDURE 5.1 ADT DFS MEASUREMENT SYSTEM:
A complete ADT DFS Measurement System consists of two subsystems: (1) the Radar Signal Generating Subsystem and (2) the Traffic Monitoring Subsystem. The control PC is necessary for generating the Radar waveforms in Table 10, 11 and 12. The traffic monitoring subsystem is specified to the type of unit under test (EUT). Conducted setup configuration of ADT DFS Measurement System The test transmission will always be from the Master Device to the Client Device. While the Client device is set up to associate with the Master device and play the MPEG file (6 Magic Hours) from Master device, the designated MPEG test file and instructions are located at:
http://ntiacsd.ntia.doc.gov/dfs/. Traffic Monitoring Master /
Client with DFS function Support Unit Attenuator Attenuator C/S Report No.: RF120420C08D-1 R1 Reference No.: 120420C08, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D-1 dated Feb. 18, 2013 12 of 38 Report Format Version 5.1.0 5.2 CALIBRATION OF DFS DETECTION THRESHOLD LEVEL:
The measured channel is 5500MHz and 5510MHz , The radar signal was the same as transmitted channels, and injected into the antenna port of AP (master) or Client Device with Radar Detection, measured the channel closing transmission time and channel move time. The Master minimum antenna gain is 2.5 dBi , and required detection threshold is -64 dBm. Control PC Conducted setup configuration of Calibration of DFS Detection Threshold Level 50 Load (Terminator) Spectrum Analyzer Oscilloscope
(Terminator) Subsystem Attenuator Attenuator Attenuator 50 Load Radar Signal Generating C/S C/S Report No.: RF120420C08D-1 R1 Reference No.: 120420C08, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D-1 dated Feb. 18, 2013 13 of 38 Report Format Version 5.1.0 5.3 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD No deviation. 5.4 CONDUCTED TEST SETUP CONFIGURATION Control PC Subsystem Oscilloscope Spectrum Analyzer Radar Signal Generating 5.4.1 MASTER MODE The EUT is a U-NII Device operating in Master mode. The radar test signals are injected into the Master Device. Attenuator Attenuator Attenuator Notebook Client C/S C/S Master
(EUT) Notebook Report No.: RF120420C08D-1 R1 Reference No.: 120420C08, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D-1 dated Feb. 18, 2013 14 of 38 Report Format Version 5.1.0 6. TEST RESULTS 6.1 SUMMARY OF TEST RESULT Clause 15.407 DFS Detection Threshold Test Parameter 15.407 U-NII Detection Bandwidth 15.407 Channel Availability Check Time 15.407 Channel Move Time Remarks Applicable Applicable Applicable Applicable 15.407 Channel Closing Transmission Time Applicable 15.407 Non- Occupancy Period 15.407 Uniform Spreading Applicable Applicable Pass/Fail Pass Pass Pass Pass Pass Pass Pass Report No.: RF120420C08D-1 R1 Reference No.: 120420C08, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D-1 dated Feb. 18, 2013 15 of 38 Report Format Version 5.1.0 6.2 DETAILED TEST RESULTS 6.2.1 TEST MODE: DEVICE OPERATING IN MASTER MODE. Master with injection at the Master. (Radar Test Waveforms are injected into the Master. 6.2.2 DFS DETECTION THRESHOLD For a detection threshold level of 64dBm and the Master minimum antenna gain is 2.5 dBi, and required detection threshold is -61.5 dBm (= -64 +2.5). The conducted radar burst level is set to
-61.5 dBm. Radar Signal Noise Floor Radar Signal 1 Report No.: RF120420C08D-1 R1 Reference No.: 120420C08, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D-1 dated Feb. 18, 2013 16 of 38 Report Format Version 5.1.0 Radar Signal Noise Floor Radar Signal 2 Radar Signal Noise Floor Radar Signal 3 Report No.: RF120420C08D-1 R1 Reference No.: 120420C08, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D-1 dated Feb. 18, 2013 17 of 38 Report Format Version 5.1.0 Radar Signal Noise Floor Radar Signal 4 Radar Signal Noise Floor Radar Signal 5 Report No.: RF120420C08D-1 R1 Reference No.: 120420C08, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D-1 dated Feb. 18, 2013 18 of 38 Report Format Version 5.1.0 Radar Signal Noise Floor Single Burst of Radar Signal 5 Radar Signal Noise Floor Radar Signal 6 Report No.: RF120420C08D-1 R1 Reference No.: 120420C08, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D-1 dated Feb. 18, 2013 19 of 38 Report Format Version 5.1.0 6.2.3 U-NII DETECTION BANDWIDTH IEEE 802.11N 20MHz U-NII 99% Channel bandwidth IEEE 802.11N 40MHz U-NII 99% Channel bandwidth Report No.: RF120420C08D-1 R1 Reference No.: 120420C08, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D-1 dated Feb. 18, 2013 20 of 38 Report Format Version 5.1.0 Detection Bandwidth Test - IEEE 802.11N 20MHz EUT Frequency: 5500MHz EUT 99% Power bandwidth: 18.8MHz Detection bandwidth limit (80% of EUT 99% Power bandwidth): 15.04MHz Detection bandwidth (5510(FH) 5490(FL)) : 20MHz Test Result : PASS Trial Number / Detection Radar Frequency
(MHz) 5489 5490(FL) 5491 5492 5493 5494 5495 5496 5497 5498 5499 5500 5501 5502 5503 5504 5505 5506 5507 5508 5509 5510(FH) 5511 1 N Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N 2 N Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N 3 N Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N 4 N N Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N 5 N Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N 6 N Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N N 7 N Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N 8 N Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N 9 N Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N 10 N Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N Detection Rate (%) 0 90 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 90 0 Report No.: RF120420C08D-1 R1 Reference No.: 120420C08, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D-1 dated Feb. 18, 2013 21 of 38 Report Format Version 5.1.0 Detection Bandwidth Test - IEEE 802.11N 40MHz EUT Frequency: 5510MHz EUT 99% Power bandwidth:39MHz Detection bandwidth limit (80% of EUT 99% Power bandwidth): 31.2MHz Detection bandwidth (5529(FH) 5491(FL)) : 36MHz Test Result : PASS Trial Number / Detection Radar Frequency
(MHz) 5490 5491(FL) 5492 5493 5494 5495 5496 5497 5498 5499 5500 5501 5502 5503 5504 5505 5506 5507 5508 5509 5510 5511 5512 5513 5514 5515 5516 5517 5518 5519 5520 5521 5522 5523 5524 5525 5526 5527 5528 5529(FH) 5530 1 N Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N 2 N Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N 3 N Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N N 4 N Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N 5 N Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N 6 N Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N N 7 N Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N 8 N N Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N 9 N Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N 10 N Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N Detection Rate (%) 0 90 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 90 0 Report No.: RF120420C08D-1 R1 Reference No.: 120420C08, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D-1 dated Feb. 18, 2013 22 of 38 Report Format Version 5.1.0 6.2.4 CHANNEL AVAILABILITY CHECK TIME If the EUT successfully detected the radar burst, it should be observed as the EUT has no transmissions occurred until the EUT starts transmitting on another channel. Timing of Radar Signal Observation EUT Spectrum Analyzer Within 1 to 6 second Within 54 to 60 second Detected Detected No transmissions No transmissions Initial Channel Availability Check Time Traffic Signal Noise Floor NOTE: T1 denotes the end of power-up time period is 99th second. T4 denotes the end of Channel Availability Check time is 159th second. Channel Availability Check time is equal to ( T4 T1) 60 seconds. Report No.: RF120420C08D-1 R1 Reference No.: 120420C08, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D-1 dated Feb. 18, 2013 23 of 38 Report Format Version 5.1.0 Radar Burst at the Beginning of the Channel Availability Check Time Radar Signal Noise Floor NOTE: T1 denotes the end of power up time period is 99th second. T2 denotes 105th second, the radar burst was commenced within a 6 second window starting from the end of power-up sequence. T4 denotes the 159th second. Radar Burst at the End of the Channel Availability Check Time Radar Signal Noise Floor NOTE: T1 denotes the end of power up time period is 99th second. T3 denotes 153th second and radar burst was commenced within 54th second to 60th second window starting from the end of power-up sequence. T4 denotes the 159th second. Report No.: RF120420C08D-1 R1 Reference No.: 120420C08, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D-1 dated Feb. 18, 2013 24 of 38 Report Format Version 5.1.0 6.2.5 CHANNEL CLOSING TRANSMISSION AND CHANNEL MOVE TIME Wireless Traffic Loading IEEE 802.11N 20MHz Traffic Signal IEEE 802.11N 40MHz Traffic Signal Noise Floor Noise Floor Report No.: RF120420C08D-1 R1 Reference No.: 120420C08, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D-1 dated Feb. 18, 2013 25 of 38 Report Format Version 5.1.0 IEEE 802.11N 20MHz Table 1: Short Pulse Radar Test Waveforms. Radar Type Pulse Width
(sec) PRI
(sec) Number of Pulses Number of Trials(Times) Percentage of Successful Detection (%) 1 2 3 4 1 1-5 6-10 11-20 1428 150-230 200-500 200-500 18 23-29 16-18 12-16 Aggregate (Radar Types 1-4) 30 30 30 30 120 100 93.3 83.3 93.3 92.475 Table 2: Long Pulse Radar Test Waveform Radar Type Pulse Width
(sec) Chirp Width
(MHz) PRI
(sec) Number of Pulses per Burst Number of Bursts Number of Trials(Times) Percentage of Successful Detection (%) 5 50-100 5-20 1000-2000 1-3 8-20 30 93.3 Table 3: Frequency Hopping Radar Test Waveform Radar Type Pulse Width
(sec) PRI
(sec) Pulses per Hop Hopping Rate
(kHz) Hopping Sequence Length
(msec) Number of Trials(Times) Percentage of Successful Detection (%) 6 1 333 9 0.333 300 30 100 The Detailed Radar pattern and Statistical Performance showed in Annex A. Report No.: RF120420C08D-1 R1 Reference No.: 120420C08, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D-1 dated Feb. 18, 2013 26 of 38 Report Format Version 5.1.0 IEEE 802.11N 40MHz Table 1: Short Pulse Radar Test Waveforms. Radar Type Pulse Width
(sec) PRI
(sec) Number of Pulses Number of Trials(Times) Percentage of Successful Detection (%) 1 2 3 4 1 1-5 6-10 11-20 1428 150-230 200-500 200-500 18 23-29 16-18 12-16 Aggregate (Radar Types 1-4) 30 30 30 30 120 100 90 93.3 90 93.325 Table 2: Long Pulse Radar Test Waveform Radar Type Pulse Width
(sec) Chirp Width
(MHz) PRI
(sec) Number of Pulses per Burst Number of Bursts Number of Trials(Times) Percentage of Successful Detection (%) 5 50-100 5-20 1000-2000 1-3 8-20 30 100 Table 3: Frequency Hopping Radar Test Waveform Radar Type Pulse Width
(sec) PRI
(sec) Pulses per Hop Hopping Rate
(kHz) Hopping Sequence Length
(msec) Number of Trials(Times) Percentage of Successful Detection (%) 6 1 333 9 0.333 300 30 100 The Detailed Radar pattern and Statistical Performance showed in Annex A. Report No.: RF120420C08D-1 R1 Reference No.: 120420C08, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D-1 dated Feb. 18, 2013 27 of 38 Report Format Version 5.1.0 Radar signal 1 IEEE 802.11N 20MHz Radar Signal Traffic Signal Noise Floor NOTE: T1 denotes the start of Channel Move Time upon the end of the last Radar burst. T2 denotes the data transmission time of 200ms from T1. T3 denotes the end of Channel Move Time. T4 denotes the 10 second from T1 to observe the aggregate duration of transmissions. Radar Signal Traffic Signal Control Signal Noise Floor NOTE: Room-in of the first 500ms after radar signal applied. Report No.: RF120420C08D-1 R1 Reference No.: 120420C08, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D-1 dated Feb. 18, 2013 28 of 38 Report Format Version 5.1.0 Radar signal 2 IEEE 802.11N 20MHz Radar Signal Traffic Signal Noise Floor NOTE: T1 denotes the start of Channel Move Time upon the end of the last Radar burst. T2 denotes the data transmission time of 200ms from T1. T3 denotes the end of Channel Move Time. T4 denotes the 10 second from T1 to observe the aggregate duration of transmissions. Radar Signal Traffic Signal Control Signal Noise Floor NOTE: Room-in of the first 500ms after radar signal applied. Report No.: RF120420C08D-1 R1 Reference No.: 120420C08, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D-1 dated Feb. 18, 2013 29 of 38 Report Format Version 5.1.0 Radar signal 3 IEEE 802.11N 20MHz Radar Signal Traffic Signal Noise Floor NOTE: T1 denotes the start of Channel Move Time upon the end of the last Radar burst. T2 denotes the data transmission time of 200ms from T1. T3 denotes the end of Channel Move Time. T4 denotes the 10 second from T1 to observe the aggregate duration of transmissions. Radar Signal Traffic Signal Control Signal Noise Floor NOTE: Room-in of the first 500ms after radar signal applied. Report No.: RF120420C08D-1 R1 Reference No.: 120420C08, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D-1 dated Feb. 18, 2013 30 of 38 Report Format Version 5.1.0 Radar signal 4 IEEE 802.11N 20MHz Radar Signal Traffic Signal Noise Floor NOTE: T1 denotes the start of Channel Move Time upon the end of the last Radar burst. T2 denotes the data transmission time of 200ms from T1. T3 denotes the end of Channel Move Time. T4 denotes the 10 second from T1 to observe the aggregate duration of transmissions. Radar Signal Traffic Signal Control Signal Noise Floor NOTE: Room-in of the first 500ms after radar signal applied. Report No.: RF120420C08D-1 R1 Reference No.: 120420C08, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D-1 dated Feb. 18, 2013 31 of 38 Report Format Version 5.1.0 Radar signal 5 IEEE 802.11N 20MHz Radar Signal Traffic Signal Noise Floor NOTE: T1 denotes the start of Channel Move Time upon the end of the last Radar burst. T2 denotes the data transmission time of 200ms from T1. T3 denotes the end of Channel Move Time. T4 denotes the 10 second from T1 to observe the aggregate duration of transmissions. Radar Signal Noise Floor NOTE: Room-in of the first 500ms after radar signal applied. Report No.: RF120420C08D-1 R1 Reference No.: 120420C08, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D-1 dated Feb. 18, 2013 32 of 38 Report Format Version 5.1.0 Radar signal 6 IEEE 802.11N 20MHz Radar Signal Traffic Signal Noise Floor NOTE: T1 denotes the start of Channel Move Time upon the end of the last Radar burst. T2 denotes the data transmission time of 200ms from T1. T3 denotes the end of Channel Move Time. T4 denotes the 10 second from T1 to observe the aggregate duration of transmissions. Radar Signal Control Signal Noise Floor NOTE: Room-in of the first 500ms after radar signal applied. Report No.: RF120420C08D-1 R1 Reference No.: 120420C08, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D-1 dated Feb. 18, 2013 33 of 38 Report Format Version 5.1.0 6.2.6 NON-OCCUPANCY PERIOD Associate test:
During the 30 minutes observation time, UUT did not make any transmissions on a channel after a radar signal was detected on that channel by either the Channel Availability Check or the In-Service Monitoring. 1) EUT (Client) links with master on 5500MHz. Waveform of EUT links up with Master 2) Client plays specified files via master. Waveform of transmission Report No.: RF120420C08D-1 R1 Reference No.: 120420C08, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D-1 dated Feb. 18, 2013 34 of 38 Report Format Version 5.1.0 3) Radar signal is applied to the Master device and WiFi traffic signal stop immediately. Radar 1 Radar 2 Radar 3 Report No.: RF120420C08D-1 R1 Reference No.: 120420C08, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D-1 dated Feb. 18, 2013 35 of 38 Report Format Version 5.1.0 Radar 4 Radar 5 Radar 6 Report No.: RF120420C08D-1 R1 Reference No.: 120420C08, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D-1 dated Feb. 18, 2013 36 of 38 Report Format Version 5.1.0 4) 5500MHz has been monitored in 30 minutes period. In this period, no any transmission occurs. Plot of 30minutes period 802.11an 20M Traffic Signal Inject Radar Noise Floor NOTE: Test setup are shown on Test set up photo.pdf 6.2.7 UNIFORM SPREADING The intention of the uniform spreading is to provide, on aggregate, a uniform loading of the spectrum. The EUT using the DFS bands 5250 to 5350MHz and 5470 to 5725 MHz channels so that the probability of selecting a given channel shall be the same for all channels. The EUT will select channel by random mode and mark this channel after detecting radar signal, so that will select unused channel by random mode. Report No.: RF120420C08D-1 R1 Reference No.: 120420C08, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D-1 dated Feb. 18, 2013 37 of 38 Report Format Version 5.1.0 7. TESTING LABORATORIES INFORMATION We, Bureau Veritas Consumer Products Services (H.K.) Ltd., Taoyuan Branch, were founded in 1988 to provide our best service in EMC, Radio, Telecom and Safety consultation. Our laboratories are accredited and approved according to ISO/IEC 17025. If you have any comments, please feel free to contact us at the following:
Linko EMC/RF Lab:
Tel: 886-2-26052180 Fax: 886-2-26051924 Hwa Ya EMC/RF/Safety Telecom Lab:
Tel: 886-3-3183232 Fax: 886-3-3270892 Email: service.adt@tw.bureauveritas.com Web Site: www.bureauveritas-adt.com Hsin Chu EMC/RF Lab:
Tel: 886-3-5935343 Fax: 886-3-5935342 The address and road map of all our labs can be found in our web site also.
---END---
Report No.: RF120420C08D-1 R1 Reference No.: 120420C08, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D-1 dated Feb. 18, 2013 38 of 38 Report Format Version 5.1.0 Annex-A Annex A.1 : The Detailed Radar pattern and Statistical Performance IEEE 802.11N 20MHz Type 1 Radar Statistical Performances Trial # Pulses per Pulse Width (s) PRI (s) Detection 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 Burst 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.428m 1.428m 1.428m 1.428m 1.428m 1.428m 1.428m 1.428m 1.428m 1.428m 1.428m 1.428m 1.428m 1.428m 1.428m 1.428m 1.428m 1.428m 1.428m 1.428m 1.428m 1.428m 1.428m 1.428m 1.428m 1.428m 1.428m 1.428m 1.428m 1.428m Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Detection Rate: 100.0 %
Type 2 Radar Statistical Performances Trial # Pulses per Pulse Width (s) Burst 27 24 24 28 23 25 25 27 29 27 28 28 27 28 26 28 27 28 27 29 27 28 27 23 24 28 23 23 28 26 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 1.3u 2.6u 1.5u 4.1u 4.0u 3.1u 3.3u 3.8u 1.1u 4.6u 4.9u 1.3u 1.5u 1.3u 1.2u 3.5u 4.5u 3.7u 3.2u 2.7u 3.6u 2.4u 4.2u 2.4u 4.6u 4.5u 2.9u 2.7u 4.7u 2.4u PRI (s) Detection 176.0u 162.0u 218.0u 153.0u 210.0u 206.0u 202.0u 221.0u 185.0u 159.0u 202.0u 177.0u 176.0u 174.0u 157.0u 177.0u 185.0u 188.0u 213.0u 190.0u 224.0u 180.0u 162.0u 194.0u 169.0u 169.0u 183.0u 214.0u 172.0u 172.0u Detection Rate: 93.3 %
Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Type 3 Radar Statistical Performances Trial # Pulses per Pulse Width (s) Burst 17 17 18 16 17 16 16 17 18 18 17 18 17 18 16 17 17 17 17 18 16 16 17 17 16 17 16 17 16 16 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 8.7u 7.5u 9.3u 7.7u 8.7u 7.6u 6.4u 9.3u 9.8u 6.7u 6.1u 8.8u 8.4u 9.3u 8.7u 8.1u 8.5u 7.4u 8.1u 6.8u 8.2u 6.5u 9.6u 9.9u 6.8u 9.4u 9.2u 7.9u 7.1u 6.5u PRI (s) Detection 254.0u 230.0u 398.0u 457.0u 369.0u 333.0u 235.0u 331.0u 397.0u 279.0u 349.0u 496.0u 219.0u 276.0u 334.0u 222.0u 391.0u 431.0u 257.0u 463.0u 488.0u 295.0u 429.0u 426.0u 346.0u 286.0u 239.0u 207.0u 216.0u 372.0u Detection Rate: 83.3 %
No Yes Yes Yes Yes No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Type 4 Radar Statistical Performances Trial # Pulses per Pulse Width (s) Burst 14 14 14 13 16 13 15 12 15 13 13 14 14 14 13 14 13 14 15 13 15 16 14 15 14 13 14 15 14 15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 18.3u 19.7u 13.5u 19.0u 15.4u 18.8u 19.0u 18.3u 16.5u 11.5u 12.7u 16.7u 15.7u 11.5u 18.5u 16.7u 14.7u 13.5u 12.3u 15.1u 16.4u 18.2u 16.9u 14.0u 12.2u 16.3u 13.9u 17.7u 19.4u 12.9u PRI (s) Detection 464.0u 286.0u 492.0u 210.0u 480.0u 219.0u 283.0u 208.0u 385.0u 443.0u 369.0u 214.0u 220.0u 369.0u 378.0u 362.0u 430.0u 208.0u 409.0u 388.0u 228.0u 439.0u 338.0u 405.0u 312.0u 416.0u 373.0u 300.0u 331.0u 444.0u Detection Rate: 93.3 %
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Type 5 Radar Statistical Performances Trial #
Test Signal Name Detection 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 LP_Signal_01 LP_Signal_02 LP_Signal_03 LP_Signal_04 LP_Signal_05 LP_Signal_06 LP_Signal_07 LP_Signal_08 LP_Signal_09 LP_Signal_10 LP_Signal_11 LP_Signal_12 LP_Signal_13 LP_Signal_14 LP_Signal_15 LP_Signal_16 LP_Signal_17 LP_Signal_18 LP_Signal_19 LP_Signal_20 LP_Signal_21 LP_Signal_22 LP_Signal_23 LP_Signal_24 LP_Signal_25 LP_Signal_26 LP_Signal_27 LP_Signal_28 LP_Signal_29 LP_Signal_30 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Detection Rate: 93.3 %
Long Pulse Radar Test Signal Test Signal Name: LP_Signal_01 Number of Bursts in Trial: 9 Burst Pulses per Burst 2 1 3 3 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Chrip
(Hz) Pulse Width (s) Pulse 1 to 2 Spacing (s) Pulse 2 to 3 Spacing (s) Start Location (s) 6M 10M 19M 16M 12M 14M 18M 16M 18M 76.4u 76.4u 54.3u 77.3u 64.1u 66.0u 55.2u 76.2u 57.4u 1.549m
-
1.781m 1.863m 1.822m 1.418m 1.754m
-
-
-
-
1.469m 1.071m
-
-
-
-
-
826.2m 1.021 682.4m 1.003 768.6m 591.9m 849.3m 407.1m 373.1m Long Pulse Radar Test Signal Test Signal Name: LP_Signal_02 Number of Bursts in Trial: 10 Burst Pulses Chrip
(Hz) Pulse Width (s) Pulse 1 to 2 Spacing (s) Pulse 2 to 3 Spacing (s) Start Location (s) 15M 14M 14M 20M 12M 20M 15M 6M 6M 19M 80.9u 67.7u 87.1u 70.4u 85.0u 67.3u 93.1u 75.1u 94.5u 75.7u 1.091m 1.540m 1.054m 1.306m 1.194m 1.451m 1.620m 1.399m 1.135m 1.743m
-
-
-
-
-
1.065m
-
-
-
1.253m 1.162 580.4m 529.8m 559.7m 430.7m 144.7m 1.064 215.8m 237.3m 157.0m per Burst 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Long Pulse Radar Test Signal Test Signal Name: LP_Signal_03 Number of Bursts in Trial: 17 Burst Pulses Chrip
(Hz) Pulse Width (s) Pulse 1 to 2 Spacing (s) Pulse 2 to 3 Spacing (s) Start Location (s) 12M 11M 8M 11M 9M 14M 12M 17M 18M 10M 15M 7M 15M 14M 16M 15M 20M 58.2u 87.8u 94.4u 72.3u 78.7u 85.9u 62.3u 93.6u 87.5u 93.6u 57.7u 66.5u 94.2u 51.8u 50.6u 86.9u 72.2u 1.891m 1.173m
-
1.084m 1.506m 1.903m 946.1u 1.927m
-
-
1.305m
-
1.466m
-
-
-
1.019m
-
-
-
-
1.016m
-
1.891m
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
682.3m 286.1m 99.85m 103.8m 582.5m 254.9m 114.4m 560.9m 334.5m 557.8m 268.9m 317.9m 619.8m 593.6m 372.4m 288.0m 492.4m per Burst 3 1 2 2 3 2 3 1 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Long Pulse Radar Test Signal Test Signal Name: LP_Signal_04 Number of Bursts in Trial: 16 Burst Pulses Chrip
(Hz) Pulse Width (s) Pulse 1 to 2 Spacing (s) Pulse 2 to 3 Spacing (s) Start Location (s) 16M 16M 18M 6M 17M 11M 7M 17M 8M 6M 17M 16M 19M 10M 15M 6M 66.7u 96.9u 90.7u 73.7u 93.9u 98.5u 58.3u 74.6u 99.2u 71.1u 100.0u 76.1u 68.9u 96.3u 92.3u 74.5u 977.3u 1.129m 1.718m 1.682m 1.103m 1.888m 1.810m 1.877m 1.569m
-
1.572m 979.9u 1.479m 1.257m 1.080m
-
-
1.107m
-
-
917.1u 1.313m
-
1.579m
-
-
1.328m 1.456m
-
-
-
-
702.9m 663.1m 692.9m 212.5m 7.814m 694.8m 18.24m 242.8m 278.5m 157.9m 362.9m 222.6m 144.9m 639.2m 451.2m 284.4m per Burst 2 3 2 2 3 3 2 3 2 1 3 3 2 2 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Long Pulse Radar Test Signal Test Signal Name: LP_Signal_05 Number of Bursts in Trial: 14 Burst Pulses Chrip
(Hz) Pulse Width (s) Pulse 1 to 2 Spacing (s) Pulse 2 to 3 Spacing (s) Start Location (s) 11M 6M 6M 12M 14M 15M 13M 9M 12M 18M 19M 16M 7M 12M 96.5u 56.1u 83.6u 94.8u 93.6u 58.6u 50.1u 59.4u 78.8u 75.2u 63.8u 98.1u 86.9u 56.7u 1.200m 1.223m 1.259m 1.752m 1.826m
-
1.904m 1.009m 986.2u 1.450m
-
-
1.169m
-
-
-
-
-
-
1.820m 1.238m
-
-
-
1.151m 1.837m 931.1u 1.392m 137.4m 174.0m 545.5m 271.2m 668.4m 311.1m 173.4m 524.9m 672.7m 550.5m 822.8m 349.7m 566.0m 796.3m per Burst 3 2 2 2 2 1 2 3 3 2 1 1 3 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Long Pulse Radar Test Signal Test Signal Name: LP_Signal_06 Number of Bursts in Trial: 15 Burst Pulses Chrip
(Hz) Pulse Width (s) Pulse 1 to 2 Spacing (s) Pulse 2 to 3 Spacing (s) Start Location (s) 19M 14M 11M 13M 11M 17M 18M 9M 10M 11M 18M 6M 17M 15M 8M 53.2u 60.0u 58.0u 87.5u 81.0u 52.4u 64.0u 58.5u 96.2u 53.3u 77.0u 71.2u 90.4u 81.4u 93.2u 1.181m 1.082m 1.069m 1.052m
-
1.381m 1.343m 1.433m 1.736m
-
1.140m 1.200m 1.757m 1.190m 1.760m
-
-
-
-
-
-
1.411m
-
-
-
-
997.8u
-
1.164m
-
262.8m 46.53m 494.9m 44.94m 332.1m 32.57m 173.2m 240.8m 681.9m 333.7m 545.7m 447.6m 142.8m 412.9m 747.4m per Burst 2 2 2 2 1 2 3 2 2 1 2 3 2 3 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Long Pulse Radar Test Signal Test Signal Name: LP_Signal_07 Number of Bursts in Trial: 10 Burst Pulses per Burst 2 3 3 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Chrip
(Hz) Pulse Width (s) Pulse 1 to 2 Spacing (s) Pulse 2 to 3 Spacing (s) Start Location (s) 9M 12M 9M 10M 5M 9M 17M 10M 13M 8M 77.8u 86.9u 53.3u 66.9u 87.5u 53.4u 74.3u 65.8u 70.0u 96.7u 945.2u 970.1u 1.021m
-
1.437m
-
-
1.410m
-
-
-
1.118m 1.395m
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
72.23m 1.119 796.0m 449.7m 597.8m 110.3m 532.6m 1.189 191.4m 558.3m Long Pulse Radar Test Signal Test Signal Name: LP_Signal_08 Number of Bursts in Trial: 11 Burst Pulses Chrip
(Hz) Pulse Width (s) Pulse 1 to 2 Spacing (s) Pulse 2 to 3 Spacing (s) Start Location (s) 19M 20M 7M 14M 8M 16M 19M 6M 14M 18M 14M 56.3u 91.4u 59.8u 91.3u 58.0u 69.3u 79.2u 88.5u 54.7u 68.2u 62.2u
-
1.502m
-
1.700m 1.854m
-
940.8u
-
1.853m 1.109m 1.514m
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1.040m
-
502.2m 587.8m 960.2m 303.6m 613.7m 736.2m 290.0m 133.4m 20.14m 549.9m 929.7m per Burst 1 2 1 2 2 1 2 1 2 3 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Long Pulse Radar Test Signal Test Signal Name: LP_Signal_09 Number of Bursts in Trial: 12 Burst Pulses Chrip
(Hz) Pulse Width (s) Pulse 1 to 2 Spacing (s) Pulse 2 to 3 Spacing (s) Start Location (s) 16M 10M 7M 14M 7M 8M 8M 16M 8M 15M 9M 11M 53.4u 53.8u 57.0u 81.6u 99.5u 81.7u 59.9u 52.1u 96.8u 91.6u 51.6u 84.0u 1.649m
-
1.041m
-
-
1.735m 1.171m 1.046m 1.285m 1.698m 1.230m 1.692m
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1.801m
-
1.130m 288.4m 837.6m 922.2m 958.3m 900.4m 644.1m 879.5m 67.32m 532.5m 15.72m 763.9m 69.93m per Burst 2 1 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Long Pulse Radar Test Signal Test Signal Name: LP_Signal_10 Number of Bursts in Trial: 20 Burst Pulses Chrip
(Hz) Pulse Width (s) Pulse 1 to 2 Spacing (s) Pulse 2 to 3 Spacing (s) Start Location (s) 19M 7M 8M 5M 16M 14M 20M 12M 6M 8M 9M 7M 8M 5M 15M 9M 13M 8M 10M 13M 87.9u 94.2u 59.5u 81.1u 93.8u 94.3u 57.1u 72.4u 86.6u 81.6u 98.8u 77.2u 83.6u 84.9u 95.4u 98.3u 72.0u 70.4u 74.9u 71.8u 1.002m 1.245m 1.828m 1.672m 1.653m 982.7u 1.364m 1.283m 1.794m 1.023m
-
-
-
-
1.877m
-
-
-
1.879m
-
-
-
1.855m 1.618m
-
-
1.895m 1.096m
-
1.889m 1.016m
-
1.340m 1.329m
-
960.7u
-
-
1.233m
-
39.32m 462.9m 390.4m 133.7m 74.13m 392.6m 225.5m 531.7m 468.7m 456.9m 297.7m 370.5m 574.0m 92.27m 253.5m 171.3m 323.7m 325.2m 508.6m 378.2m per Burst 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 2 1 3 1 3 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 Long Pulse Radar Test Signal Test Signal Name: LP_Signal_11 Number of Bursts in Trial: 13 Burst Pulses Chrip
(Hz) Pulse Width (s) Pulse 1 to 2 Spacing (s) Pulse 2 to 3 Spacing (s) Start Location (s) 13M 14M 18M 19M 9M 10M 19M 9M 7M 11M 13M 10M 12M 68.5u 82.2u 68.0u 96.1u 91.6u 90.4u 56.0u 82.0u 89.8u 67.7u 71.7u 72.4u 91.4u
-
1.320m 1.289m 1.648m 1.037m
-
-
-
1.729m 1.485m 1.655m
-
-
-
-
1.789m
-
-
-
-
-
1.455m 930.3u
-
1.617m 1.407m 306.6m 420.2m 574.0m 535.3m 31.26m 139.6m 171.9m 39.63m 840.0m 138.5m 308.9m 503.7m 169.1m per Burst 1 2 2 3 2 1 1 1 2 3 3 1 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 Long Pulse Radar Test Signal Test Signal Name: LP_Signal_12 Number of Bursts in Trial: 10 Burst Pulses Chrip
(Hz) Pulse Width (s) Pulse 1 to 2 Spacing (s) Pulse 2 to 3 Spacing (s) Start Location (s) 20M 6M 14M 10M 15M 13M 12M 20M 15M 18M 66.8u 79.3u 73.1u 90.9u 95.5u 86.8u 78.9u 97.4u 70.3u 93.3u 1.411m 1.461m 1.786m 1.522m 1.498m 1.635m
-
-
976.7u
-
-
1.671m
-
-
1.273m
-
-
-
-
-
220.0m 72.68m 868.7m 713.7m 709.4m 782.8m 1.052 1.116 297.6m 246.6m per Burst 2 3 2 2 3 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Long Pulse Radar Test Signal Test Signal Name: LP_Signal_13 Number of Bursts in Trial: 18 Burst Pulses Chrip
(Hz) Pulse Width (s) Pulse 1 to 2 Spacing (s) Pulse 2 to 3 Spacing (s) Start Location (s) 6M 19M 16M 12M 14M 12M 19M 12M 14M 17M 15M 10M 6M 18M 10M 10M 9M 19M 56.1u 96.4u 82.3u 78.7u 92.8u 55.2u 90.2u 95.1u 56.4u 81.9u 84.9u 97.4u 76.4u 54.7u 64.8u 77.6u 72.0u 90.5u 1.127m
-
1.747m 927.3u 1.696m 1.415m
-
-
1.773m 1.064m 1.564m 1.785m 1.339m
-
-
1.069m 1.406m
-
-
-
-
1.762m
-
-
-
-
-
-
1.087m
-
-
-
-
-
1.559m
-
562.5m 525.4m 588.5m 146.0m 423.6m 600.0m 506.1m 356.5m 543.9m 612.8m 211.8m 86.65m 362.3m 209.3m 97.86m 538.2m 289.3m 635.7m per Burst 2 1 2 3 2 2 1 1 2 2 3 2 2 1 1 2 3 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Long Pulse Radar Test Signal Test Signal Name: LP_Signal_14 Number of Bursts in Trial: 11 Burst Pulses Chrip
(Hz) Pulse Width (s) Pulse 1 to 2 Spacing (s) Pulse 2 to 3 Spacing (s) Start Location (s) 11M 8M 15M 7M 14M 17M 12M 17M 13M 17M 8M 54.3u 61.7u 73.1u 65.3u 87.7u 90.6u 58.7u 53.5u 70.2u 86.8u 92.5u 1.819m 1.727m
-
-
1.757m 1.061m 1.848m 974.3u 1.625m
-
1.597m 1.368m
-
-
-
-
-
1.429m
-
-
-
-
96.31m 928.7m 32.27m 471.7m 116.5m 175.7m 63.10m 287.3m 255.4m 979.5m 311.3m per Burst 3 1 1 2 2 2 3 2 1 2 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Long Pulse Radar Test Signal Test Signal Name: LP_Signal_15 Number of Bursts in Trial: 17 Burst Pulses Chrip
(Hz) Pulse Width (s) Pulse 1 to 2 Spacing (s) Pulse 2 to 3 Spacing (s) Start Location (s) 15M 16M 19M 14M 9M 7M 10M 18M 10M 16M 15M 10M 18M 14M 10M 19M 14M 59.4u 88.1u 81.9u 52.4u 57.4u 80.5u 65.0u 62.6u 87.3u 78.6u 66.4u 66.7u 77.7u 67.7u 72.4u 65.1u 68.1u 1.764m 1.572m 1.076m 1.923m 1.896m 1.493m 1.189m 1.925m 1.100m 1.379m 1.235m
-
1.687m 1.506m 1.717m 1.573m
-
-
1.901m
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
979.4u
-
-
-
1.134m
-
-
-
102.6m 573.0m 63.88m 427.4m 158.6m 474.2m 265.8m 313.7m 476.2m 521.1m 398.7m 158.1m 76.34m 130.2m 282.6m 433.0m 113.3m per Burst 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 1 2 3 2 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Long Pulse Radar Test Signal Test Signal Name: LP_Signal_16 Number of Bursts in Trial: 11 Burst Pulses Long Pulse Radar Test Signal Test Signal Name: LP_Signal_17 Number of Bursts in Trial: 12 Burst Pulses per Burst 1 2 2 2 1 2 2 3 3 3 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 per Burst 2 3 1 2 3 2 1 3 2 2 1 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Chrip
(Hz) Pulse Width (s) Pulse 1 to 2 Spacing (s) Pulse 2 to 3 Spacing (s) Start Location (s) 6M 8M 11M 17M 6M 12M 20M 16M 12M 13M 15M 80.8u 54.0u 96.0u 88.8u 68.7u 65.0u 86.5u 97.7u 75.7u 82.2u 62.1u
-
1.693m 1.179m 1.814m
-
1.768m 1.503m 1.562m 1.724m 1.629m 1.051m
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1.171m 1.140m 1.619m 1.479m 578.8m 358.8m 1.024 1.080 404.8m 317.5m 415.0m 16.10m 582.1m 76.46m 506.7m Chrip
(Hz) Pulse Width (s) Pulse 1 to 2 Spacing (s) Pulse 2 to 3 Spacing (s) Start Location (s) 16M 18M 8M 10M 20M 10M 17M 12M 19M 13M 13M 10M 58.3u 53.4u 90.0u 81.1u 83.7u 65.7u 83.4u 72.1u 63.7u 89.2u 80.9u 60.5u 1.628m 1.074m
-
1.374m 1.236m 1.031m
-
1.799m 1.611m 1.310m
-
-
-
1.173m
-
-
1.331m
-
-
1.288m
-
-
-
-
157.4m 579.1m 93.73m 221.8m 555.9m 513.7m 353.3m 419.6m 752.3m 372.4m 7.210m 602.4m Long Pulse Radar Test Signal Test Signal Name: LP_Signal_18 Number of Bursts in Trial: 11 Burst Pulses per Burst 3 3 2 2 2 1 3 1 3 3 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Chrip
(Hz) Pulse Width (s) Pulse 1 to 2 Spacing (s) Pulse 2 to 3 Spacing (s) Start Location (s) 9M 12M 8M 10M 6M 19M 19M 5M 10M 17M 6M 81.3u 66.3u 94.1u 64.7u 71.4u 73.8u 90.0u 91.1u 50.0u 75.2u 69.0u 1.079m 1.753m 1.441m 979.3u 1.256m
-
1.906m 1.517m
-
-
-
-
1.777m 1.593m
-
1.125m 1.885m 947.0u
-
1.325m 1.672m 1.774m 696.3m 849.8m 378.4m 319.7m 902.0m 569.5m 346.6m 1.053 606.4m 53.73m 654.8m Long Pulse Radar Test Signal Test Signal Name: LP_Signal_19 Number of Bursts in Trial: 9 Burst Pulses Chrip
(Hz) Pulse Width (s) Pulse 1 to 2 Spacing (s) Pulse 2 to 3 Spacing (s) Start Location (s) 14M 11M 10M 14M 20M 17M 7M 18M 17M 74.4u 80.4u 52.7u 57.9u 76.5u 90.8u 70.8u 77.4u 70.2u 1.434m 1.136m 974.3u 1.376m 1.698m
-
1.153m 1.069m 1.083m
-
1.861m
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1.279 906.5m 207.5m 1.309 869.3m 420.7m 621.2m 1.230 1.293 per Burst 2 3 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Long Pulse Radar Test Signal Test Signal Name: LP_Signal_20 Number of Bursts in Trial: 11 Burst Pulses Chrip
(Hz) Pulse Width (s) Pulse 1 to 2 Spacing (s) Pulse 2 to 3 Spacing (s) Start Location (s) 19M 9M 9M 12M 19M 10M 17M 9M 8M 19M 6M 79.1u 82.8u 83.9u 65.0u 96.7u 77.5u 55.8u 67.7u 71.5u 91.0u 89.7u 1.258m 1.554m 1.649m 1.206m
-
1.762m 1.573m 1.454m 1.043m 916.0u
-
1.828m
-
-
1.330m
-
-
-
-
1.518m 1.242m
-
835.9m 725.9m 914.4m 1.055 1.023 658.7m 894.3m 125.9m 1.037 1.028 1.059 per Burst 3 2 2 3 1 2 2 2 3 3 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Long Pulse Radar Test Signal Test Signal Name: LP_Signal_21 Number of Bursts in Trial: 14 Burst Pulses per Burst 2 1 1 2 1 2 1 2 3 2 3 3 2 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Chrip
(Hz) Pulse Width (s) Pulse 1 to 2 Spacing (s) Pulse 2 to 3 Spacing (s) Start Location (s) 11M 18M 7M 15M 15M 6M 18M 6M 19M 20M 12M 12M 19M 13M 73.1u 86.1u 72.7u 84.8u 96.2u 95.8u 97.3u 78.0u 53.6u 56.4u 93.8u 55.2u 61.0u 87.6u 1.230m
-
-
1.759m
-
1.403m
-
1.729m 1.122m 1.420m 1.065m 989.8u 1.763m 1.898m
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1.228m
-
955.2u 1.737m
-
-
422.3m 855.5m 606.2m 138.2m 493.6m 278.5m 609.7m 612.9m 294.9m 187.8m 841.1m 850.6m 183.1m 765.0m Long Pulse Radar Test Signal Test Signal Name: LP_Signal_22 Number of Bursts in Trial: 8 Burst Pulses Chrip
(Hz) Pulse Width (s) Pulse 1 to 2 Spacing (s) Pulse 2 to 3 Spacing (s) Start Location (s) 17M 18M 20M 5M 7M 9M 9M 8M 59.5u 85.3u 71.6u 73.8u 97.9u 72.1u 58.1u 81.1u 1.453m 1.606m 1.076m
-
1.366m 1.893m 1.417m
-
-
1.056m
-
-
-
-
-
-
779.0m 290.0m 946.9m 162.2m 308.0m 46.69m 587.7m 1.157 per Burst 2 3 2 1 2 2 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Long Pulse Radar Test Signal Test Signal Name: LP_Signal_23 Number of Bursts in Trial: 11 Burst Pulses per Burst 2 2 3 1 2 3 1 1 3 3 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Chrip
(Hz) Pulse Width (s) Pulse 1 to 2 Spacing (s) Pulse 2 to 3 Spacing (s) Start Location (s) 13M 11M 6M 14M 6M 12M 8M 15M 17M 7M 11M 52.1u 52.3u 83.9u 60.0u 71.6u 72.9u 54.9u 92.4u 53.1u 58.3u 71.2u 1.003m 1.158m 1.564m
-
1.154m 1.045m
-
-
1.271m 1.623m 1.022m
-
-
1.428m
-
-
978.1u
-
-
1.266m 1.612m
-
133.9m 322.8m 477.8m 403.5m 214.5m 615.0m 656.9m 856.2m 736.4m 921.8m 579.3m Long Pulse Radar Test Signal Test Signal Name: LP_Signal_24 Number of Bursts in Trial: 10 Burst Pulses Chrip
(Hz) Pulse Width (s) Pulse 1 to 2 Spacing (s) Pulse 2 to 3 Spacing (s) Start Location (s) 19M 14M 11M 11M 14M 6M 9M 14M 10M 8M 70.5u 66.3u 66.5u 60.1u 97.0u 61.7u 75.5u 65.5u 89.7u 54.9u 1.241m
-
1.059m 1.777m 1.423m 1.431m
-
1.717m 1.659m 1.678m
-
-
-
-
1.466m
-
-
1.533m
-
-
610.5m 350.2m 125.8m 826.1m 76.52m 576.5m 626.7m 1.182 886.4m 727.2m per Burst 2 1 2 2 3 2 1 3 2 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Long Pulse Radar Test Signal Test Signal Name: LP_Signal_25 Number of Bursts in Trial: 9 Burst Pulses per Burst 3 3 3 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Chrip
(Hz) Pulse Width (s) Pulse 1 to 2 Spacing (s) Pulse 2 to 3 Spacing (s) Start Location (s) 19M 6M 19M 13M 16M 19M 12M 16M 17M 87.0u 71.1u 78.8u 53.9u 64.4u 80.6u 81.3u 78.6u 61.0u 1.203m 1.478m 1.409m
-
1.242m 1.450m 1.052m 1.587m 1.632m 920.0u 1.312m 1.585m
-
-
-
-
-
-
946.3m 523.1m 727.0m 485.8m 335.2m 1.132 524.8m 1.096 563.4m Long Pulse Radar Test Signal Test Signal Name: LP_Signal_26 Number of Bursts in Trial: 11 Burst Pulses Chrip
(Hz) Pulse Width (s) Pulse 1 to 2 Spacing (s) Pulse 2 to 3 Spacing (s) Start Location (s) 8M 10M 15M 13M 18M 9M 12M 19M 5M 8M 14M 59.5u 97.1u 52.0u 78.4u 88.5u 60.3u 88.1u 95.8u 94.5u 88.7u 53.9u 1.612m 1.220m 1.437m
-
-
-
1.681m 1.320m 1.220m 1.266m
-
1.835m 1.495m
-
-
-
-
-
1.122m
-
-
-
374.3m 637.7m 75.77m 597.9m 332.2m 723.6m 907.2m 908.2m 60.70m 453.6m 239.2m per Burst 3 3 2 1 1 1 2 3 2 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Long Pulse Radar Test Signal Test Signal Name: LP_Signal_27 Number of Bursts in Trial: 19 Burst Pulses Chrip
(Hz) Pulse Width (s) Pulse 1 to 2 Spacing (s) Pulse 2 to 3 Spacing (s) Start Location (s) 15M 11M 10M 12M 15M 12M 20M 5M 6M 5M 17M 12M 8M 8M 17M 6M 19M 14M 17M 54.0u 96.0u 85.5u 93.5u 64.5u 84.2u 81.7u 66.8u 60.3u 63.9u 61.9u 70.2u 91.9u 51.7u 54.3u 56.8u 86.7u 93.8u 93.1u 1.504m 1.814m 1.280m 1.836m 1.179m 1.723m 1.174m
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1.788m 1.613m
-
1.715m
-
1.864m 1.093m 1.325m 1.895m 1.883m 1.061m 1.210m
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
323.2m 160.8m 180.8m 28.51m 586.9m 314.6m 44.86m 364.8m 23.37m 315.5m 24.81m 414.0m 152.9m 170.8m 151.6m 584.1m 33.67m 171.8m 615.2m per Burst 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 3 1 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 Long Pulse Radar Test Signal Test Signal Name: LP_Signal_28 Number of Bursts in Trial: 12 Burst Pulses Chrip
(Hz) Pulse Width (s) Pulse 1 to 2 Spacing (s) Pulse 2 to 3 Spacing (s) Start Location (s) 9M 18M 9M 10M 9M 11M 17M 7M 10M 15M 11M 6M 71.7u 64.0u 75.0u 76.1u 88.0u 56.7u 91.5u 69.6u 55.2u 51.0u 63.4u 57.3u 1.476m
-
980.0u
-
915.0u 981.3u 1.043m 1.360m 1.809m 1.921m 1.562m 1.502m
-
-
-
-
1.187m 1.356m
-
1.402m 1.518m
-
-
-
457.9m 4.176m 666.4m 451.2m 50.56m 560.6m 183.7m 670.9m 500.6m 783.0m 942.7m 242.1m per Burst 2 1 2 1 3 3 2 3 3 2 2 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Long Pulse Radar Test Signal Test Signal Name: LP_Signal_29 Number of Bursts in Trial: 12 Burst Pulses per Burst 2 1 2 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 3 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 per Burst 3 3 2 2 3 2 1 3 2 3 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Chrip
(Hz) Pulse Width (s) Pulse 1 to 2 Spacing (s) Pulse 2 to 3 Spacing (s) Start Location (s) 16M 15M 16M 18M 6M 17M 10M 17M 12M 18M 17M 10M 53.0u 98.4u 65.1u 68.5u 91.2u 70.4u 96.5u 66.7u 53.0u 77.7u 92.2u 98.8u 1.574m
-
1.288m 1.491m 1.572m 1.864m 1.628m 1.695m 1.590m 1.812m 1.657m 1.894m
-
-
-
-
1.062m 1.500m
-
-
-
-
1.597m 1.457m 426.5m 786.5m 647.5m 64.38m 896.4m 841.6m 913.2m 870.2m 667.3m 479.9m 343.0m 462.3m Chrip
(Hz) Pulse Width (s) Pulse 1 to 2 Spacing (s) Pulse 2 to 3 Spacing (s) Start Location (s) 19M 8M 14M 17M 6M 15M 16M 16M 17M 17M 16M 91.3u 60.9u 62.3u 96.5u 68.9u 53.2u 86.0u 73.6u 58.4u 81.5u 73.4u 1.489m 1.912m 1.437m 1.532m 1.184m 1.380m
-
1.470m 1.303m 1.459m 1.282m 1.461m 1.630m
-
-
988.1u
-
-
1.825m
-
1.264m 1.793m 317.8m 83.26m 417.6m 353.4m 24.40m 498.5m 464.9m 768.4m 639.6m 832.6m 445.4m Long Pulse Radar Test Signal Test Signal Name: LP_Signal_30 Number of Bursts in Trial: 11 Burst Pulses Type 6 Radar Statistical Performances Trial # Pulses per Pulse Width (s) Burst PRI (s) Detection 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 333.0u 333.0u 333.0u 333.0u 333.0u 333.0u 333.0u 333.0u 333.0u 333.0u 333.0u 333.0u 333.0u 333.0u 333.0u 333.0u 333.0u 333.0u 333.0u 333.0u 333.0u 333.0u 333.0u 333.0u 333.0u 333.0u 333.0u 333.0u 333.0u 333.0u Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Detection Rate: 100.0 %
Type 6 Radar Statistical Performances Trial #
Detection Hopping Frequency Sequence Name HOP_FREQ_SEQ_01 HOP_FREQ_SEQ_02 HOP_FREQ_SEQ_03 HOP_FREQ_SEQ_04 HOP_FREQ_SEQ_05 HOP_FREQ_SEQ_06 HOP_FREQ_SEQ_07 HOP_FREQ_SEQ_08 HOP_FREQ_SEQ_09 HOP_FREQ_SEQ_10 HOP_FREQ_SEQ_11 HOP_FREQ_SEQ_12 HOP_FREQ_SEQ_13 HOP_FREQ_SEQ_14 HOP_FREQ_SEQ_15 HOP_FREQ_SEQ_16 HOP_FREQ_SEQ_17 HOP_FREQ_SEQ_18 HOP_FREQ_SEQ_19 HOP_FREQ_SEQ_20 HOP_FREQ_SEQ_21 HOP_FREQ_SEQ_22 HOP_FREQ_SEQ_23 HOP_FREQ_SEQ_24 HOP_FREQ_SEQ_25 HOP_FREQ_SEQ_26 HOP_FREQ_SEQ_27 HOP_FREQ_SEQ_28 HOP_FREQ_SEQ_29 HOP_FREQ_SEQ_30 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Detection Rate: 100.0 %
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 Hopping Frequency Sequence Name: HOP_FREQ_SEQ_01 SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency
(Hz) 5.583G 5.563G 5.499G 5.441G 5.667G 5.447G 5.355G 5.595G 5.500G 5.717G 5.670G 5.280G 5.262G 5.657G 5.652G 5.381G 5.571G 5.522G 5.425G 5.253G 5.710G 5.444G 5.303G 5.551G 5.375G 2 6 10 14 18 22 26 30 34 38 42 46 50 54 58 62 66 70 74 78 82 86 90 94 98
(Hz) 5.679G 5.672G 5.310G 5.266G 5.334G 5.537G 5.358G 5.341G 5.272G 5.259G 5.291G 5.516G 5.476G 5.257G 5.712G 5.517G 5.286G 5.382G 5.463G 5.572G 5.562G 5.260G 5.471G 5.387G 5.593G 3 7 11 15 19 23 27 31 35 39 43 47 51 55 59 63 67 71 75 79 83 87 91 95 99
(Hz) 5.293G 5.535G 5.703G 5.629G 5.399G 5.410G 5.429G 5.284G 5.478G 5.704G 5.472G 5.636G 5.290G 5.295G 5.277G 5.683G 5.550G 5.396G 5.515G 5.418G 5.497G 5.254G 5.653G 5.297G 5.335G
(Hz) 5.401G 5.480G 5.308G 5.442G 5.538G 5.376G 5.343G 5.433G 5.677G 5.363G 5.602G 5.663G 5.371G 5.610G 5.590G 5.644G 5.492G 5.531G 5.269G 5.684G 5.349G 5.624G 5.724G 5.709G 5.313G 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33 37 41 45 49 53 57 61 65 69 73 77 81 85 89 93 97 Hopping Frequency Sequence Name: HOP_FREQ_SEQ_02 SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency
(Hz) 5.466G 5.417G 5.355G 5.287G 5.665G 5.427G 5.294G 5.708G 5.304G 5.635G 5.327G 5.628G 5.565G 5.666G 5.333G 5.500G 5.265G 5.323G 5.509G 5.315G 5.450G 5.558G 5.336G 5.280G 5.481G 2 6 10 14 18 22 26 30 34 38 42 46 50 54 58 62 66 70 74 78 82 86 90 94 98
(Hz) 5.561G 5.638G 5.313G 5.387G 5.374G 5.349G 5.264G 5.296G 5.622G 5.299G 5.285G 5.685G 5.484G 5.334G 5.550G 5.272G 5.543G 5.571G 5.420G 5.273G 5.310G 5.629G 5.464G 5.254G 5.538G 3 7 11 15 19 23 27 31 35 39 43 47 51 55 59 63 67 71 75 79 83 87 91 95 99
(Hz) 5.721G 5.686G 5.441G 5.614G 5.562G 5.348G 5.421G 5.723G 5.652G 5.581G 5.379G 5.436G 5.707G 5.445G 5.591G 5.457G 5.416G 5.303G 5.576G 5.413G 5.328G 5.567G 5.681G 5.297G 5.252G
(Hz) 5.643G 5.694G 5.290G 5.402G 5.695G 5.255G 5.575G 5.589G 5.325G 5.600G 5.515G 5.532G 5.314G 5.660G 5.621G 5.693G 5.284G 5.356G 5.722G 5.388G 5.353G 5.536G 5.597G 5.632G 5.702G 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33 37 41 45 49 53 57 61 65 69 73 77 81 85 89 93 97 Hopping Frequency Sequence Name: HOP_FREQ_SEQ_03 SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency
(Hz) 5.496G 5.702G 5.388G 5.663G 5.629G 5.377G 5.273G 5.408G 5.588G 5.294G 5.277G 5.697G 5.466G 5.462G 5.374G 5.459G 5.653G 5.546G 5.372G 5.592G 5.389G 5.271G 5.500G 5.304G 5.287G 2 6 10 14 18 22 26 30 34 38 42 46 50 54 58 62 66 70 74 78 82 86 90 94 98
(Hz) 5.430G 5.486G 5.666G 5.312G 5.626G 5.371G 5.413G 5.392G 5.699G 5.484G 5.300G 5.636G 5.690G 5.431G 5.272G 5.324G 5.609G 5.589G 5.522G 5.404G 5.425G 5.305G 5.414G 5.667G 5.452G 3 7 11 15 19 23 27 31 35 39 43 47 51 55 59 63 67 71 75 79 83 87 91 95 99
(Hz) 5.686G 5.326G 5.665G 5.526G 5.480G 5.525G 5.649G 5.643G 5.437G 5.364G 5.344G 5.302G 5.648G 5.416G 5.330G 5.481G 5.309G 5.512G 5.434G 5.329G 5.620G 5.448G 5.376G 5.558G 5.333G
(Hz) 5.551G 5.292G 5.291G 5.577G 5.454G 5.281G 5.397G 5.568G 5.720G 5.570G 5.637G 5.582G 5.583G 5.316G 5.297G 5.529G 5.672G 5.498G 5.608G 5.470G 5.622G 5.485G 5.335G 5.614G 5.407G 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33 37 41 45 49 53 57 61 65 69 73 77 81 85 89 93 97 Hopping Frequency Sequence Name: HOP_FREQ_SEQ_04 SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency
(Hz) 5.481G 5.542G 5.434G 5.264G 5.474G 5.283G 5.277G 5.665G 5.516G 5.589G 5.653G 5.294G 5.534G 5.262G 5.509G 5.588G 5.626G 5.438G 5.372G 5.663G 5.323G 5.445G 5.462G 5.593G 5.485G 2 6 10 14 18 22 26 30 34 38 42 46 50 54 58 62 66 70 74 78 82 86 90 94 98
(Hz) 5.488G 5.328G 5.333G 5.650G 5.385G 5.278G 5.468G 5.380G 5.554G 5.401G 5.698G 5.558G 5.641G 5.471G 5.559G 5.606G 5.625G 5.393G 5.667G 5.630G 5.723G 5.513G 5.296G 5.541G 5.636G 3 7 11 15 19 23 27 31 35 39 43 47 51 55 59 63 67 71 75 79 83 87 91 95 99
(Hz) 5.676G 5.697G 5.560G 5.440G 5.317G 5.361G 5.649G 5.463G 5.250G 5.627G 5.319G 5.435G 5.398G 5.388G 5.547G 5.621G 5.595G 5.282G 5.602G 5.506G 5.714G 5.624G 5.535G 5.708G 5.412G
(Hz) 5.353G 5.457G 5.285G 5.500G 5.378G 5.700G 5.586G 5.524G 5.280G 5.679G 5.425G 5.596G 5.507G 5.632G 5.281G 5.382G 5.405G 5.423G 5.684G 5.386G 5.518G 5.668G 5.574G 5.362G 5.441G 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33 37 41 45 49 53 57 61 65 69 73 77 81 85 89 93 97 Hopping Frequency Sequence Name: HOP_FREQ_SEQ_05 SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency
(Hz) 5.626G 5.271G 5.685G 5.389G 5.401G 5.592G 5.262G 5.598G 5.280G 5.656G 5.407G 5.477G 5.302G 5.558G 5.452G 5.382G 5.361G 5.309G 5.554G 5.474G 5.529G 5.555G 5.525G 5.375G 5.658G 2 6 10 14 18 22 26 30 34 38 42 46 50 54 58 62 66 70 74 78 82 86 90 94 98
(Hz) 5.447G 5.413G 5.385G 5.551G 5.614G 5.263G 5.471G 5.282G 5.688G 5.568G 5.384G 5.576G 5.512G 5.301G 5.624G 5.569G 5.523G 5.320G 5.723G 5.643G 5.396G 5.722G 5.404G 5.379G 5.494G 3 7 11 15 19 23 27 31 35 39 43 47 51 55 59 63 67 71 75 79 83 87 91 95 99
(Hz) 5.721G 5.508G 5.255G 5.406G 5.442G 5.580G 5.628G 5.304G 5.607G 5.253G 5.287G 5.590G 5.674G 5.291G 5.547G 5.314G 5.583G 5.566G 5.530G 5.691G 5.458G 5.659G 5.300G 5.587G 5.351G
(Hz) 5.453G 5.288G 5.296G 5.345G 5.356G 5.606G 5.481G 5.615G 5.393G 5.634G 5.281G 5.321G 5.332G 5.436G 5.561G 5.483G 5.257G 5.588G 5.553G 5.265G 5.353G 5.424G 5.444G 5.545G 5.648G 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33 37 41 45 49 53 57 61 65 69 73 77 81 85 89 93 97 Hopping Frequency Sequence Name: HOP_FREQ_SEQ_06 SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency
(Hz) 5.637G 5.644G 5.662G 5.374G 5.575G 5.366G 5.590G 5.562G 5.680G 5.554G 5.305G 5.469G 5.573G 5.382G 5.311G 5.440G 5.330G 5.523G 5.292G 5.556G 5.266G 5.586G 5.700G 5.438G 5.267G 2 6 10 14 18 22 26 30 34 38 42 46 50 54 58 62 66 70 74 78 82 86 90 94 98
(Hz) 5.387G 5.477G 5.626G 5.370G 5.475G 5.613G 5.548G 5.501G 5.578G 5.471G 5.602G 5.392G 5.481G 5.488G 5.318G 5.329G 5.275G 5.465G 5.276G 5.625G 5.470G 5.342G 5.284G 5.254G 5.614G 3 7 11 15 19 23 27 31 35 39 43 47 51 55 59 63 67 71 75 79 83 87 91 95 99
(Hz) 5.454G 5.699G 5.354G 5.558G 5.612G 5.302G 5.281G 5.349G 5.452G 5.526G 5.474G 5.381G 5.666G 5.441G 5.690G 5.557G 5.624G 5.369G 5.581G 5.564G 5.628G 5.446G 5.656G 5.599G 5.627G 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100
(Hz) 5.351G 5.594G 5.423G 5.524G 5.702G 5.339G 5.460G 5.280G 5.615G 5.497G 5.507G 5.671G 5.682G 5.396G 5.678G 5.596G 5.405G 5.341G 5.410G 5.705G 5.711G 5.566G 5.710G 5.551G 5.419G 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33 37 41 45 49 53 57 61 65 69 73 77 81 85 89 93 97 Hopping Frequency Sequence Name: HOP_FREQ_SEQ_07 SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency
(Hz) 5.630G 5.536G 5.321G 5.340G 5.517G 5.482G 5.555G 5.376G 5.332G 5.384G 5.380G 5.591G 5.389G 5.658G 5.437G 5.349G 5.703G 5.496G 5.433G 5.583G 5.599G 5.277G 5.282G 5.613G 5.652G 2 6 10 14 18 22 26 30 34 38 42 46 50 54 58 62 66 70 74 78 82 86 90 94 98
(Hz) 5.616G 5.417G 5.701G 5.333G 5.353G 5.310G 5.357G 5.316G 5.679G 5.714G 5.499G 5.676G 5.543G 5.383G 5.438G 5.513G 5.354G 5.636G 5.391G 5.553G 5.629G 5.542G 5.435G 5.597G 5.717G 3 7 11 15 19 23 27 31 35 39 43 47 51 55 59 63 67 71 75 79 83 87 91 95 99
(Hz) 5.410G 5.619G 5.286G 5.429G 5.582G 5.441G 5.567G 5.294G 5.291G 5.319G 5.579G 5.358G 5.660G 5.623G 5.264G 5.351G 5.334G 5.626G 5.563G 5.469G 5.677G 5.258G 5.269G 5.343G 5.393G
(Hz) 5.450G 5.694G 5.571G 5.483G 5.698G 5.320G 5.643G 5.617G 5.458G 5.605G 5.686G 5.663G 5.478G 5.436G 5.627G 5.554G 5.521G 5.339G 5.639G 5.506G 5.300G 5.280G 5.702G 5.444G 5.608G 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33 37 41 45 49 53 57 61 65 69 73 77 81 85 89 93 97 Hopping Frequency Sequence Name: HOP_FREQ_SEQ_08 SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency
(Hz) 5.676G 5.486G 5.608G 5.322G 5.351G 5.630G 5.612G 5.522G 5.507G 5.409G 5.569G 5.553G 5.428G 5.695G 5.447G 5.456G 5.343G 5.576G 5.367G 5.570G 5.547G 5.503G 5.499G 5.709G 5.623G 2 6 10 14 18 22 26 30 34 38 42 46 50 54 58 62 66 70 74 78 82 86 90 94 98
(Hz) 5.643G 5.467G 5.639G 5.599G 5.700G 5.276G 5.262G 5.404G 5.517G 5.370G 5.701G 5.648G 5.575G 5.259G 5.303G 5.426G 5.683G 5.559G 5.478G 5.439G 5.682G 5.436G 5.444G 5.566G 5.434G 3 7 11 15 19 23 27 31 35 39 43 47 51 55 59 63 67 71 75 79 83 87 91 95 99
(Hz) 5.408G 5.577G 5.609G 5.410G 5.366G 5.399G 5.645G 5.595G 5.390G 5.380G 5.707G 5.338G 5.433G 5.280G 5.579G 5.519G 5.684G 5.530G 5.628G 5.706G 5.393G 5.568G 5.476G 5.342G 5.462G
(Hz) 5.663G 5.477G 5.637G 5.634G 5.625G 5.401G 5.508G 5.295G 5.593G 5.537G 5.680G 5.438G 5.474G 5.425G 5.263G 5.275G 5.396G 5.344G 5.387G 5.533G 5.493G 5.589G 5.641G 5.379G 5.564G 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33 37 41 45 49 53 57 61 65 69 73 77 81 85 89 93 97 Hopping Frequency Sequence Name: HOP_FREQ_SEQ_09 SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency
(Hz) 5.666G 5.630G 5.343G 5.326G 5.306G 5.578G 5.421G 5.646G 5.291G 5.478G 5.352G 5.296G 5.386G 5.619G 5.415G 5.708G 5.328G 5.383G 5.678G 5.498G 5.514G 5.553G 5.259G 5.717G 5.324G 2 6 10 14 18 22 26 30 34 38 42 46 50 54 58 62 66 70 74 78 82 86 90 94 98
(Hz) 5.467G 5.723G 5.363G 5.447G 5.289G 5.670G 5.285G 5.522G 5.373G 5.254G 5.699G 5.583G 5.698G 5.433G 5.372G 5.307G 5.256G 5.671G 5.684G 5.255G 5.676G 5.322G 5.586G 5.456G 5.612G 3 7 11 15 19 23 27 31 35 39 43 47 51 55 59 63 67 71 75 79 83 87 91 95 99
(Hz) 5.685G 5.385G 5.378G 5.711G 5.420G 5.261G 5.662G 5.593G 5.539G 5.465G 5.376G 5.470G 5.561G 5.692G 5.396G 5.452G 5.597G 5.321G 5.627G 5.458G 5.453G 5.591G 5.668G 5.340G 5.329G
(Hz) 5.397G 5.697G 5.565G 5.721G 5.392G 5.282G 5.620G 5.472G 5.695G 5.275G 5.466G 5.316G 5.434G 5.555G 5.704G 5.449G 5.272G 5.425G 5.504G 5.346G 5.714G 5.437G 5.398G 5.403G 5.664G 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33 37 41 45 49 53 57 61 65 69 73 77 81 85 89 93 97 Hopping Frequency Sequence Name: HOP_FREQ_SEQ_10 SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency
(Hz) 5.298G 5.402G 5.349G 5.364G 5.418G 5.401G 5.567G 5.656G 5.383G 5.596G 5.435G 5.458G 5.628G 5.443G 5.591G 5.630G 5.427G 5.650G 5.613G 5.356G 5.648G 5.718G 5.268G 5.512G 5.721G 2 6 10 14 18 22 26 30 34 38 42 46 50 54 58 62 66 70 74 78 82 86 90 94 98
(Hz) 5.398G 5.306G 5.527G 5.523G 5.543G 5.561G 5.329G 5.271G 5.583G 5.475G 5.316G 5.707G 5.340G 5.386G 5.655G 5.498G 5.652G 5.275G 5.699G 5.463G 5.485G 5.639G 5.422G 5.420G 5.447G 3 7 11 15 19 23 27 31 35 39 43 47 51 55 59 63 67 71 75 79 83 87 91 95 99
(Hz) 5.638G 5.713G 5.287G 5.581G 5.502G 5.425G 5.560G 5.516G 5.305G 5.442G 5.430G 5.483G 5.627G 5.320G 5.667G 5.344G 5.563G 5.300G 5.353G 5.632G 5.455G 5.501G 5.338G 5.608G 5.617G
(Hz) 5.393G 5.479G 5.297G 5.428G 5.395G 5.711G 5.662G 5.478G 5.634G 5.388G 5.261G 5.647G 5.403G 5.405G 5.472G 5.660G 5.672G 5.521G 5.454G 5.551G 5.254G 5.661G 5.575G 5.487G 5.542G 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33 37 41 45 49 53 57 61 65 69 73 77 81 85 89 93 97 Hopping Frequency Sequence Name: HOP_FREQ_SEQ_11 SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency
(Hz) 5.486G 5.258G 5.309G 5.633G 5.646G 5.256G 5.382G 5.448G 5.594G 5.462G 5.322G 5.677G 5.603G 5.507G 5.692G 5.488G 5.578G 5.547G 5.571G 5.577G 5.461G 5.544G 5.339G 5.338G 5.266G 2 6 10 14 18 22 26 30 34 38 42 46 50 54 58 62 66 70 74 78 82 86 90 94 98
(Hz) 5.611G 5.379G 5.585G 5.253G 5.294G 5.342G 5.696G 5.295G 5.409G 5.291G 5.361G 5.395G 5.482G 5.668G 5.676G 5.265G 5.263G 5.712G 5.377G 5.635G 5.464G 5.437G 5.610G 5.398G 5.349G 3 7 11 15 19 23 27 31 35 39 43 47 51 55 59 63 67 71 75 79 83 87 91 95 99
(Hz) 5.438G 5.391G 5.506G 5.287G 5.650G 5.418G 5.324G 5.500G 5.413G 5.480G 5.605G 5.456G 5.499G 5.426G 5.442G 5.275G 5.509G 5.428G 5.502G 5.609G 5.411G 5.474G 5.705G 5.432G 5.327G
(Hz) 5.589G 5.403G 5.664G 5.551G 5.252G 5.591G 5.278G 5.530G 5.529G 5.364G 5.304G 5.323G 5.370G 5.473G 5.495G 5.608G 5.629G 5.433G 5.362G 5.567G 5.554G 5.292G 5.363G 5.328G 5.636G 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33 37 41 45 49 53 57 61 65 69 73 77 81 85 89 93 97 Hopping Frequency Sequence Name: HOP_FREQ_SEQ_12 SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency
(Hz) 5.558G 5.470G 5.616G 5.663G 5.594G 5.448G 5.572G 5.460G 5.477G 5.717G 5.577G 5.494G 5.555G 5.348G 5.604G 5.646G 5.312G 5.595G 5.626G 5.644G 5.331G 5.437G 5.602G 5.467G 5.323G 2 6 10 14 18 22 26 30 34 38 42 46 50 54 58 62 66 70 74 78 82 86 90 94 98
(Hz) 5.659G 5.430G 5.375G 5.627G 5.707G 5.341G 5.722G 5.563G 5.658G 5.714G 5.335G 5.364G 5.268G 5.284G 5.667G 5.406G 5.699G 5.568G 5.520G 5.656G 5.466G 5.313G 5.561G 5.601G 5.546G 3 7 11 15 19 23 27 31 35 39 43 47 51 55 59 63 67 71 75 79 83 87 91 95 99
(Hz) 5.547G 5.473G 5.304G 5.280G 5.687G 5.288G 5.665G 5.431G 5.487G 5.444G 5.514G 5.685G 5.625G 5.545G 5.423G 5.427G 5.532G 5.275G 5.260G 5.712G 5.613G 5.542G 5.660G 5.300G 5.276G
(Hz) 5.326G 5.619G 5.635G 5.701G 5.352G 5.420G 5.579G 5.488G 5.505G 5.719G 5.718G 5.255G 5.320G 5.623G 5.314G 5.469G 5.485G 5.290G 5.669G 5.411G 5.637G 5.578G 5.368G 5.653G 5.343G 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33 37 41 45 49 53 57 61 65 69 73 77 81 85 89 93 97 Hopping Frequency Sequence Name: HOP_FREQ_SEQ_13 SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency
(Hz) 5.660G 5.502G 5.292G 5.314G 5.651G 5.634G 5.514G 5.350G 5.426G 5.268G 5.641G 5.621G 5.542G 5.655G 5.633G 5.723G 5.575G 5.276G 5.260G 5.632G 5.437G 5.371G 5.290G 5.550G 5.639G 2 6 10 14 18 22 26 30 34 38 42 46 50 54 58 62 66 70 74 78 82 86 90 94 98
(Hz) 5.406G 5.385G 5.724G 5.353G 5.380G 5.578G 5.443G 5.659G 5.704G 5.547G 5.318G 5.598G 5.595G 5.366G 5.551G 5.409G 5.280G 5.708G 5.429G 5.522G 5.469G 5.603G 5.673G 5.462G 5.360G 3 7 11 15 19 23 27 31 35 39 43 47 51 55 59 63 67 71 75 79 83 87 91 95 99
(Hz) 5.295G 5.563G 5.298G 5.579G 5.447G 5.400G 5.368G 5.567G 5.300G 5.709G 5.325G 5.363G 5.467G 5.611G 5.468G 5.548G 5.316G 5.692G 5.331G 5.501G 5.721G 5.497G 5.576G 5.379G 5.705G
(Hz) 5.618G 5.668G 5.262G 5.305G 5.555G 5.313G 5.599G 5.328G 5.338G 5.608G 5.291G 5.284G 5.279G 5.384G 5.545G 5.700G 5.486G 5.254G 5.525G 5.446G 5.686G 5.568G 5.333G 5.454G 5.413G 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33 37 41 45 49 53 57 61 65 69 73 77 81 85 89 93 97 Hopping Frequency Sequence Name: HOP_FREQ_SEQ_14 SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency
(Hz) 5.448G 5.500G 5.603G 5.257G 5.623G 5.658G 5.632G 5.343G 5.654G 5.673G 5.469G 5.387G 5.329G 5.553G 5.291G 5.617G 5.416G 5.556G 5.491G 5.497G 5.424G 5.504G 5.410G 5.594G 5.712G 2 6 10 14 18 22 26 30 34 38 42 46 50 54 58 62 66 70 74 78 82 86 90 94 98
(Hz) 5.486G 5.560G 5.340G 5.357G 5.413G 5.373G 5.319G 5.641G 5.474G 5.308G 5.360G 5.521G 5.593G 5.526G 5.256G 5.596G 5.361G 5.574G 5.444G 5.561G 5.354G 5.391G 5.264G 5.589G 5.544G 3 7 11 15 19 23 27 31 35 39 43 47 51 55 59 63 67 71 75 79 83 87 91 95 99
(Hz) 5.582G 5.290G 5.273G 5.715G 5.579G 5.359G 5.568G 5.458G 5.646G 5.443G 5.644G 5.647G 5.442G 5.471G 5.680G 5.628G 5.659G 5.612G 5.569G 5.321G 5.625G 5.626G 5.479G 5.662G 5.543G
(Hz) 5.621G 5.284G 5.643G 5.562G 5.411G 5.472G 5.406G 5.353G 5.520G 5.670G 5.345G 5.251G 5.260G 5.590G 5.681G 5.412G 5.310G 5.429G 5.685G 5.720G 5.690G 5.385G 5.414G 5.434G 5.552G 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33 37 41 45 49 53 57 61 65 69 73 77 81 85 89 93 97 Hopping Frequency Sequence Name: HOP_FREQ_SEQ_15 SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency
(Hz) 5.340G 5.595G 5.458G 5.591G 5.392G 5.685G 5.675G 5.412G 5.688G 5.647G 5.653G 5.371G 5.703G 5.423G 5.558G 5.250G 5.678G 5.589G 5.464G 5.271G 5.579G 5.317G 5.335G 5.310G 5.650G 2 6 10 14 18 22 26 30 34 38 42 46 50 54 58 62 66 70 74 78 82 86 90 94 98
(Hz) 5.610G 5.574G 5.479G 5.486G 5.548G 5.656G 5.318G 5.523G 5.282G 5.665G 5.575G 5.457G 5.324G 5.272G 5.619G 5.259G 5.540G 5.683G 5.342G 5.334G 5.707G 5.395G 5.268G 5.414G 5.551G 3 7 11 15 19 23 27 31 35 39 43 47 51 55 59 63 67 71 75 79 83 87 91 95 99
(Hz) 5.315G 5.622G 5.373G 5.501G 5.629G 5.468G 5.326G 5.567G 5.446G 5.430G 5.328G 5.332G 5.449G 5.433G 5.483G 5.443G 5.367G 5.712G 5.344G 5.517G 5.323G 5.346G 5.291G 5.478G 5.602G
(Hz) 5.616G 5.566G 5.642G 5.466G 5.470G 5.546G 5.438G 5.541G 5.697G 5.436G 5.582G 5.568G 5.390G 5.411G 5.518G 5.319G 5.606G 5.400G 5.269G 5.432G 5.532G 5.492G 5.299G 5.651G 5.477G 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33 37 41 45 49 53 57 61 65 69 73 77 81 85 89 93 97 Hopping Frequency Sequence Name: HOP_FREQ_SEQ_16 SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency
(Hz) 5.461G 5.509G 5.385G 5.579G 5.332G 5.676G 5.380G 5.627G 5.607G 5.529G 5.346G 5.309G 5.717G 5.658G 5.600G 5.650G 5.363G 5.322G 5.273G 5.326G 5.532G 5.281G 5.599G 5.601G 5.471G 2 6 10 14 18 22 26 30 34 38 42 46 50 54 58 62 66 70 74 78 82 86 90 94 98
(Hz) 5.403G 5.682G 5.266G 5.307G 5.430G 5.382G 5.606G 5.292G 5.502G 5.518G 5.375G 5.295G 5.512G 5.649G 5.323G 5.548G 5.372G 5.545G 5.354G 5.707G 5.389G 5.350G 5.620G 5.663G 5.383G 3 7 11 15 19 23 27 31 35 39 43 47 51 55 59 63 67 71 75 79 83 87 91 95 99
(Hz) 5.551G 5.702G 5.478G 5.449G 5.325G 5.416G 5.473G 5.334G 5.252G 5.352G 5.408G 5.713G 5.516G 5.469G 5.460G 5.286G 5.501G 5.581G 5.569G 5.336G 5.327G 5.515G 5.264G 5.320G 5.395G
(Hz) 5.652G 5.700G 5.550G 5.723G 5.674G 5.495G 5.411G 5.330G 5.361G 5.377G 5.272G 5.720G 5.276G 5.565G 5.653G 5.367G 5.263G 5.284G 5.391G 5.646G 5.613G 5.718G 5.684G 5.481G 5.258G 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33 37 41 45 49 53 57 61 65 69 73 77 81 85 89 93 97 Hopping Frequency Sequence Name: HOP_FREQ_SEQ_17 SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency
(Hz) 5.426G 5.371G 5.537G 5.257G 5.681G 5.348G 5.517G 5.647G 5.445G 5.261G 5.539G 5.262G 5.546G 5.454G 5.410G 5.581G 5.616G 5.431G 5.588G 5.384G 5.269G 5.664G 5.501G 5.432G 5.430G 2 6 10 14 18 22 26 30 34 38 42 46 50 54 58 62 66 70 74 78 82 86 90 94 98
(Hz) 5.473G 5.419G 5.327G 5.346G 5.331G 5.255G 5.612G 5.644G 5.357G 5.315G 5.396G 5.458G 5.567G 5.640G 5.658G 5.613G 5.600G 5.391G 5.263G 5.632G 5.702G 5.280G 5.450G 5.403G 5.273G 3 7 11 15 19 23 27 31 35 39 43 47 51 55 59 63 67 71 75 79 83 87 91 95 99
(Hz) 5.306G 5.264G 5.494G 5.455G 5.444G 5.557G 5.441G 5.572G 5.429G 5.382G 5.394G 5.330G 5.416G 5.570G 5.586G 5.617G 5.528G 5.506G 5.565G 5.657G 5.352G 5.620G 5.324G 5.305G 5.502G
(Hz) 5.719G 5.636G 5.463G 5.387G 5.323G 5.409G 5.678G 5.671G 5.520G 5.335G 5.367G 5.646G 5.329G 5.286G 5.720G 5.290G 5.307G 5.569G 5.643G 5.358G 5.535G 5.451G 5.504G 5.688G 5.699G 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33 37 41 45 49 53 57 61 65 69 73 77 81 85 89 93 97 Hopping Frequency Sequence Name: HOP_FREQ_SEQ_18 SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency
(Hz) 5.660G 5.623G 5.604G 5.421G 5.382G 5.649G 5.492G 5.633G 5.474G 5.443G 5.554G 5.420G 5.584G 5.670G 5.576G 5.613G 5.722G 5.393G 5.321G 5.528G 5.342G 5.610G 5.536G 5.512G 5.705G 2 6 10 14 18 22 26 30 34 38 42 46 50 54 58 62 66 70 74 78 82 86 90 94 98
(Hz) 5.388G 5.538G 5.251G 5.720G 5.311G 5.566G 5.485G 5.567G 5.480G 5.289G 5.366G 5.639G 5.304G 5.478G 5.496G 5.682G 5.568G 5.326G 5.668G 5.522G 5.551G 5.272G 5.318G 5.462G 5.532G 3 7 11 15 19 23 27 31 35 39 43 47 51 55 59 63 67 71 75 79 83 87 91 95 99
(Hz) 5.661G 5.587G 5.707G 5.356G 5.409G 5.634G 5.423G 5.541G 5.316G 5.450G 5.537G 5.371G 5.288G 5.277G 5.656G 5.704G 5.560G 5.349G 5.276G 5.486G 5.458G 5.694G 5.638G 5.313G 5.449G 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100
(Hz) 5.416G 5.717G 5.391G 5.586G 5.396G 5.454G 5.254G 5.663G 5.506G 5.363G 5.596G 5.659G 5.716G 5.530G 5.452G 5.657G 5.309G 5.545G 5.399G 5.599G 5.325G 5.411G 5.430G 5.702G 5.444G 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33 37 41 45 49 53 57 61 65 69 73 77 81 85 89 93 97 Hopping Frequency Sequence Name: HOP_FREQ_SEQ_19 SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency
(Hz) 5.304G 5.457G 5.287G 5.346G 5.653G 5.416G 5.347G 5.525G 5.652G 5.442G 5.261G 5.636G 5.625G 5.341G 5.411G 5.295G 5.530G 5.482G 5.286G 5.367G 5.495G 5.645G 5.710G 5.469G 5.299G 2 6 10 14 18 22 26 30 34 38 42 46 50 54 58 62 66 70 74 78 82 86 90 94 98
(Hz) 5.315G 5.284G 5.584G 5.602G 5.330G 5.303G 5.405G 5.692G 5.268G 5.671G 5.288G 5.392G 5.621G 5.697G 5.353G 5.553G 5.332G 5.558G 5.298G 5.432G 5.478G 5.370G 5.365G 5.664G 5.547G 3 7 11 15 19 23 27 31 35 39 43 47 51 55 59 63 67 71 75 79 83 87 91 95 99
(Hz) 5.693G 5.594G 5.524G 5.565G 5.468G 5.368G 5.391G 5.276G 5.698G 5.396G 5.665G 5.419G 5.688G 5.589G 5.498G 5.531G 5.637G 5.393G 5.548G 5.581G 5.311G 5.335G 5.323G 5.446G 5.438G 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100
(Hz) 5.317G 5.651G 5.502G 5.552G 5.695G 5.678G 5.281G 5.401G 5.373G 5.607G 5.605G 5.447G 5.466G 5.313G 5.713G 5.270G 5.608G 5.538G 5.550G 5.600G 5.312G 5.360G 5.691G 5.635G 5.473G 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33 37 41 45 49 53 57 61 65 69 73 77 81 85 89 93 97 Hopping Frequency Sequence Name: HOP_FREQ_SEQ_20 SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency
(Hz) 5.486G 5.631G 5.262G 5.611G 5.641G 5.603G 5.543G 5.704G 5.708G 5.678G 5.501G 5.706G 5.587G 5.293G 5.630G 5.719G 5.580G 5.503G 5.414G 5.317G 5.442G 5.484G 5.693G 5.634G 5.467G 2 6 10 14 18 22 26 30 34 38 42 46 50 54 58 62 66 70 74 78 82 86 90 94 98
(Hz) 5.388G 5.573G 5.322G 5.383G 5.367G 5.502G 5.655G 5.515G 5.601G 5.656G 5.557G 5.435G 5.722G 5.514G 5.653G 5.342G 5.295G 5.623G 5.360G 5.595G 5.466G 5.462G 5.340G 5.332G 5.291G 3 7 11 15 19 23 27 31 35 39 43 47 51 55 59 63 67 71 75 79 83 87 91 95 99
(Hz) 5.661G 5.292G 5.251G 5.424G 5.440G 5.361G 5.677G 5.471G 5.600G 5.283G 5.256G 5.701G 5.390G 5.310G 5.372G 5.554G 5.264G 5.429G 5.271G 5.446G 5.705G 5.553G 5.605G 5.425G 5.694G 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100
(Hz) 5.354G 5.712G 5.328G 5.676G 5.333G 5.419G 5.476G 5.692G 5.516G 5.377G 5.671G 5.394G 5.521G 5.263G 5.640G 5.423G 5.311G 5.612G 5.539G 5.270G 5.373G 5.689G 5.585G 5.529G 5.365G 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33 37 41 45 49 53 57 61 65 69 73 77 81 85 89 93 97 Hopping Frequency Sequence Name: HOP_FREQ_SEQ_21 SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency
(Hz) 5.677G 5.596G 5.640G 5.689G 5.477G 5.345G 5.311G 5.416G 5.351G 5.337G 5.628G 5.361G 5.573G 5.423G 5.373G 5.379G 5.719G 5.561G 5.512G 5.388G 5.474G 5.394G 5.676G 5.323G 5.560G 2 6 10 14 18 22 26 30 34 38 42 46 50 54 58 62 66 70 74 78 82 86 90 94 98
(Hz) 5.445G 5.411G 5.380G 5.673G 5.543G 5.372G 5.257G 5.318G 5.313G 5.309G 5.611G 5.653G 5.513G 5.555G 5.667G 5.425G 5.355G 5.578G 5.634G 5.381G 5.406G 5.316G 5.484G 5.330G 5.272G 3 7 11 15 19 23 27 31 35 39 43 47 51 55 59 63 67 71 75 79 83 87 91 95 99
(Hz) 5.528G 5.414G 5.549G 5.275G 5.710G 5.492G 5.697G 5.307G 5.574G 5.517G 5.430G 5.606G 5.615G 5.273G 5.559G 5.352G 5.285G 5.664G 5.651G 5.297G 5.550G 5.418G 5.590G 5.516G 5.643G
(Hz) 5.271G 5.616G 5.432G 5.303G 5.290G 5.268G 5.537G 5.252G 5.598G 5.691G 5.709G 5.714G 5.404G 5.641G 5.294G 5.545G 5.458G 5.576G 5.306G 5.500G 5.507G 5.357G 5.581G 5.630G 5.497G 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33 37 41 45 49 53 57 61 65 69 73 77 81 85 89 93 97 Hopping Frequency Sequence Name: HOP_FREQ_SEQ_22 SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency
(Hz) 5.559G 5.456G 5.282G 5.594G 5.309G 5.432G 5.261G 5.599G 5.263G 5.338G 5.377G 5.331G 5.355G 5.538G 5.479G 5.667G 5.371G 5.545G 5.493G 5.508G 5.374G 5.326G 5.373G 5.556G 5.587G 2 6 10 14 18 22 26 30 34 38 42 46 50 54 58 62 66 70 74 78 82 86 90 94 98
(Hz) 5.623G 5.651G 5.325G 5.337G 5.285G 5.632G 5.592G 5.271G 5.400G 5.564G 5.713G 5.662G 5.708G 5.449G 5.645G 5.324G 5.473G 5.582G 5.621G 5.720G 5.260G 5.692G 5.625G 5.270G 5.311G 3 7 11 15 19 23 27 31 35 39 43 47 51 55 59 63 67 71 75 79 83 87 91 95 99
(Hz) 5.523G 5.445G 5.363G 5.438G 5.521G 5.678G 5.703G 5.600G 5.275G 5.494G 5.519G 5.380G 5.505G 5.661G 5.366G 5.575G 5.287G 5.585G 5.367G 5.637G 5.586G 5.534G 5.396G 5.262G 5.642G
(Hz) 5.281G 5.302G 5.457G 5.641G 5.530G 5.616G 5.398G 5.403G 5.412G 5.685G 5.491G 5.602G 5.611G 5.574G 5.610G 5.557G 5.524G 5.577G 5.386G 5.634G 5.656G 5.606G 5.323G 5.312G 5.529G 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33 37 41 45 49 53 57 61 65 69 73 77 81 85 89 93 97 Hopping Frequency Sequence Name: HOP_FREQ_SEQ_23 SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency
(Hz) 5.721G 5.302G 5.626G 5.547G 5.698G 5.659G 5.508G 5.705G 5.250G 5.254G 5.401G 5.506G 5.722G 5.605G 5.533G 5.336G 5.340G 5.362G 5.636G 5.361G 5.660G 5.380G 5.323G 5.597G 5.428G 2 6 10 14 18 22 26 30 34 38 42 46 50 54 58 62 66 70 74 78 82 86 90 94 98
(Hz) 5.599G 5.453G 5.537G 5.493G 5.616G 5.578G 5.306G 5.699G 5.410G 5.716G 5.330G 5.430G 5.322G 5.595G 5.590G 5.309G 5.640G 5.485G 5.538G 5.350G 5.366G 5.534G 5.369G 5.629G 5.552G 3 7 11 15 19 23 27 31 35 39 43 47 51 55 59 63 67 71 75 79 83 87 91 95 99
(Hz) 5.521G 5.518G 5.461G 5.314G 5.331G 5.690G 5.295G 5.648G 5.298G 5.311G 5.468G 5.416G 5.423G 5.637G 5.683G 5.570G 5.465G 5.596G 5.282G 5.677G 5.638G 5.541G 5.444G 5.658G 5.358G
(Hz) 5.553G 5.296G 5.587G 5.442G 5.635G 5.689G 5.321G 5.710G 5.483G 5.419G 5.429G 5.604G 5.654G 5.454G 5.258G 5.671G 5.420G 5.262G 5.443G 5.621G 5.450G 5.418G 5.687G 5.718G 5.524G 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33 37 41 45 49 53 57 61 65 69 73 77 81 85 89 93 97 Hopping Frequency Sequence Name: HOP_FREQ_SEQ_24 SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency
(Hz) 5.537G 5.381G 5.350G 5.394G 5.701G 5.534G 5.588G 5.307G 5.505G 5.311G 5.658G 5.464G 5.395G 5.280G 5.347G 5.617G 5.662G 5.646G 5.719G 5.633G 5.672G 5.561G 5.661G 5.601G 5.554G 2 6 10 14 18 22 26 30 34 38 42 46 50 54 58 62 66 70 74 78 82 86 90 94 98
(Hz) 5.519G 5.447G 5.278G 5.584G 5.403G 5.674G 5.581G 5.625G 5.412G 5.503G 5.265G 5.408G 5.704G 5.274G 5.566G 5.595G 5.714G 5.492G 5.392G 5.676G 5.624G 5.700G 5.419G 5.390G 5.585G 3 7 11 15 19 23 27 31 35 39 43 47 51 55 59 63 67 71 75 79 83 87 91 95 99
(Hz) 5.431G 5.577G 5.494G 5.386G 5.402G 5.379G 5.679G 5.589G 5.702G 5.578G 5.709G 5.618G 5.290G 5.616G 5.268G 5.717G 5.575G 5.715G 5.326G 5.528G 5.681G 5.645G 5.666G 5.405G 5.599G 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100
(Hz) 5.372G 5.437G 5.452G 5.477G 5.332G 5.509G 5.424G 5.353G 5.439G 5.482G 5.404G 5.302G 5.539G 5.556G 5.415G 5.475G 5.640G 5.515G 5.369G 5.410G 5.330G 5.283G 5.401G 5.382G 5.317G 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33 37 41 45 49 53 57 61 65 69 73 77 81 85 89 93 97 Hopping Frequency Sequence Name: HOP_FREQ_SEQ_25 SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency
(Hz) 5.636G 5.644G 5.291G 5.364G 5.724G 5.321G 5.494G 5.721G 5.304G 5.379G 5.458G 5.629G 5.712G 5.339G 5.309G 5.686G 5.585G 5.707G 5.540G 5.649G 5.401G 5.368G 5.702G 5.531G 5.566G 2 6 10 14 18 22 26 30 34 38 42 46 50 54 58 62 66 70 74 78 82 86 90 94 98
(Hz) 5.683G 5.252G 5.619G 5.532G 5.369G 5.589G 5.464G 5.501G 5.715G 5.443G 5.708G 5.567G 5.431G 5.547G 5.400G 5.389G 5.323G 5.581G 5.460G 5.651G 5.356G 5.399G 5.462G 5.344G 5.521G 3 7 11 15 19 23 27 31 35 39 43 47 51 55 59 63 67 71 75 79 83 87 91 95 99
(Hz) 5.688G 5.706G 5.383G 5.429G 5.568G 5.445G 5.618G 5.302G 5.672G 5.387G 5.524G 5.699G 5.695G 5.582G 5.562G 5.578G 5.469G 5.631G 5.711G 5.314G 5.509G 5.600G 5.317G 5.718G 5.565G
(Hz) 5.597G 5.496G 5.714G 5.319G 5.465G 5.285G 5.416G 5.376G 5.719G 5.362G 5.380G 5.426G 5.498G 5.543G 5.722G 5.315G 5.574G 5.634G 5.668G 5.580G 5.266G 5.395G 5.555G 5.593G 5.367G 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33 37 41 45 49 53 57 61 65 69 73 77 81 85 89 93 97 Hopping Frequency Sequence Name: HOP_FREQ_SEQ_26 SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency
(Hz) 5.540G 5.570G 5.300G 5.413G 5.648G 5.334G 5.321G 5.297G 5.654G 5.535G 5.332G 5.401G 5.579G 5.380G 5.464G 5.376G 5.521G 5.517G 5.475G 5.395G 5.426G 5.561G 5.476G 5.382G 5.515G 2 6 10 14 18 22 26 30 34 38 42 46 50 54 58 62 66 70 74 78 82 86 90 94 98
(Hz) 5.449G 5.500G 5.516G 5.680G 5.479G 5.301G 5.338G 5.278G 5.572G 5.524G 5.704G 5.573G 5.398G 5.574G 5.294G 5.254G 5.522G 5.459G 5.499G 5.351G 5.251G 5.404G 5.463G 5.430G 5.447G 3 7 11 15 19 23 27 31 35 39 43 47 51 55 59 63 67 71 75 79 83 87 91 95 99
(Hz) 5.646G 5.687G 5.644G 5.609G 5.265G 5.685G 5.446G 5.638G 5.531G 5.585G 5.700G 5.291G 5.536G 5.657G 5.589G 5.621G 5.717G 5.684G 5.414G 5.712G 5.451G 5.354G 5.578G 5.533G 5.618G
(Hz) 5.584G 5.480G 5.455G 5.555G 5.260G 5.381G 5.308G 5.696G 5.582G 5.267G 5.403G 5.586G 5.465G 5.710G 5.304G 5.628G 5.347G 5.571G 5.409G 5.488G 5.314G 5.703G 5.625G 5.665G 5.565G 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33 37 41 45 49 53 57 61 65 69 73 77 81 85 89 93 97 Hopping Frequency Sequence Name: HOP_FREQ_SEQ_27 SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency
(Hz) 5.429G 5.486G 5.466G 5.315G 5.363G 5.340G 5.469G 5.714G 5.711G 5.307G 5.274G 5.562G 5.352G 5.326G 5.555G 5.629G 5.479G 5.382G 5.403G 5.356G 5.532G 5.508G 5.671G 5.545G 5.425G 2 6 10 14 18 22 26 30 34 38 42 46 50 54 58 62 66 70 74 78 82 86 90 94 98
(Hz) 5.649G 5.567G 5.494G 5.273G 5.536G 5.521G 5.253G 5.515G 5.504G 5.448G 5.496G 5.318G 5.325G 5.367G 5.487G 5.361G 5.388G 5.578G 5.440G 5.335G 5.640G 5.383G 5.693G 5.394G 5.327G 3 7 11 15 19 23 27 31 35 39 43 47 51 55 59 63 67 71 75 79 83 87 91 95 99
(Hz) 5.290G 5.600G 5.534G 5.584G 5.280G 5.443G 5.455G 5.417G 5.557G 5.695G 5.267G 5.330G 5.441G 5.264G 5.607G 5.297G 5.470G 5.364G 5.373G 5.524G 5.512G 5.522G 5.464G 5.720G 5.540G 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100
(Hz) 5.574G 5.435G 5.467G 5.644G 5.634G 5.359G 5.645G 5.338G 5.660G 5.438G 5.445G 5.593G 5.680G 5.597G 5.679G 5.375G 5.652G 5.699G 5.513G 5.353G 5.312G 5.701G 5.269G 5.379G 5.463G 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33 37 41 45 49 53 57 61 65 69 73 77 81 85 89 93 97 Hopping Frequency Sequence Name: HOP_FREQ_SEQ_28 SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency
(Hz) 5.685G 5.655G 5.557G 5.645G 5.359G 5.473G 5.561G 5.527G 5.292G 5.638G 5.262G 5.699G 5.629G 5.272G 5.388G 5.464G 5.635G 5.400G 5.690G 5.255G 5.266G 5.364G 5.647G 5.640G 5.587G 2 6 10 14 18 22 26 30 34 38 42 46 50 54 58 62 66 70 74 78 82 86 90 94 98
(Hz) 5.342G 5.268G 5.547G 5.724G 5.263G 5.372G 5.722G 5.477G 5.652G 5.399G 5.533G 5.463G 5.313G 5.336G 5.718G 5.513G 5.277G 5.657G 5.671G 5.625G 5.486G 5.502G 5.300G 5.536G 5.275G 3 7 11 15 19 23 27 31 35 39 43 47 51 55 59 63 67 71 75 79 83 87 91 95 99
(Hz) 5.251G 5.446G 5.530G 5.294G 5.693G 5.392G 5.670G 5.499G 5.600G 5.644G 5.607G 5.376G 5.596G 5.334G 5.555G 5.575G 5.719G 5.407G 5.649G 5.427G 5.358G 5.445G 5.456G 5.368G 5.636G
(Hz) 5.365G 5.564G 5.483G 5.578G 5.541G 5.349G 5.373G 5.566G 5.418G 5.299G 5.474G 5.306G 5.535G 5.265G 5.379G 5.524G 5.361G 5.665G 5.653G 5.354G 5.457G 5.451G 5.500G 5.298G 5.509G 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33 37 41 45 49 53 57 61 65 69 73 77 81 85 89 93 97 Hopping Frequency Sequence Name: HOP_FREQ_SEQ_29 SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency
(Hz) 5.628G 5.477G 5.567G 5.361G 5.302G 5.717G 5.546G 5.365G 5.463G 5.252G 5.339G 5.359G 5.333G 5.529G 5.282G 5.570G 5.459G 5.686G 5.398G 5.313G 5.600G 5.564G 5.583G 5.509G 5.413G 2 6 10 14 18 22 26 30 34 38 42 46 50 54 58 62 66 70 74 78 82 86 90 94 98
(Hz) 5.259G 5.577G 5.460G 5.682G 5.581G 5.268G 5.691G 5.253G 5.524G 5.675G 5.457G 5.716G 5.347G 5.501G 5.434G 5.499G 5.343G 5.494G 5.571G 5.723G 5.689G 5.464G 5.703G 5.576G 5.269G 3 7 11 15 19 23 27 31 35 39 43 47 51 55 59 63 67 71 75 79 83 87 91 95 99
(Hz) 5.697G 5.704G 5.588G 5.370G 5.279G 5.605G 5.308G 5.363G 5.484G 5.609G 5.310G 5.507G 5.633G 5.513G 5.651G 5.292G 5.402G 5.543G 5.264G 5.452G 5.349G 5.444G 5.606G 5.325G 5.315G
(Hz) 5.304G 5.518G 5.385G 5.387G 5.498G 5.470G 5.591G 5.332G 5.317G 5.572G 5.442G 5.724G 5.664G 5.720G 5.446G 5.276G 5.550G 5.378G 5.404G 5.453G 5.281G 5.626G 5.266G 5.305G 5.468G 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33 37 41 45 49 53 57 61 65 69 73 77 81 85 89 93 97 Hopping Frequency Sequence Name: HOP_FREQ_SEQ_30 SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency
(Hz) 5.608G 5.671G 5.612G 5.551G 5.251G 5.543G 5.365G 5.500G 5.427G 5.622G 5.252G 5.428G 5.394G 5.587G 5.487G 5.356G 5.677G 5.644G 5.517G 5.631G 5.651G 5.293G 5.579G 5.334G 5.584G 2 6 10 14 18 22 26 30 34 38 42 46 50 54 58 62 66 70 74 78 82 86 90 94 98
(Hz) 5.696G 5.719G 5.606G 5.439G 5.614G 5.499G 5.344G 5.349G 5.669G 5.529G 5.257G 5.343G 5.347G 5.553G 5.273G 5.292G 5.340G 5.303G 5.400G 5.412G 5.358G 5.389G 5.320G 5.609G 5.417G 3 7 11 15 19 23 27 31 35 39 43 47 51 55 59 63 67 71 75 79 83 87 91 95 99
(Hz) 5.682G 5.547G 5.623G 5.638G 5.565G 5.521G 5.717G 5.311G 5.256G 5.289G 5.542G 5.575G 5.421G 5.449G 5.662G 5.634G 5.287G 5.475G 5.507G 5.401G 5.264G 5.518G 5.481G 5.692G 5.693G
(Hz) 5.632G 5.424G 5.711G 5.520G 5.294G 5.665G 5.410G 5.478G 5.627G 5.570G 5.266G 5.618G 5.327G 5.329G 5.684G 5.597G 5.261G 5.484G 5.324G 5.691G 5.639G 5.556G 5.514G 5.723G 5.474G 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33 37 41 45 49 53 57 61 65 69 73 77 81 85 89 93 97 IEEE 802.11N 40MHz Type 1 Radar Statistical Performances Pulse Width (s) Trial # Pulses per PRI (s) Detection Burst 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.428m 1.428m 1.428m 1.428m 1.428m 1.428m 1.428m 1.428m 1.428m 1.428m 1.428m 1.428m 1.428m 1.428m 1.428m 1.428m 1.428m 1.428m 1.428m 1.428m 1.428m 1.428m 1.428m 1.428m 1.428m 1.428m 1.428m 1.428m 1.428m 1.428m Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Detection Rate: 100.0 %
Type 2 Radar Statistical Performances Trial # Pulses per Pulse Width (s) Burst 24 24 27 24 28 26 27 27 26 24 27 23 26 29 27 28 26 28 28 24 25 24 24 28 26 29 25 28 24 27 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 1.6u 1.2u 1.8u 2.2u 2.0u 3.8u 1.6u 4.5u 1.3u 1.7u 4.8u 2.6u 1.3u 4.5u 1.2u 5.0u 2.1u 3.6u 1.5u 4.3u 4.8u 3.6u 4.0u 5.0u 2.9u 2.1u 2.9u 2.7u 2.0u 4.2u PRI (s) Detection 154.0u 178.0u 219.0u 213.0u 216.0u 168.0u 195.0u 154.0u 162.0u 222.0u 165.0u 220.0u 193.0u 203.0u 206.0u 230.0u 218.0u 153.0u 156.0u 217.0u 155.0u 215.0u 203.0u 170.0u 188.0u 197.0u 212.0u 183.0u 211.0u 181.0u Detection Rate: 90.0 %
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Type 3 Radar Statistical Performances Trial # Pulses per Pulse Width (s) Burst 17 17 17 16 17 18 17 16 17 17 17 17 18 17 17 17 16 17 16 17 17 16 17 17 17 17 18 17 17 17 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 6.8u 9.0u 9.6u 8.4u 7.4u 6.7u 8.3u 6.6u 9.2u 9.2u 8.7u 9.7u 9.4u 9.7u 7.4u 9.2u 8.8u 6.6u 8.2u 8.6u 9.7u 6.2u 8.3u 9.3u 6.7u 7.3u 6.8u 9.3u 6.1u 8.7u PRI (s) Detection 263.0u 344.0u 234.0u 257.0u 492.0u 485.0u 269.0u 500.0u 338.0u 244.0u 251.0u 334.0u 205.0u 274.0u 262.0u 310.0u 397.0u 491.0u 416.0u 471.0u 218.0u 427.0u 268.0u 271.0u 414.0u 388.0u 248.0u 411.0u 296.0u 309.0u Detection Rate: 93.3 %
Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes Type 4 Radar Statistical Performances Trial # Pulses per Pulse Width (s) Burst 15 14 13 14 12 15 15 14 14 12 13 14 14 13 13 13 13 14 14 13 15 15 16 14 12 12 15 14 14 16 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 16.5u 19.9u 19.6u 19.0u 17.6u 15.6u 13.0u 15.9u 11.9u 16.5u 17.7u 14.9u 15.8u 14.0u 11.7u 18.9u 15.0u 16.8u 12.3u 18.7u 11.4u 18.4u 13.2u 15.2u 19.2u 11.9u 13.8u 14.8u 17.6u 17.6u PRI (s) Detection 310.0u 461.0u 268.0u 213.0u 226.0u 413.0u 320.0u 244.0u 220.0u 235.0u 355.0u 398.0u 420.0u 294.0u 218.0u 309.0u 356.0u 488.0u 479.0u 380.0u 244.0u 274.0u 237.0u 480.0u 493.0u 395.0u 339.0u 475.0u 318.0u 479.0u Detection Rate: 90.0 %
Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Type 5 Radar Statistical Performances Trial #
Test Signal Name Detection 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 LP_Signal_01 LP_Signal_02 LP_Signal_03 LP_Signal_04 LP_Signal_05 LP_Signal_06 LP_Signal_07 LP_Signal_08 LP_Signal_09 LP_Signal_10 LP_Signal_11 LP_Signal_12 LP_Signal_13 LP_Signal_14 LP_Signal_15 LP_Signal_16 LP_Signal_17 LP_Signal_18 LP_Signal_19 LP_Signal_20 LP_Signal_21 LP_Signal_22 LP_Signal_23 LP_Signal_24 LP_Signal_25 LP_Signal_26 LP_Signal_27 LP_Signal_28 LP_Signal_29 LP_Signal_30 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Detection Rate: 100.0 %
Long Pulse Radar Test Signal Test Signal Name: LP_Signal_01 Number of Bursts in Trial: 12 Burst Pulses per Burst 3 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Chrip
(Hz) Pulse Width (s) Pulse 1 to 2 Spacing (s) Pulse 2 to 3 Spacing (s) Start Location (s) 17M 10M 17M 6M 8M 9M 17M 7M 14M 7M 5M 10M 79.1u 59.0u 83.2u 80.5u 91.8u 69.0u 89.3u 89.4u 94.8u 79.7u 60.7u 52.0u 1.744m 1.157m 1.227m 1.101m 1.060m 1.652m 1.297m 1.674m 1.052m 1.760m
-
1.281m
-
-
-
1.483m
-
-
-
-
-
-
1.143m 1.897m 336.7m 309.3m 863.0m 415.4m 941.1m 474.2m 539.1m 526.0m 44.65m 870.2m 162.4m 331.9m Long Pulse Radar Test Signal Test Signal Name: LP_Signal_02 Number of Bursts in Trial: 8 Burst Pulses Chrip
(Hz) Pulse Width (s) Pulse 1 to 2 Spacing (s) Pulse 2 to 3 Spacing (s) Start Location (s) 18M 12M 9M 14M 11M 18M 10M 6M 99.2u 67.6u 64.0u 90.3u 62.2u 81.5u 87.2u 55.2u 1.257m 1.740m
-
1.797m 1.856m 995.5u
-
1.714m
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1.245 1.467 1.120 70.32m 1.384 303.6m 455.1m 1.249 per Burst 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Long Pulse Radar Test Signal Test Signal Name: LP_Signal_03 Number of Bursts in Trial: 13 Burst Pulses Chrip
(Hz) Pulse Width (s) Pulse 1 to 2 Spacing (s) Pulse 2 to 3 Spacing (s) Start Location (s) 11M 14M 7M 19M 14M 9M 13M 9M 16M 11M 18M 16M 8M 63.8u 75.3u 99.1u 83.5u 88.7u 54.3u 79.0u 87.7u 97.6u 58.3u 52.8u 78.1u 94.5u 1.646m 936.7u
-
1.296m 1.125m 1.374m 1.025m 1.636m 1.464m 1.457m 1.158m
-
-
-
-
-
1.771m
-
-
1.317m
-
1.562m
-
-
944.5u 1.576m 170.4m 638.2m 594.5m 799.4m 118.2m 400.2m 9.602m 857.4m 100.1m 887.3m 523.5m 123.4m 557.7m per Burst 2 2 1 2 3 2 2 3 2 3 2 1 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 Long Pulse Radar Test Signal Test Signal Name: LP_Signal_04 Number of Bursts in Trial: 13 Burst Pulses Chrip
(Hz) Pulse Width (s) Pulse 1 to 2 Spacing (s) Pulse 2 to 3 Spacing (s) Start Location (s) 14M 14M 6M 5M 8M 11M 5M 13M 5M 6M 10M 14M 19M 63.3u 90.7u 85.8u 95.7u 86.7u 89.6u 96.9u 75.0u 85.6u 74.2u 75.4u 69.1u 59.5u 1.777m 1.309m
-
-
-
-
-
-
1.105m
-
-
1.009m 1.053m 1.058m
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1.678m
-
427.7m 219.3m 578.3m 584.1m 524.7m 853.5m 568.4m 26.68m 885.7m 175.9m 570.1m 122.2m 302.3m per Burst 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 2 3 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 Long Pulse Radar Test Signal Test Signal Name: LP_Signal_05 Number of Bursts in Trial: 17 Burst Pulses Chrip
(Hz) Pulse Width (s) Pulse 1 to 2 Spacing (s) Pulse 2 to 3 Spacing (s) Start Location (s) 6M 19M 13M 13M 20M 9M 18M 8M 12M 7M 15M 19M 15M 6M 10M 5M 10M 51.3u 76.4u 90.5u 84.8u 79.6u 99.6u 51.7u 68.9u 56.7u 80.1u 80.0u 83.3u 62.0u 65.0u 77.3u 97.8u 95.5u 1.730m 1.126m 1.022m
-
1.131m 932.4u 951.3u 1.783m 1.623m
-
-
1.785m 1.641m 957.0u 1.115m 1.473m 1.005m
-
-
-
-
929.4u 1.115m
-
-
-
-
-
-
1.885m 949.0u 925.7u
-
-
330.6m 458.3m 123.9m 170.4m 443.5m 376.4m 551.6m 432.4m 57.08m 437.0m 385.8m 597.2m 299.3m 175.0m 238.8m 198.9m 356.2m per Burst 2 2 2 1 3 3 2 2 2 1 1 2 3 3 3 2 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Long Pulse Radar Test Signal Test Signal Name: LP_Signal_06 Number of Bursts in Trial: 17 Burst Pulses Chrip
(Hz) Pulse Width (s) Pulse 1 to 2 Spacing (s) Pulse 2 to 3 Spacing (s) Start Location (s) 18M 14M 9M 6M 7M 6M 14M 13M 15M 14M 18M 19M 17M 11M 6M 13M 6M 68.0u 88.5u 96.0u 95.6u 50.2u 58.9u 60.4u 91.5u 63.7u 99.0u 80.4u 65.8u 98.9u 73.6u 84.8u 83.6u 77.2u 1.417m 1.295m 1.365m
-
-
1.042m 1.756m 1.181m 1.868m
-
1.907m 1.295m 1.394m
-
1.058m
-
-
-
-
1.178m
-
-
1.395m
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
546.8m 452.9m 240.8m 316.7m 500.4m 217.3m 364.8m 330.1m 581.6m 474.3m 9.886m 330.4m 390.5m 78.33m 702.5m 73.13m 165.1m per Burst 2 2 3 1 1 3 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Long Pulse Radar Test Signal Test Signal Name: LP_Signal_07 Number of Bursts in Trial: 18 Burst Pulses Chrip
(Hz) Pulse Width (s) Pulse 1 to 2 Spacing (s) Pulse 2 to 3 Spacing (s) Start Location (s) 9M 16M 19M 12M 18M 13M 11M 10M 13M 7M 14M 20M 14M 11M 13M 17M 5M 14M 61.8u 74.8u 86.2u 78.8u 57.8u 98.2u 82.0u 67.8u 71.5u 100.0u 72.1u 57.0u 92.2u 88.8u 84.5u 51.6u 85.2u 55.7u 1.779m 1.860m 1.825m 1.749m 1.927m 1.873m 1.566m 1.082m
-
1.146m 951.9u 1.212m 957.8u 1.392m
-
1.382m 1.759m 1.638m
-
-
-
1.535m
-
-
-
1.497m
-
1.739m
-
-
-
-
-
-
1.343m 1.920m 488.8m 642.5m 177.7m 580.4m 564.8m 515.7m 454.1m 626.0m 551.9m 56.35m 305.1m 16.70m 27.73m 40.20m 331.0m 576.3m 77.52m 70.69m per Burst 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 3 1 3 2 2 2 2 1 2 3 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Long Pulse Radar Test Signal Test Signal Name: LP_Signal_08 Number of Bursts in Trial: 10 Burst Pulses Chrip
(Hz) Pulse Width (s) Pulse 1 to 2 Spacing (s) Pulse 2 to 3 Spacing (s) Start Location (s) 19M 11M 11M 15M 15M 13M 16M 6M 18M 18M 77.7u 78.5u 71.4u 55.3u 54.0u 88.1u 67.0u 65.8u 57.1u 71.2u 1.050m 1.060m
-
1.442m
-
-
1.632m 1.241m 1.403m 1.688m
-
-
-
-
-
-
1.827m 1.129m
-
-
177.1m 470.3m 983.0m 1.131 772.4m 261.4m 254.7m 1.060 854.9m 1.074 per Burst 2 2 1 2 1 1 3 3 2 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Long Pulse Radar Test Signal Test Signal Name: LP_Signal_09 Number of Bursts in Trial: 17 Burst Pulses Chrip
(Hz) Pulse Width (s) Pulse 1 to 2 Spacing (s) Pulse 2 to 3 Spacing (s) Start Location (s) 9M 6M 10M 17M 5M 14M 13M 14M 10M 15M 8M 10M 9M 8M 10M 6M 19M 65.4u 99.2u 96.8u 73.0u 96.4u 72.3u 51.7u 81.8u 97.5u 72.9u 87.3u 68.6u 76.0u 58.8u 61.7u 91.3u 74.9u 1.758m 1.373m
-
1.464m 1.647m
-
949.3u 1.680m 1.228m 993.1u 1.868m 1.028m 1.240m 1.178m 1.375m 1.631m
-
1.923m
-
-
1.221m
-
-
1.696m
-
-
-
945.7u
-
-
-
-
-
-
302.2m 90.02m 654.1m 153.7m 274.3m 282.0m 187.1m 28.99m 132.4m 624.5m 670.8m 95.93m 500.3m 135.3m 61.99m 246.2m 73.82m per Burst 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Long Pulse Radar Test Signal Test Signal Name: LP_Signal_10 Number of Bursts in Trial: 12 Burst Pulses Chrip
(Hz) Pulse Width (s) Pulse 1 to 2 Spacing (s) Pulse 2 to 3 Spacing (s) Start Location (s) 6M 14M 11M 18M 12M 10M 14M 7M 19M 8M 20M 13M 83.6u 88.5u 65.5u 50.1u 54.8u 98.0u 97.9u 51.1u 94.8u 61.5u 97.4u 53.4u 1.128m 940.4u
-
1.799m 1.830m
-
1.279m 962.1u
-
1.788m 1.345m 1.181m 961.6u
-
1.927m 1.137m
-
-
-
-
-
1.563m
-
-
222.6m 306.9m 145.6m 103.2m 122.2m 72.32m 782.9m 882.9m 296.0m 736.2m 908.2m 797.0m per Burst 3 1 3 3 1 2 2 1 2 3 2 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Long Pulse Radar Test Signal Test Signal Name: LP_Signal_11 Number of Bursts in Trial: 15 Burst Pulses Chrip
(Hz) Pulse Width (s) Pulse 1 to 2 Spacing (s) Pulse 2 to 3 Spacing (s) Start Location (s) 6M 8M 7M 9M 10M 5M 12M 6M 16M 12M 8M 7M 7M 19M 13M 91.0u 74.8u 62.8u 62.1u 99.2u 60.6u 73.1u 97.2u 72.9u 96.5u 61.1u 80.3u 96.7u 68.0u 59.4u 1.659m 1.458m
-
1.739m 1.049m 1.532m 1.250m 1.534m 1.072m 1.363m
-
1.556m 1.165m
-
-
1.470m
-
1.903m
-
957.8u 1.347m
-
-
1.337m
-
-
-
-
-
-
732.8m 597.4m 122.0m 551.7m 621.5m 212.4m 552.4m 109.2m 46.79m 406.8m 1.317m 135.8m 44.07m 352.6m 171.1m per Burst 3 1 3 2 3 3 2 2 3 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Long Pulse Radar Test Signal Test Signal Name: LP_Signal_12 Number of Bursts in Trial: 14 Burst Pulses Chrip
(Hz) Pulse Width (s) Pulse 1 to 2 Spacing (s) Pulse 2 to 3 Spacing (s) Start Location (s) 11M 14M 12M 14M 20M 16M 15M 13M 14M 7M 7M 15M 10M 20M 91.6u 65.4u 96.9u 55.4u 87.7u 62.5u 70.4u 66.7u 52.0u 63.5u 62.8u 73.2u 50.9u 60.4u 1.845m
-
-
1.340m 1.832m 1.337m 1.604m 1.904m
-
1.578m 1.112m 1.095m 1.147m 1.213m
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1.764m
-
-
-
470.9m 5.924m 383.3m 819.5m 590.5m 661.9m 208.6m 56.87m 732.2m 477.1m 644.2m 802.8m 594.0m 539.4m per Burst 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 3 2 2 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Long Pulse Radar Test Signal Test Signal Name: LP_Signal_13 Number of Bursts in Trial: 12 Burst Pulses per Burst 1 1 1 2 1 1 3 3 2 1 2 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Chrip
(Hz) Pulse Width (s) Pulse 1 to 2 Spacing (s) Pulse 2 to 3 Spacing (s) Start Location (s) 9M 15M 6M 13M 18M 12M 17M 6M 17M 19M 19M 16M 66.0u 79.6u 93.8u 74.7u 94.3u 98.7u 71.7u 59.0u 86.3u 89.8u 87.2u 92.3u
-
-
-
1.836m
-
-
1.418m 1.554m 1.882m
-
1.199m 1.573m
-
-
-
-
-
-
1.749m 1.061m
-
-
-
-
287.0m 716.7m 531.6m 115.8m 991.2m 786.8m 693.5m 547.5m 890.4m 465.9m 720.0m 550.2m Long Pulse Radar Test Signal Test Signal Name: LP_Signal_14 Number of Bursts in Trial: 10 Burst Pulses Chrip
(Hz) Pulse Width (s) Pulse 1 to 2 Spacing (s) Pulse 2 to 3 Spacing (s) Start Location (s) 8M 9M 8M 9M 12M 19M 10M 6M 13M 8M 97.4u 55.1u 81.7u 65.1u 53.9u 78.6u 88.4u 59.8u 83.8u 88.4u 1.783m 1.725m 1.623m 1.196m 1.292m 1.057m 1.296m 1.221m 1.254m
-
1.314m 961.9u
-
1.151m
-
1.144m
-
-
1.656m
-
564.5m 296.1m 32.45m 1.170 603.5m 481.3m 929.5m 104.3m 220.8m 1.019 per Burst 3 3 2 3 2 3 2 2 3 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Long Pulse Radar Test Signal Test Signal Name: LP_Signal_15 Number of Bursts in Trial: 15 Burst Pulses Chrip
(Hz) Pulse Width (s) Pulse 1 to 2 Spacing (s) Pulse 2 to 3 Spacing (s) Start Location (s) 16M 19M 10M 17M 20M 10M 13M 11M 8M 5M 8M 8M 16M 5M 18M 63.4u 70.1u 87.9u 63.8u 82.2u 50.9u 51.6u 84.4u 75.3u 70.4u 62.2u 98.7u 96.2u 98.1u 66.2u
-
1.393m 1.879m 1.794m 1.529m 1.022m
-
1.262m 1.123m 1.557m 1.265m 909.3u 1.589m 956.9u 1.075m
-
-
938.1u
-
-
1.658m
-
-
-
1.536m
-
1.811m 1.247m
-
-
707.0m 752.4m 439.0m 684.9m 171.8m 383.7m 258.6m 365.9m 406.6m 679.9m 171.9m 20.50m 448.6m 642.4m 291.7m per Burst 1 2 3 2 2 3 1 2 2 3 2 3 3 2 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Long Pulse Radar Test Signal Test Signal Name: LP_Signal_16 Number of Bursts in Trial: 19 Burst Pulses Chrip
(Hz) Pulse Width (s) Pulse 1 to 2 Spacing (s) Pulse 2 to 3 Spacing (s) Start Location (s) 10M 14M 9M 14M 10M 12M 7M 19M 10M 16M 11M 14M 17M 15M 8M 16M 11M 7M 15M 99.8u 87.1u 91.3u 80.5u 89.2u 89.4u 96.9u 50.1u 79.0u 94.1u 82.2u 81.2u 52.8u 65.5u 74.6u 85.1u 74.7u 63.6u 93.7u 1.418m 1.712m
-
1.402m 1.217m 1.300m 1.361m 1.632m
-
1.493m 1.843m
-
-
-
-
-
1.074m
-
1.830m 1.169m
-
-
-
-
1.527m 1.802m
-
1.367m 1.464m
-
998.4u 1.349m
-
965.4u
-
-
1.531m
-
561.8m 583.8m 519.8m 319.6m 340.2m 123.2m 429.8m 388.4m 47.23m 197.7m 234.2m 253.8m 6.371m 205.1m 603.0m 400.0m 295.7m 142.2m 307.6m per Burst 2 2 1 2 3 2 3 3 1 2 2 1 3 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 Long Pulse Radar Test Signal Test Signal Name: LP_Signal_17 Number of Bursts in Trial: 19 Burst Pulses Chrip
(Hz) Pulse Width (s) Pulse 1 to 2 Spacing (s) Pulse 2 to 3 Spacing (s) Start Location (s) 12M 7M 7M 12M 12M 14M 8M 18M 5M 7M 6M 7M 18M 15M 15M 18M 19M 14M 12M 62.8u 63.8u 69.1u 89.7u 77.7u 99.2u 92.0u 85.6u 91.0u 99.2u 68.3u 53.4u 59.6u 81.6u 73.0u 80.9u 76.3u 57.9u 88.1u
-
-
947.9u 1.140m 1.453m 1.518m 1.175m 1.401m 1.082m 1.278m
-
1.722m
-
1.399m 1.491m
-
1.522m 1.252m
-
-
-
-
-
-
1.272m
-
941.4u
-
-
-
-
-
-
1.642m
-
-
-
-
180.3m 354.0m 377.4m 29.83m 258.8m 28.25m 274.5m 357.4m 147.7m 570.6m 629.1m 290.9m 57.01m 192.2m 286.6m 421.4m 267.9m 111.6m 87.42m per Burst 1 1 2 2 2 3 2 3 2 2 1 2 1 2 3 1 2 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 Long Pulse Radar Test Signal Test Signal Name: LP_Signal_18 Number of Bursts in Trial: 14 Burst Pulses Chrip
(Hz) Pulse Width (s) Pulse 1 to 2 Spacing (s) Pulse 2 to 3 Spacing (s) Start Location (s) 19M 13M 20M 13M 5M 14M 15M 19M 14M 17M 7M 14M 15M 16M 63.2u 58.1u 72.3u 80.5u 95.3u 59.8u 70.1u 66.1u 78.8u 56.0u 91.2u 88.4u 60.6u 75.9u 1.182m 1.846m
-
-
1.770m 1.031m
-
1.724m 1.441m 1.816m 1.515m
-
-
1.560m 924.6u
-
1.101m
-
-
1.839m 1.620m
-
-
-
1.502m
-
-
-
627.5m 757.4m 188.2m 426.2m 63.40m 261.4m 541.6m 821.2m 525.1m 820.4m 842.1m 746.6m 664.2m 662.2m per Burst 3 1 3 1 2 3 3 2 1 1 3 2 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Long Pulse Radar Test Signal Test Signal Name: LP_Signal_19 Number of Bursts in Trial: 10 Burst Pulses per Burst 2 1 1 2 1 3 2 2 3 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Chrip
(Hz) Pulse Width (s) Pulse 1 to 2 Spacing (s) Pulse 2 to 3 Spacing (s) Start Location (s) 12M 10M 14M 19M 18M 16M 11M 7M 18M 14M 79.3u 82.4u 85.8u 87.1u 68.0u 54.3u 77.9u 87.0u 56.2u 56.4u 1.322m
-
-
1.830m
-
1.365m 1.513m 1.678m 1.363m 1.664m
-
-
-
-
-
984.7u
-
-
1.490m
-
997.1m 133.7m 569.7m 211.7m 160.4m 1.007 84.97m 97.97m 514.7m 221.0m Long Pulse Radar Test Signal Test Signal Name: LP_Signal_20 Number of Bursts in Trial: 9 Burst Pulses Chrip
(Hz) Pulse Width (s) Pulse 1 to 2 Spacing (s) Pulse 2 to 3 Spacing (s) Start Location (s) 5M 8M 15M 12M 20M 12M 16M 14M 15M 56.6u 72.5u 59.9u 99.4u 68.3u 52.4u 88.8u 64.7u 76.0u 1.548m
-
1.792m 1.238m 1.410m
-
1.546m 1.322m
-
-
-
-
979.6u
-
-
1.436m 1.561m
-
1.104 515.1m 511.2m 916.0m 1.004 554.2m 416.8m 72.05m 1.026 per Burst 2 1 2 3 2 1 3 3 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Long Pulse Radar Test Signal Test Signal Name: LP_Signal_21 Number of Bursts in Trial: 11 Burst Pulses Chrip
(Hz) Pulse Width (s) Pulse 1 to 2 Spacing (s) Pulse 2 to 3 Spacing (s) Start Location (s) 5M 19M 13M 5M 11M 8M 14M 16M 7M 14M 18M 99.3u 84.3u 76.5u 59.0u 67.1u 52.7u 88.4u 94.8u 78.0u 96.6u 100.0u
-
969.7u 1.649m 1.216m 1.656m
-
1.291m 1.835m 1.799m 1.052m
-
-
1.060m
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1.162m
-
400.2m 1.013 68.15m 1.081 124.4m 834.9m 721.5m 586.9m 427.8m 157.4m 145.7m per Burst 1 3 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 3 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Long Pulse Radar Test Signal Test Signal Name: LP_Signal_22 Number of Bursts in Trial: 18 Burst Pulses Chrip
(Hz) Pulse Width (s) Pulse 1 to 2 Spacing (s) Pulse 2 to 3 Spacing (s) Start Location (s) 6M 11M 10M 13M 16M 9M 13M 7M 14M 19M 13M 7M 17M 18M 10M 10M 6M 13M 82.4u 84.2u 77.7u 52.4u 67.0u 56.4u 94.3u 50.3u 67.3u 62.5u 86.4u 51.6u 52.1u 67.5u 64.2u 62.8u 95.4u 62.4u 1.190m 1.586m 1.087m 1.671m
-
1.642m 1.644m 1.941m 1.194m 1.589m
-
-
1.318m
-
1.822m
-
-
1.635m 1.032m
-
1.187m
-
-
-
1.888m 1.236m
-
-
1.460m 1.330m
-
1.065m 1.623m
-
-
-
34.04m 611.1m 23.68m 222.6m 645.5m 34.09m 208.9m 149.7m 3.855m 319.9m 127.0m 101.1m 359.5m 311.3m 140.6m 177.0m 327.0m 608.3m per Burst 3 2 3 2 1 3 3 2 3 2 1 1 3 1 3 1 2 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Long Pulse Radar Test Signal Test Signal Name: LP_Signal_23 Number of Bursts in Trial: 10 Burst Pulses per Burst 3 2 1 3 2 2 2 1 3 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Chrip
(Hz) Pulse Width (s) Pulse 1 to 2 Spacing (s) Pulse 2 to 3 Spacing (s) Start Location (s) 13M 10M 10M 19M 6M 17M 6M 10M 20M 16M 82.7u 72.5u 97.4u 79.3u 54.4u 84.1u 61.2u 56.1u 96.2u 91.6u 1.323m 1.463m
-
1.452m 1.392m 1.063m 1.830m
-
1.876m 1.452m 1.145m
-
-
1.919m
-
-
-
-
1.466m
-
944.2m 353.0m 792.2m 765.8m 391.1m 353.6m 958.5m 1.079 832.9m 896.5m Long Pulse Radar Test Signal Test Signal Name: LP_Signal_24 Number of Bursts in Trial: 9 Burst Pulses Chrip
(Hz) Pulse Width (s) Pulse 1 to 2 Spacing (s) Pulse 2 to 3 Spacing (s) Start Location (s) 19M 13M 13M 17M 18M 11M 9M 7M 15M 85.5u 79.3u 60.1u 63.2u 64.9u 78.4u 62.3u 58.0u 94.6u 1.795m 1.814m 1.629m
-
1.789m 1.058m 1.787m
-
-
1.680m 1.803m
-
-
1.631m 1.343m
-
-
-
199.6m 171.1m 37.65m 822.1m 588.6m 334.9m 48.76m 667.4m 368.6m per Burst 3 3 2 1 3 3 2 1 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Long Pulse Radar Test Signal Test Signal Name: LP_Signal_25 Number of Bursts in Trial: 9 Burst Pulses Chrip
(Hz) Pulse Width (s) Pulse 1 to 2 Spacing (s) Pulse 2 to 3 Spacing (s) Start Location (s) 16M 13M 18M 10M 8M 6M 15M 19M 12M 94.2u 52.8u 92.6u 55.7u 73.9u 86.6u 55.3u 100.0u 77.1u 1.663m
-
1.075m
-
-
1.863m
-
1.800m 1.438m
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
241.5m 901.2m 944.9m 1.310 1.032 758.4m 1.088 692.0m 233.5m per Burst 2 1 2 1 1 2 1 2 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Long Pulse Radar Test Signal Test Signal Name: LP_Signal_26 Number of Bursts in Trial: 19 Burst Pulses Chrip
(Hz) Pulse Width (s) Pulse 1 to 2 Spacing (s) Pulse 2 to 3 Spacing (s) Start Location (s) 6M 18M 16M 14M 15M 16M 13M 11M 13M 20M 19M 17M 16M 5M 11M 10M 16M 17M 12M 69.7u 61.9u 80.5u 74.3u 91.9u 88.9u 88.0u 81.8u 72.8u 94.6u 85.9u 90.1u 94.1u 70.4u 51.2u 62.4u 78.7u 96.4u 95.2u 1.458m 1.254m 1.020m 1.259m
-
1.687m 1.861m 1.812m 1.154m
-
1.547m
-
1.186m 1.926m 963.8u
-
1.339m 1.862m 1.683m 1.825m
-
1.745m
-
-
1.202m
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1.677m
-
1.309m 324.2m 521.5m 237.3m 559.0m 303.9m 217.2m 342.0m 109.6m 621.3m 95.24m 585.7m 628.9m 130.8m 392.3m 622.6m 54.46m 20.42m 12.40m 165.0m per Burst 3 2 3 2 1 3 2 2 2 1 2 1 2 2 2 1 3 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 Long Pulse Radar Test Signal Test Signal Name: LP_Signal_27 Number of Bursts in Trial: 11 Burst Pulses Chrip
(Hz) Pulse Width (s) Pulse 1 to 2 Spacing (s) Pulse 2 to 3 Spacing (s) Start Location (s) 18M 18M 14M 13M 13M 15M 17M 9M 6M 5M 20M 81.1u 94.5u 83.8u 98.2u 61.1u 61.0u 62.9u 65.9u 57.8u 55.1u 72.6u 1.040m 1.132m 1.641m 1.009m 1.398m 1.531m 1.756m 1.924m
-
1.493m
-
-
1.495m 1.788m 1.566m 1.751m
-
-
-
-
-
-
459.2m 624.4m 586.1m 472.9m 564.4m 637.0m 727.8m 228.7m 818.7m 421.1m 785.4m per Burst 2 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Long Pulse Radar Test Signal Test Signal Name: LP_Signal_28 Number of Bursts in Trial: 20 Burst Pulses Chrip
(Hz) Pulse Width (s) Pulse 1 to 2 Spacing (s) Pulse 2 to 3 Spacing (s) Start Location (s) 15M 19M 8M 13M 7M 6M 19M 14M 15M 17M 11M 12M 16M 20M 9M 7M 18M 15M 12M 17M 95.9u 50.2u 83.0u 59.1u 76.7u 62.1u 92.2u 60.2u 90.7u 92.0u 69.8u 83.5u 60.3u 94.5u 85.5u 76.9u 61.5u 74.6u 55.0u 64.2u
-
-
1.734m 1.739m
-
-
-
-
1.897m
-
1.604m 1.400m
-
1.123m 1.632m 1.450m
-
989.5u
-
1.051m 1.717m
-
1.838m 1.817m 1.927m 1.100m
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
23.71m 404.3m 326.0m 83.02m 190.1m 584.2m 314.4m 436.2m 175.0m 226.2m 279.3m 381.2m 367.8m 572.8m 101.2m 482.7m 275.6m 24.13m 263.6m 408.2m per Burst 1 1 2 3 1 3 1 2 2 2 1 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 Long Pulse Radar Test Signal Test Signal Name: LP_Signal_29 Number of Bursts in Trial: 18 Burst Pulses Chrip
(Hz) Pulse Width (s) Pulse 1 to 2 Spacing (s) Pulse 2 to 3 Spacing (s) Start Location (s) 6M 14M 11M 5M 11M 7M 10M 8M 13M 9M 18M 12M 6M 15M 11M 13M 19M 17M 55.9u 51.1u 88.0u 56.4u 63.7u 95.5u 86.4u 78.9u 81.3u 78.9u 69.6u 62.6u 88.5u 96.1u 84.2u 78.6u 98.9u 87.1u 1.649m 1.607m
-
1.042m
-
-
-
-
1.256m 1.513m
-
1.345m 1.496m 1.627m 1.733m 1.440m
-
1.129m 1.570m 956.9u
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1.749m
-
-
-
-
-
69.58m 544.9m 382.9m 481.2m 169.3m 458.4m 565.3m 173.8m 188.7m 235.7m 272.6m 371.5m 183.7m 598.3m 520.8m 662.5m 433.6m 503.6m per Burst 2 3 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 1 2 2 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Long Pulse Radar Test Signal Test Signal Name: LP_Signal_30 Number of Bursts in Trial: 9 Burst Pulses Chrip
(Hz) Pulse Width (s) Pulse 1 to 2 Spacing (s) Pulse 2 to 3 Spacing (s) Start Location (s) 13M 7M 9M 9M 10M 18M 8M 11M 12M 75.0u 55.7u 76.1u 74.2u 55.5u 69.2u 92.3u 74.4u 53.7u 1.677m 1.765m 1.444m
-
1.891m 1.442m
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
125.6m 354.3m 305.6m 188.1m 400.1m 6.288m 1.275 949.1m 407.1m per Burst 2 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Type 6 Radar Statistical Performances Trial # Pulses per Pulse Width (s) Burst PRI (s) Detection 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 1.0u 333.0u 333.0u 333.0u 333.0u 333.0u 333.0u 333.0u 333.0u 333.0u 333.0u 333.0u 333.0u 333.0u 333.0u 333.0u 333.0u 333.0u 333.0u 333.0u 333.0u 333.0u 333.0u 333.0u 333.0u 333.0u 333.0u 333.0u 333.0u 333.0u 333.0u Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Detection Rate: 100.0 %
Type 6 Radar Statistical Performances Trial #
Detection Hopping Frequency Sequence Name HOP_FREQ_SEQ_01 HOP_FREQ_SEQ_02 HOP_FREQ_SEQ_03 HOP_FREQ_SEQ_04 HOP_FREQ_SEQ_05 HOP_FREQ_SEQ_06 HOP_FREQ_SEQ_07 HOP_FREQ_SEQ_08 HOP_FREQ_SEQ_09 HOP_FREQ_SEQ_10 HOP_FREQ_SEQ_11 HOP_FREQ_SEQ_12 HOP_FREQ_SEQ_13 HOP_FREQ_SEQ_14 HOP_FREQ_SEQ_15 HOP_FREQ_SEQ_16 HOP_FREQ_SEQ_17 HOP_FREQ_SEQ_18 HOP_FREQ_SEQ_19 HOP_FREQ_SEQ_20 HOP_FREQ_SEQ_21 HOP_FREQ_SEQ_22 HOP_FREQ_SEQ_23 HOP_FREQ_SEQ_24 HOP_FREQ_SEQ_25 HOP_FREQ_SEQ_26 HOP_FREQ_SEQ_27 HOP_FREQ_SEQ_28 HOP_FREQ_SEQ_29 HOP_FREQ_SEQ_30 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Detection Rate: 100.0 %
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 Hopping Frequency Sequence Name: HOP_FREQ_SEQ_01 SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency
(Hz) 5.385G 5.687G 5.252G 5.549G 5.392G 5.361G 5.390G 5.251G 5.681G 5.525G 5.650G 5.437G 5.405G 5.558G 5.301G 5.362G 5.723G 5.267G 5.699G 5.571G 5.322G 5.601G 5.450G 5.562G 5.350G 2 6 10 14 18 22 26 30 34 38 42 46 50 54 58 62 66 70 74 78 82 86 90 94 98
(Hz) 5.276G 5.421G 5.711G 5.526G 5.534G 5.302G 5.510G 5.425G 5.517G 5.575G 5.275G 5.603G 5.345G 5.399G 5.264G 5.715G 5.573G 5.466G 5.297G 5.576G 5.662G 5.703G 5.507G 5.494G 5.280G 3 7 11 15 19 23 27 31 35 39 43 47 51 55 59 63 67 71 75 79 83 87 91 95 99
(Hz) 5.300G 5.488G 5.638G 5.688G 5.395G 5.318G 5.678G 5.503G 5.701G 5.449G 5.717G 5.329G 5.346G 5.578G 5.368G 5.676G 5.580G 5.721G 5.261G 5.710G 5.284G 5.310G 5.468G 5.481G 5.574G
(Hz) 5.598G 5.369G 5.651G 5.497G 5.386G 5.712G 5.312G 5.589G 5.404G 5.680G 5.296G 5.626G 5.512G 5.451G 5.672G 5.486G 5.347G 5.524G 5.560G 5.535G 5.704G 5.653G 5.263G 5.256G 5.266G 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33 37 41 45 49 53 57 61 65 69 73 77 81 85 89 93 97 Hopping Frequency Sequence Name: HOP_FREQ_SEQ_02 SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency
(Hz) 5.461G 5.281G 5.522G 5.426G 5.662G 5.278G 5.679G 5.337G 5.364G 5.543G 5.591G 5.250G 5.302G 5.359G 5.419G 5.471G 5.714G 5.424G 5.507G 5.403G 5.376G 5.692G 5.380G 5.572G 5.562G 2 6 10 14 18 22 26 30 34 38 42 46 50 54 58 62 66 70 74 78 82 86 90 94 98
(Hz) 5.680G 5.401G 5.427G 5.652G 5.713G 5.347G 5.675G 5.498G 5.306G 5.301G 5.416G 5.676G 5.348G 5.448G 5.551G 5.390G 5.645G 5.674G 5.547G 5.315G 5.288G 5.533G 5.569G 5.606G 5.290G 3 7 11 15 19 23 27 31 35 39 43 47 51 55 59 63 67 71 75 79 83 87 91 95 99
(Hz) 5.607G 5.374G 5.521G 5.541G 5.573G 5.440G 5.350G 5.709G 5.563G 5.485G 5.564G 5.582G 5.436G 5.474G 5.297G 5.611G 5.706G 5.545G 5.621G 5.312G 5.413G 5.371G 5.399G 5.261G 5.602G
(Hz) 5.495G 5.352G 5.277G 5.700G 5.314G 5.500G 5.690G 5.647G 5.616G 5.285G 5.446G 5.411G 5.701G 5.651G 5.672G 5.496G 5.368G 5.346G 5.646G 5.398G 5.476G 5.605G 5.612G 5.561G 5.384G 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33 37 41 45 49 53 57 61 65 69 73 77 81 85 89 93 97 Hopping Frequency Sequence Name: HOP_FREQ_SEQ_03 SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency
(Hz) 5.688G 5.640G 5.499G 5.401G 5.690G 5.708G 5.299G 5.580G 5.384G 5.685G 5.508G 5.526G 5.420G 5.672G 5.549G 5.361G 5.632G 5.453G 5.477G 5.621G 5.575G 5.461G 5.556G 5.520G 5.698G 2 6 10 14 18 22 26 30 34 38 42 46 50 54 58 62 66 70 74 78 82 86 90 94 98
(Hz) 5.404G 5.591G 5.544G 5.408G 5.297G 5.347G 5.661G 5.634G 5.418G 5.720G 5.389G 5.268G 5.538G 5.250G 5.550G 5.371G 5.312G 5.619G 5.604G 5.445G 5.573G 5.537G 5.583G 5.502G 5.582G 3 7 11 15 19 23 27 31 35 39 43 47 51 55 59 63 67 71 75 79 83 87 91 95 99
(Hz) 5.669G 5.394G 5.673G 5.451G 5.439G 5.327G 5.694G 5.456G 5.285G 5.612G 5.430G 5.431G 5.707G 5.432G 5.524G 5.317G 5.373G 5.411G 5.375G 5.599G 5.260G 5.552G 5.509G 5.419G 5.497G
(Hz) 5.460G 5.507G 5.504G 5.532G 5.437G 5.414G 5.535G 5.350G 5.264G 5.303G 5.372G 5.578G 5.631G 5.379G 5.471G 5.393G 5.588G 5.421G 5.296G 5.680G 5.510G 5.367G 5.608G 5.545G 5.567G 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33 37 41 45 49 53 57 61 65 69 73 77 81 85 89 93 97 Hopping Frequency Sequence Name: HOP_FREQ_SEQ_04 SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency
(Hz) 5.661G 5.263G 5.317G 5.463G 5.606G 5.603G 5.581G 5.485G 5.390G 5.515G 5.505G 5.702G 5.339G 5.460G 5.378G 5.264G 5.685G 5.439G 5.416G 5.654G 5.591G 5.511G 5.345G 5.413G 5.401G 2 6 10 14 18 22 26 30 34 38 42 46 50 54 58 62 66 70 74 78 82 86 90 94 98
(Hz) 5.365G 5.287G 5.668G 5.278G 5.392G 5.261G 5.462G 5.389G 5.612G 5.432G 5.698G 5.514G 5.391G 5.393G 5.704G 5.509G 5.467G 5.346G 5.458G 5.301G 5.542G 5.600G 5.256G 5.586G 5.682G 3 7 11 15 19 23 27 31 35 39 43 47 51 55 59 63 67 71 75 79 83 87 91 95 99
(Hz) 5.583G 5.419G 5.622G 5.703G 5.469G 5.710G 5.486G 5.626G 5.688G 5.388G 5.459G 5.566G 5.376G 5.671G 5.350G 5.571G 5.470G 5.724G 5.651G 5.254G 5.642G 5.589G 5.567G 5.281G 5.442G 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100
(Hz) 5.321G 5.315G 5.627G 5.445G 5.643G 5.637G 5.347G 5.716G 5.481G 5.720G 5.479G 5.369G 5.664G 5.299G 5.701G 5.325G 5.665G 5.655G 5.435G 5.277G 5.518G 5.273G 5.493G 5.547G 5.598G 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33 37 41 45 49 53 57 61 65 69 73 77 81 85 89 93 97 Hopping Frequency Sequence Name: HOP_FREQ_SEQ_05 SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency
(Hz) 5.588G 5.467G 5.306G 5.403G 5.455G 5.584G 5.710G 5.408G 5.410G 5.561G 5.679G 5.387G 5.361G 5.501G 5.640G 5.340G 5.338G 5.469G 5.606G 5.486G 5.253G 5.351G 5.690G 5.252G 5.547G 2 6 10 14 18 22 26 30 34 38 42 46 50 54 58 62 66 70 74 78 82 86 90 94 98
(Hz) 5.437G 5.332G 5.645G 5.309G 5.550G 5.701G 5.590G 5.456G 5.498G 5.438G 5.507G 5.720G 5.557G 5.439G 5.359G 5.638G 5.279G 5.524G 5.409G 5.532G 5.667G 5.373G 5.696G 5.535G 5.609G 3 7 11 15 19 23 27 31 35 39 43 47 51 55 59 63 67 71 75 79 83 87 91 95 99
(Hz) 5.627G 5.367G 5.722G 5.404G 5.659G 5.381G 5.633G 5.552G 5.583G 5.396G 5.428G 5.391G 5.436G 5.546G 5.458G 5.318G 5.296G 5.407G 5.651G 5.416G 5.581G 5.427G 5.704G 5.683G 5.648G
(Hz) 5.433G 5.350G 5.529G 5.495G 5.487G 5.520G 5.426G 5.251G 5.301G 5.451G 5.283G 5.716G 5.365G 5.364G 5.461G 5.523G 5.429G 5.334G 5.263G 5.543G 5.578G 5.600G 5.452G 5.605G 5.647G 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33 37 41 45 49 53 57 61 65 69 73 77 81 85 89 93 97 Hopping Frequency Sequence Name: HOP_FREQ_SEQ_06 SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency
(Hz) 5.591G 5.717G 5.423G 5.440G 5.694G 5.626G 5.617G 5.684G 5.532G 5.593G 5.410G 5.622G 5.282G 5.295G 5.412G 5.453G 5.564G 5.683G 5.386G 5.543G 5.330G 5.681G 5.636G 5.693G 5.401G 2 6 10 14 18 22 26 30 34 38 42 46 50 54 58 62 66 70 74 78 82 86 90 94 98
(Hz) 5.393G 5.526G 5.365G 5.456G 5.358G 5.673G 5.652G 5.614G 5.595G 5.424G 5.394G 5.503G 5.434G 5.458G 5.389G 5.292G 5.517G 5.254G 5.549G 5.687G 5.589G 5.427G 5.556G 5.417G 5.577G 3 7 11 15 19 23 27 31 35 39 43 47 51 55 59 63 67 71 75 79 83 87 91 95 99
(Hz) 5.324G 5.397G 5.711G 5.499G 5.336G 5.371G 5.703G 5.644G 5.370G 5.504G 5.598G 5.431G 5.388G 5.416G 5.610G 5.266G 5.660G 5.262G 5.689G 5.539G 5.321G 5.560G 5.280G 5.527G 5.466G
(Hz) 5.501G 5.507G 5.261G 5.293G 5.284G 5.274G 5.301G 5.637G 5.612G 5.322G 5.594G 5.638G 5.383G 5.318G 5.621G 5.587G 5.529G 5.463G 5.335G 5.408G 5.567G 5.481G 5.446G 5.702G 5.541G 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33 37 41 45 49 53 57 61 65 69 73 77 81 85 89 93 97 Hopping Frequency Sequence Name: HOP_FREQ_SEQ_07 SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency
(Hz) 5.468G 5.393G 5.671G 5.301G 5.620G 5.455G 5.581G 5.631G 5.718G 5.566G 5.397G 5.338G 5.639G 5.722G 5.677G 5.474G 5.517G 5.422G 5.269G 5.642G 5.384G 5.699G 5.354G 5.373G 5.438G 2 6 10 14 18 22 26 30 34 38 42 46 50 54 58 62 66 70 74 78 82 86 90 94 98
(Hz) 5.348G 5.691G 5.537G 5.723G 5.273G 5.250G 5.442G 5.390G 5.527G 5.658G 5.299G 5.539G 5.724G 5.304G 5.536G 5.286G 5.379G 5.478G 5.362G 5.559G 5.349G 5.504G 5.644G 5.565G 5.524G 3 7 11 15 19 23 27 31 35 39 43 47 51 55 59 63 67 71 75 79 83 87 91 95 99
(Hz) 5.257G 5.497G 5.495G 5.613G 5.560G 5.318G 5.374G 5.389G 5.687G 5.616G 5.395G 5.640G 5.375G 5.485G 5.336G 5.575G 5.287G 5.666G 5.583G 5.357G 5.431G 5.535G 5.596G 5.436G 5.662G
(Hz) 5.675G 5.408G 5.637G 5.591G 5.391G 5.496G 5.698G 5.713G 5.262G 5.385G 5.282G 5.672G 5.319G 5.444G 5.653G 5.648G 5.469G 5.636G 5.547G 5.350G 5.293G 5.638G 5.599G 5.476G 5.258G 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33 37 41 45 49 53 57 61 65 69 73 77 81 85 89 93 97 Hopping Frequency Sequence Name: HOP_FREQ_SEQ_08 SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency
(Hz) 5.254G 5.500G 5.494G 5.505G 5.439G 5.375G 5.668G 5.497G 5.492G 5.520G 5.441G 5.644G 5.319G 5.615G 5.685G 5.716G 5.671G 5.712G 5.468G 5.626G 5.264G 5.533G 5.471G 5.564G 5.574G 2 6 10 14 18 22 26 30 34 38 42 46 50 54 58 62 66 70 74 78 82 86 90 94 98
(Hz) 5.625G 5.549G 5.639G 5.491G 5.465G 5.676G 5.370G 5.541G 5.415G 5.272G 5.336G 5.280G 5.510G 5.605G 5.297G 5.711G 5.335G 5.313G 5.707G 5.300G 5.369G 5.317G 5.443G 5.257G 5.456G 3 7 11 15 19 23 27 31 35 39 43 47 51 55 59 63 67 71 75 79 83 87 91 95 99
(Hz) 5.555G 5.414G 5.506G 5.469G 5.251G 5.444G 5.670G 5.258G 5.289G 5.647G 5.363G 5.651G 5.311G 5.695G 5.521G 5.270G 5.340G 5.364G 5.515G 5.587G 5.343G 5.606G 5.291G 5.403G 5.404G 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100
(Hz) 5.706G 5.448G 5.305G 5.575G 5.476G 5.640G 5.655G 5.681G 5.433G 5.683G 5.652G 5.538G 5.339G 5.412G 5.493G 5.667G 5.486G 5.544G 5.649G 5.457G 5.385G 5.420G 5.569G 5.459G 5.509G 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33 37 41 45 49 53 57 61 65 69 73 77 81 85 89 93 97 Hopping Frequency Sequence Name: HOP_FREQ_SEQ_09 SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency
(Hz) 5.722G 5.709G 5.279G 5.647G 5.469G 5.447G 5.611G 5.289G 5.693G 5.383G 5.336G 5.410G 5.581G 5.556G 5.377G 5.656G 5.661G 5.352G 5.671G 5.619G 5.375G 5.593G 5.452G 5.439G 5.634G 2 6 10 14 18 22 26 30 34 38 42 46 50 54 58 62 66 70 74 78 82 86 90 94 98
(Hz) 5.552G 5.540G 5.407G 5.690G 5.569G 5.707G 5.601G 5.372G 5.672G 5.283G 5.519G 5.699G 5.555G 5.458G 5.663G 5.716G 5.665G 5.333G 5.462G 5.497G 5.425G 5.502G 5.355G 5.274G 5.673G 3 7 11 15 19 23 27 31 35 39 43 47 51 55 59 63 67 71 75 79 83 87 91 95 99
(Hz) 5.596G 5.269G 5.640G 5.370G 5.537G 5.304G 5.318G 5.637G 5.684G 5.394G 5.607G 5.505G 5.427G 5.335G 5.275G 5.385G 5.584G 5.351G 5.400G 5.309G 5.381G 5.500G 5.618G 5.476G 5.297G 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100
(Hz) 5.662G 5.342G 5.285G 5.271G 5.652G 5.441G 5.527G 5.436G 5.689G 5.440G 5.698G 5.470G 5.523G 5.623G 5.597G 5.455G 5.415G 5.592G 5.599G 5.460G 5.644G 5.265G 5.544G 5.525G 5.670G 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33 37 41 45 49 53 57 61 65 69 73 77 81 85 89 93 97 Hopping Frequency Sequence Name: HOP_FREQ_SEQ_10 SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency
(Hz) 5.513G 5.689G 5.363G 5.623G 5.624G 5.292G 5.353G 5.371G 5.570G 5.374G 5.392G 5.343G 5.263G 5.652G 5.422G 5.300G 5.674G 5.701G 5.522G 5.293G 5.454G 5.634G 5.521G 5.665G 5.326G 2 6 10 14 18 22 26 30 34 38 42 46 50 54 58 62 66 70 74 78 82 86 90 94 98
(Hz) 5.646G 5.715G 5.483G 5.542G 5.253G 5.414G 5.416G 5.259G 5.713G 5.311G 5.486G 5.549G 5.461G 5.464G 5.527G 5.308G 5.256G 5.396G 5.572G 5.375G 5.359G 5.723G 5.430G 5.347G 5.419G 3 7 11 15 19 23 27 31 35 39 43 47 51 55 59 63 67 71 75 79 83 87 91 95 99
(Hz) 5.553G 5.481G 5.668G 5.316G 5.516G 5.639G 5.536G 5.556G 5.333G 5.687G 5.295G 5.477G 5.383G 5.261G 5.543G 5.505G 5.329G 5.281G 5.360G 5.367G 5.468G 5.641G 5.540G 5.597G 5.271G 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100
(Hz) 5.366G 5.626G 5.448G 5.467G 5.328G 5.437G 5.693G 5.482G 5.284G 5.277G 5.607G 5.318G 5.614G 5.681G 5.273G 5.601G 5.425G 5.372G 5.533G 5.518G 5.365G 5.616G 5.345G 5.286G 5.494G 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33 37 41 45 49 53 57 61 65 69 73 77 81 85 89 93 97 Hopping Frequency Sequence Name: HOP_FREQ_SEQ_11 SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency
(Hz) 5.671G 5.352G 5.266G 5.538G 5.650G 5.261G 5.525G 5.383G 5.413G 5.473G 5.349G 5.627G 5.391G 5.304G 5.578G 5.354G 5.250G 5.503G 5.283G 5.320G 5.717G 5.393G 5.613G 5.704G 5.346G 2 6 10 14 18 22 26 30 34 38 42 46 50 54 58 62 66 70 74 78 82 86 90 94 98
(Hz) 5.618G 5.576G 5.337G 5.701G 5.517G 5.571G 5.674G 5.509G 5.532G 5.395G 5.355G 5.358G 5.675G 5.660G 5.425G 5.442G 5.723G 5.331G 5.690G 5.616G 5.297G 5.424G 5.523G 5.644G 5.562G 3 7 11 15 19 23 27 31 35 39 43 47 51 55 59 63 67 71 75 79 83 87 91 95 99
(Hz) 5.555G 5.263G 5.700G 5.276G 5.403G 5.412G 5.296G 5.572G 5.556G 5.534G 5.426G 5.486G 5.640G 5.568G 5.342G 5.446G 5.714G 5.385G 5.274G 5.394G 5.270G 5.474G 5.465G 5.338G 5.691G
(Hz) 5.310G 5.651G 5.336G 5.409G 5.279G 5.294G 5.573G 5.438G 5.549G 5.451G 5.712G 5.654G 5.680G 5.257G 5.491G 5.504G 5.629G 5.664G 5.696G 5.467G 5.544G 5.378G 5.280G 5.679G 5.427G 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33 37 41 45 49 53 57 61 65 69 73 77 81 85 89 93 97 Hopping Frequency Sequence Name: HOP_FREQ_SEQ_12 SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency
(Hz) 5.377G 5.630G 5.418G 5.710G 5.692G 5.431G 5.713G 5.265G 5.311G 5.345G 5.332G 5.581G 5.657G 5.474G 5.438G 5.425G 5.594G 5.367G 5.695G 5.381G 5.550G 5.621G 5.715G 5.357G 5.310G 2 6 10 14 18 22 26 30 34 38 42 46 50 54 58 62 66 70 74 78 82 86 90 94 98
(Hz) 5.504G 5.392G 5.324G 5.359G 5.295G 5.419G 5.442G 5.259G 5.271G 5.282G 5.289G 5.588G 5.329G 5.274G 5.615G 5.396G 5.399G 5.513G 5.317G 5.498G 5.415G 5.580G 5.687G 5.416G 5.395G 3 7 11 15 19 23 27 31 35 39 43 47 51 55 59 63 67 71 75 79 83 87 91 95 99
(Hz) 5.404G 5.445G 5.250G 5.610G 5.337G 5.385G 5.526G 5.472G 5.279G 5.619G 5.362G 5.554G 5.724G 5.457G 5.422G 5.450G 5.706G 5.708G 5.672G 5.378G 5.606G 5.290G 5.524G 5.447G 5.509G 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100
(Hz) 5.455G 5.406G 5.269G 5.304G 5.456G 5.511G 5.698G 5.709G 5.577G 5.353G 5.662G 5.614G 5.268G 5.652G 5.611G 5.437G 5.296G 5.277G 5.386G 5.521G 5.400G 5.462G 5.441G 5.305G 5.414G 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33 37 41 45 49 53 57 61 65 69 73 77 81 85 89 93 97 Hopping Frequency Sequence Name: HOP_FREQ_SEQ_13 SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency
(Hz) 5.339G 5.250G 5.563G 5.465G 5.670G 5.517G 5.591G 5.330G 5.623G 5.505G 5.272G 5.387G 5.372G 5.394G 5.700G 5.614G 5.483G 5.457G 5.631G 5.448G 5.374G 5.538G 5.392G 5.320G 5.367G 2 6 10 14 18 22 26 30 34 38 42 46 50 54 58 62 66 70 74 78 82 86 90 94 98
(Hz) 5.559G 5.307G 5.617G 5.315G 5.627G 5.640G 5.322G 5.331G 5.284G 5.355G 5.373G 5.723G 5.590G 5.544G 5.580G 5.602G 5.615G 5.423G 5.488G 5.305G 5.705G 5.713G 5.402G 5.314G 5.522G 3 7 11 15 19 23 27 31 35 39 43 47 51 55 59 63 67 71 75 79 83 87 91 95 99
(Hz) 5.543G 5.335G 5.683G 5.351G 5.478G 5.303G 5.649G 5.641G 5.702G 5.446G 5.573G 5.377G 5.417G 5.722G 5.466G 5.461G 5.716G 5.348G 5.665G 5.697G 5.682G 5.313G 5.528G 5.553G 5.509G
(Hz) 5.549G 5.283G 5.711G 5.621G 5.496G 5.546G 5.555G 5.566G 5.480G 5.350G 5.256G 5.671G 5.578G 5.400G 5.474G 5.277G 5.721G 5.285G 5.407G 5.628G 5.577G 5.359G 5.439G 5.658G 5.391G 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33 37 41 45 49 53 57 61 65 69 73 77 81 85 89 93 97 Hopping Frequency Sequence Name: HOP_FREQ_SEQ_14 SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency
(Hz) 5.357G 5.687G 5.590G 5.262G 5.724G 5.497G 5.562G 5.604G 5.299G 5.721G 5.633G 5.375G 5.618G 5.697G 5.623G 5.252G 5.700G 5.430G 5.410G 5.329G 5.576G 5.482G 5.583G 5.415G 5.447G 2 6 10 14 18 22 26 30 34 38 42 46 50 54 58 62 66 70 74 78 82 86 90 94 98
(Hz) 5.586G 5.437G 5.601G 5.515G 5.297G 5.654G 5.539G 5.254G 5.383G 5.361G 5.529G 5.367G 5.659G 5.313G 5.584G 5.333G 5.635G 5.387G 5.661G 5.271G 5.454G 5.660G 5.338G 5.630G 5.519G 3 7 11 15 19 23 27 31 35 39 43 47 51 55 59 63 67 71 75 79 83 87 91 95 99
(Hz) 5.284G 5.696G 5.265G 5.503G 5.641G 5.289G 5.419G 5.354G 5.524G 5.477G 5.253G 5.263G 5.470G 5.459G 5.511G 5.281G 5.495G 5.359G 5.632G 5.449G 5.453G 5.624G 5.572G 5.380G 5.283G
(Hz) 5.349G 5.458G 5.371G 5.378G 5.554G 5.372G 5.406G 5.403G 5.520G 5.591G 5.698G 5.325G 5.518G 5.595G 5.347G 5.488G 5.261G 5.693G 5.620G 5.450G 5.282G 5.652G 5.600G 5.287G 5.538G 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33 37 41 45 49 53 57 61 65 69 73 77 81 85 89 93 97 Hopping Frequency Sequence Name: HOP_FREQ_SEQ_15 SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency
(Hz) 5.298G 5.716G 5.671G 5.678G 5.525G 5.666G 5.506G 5.676G 5.517G 5.707G 5.501G 5.379G 5.344G 5.586G 5.417G 5.461G 5.340G 5.353G 5.453G 5.655G 5.721G 5.341G 5.271G 5.658G 5.503G 2 6 10 14 18 22 26 30 34 38 42 46 50 54 58 62 66 70 74 78 82 86 90 94 98
(Hz) 5.528G 5.537G 5.724G 5.469G 5.413G 5.548G 5.570G 5.674G 5.290G 5.404G 5.378G 5.481G 5.618G 5.654G 5.549G 5.621G 5.723G 5.585G 5.451G 5.440G 5.424G 5.342G 5.384G 5.307G 5.552G 3 7 11 15 19 23 27 31 35 39 43 47 51 55 59 63 67 71 75 79 83 87 91 95 99
(Hz) 5.664G 5.577G 5.426G 5.437G 5.308G 5.681G 5.499G 5.439G 5.667G 5.262G 5.705G 5.596G 5.405G 5.685G 5.254G 5.316G 5.397G 5.617G 5.407G 5.583G 5.561G 5.509G 5.560G 5.595G 5.704G
(Hz) 5.635G 5.377G 5.435G 5.423G 5.270G 5.289G 5.250G 5.677G 5.431G 5.573G 5.266G 5.557G 5.292G 5.347G 5.306G 5.637G 5.656G 5.444G 5.432G 5.336G 5.610G 5.569G 5.472G 5.446G 5.321G 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33 37 41 45 49 53 57 61 65 69 73 77 81 85 89 93 97 Hopping Frequency Sequence Name: HOP_FREQ_SEQ_16 SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency
(Hz) 5.376G 5.308G 5.337G 5.486G 5.435G 5.446G 5.468G 5.605G 5.348G 5.498G 5.562G 5.353G 5.509G 5.329G 5.418G 5.697G 5.507G 5.677G 5.592G 5.371G 5.358G 5.718G 5.400G 5.574G 5.387G 2 6 10 14 18 22 26 30 34 38 42 46 50 54 58 62 66 70 74 78 82 86 90 94 98
(Hz) 5.546G 5.571G 5.624G 5.445G 5.664G 5.612G 5.559G 5.616G 5.405G 5.594G 5.708G 5.493G 5.625G 5.433G 5.342G 5.634G 5.580G 5.459G 5.608G 5.373G 5.567G 5.417G 5.623G 5.558G 5.679G 3 7 11 15 19 23 27 31 35 39 43 47 51 55 59 63 67 71 75 79 83 87 91 95 99
(Hz) 5.447G 5.508G 5.693G 5.583G 5.482G 5.391G 5.355G 5.720G 5.341G 5.420G 5.476G 5.424G 5.682G 5.702G 5.281G 5.551G 5.253G 5.466G 5.597G 5.361G 5.310G 5.286G 5.516G 5.491G 5.550G 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100
(Hz) 5.658G 5.471G 5.374G 5.553G 5.504G 5.419G 5.669G 5.620G 5.688G 5.389G 5.261G 5.347G 5.678G 5.429G 5.448G 5.293G 5.312G 5.492G 5.444G 5.689G 5.462G 5.452G 5.532G 5.262G 5.311G 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33 37 41 45 49 53 57 61 65 69 73 77 81 85 89 93 97 Hopping Frequency Sequence Name: HOP_FREQ_SEQ_17 SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency
(Hz) 5.357G 5.685G 5.524G 5.455G 5.631G 5.265G 5.481G 5.674G 5.708G 5.363G 5.303G 5.581G 5.306G 5.525G 5.703G 5.477G 5.523G 5.438G 5.534G 5.678G 5.360G 5.543G 5.476G 5.585G 5.402G 2 6 10 14 18 22 26 30 34 38 42 46 50 54 58 62 66 70 74 78 82 86 90 94 98
(Hz) 5.557G 5.620G 5.418G 5.251G 5.415G 5.721G 5.343G 5.284G 5.666G 5.625G 5.377G 5.453G 5.304G 5.519G 5.694G 5.423G 5.264G 5.356G 5.568G 5.649G 5.500G 5.475G 5.452G 5.253G 5.474G 3 7 11 15 19 23 27 31 35 39 43 47 51 55 59 63 67 71 75 79 83 87 91 95 99
(Hz) 5.598G 5.491G 5.646G 5.292G 5.669G 5.254G 5.299G 5.607G 5.271G 5.370G 5.369G 5.447G 5.329G 5.638G 5.431G 5.684G 5.518G 5.610G 5.556G 5.386G 5.574G 5.593G 5.621G 5.613G 5.277G
(Hz) 5.258G 5.451G 5.589G 5.664G 5.711G 5.647G 5.297G 5.536G 5.347G 5.639G 5.294G 5.456G 5.311G 5.565G 5.376G 5.677G 5.330G 5.359G 5.315G 5.312G 5.411G 5.328G 5.665G 5.696G 5.382G 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33 37 41 45 49 53 57 61 65 69 73 77 81 85 89 93 97 Hopping Frequency Sequence Name: HOP_FREQ_SEQ_18 SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency
(Hz) 5.602G 5.267G 5.649G 5.540G 5.664G 5.488G 5.686G 5.283G 5.450G 5.586G 5.524G 5.544G 5.423G 5.505G 5.691G 5.308G 5.404G 5.501G 5.312G 5.298G 5.504G 5.583G 5.337G 5.461G 5.384G 2 6 10 14 18 22 26 30 34 38 42 46 50 54 58 62 66 70 74 78 82 86 90 94 98
(Hz) 5.690G 5.415G 5.613G 5.484G 5.568G 5.592G 5.638G 5.715G 5.343G 5.397G 5.331G 5.364G 5.697G 5.413G 5.682G 5.335G 5.572G 5.399G 5.374G 5.606G 5.722G 5.655G 5.282G 5.670G 5.470G 3 7 11 15 19 23 27 31 35 39 43 47 51 55 59 63 67 71 75 79 83 87 91 95 99
(Hz) 5.288G 5.482G 5.323G 5.432G 5.698G 5.402G 5.608G 5.666G 5.679G 5.377G 5.347G 5.595G 5.561G 5.554G 5.346G 5.622G 5.339G 5.424G 5.345G 5.465G 5.261G 5.392G 5.564G 5.599G 5.538G
(Hz) 5.427G 5.503G 5.499G 5.263G 5.518G 5.349G 5.593G 5.711G 5.330G 5.385G 5.286G 5.612G 5.588G 5.534G 5.642G 5.684G 5.604G 5.457G 5.362G 5.302G 5.640G 5.708G 5.696G 5.294G 5.578G 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33 37 41 45 49 53 57 61 65 69 73 77 81 85 89 93 97 Hopping Frequency Sequence Name: HOP_FREQ_SEQ_19 SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency
(Hz) 5.319G 5.569G 5.697G 5.453G 5.443G 5.324G 5.671G 5.435G 5.706G 5.486G 5.653G 5.633G 5.478G 5.382G 5.714G 5.373G 5.409G 5.372G 5.699G 5.652G 5.331G 5.693G 5.672G 5.418G 5.719G 2 6 10 14 18 22 26 30 34 38 42 46 50 54 58 62 66 70 74 78 82 86 90 94 98
(Hz) 5.468G 5.277G 5.534G 5.567G 5.691G 5.353G 5.634G 5.601G 5.336G 5.625G 5.402G 5.536G 5.684G 5.723G 5.429G 5.346G 5.641G 5.680G 5.315G 5.299G 5.541G 5.696G 5.518G 5.482G 5.308G 3 7 11 15 19 23 27 31 35 39 43 47 51 55 59 63 67 71 75 79 83 87 91 95 99
(Hz) 5.703G 5.533G 5.668G 5.322G 5.632G 5.708G 5.695G 5.300G 5.713G 5.328G 5.442G 5.347G 5.267G 5.459G 5.398G 5.289G 5.411G 5.378G 5.497G 5.313G 5.456G 5.259G 5.447G 5.268G 5.419G
(Hz) 5.712G 5.335G 5.292G 5.662G 5.630G 5.375G 5.618G 5.509G 5.707G 5.665G 5.622G 5.278G 5.416G 5.503G 5.500G 5.510G 5.678G 5.471G 5.263G 5.613G 5.436G 5.250G 5.480G 5.650G 5.417G 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33 37 41 45 49 53 57 61 65 69 73 77 81 85 89 93 97 Hopping Frequency Sequence Name: HOP_FREQ_SEQ_20 SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency
(Hz) 5.547G 5.256G 5.359G 5.411G 5.337G 5.439G 5.561G 5.260G 5.400G 5.506G 5.696G 5.386G 5.687G 5.697G 5.532G 5.512G 5.661G 5.485G 5.673G 5.436G 5.642G 5.252G 5.269G 5.261G 5.334G 2 6 10 14 18 22 26 30 34 38 42 46 50 54 58 62 66 70 74 78 82 86 90 94 98
(Hz) 5.481G 5.674G 5.321G 5.630G 5.555G 5.393G 5.404G 5.298G 5.514G 5.559G 5.363G 5.572G 5.295G 5.562G 5.570G 5.464G 5.683G 5.521G 5.723G 5.646G 5.257G 5.711G 5.701G 5.540G 5.517G 3 7 11 15 19 23 27 31 35 39 43 47 51 55 59 63 67 71 75 79 83 87 91 95 99
(Hz) 5.418G 5.712G 5.430G 5.396G 5.475G 5.327G 5.373G 5.717G 5.675G 5.612G 5.445G 5.686G 5.329G 5.270G 5.615G 5.677G 5.313G 5.528G 5.279G 5.342G 5.537G 5.474G 5.323G 5.447G 5.616G 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100
(Hz) 5.573G 5.662G 5.294G 5.629G 5.644G 5.667G 5.440G 5.477G 5.684G 5.656G 5.253G 5.416G 5.354G 5.495G 5.663G 5.529G 5.649G 5.451G 5.388G 5.643G 5.335G 5.405G 5.360G 5.394G 5.549G 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33 37 41 45 49 53 57 61 65 69 73 77 81 85 89 93 97 Hopping Frequency Sequence Name: HOP_FREQ_SEQ_21 SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency
(Hz) 5.560G 5.654G 5.649G 5.325G 5.281G 5.658G 5.569G 5.524G 5.724G 5.529G 5.403G 5.657G 5.628G 5.671G 5.651G 5.693G 5.555G 5.707G 5.614G 5.578G 5.517G 5.253G 5.355G 5.714G 5.532G 2 6 10 14 18 22 26 30 34 38 42 46 50 54 58 62 66 70 74 78 82 86 90 94 98
(Hz) 5.357G 5.563G 5.346G 5.257G 5.710G 5.303G 5.466G 5.262G 5.300G 5.426G 5.310G 5.589G 5.481G 5.417G 5.465G 5.656G 5.684G 5.336G 5.444G 5.493G 5.338G 5.505G 5.519G 5.428G 5.261G 3 7 11 15 19 23 27 31 35 39 43 47 51 55 59 63 67 71 75 79 83 87 91 95 99
(Hz) 5.330G 5.513G 5.315G 5.362G 5.312G 5.323G 5.661G 5.603G 5.704G 5.698G 5.468G 5.616G 5.398G 5.641G 5.455G 5.406G 5.598G 5.682G 5.602G 5.587G 5.329G 5.535G 5.337G 5.454G 5.470G
(Hz) 5.620G 5.474G 5.667G 5.722G 5.634G 5.629G 5.608G 5.272G 5.276G 5.592G 5.548G 5.546G 5.349G 5.652G 5.547G 5.369G 5.320G 5.672G 5.291G 5.527G 5.469G 5.450G 5.296G 5.264G 5.413G 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33 37 41 45 49 53 57 61 65 69 73 77 81 85 89 93 97 Hopping Frequency Sequence Name: HOP_FREQ_SEQ_22 SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency
(Hz) 5.606G 5.354G 5.546G 5.476G 5.675G 5.517G 5.718G 5.603G 5.284G 5.650G 5.619G 5.661G 5.614G 5.528G 5.579G 5.574G 5.364G 5.566G 5.419G 5.340G 5.406G 5.639G 5.313G 5.621G 5.414G 2 6 10 14 18 22 26 30 34 38 42 46 50 54 58 62 66 70 74 78 82 86 90 94 98
(Hz) 5.512G 5.469G 5.288G 5.578G 5.308G 5.581G 5.564G 5.648G 5.657G 5.445G 5.659G 5.276G 5.437G 5.273G 5.576G 5.457G 5.646G 5.534G 5.306G 5.458G 5.608G 5.268G 5.541G 5.503G 5.343G 3 7 11 15 19 23 27 31 35 39 43 47 51 55 59 63 67 71 75 79 83 87 91 95 99
(Hz) 5.501G 5.514G 5.367G 5.439G 5.651G 5.312G 5.323G 5.485G 5.497G 5.649G 5.607G 5.571G 5.379G 5.378G 5.290G 5.654G 5.709G 5.447G 5.704G 5.627G 5.430G 5.377G 5.543G 5.472G 5.683G
(Hz) 5.623G 5.459G 5.326G 5.320G 5.385G 5.471G 5.527G 5.359G 5.518G 5.511G 5.597G 5.409G 5.524G 5.304G 5.695G 5.440G 5.486G 5.342G 5.611G 5.355G 5.418G 5.612G 5.335G 5.680G 5.271G 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33 37 41 45 49 53 57 61 65 69 73 77 81 85 89 93 97 Hopping Frequency Sequence Name: HOP_FREQ_SEQ_23 SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency
(Hz) 5.356G 5.642G 5.656G 5.709G 5.557G 5.260G 5.700G 5.404G 5.683G 5.721G 5.254G 5.704G 5.517G 5.280G 5.471G 5.591G 5.541G 5.333G 5.265G 5.432G 5.437G 5.692G 5.406G 5.589G 5.602G 2 6 10 14 18 22 26 30 34 38 42 46 50 54 58 62 66 70 74 78 82 86 90 94 98
(Hz) 5.696G 5.571G 5.501G 5.354G 5.648G 5.686G 5.639G 5.388G 5.339G 5.398G 5.302G 5.626G 5.268G 5.327G 5.574G 5.477G 5.259G 5.572G 5.318G 5.383G 5.462G 5.332G 5.527G 5.701G 5.350G 3 7 11 15 19 23 27 31 35 39 43 47 51 55 59 63 67 71 75 79 83 87 91 95 99
(Hz) 5.678G 5.703G 5.684G 5.343G 5.473G 5.570G 5.276G 5.665G 5.723G 5.672G 5.326G 5.569G 5.397G 5.300G 5.342G 5.328G 5.717G 5.367G 5.301G 5.411G 5.613G 5.640G 5.534G 5.441G 5.586G
(Hz) 5.579G 5.660G 5.546G 5.267G 5.258G 5.293G 5.545G 5.438G 5.503G 5.296G 5.697G 5.423G 5.468G 5.513G 5.581G 5.563G 5.401G 5.440G 5.606G 5.314G 5.447G 5.564G 5.484G 5.499G 5.363G 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33 37 41 45 49 53 57 61 65 69 73 77 81 85 89 93 97 Hopping Frequency Sequence Name: HOP_FREQ_SEQ_24 SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency
(Hz) 5.366G 5.318G 5.425G 5.562G 5.544G 5.587G 5.436G 5.502G 5.706G 5.696G 5.277G 5.579G 5.459G 5.253G 5.407G 5.347G 5.580G 5.343G 5.550G 5.421G 5.664G 5.439G 5.625G 5.307G 5.632G 2 6 10 14 18 22 26 30 34 38 42 46 50 54 58 62 66 70 74 78 82 86 90 94 98
(Hz) 5.370G 5.582G 5.539G 5.279G 5.688G 5.324G 5.628G 5.388G 5.442G 5.387G 5.672G 5.573G 5.272G 5.417G 5.414G 5.367G 5.384G 5.446G 5.262G 5.441G 5.342G 5.331G 5.371G 5.363G 5.270G 3 7 11 15 19 23 27 31 35 39 43 47 51 55 59 63 67 71 75 79 83 87 91 95 99
(Hz) 5.619G 5.438G 5.641G 5.532G 5.546G 5.645G 5.463G 5.566G 5.368G 5.428G 5.278G 5.722G 5.481G 5.648G 5.393G 5.474G 5.356G 5.677G 5.434G 5.503G 5.281G 5.559G 5.654G 5.523G 5.355G
(Hz) 5.321G 5.598G 5.499G 5.602G 5.700G 5.693G 5.635G 5.354G 5.691G 5.709G 5.467G 5.259G 5.409G 5.605G 5.646G 5.386G 5.339G 5.450G 5.335G 5.718G 5.634G 5.644G 5.424G 5.337G 5.536G 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33 37 41 45 49 53 57 61 65 69 73 77 81 85 89 93 97 Hopping Frequency Sequence Name: HOP_FREQ_SEQ_25 SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency
(Hz) 5.507G 5.494G 5.572G 5.532G 5.570G 5.270G 5.283G 5.662G 5.480G 5.573G 5.373G 5.485G 5.398G 5.692G 5.288G 5.268G 5.351G 5.697G 5.510G 5.310G 5.461G 5.724G 5.631G 5.472G 5.486G 2 6 10 14 18 22 26 30 34 38 42 46 50 54 58 62 66 70 74 78 82 86 90 94 98
(Hz) 5.404G 5.304G 5.699G 5.622G 5.282G 5.471G 5.441G 5.508G 5.619G 5.513G 5.553G 5.554G 5.632G 5.272G 5.577G 5.661G 5.558G 5.620G 5.547G 5.493G 5.681G 5.364G 5.354G 5.368G 5.475G 3 7 11 15 19 23 27 31 35 39 43 47 51 55 59 63 67 71 75 79 83 87 91 95 99
(Hz) 5.381G 5.430G 5.684G 5.582G 5.556G 5.626G 5.468G 5.376G 5.403G 5.329G 5.371G 5.649G 5.658G 5.253G 5.402G 5.276G 5.675G 5.654G 5.353G 5.457G 5.548G 5.590G 5.451G 5.333G 5.551G
(Hz) 5.321G 5.643G 5.456G 5.534G 5.576G 5.509G 5.491G 5.689G 5.293G 5.463G 5.271G 5.690G 5.357G 5.648G 5.315G 5.686G 5.621G 5.685G 5.617G 5.715G 5.516G 5.492G 5.328G 5.503G 5.286G 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33 37 41 45 49 53 57 61 65 69 73 77 81 85 89 93 97 Hopping Frequency Sequence Name: HOP_FREQ_SEQ_26 SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency
(Hz) 5.451G 5.583G 5.342G 5.574G 5.277G 5.601G 5.599G 5.352G 5.383G 5.412G 5.326G 5.517G 5.289G 5.516G 5.324G 5.567G 5.648G 5.691G 5.497G 5.535G 5.404G 5.661G 5.349G 5.285G 5.266G 2 6 10 14 18 22 26 30 34 38 42 46 50 54 58 62 66 70 74 78 82 86 90 94 98
(Hz) 5.323G 5.384G 5.628G 5.375G 5.394G 5.260G 5.478G 5.713G 5.397G 5.553G 5.460G 5.590G 5.556G 5.292G 5.687G 5.511G 5.306G 5.288G 5.264G 5.667G 5.547G 5.305G 5.442G 5.334G 5.253G 3 7 11 15 19 23 27 31 35 39 43 47 51 55 59 63 67 71 75 79 83 87 91 95 99
(Hz) 5.690G 5.719G 5.476G 5.419G 5.677G 5.688G 5.364G 5.391G 5.330G 5.650G 5.672G 5.638G 5.676G 5.450G 5.321G 5.480G 5.538G 5.722G 5.438G 5.584G 5.256G 5.506G 5.420G 5.663G 5.259G 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100
(Hz) 5.555G 5.495G 5.689G 5.579G 5.344G 5.528G 5.561G 5.269G 5.355G 5.457G 5.532G 5.610G 5.252G 5.533G 5.293G 5.393G 5.328G 5.300G 5.492G 5.448G 5.550G 5.481G 5.464G 5.548G 5.336G 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33 37 41 45 49 53 57 61 65 69 73 77 81 85 89 93 97 Hopping Frequency Sequence Name: HOP_FREQ_SEQ_27 SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency
(Hz) 5.353G 5.260G 5.604G 5.551G 5.421G 5.499G 5.316G 5.367G 5.440G 5.510G 5.538G 5.429G 5.641G 5.315G 5.501G 5.411G 5.390G 5.394G 5.417G 5.363G 5.564G 5.707G 5.680G 5.288G 5.284G 2 6 10 14 18 22 26 30 34 38 42 46 50 54 58 62 66 70 74 78 82 86 90 94 98
(Hz) 5.648G 5.692G 5.691G 5.495G 5.605G 5.601G 5.553G 5.693G 5.593G 5.324G 5.448G 5.339G 5.364G 5.550G 5.527G 5.323G 5.639G 5.571G 5.617G 5.407G 5.612G 5.560G 5.404G 5.587G 5.400G 3 7 11 15 19 23 27 31 35 39 43 47 51 55 59 63 67 71 75 79 83 87 91 95 99
(Hz) 5.555G 5.446G 5.445G 5.717G 5.546G 5.418G 5.572G 5.262G 5.701G 5.665G 5.290G 5.410G 5.584G 5.419G 5.529G 5.274G 5.505G 5.712G 5.549G 5.352G 5.638G 5.408G 5.663G 5.515G 5.403G 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100
(Hz) 5.690G 5.658G 5.259G 5.461G 5.666G 5.695G 5.256G 5.285G 5.578G 5.314G 5.265G 5.575G 5.462G 5.521G 5.266G 5.301G 5.381G 5.306G 5.481G 5.272G 5.496G 5.377G 5.492G 5.396G 5.671G 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33 37 41 45 49 53 57 61 65 69 73 77 81 85 89 93 97 Hopping Frequency Sequence Name: HOP_FREQ_SEQ_28 SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency
(Hz) 5.413G 5.527G 5.353G 5.305G 5.494G 5.626G 5.428G 5.274G 5.576G 5.444G 5.279G 5.401G 5.583G 5.674G 5.431G 5.635G 5.573G 5.554G 5.250G 5.441G 5.288G 5.524G 5.309G 5.442G 5.390G 2 6 10 14 18 22 26 30 34 38 42 46 50 54 58 62 66 70 74 78 82 86 90 94 98
(Hz) 5.260G 5.280G 5.457G 5.266G 5.408G 5.637G 5.397G 5.372G 5.552G 5.700G 5.472G 5.264G 5.628G 5.406G 5.491G 5.624G 5.712G 5.295G 5.297G 5.368G 5.633G 5.291G 5.570G 5.458G 5.668G 3 7 11 15 19 23 27 31 35 39 43 47 51 55 59 63 67 71 75 79 83 87 91 95 99
(Hz) 5.632G 5.298G 5.293G 5.631G 5.622G 5.451G 5.344G 5.321G 5.504G 5.595G 5.402G 5.381G 5.414G 5.644G 5.496G 5.541G 5.651G 5.312G 5.713G 5.581G 5.322G 5.323G 5.642G 5.510G 5.654G
(Hz) 5.500G 5.585G 5.476G 5.707G 5.301G 5.300G 5.481G 5.395G 5.255G 5.436G 5.275G 5.456G 5.692G 5.571G 5.307G 5.336G 5.691G 5.695G 5.435G 5.559G 5.455G 5.369G 5.332G 5.650G 5.262G 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33 37 41 45 49 53 57 61 65 69 73 77 81 85 89 93 97 Hopping Frequency Sequence Name: HOP_FREQ_SEQ_29 SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency
(Hz) 5.350G 5.341G 5.357G 5.565G 5.536G 5.450G 5.455G 5.346G 5.467G 5.609G 5.570G 5.437G 5.588G 5.285G 5.276G 5.379G 5.629G 5.585G 5.612G 5.495G 5.524G 5.650G 5.558G 5.337G 5.252G 2 6 10 14 18 22 26 30 34 38 42 46 50 54 58 62 66 70 74 78 82 86 90 94 98
(Hz) 5.722G 5.277G 5.525G 5.544G 5.481G 5.659G 5.333G 5.608G 5.471G 5.476G 5.336G 5.513G 5.515G 5.614G 5.641G 5.281G 5.262G 5.459G 5.377G 5.713G 5.620G 5.344G 5.699G 5.384G 5.406G 3 7 11 15 19 23 27 31 35 39 43 47 51 55 59 63 67 71 75 79 83 87 91 95 99
(Hz) 5.551G 5.407G 5.359G 5.265G 5.639G 5.292G 5.637G 5.580G 5.313G 5.698G 5.613G 5.258G 5.506G 5.353G 5.334G 5.257G 5.705G 5.404G 5.268G 5.543G 5.302G 5.573G 5.703G 5.478G 5.343G
(Hz) 5.562G 5.598G 5.672G 5.296G 5.397G 5.597G 5.676G 5.575G 5.572G 5.439G 5.279G 5.555G 5.400G 5.449G 5.516G 5.708G 5.251G 5.704G 5.662G 5.282G 5.295G 5.567G 5.559G 5.457G 5.441G 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33 37 41 45 49 53 57 61 65 69 73 77 81 85 89 93 97 Hopping Frequency Sequence Name: HOP_FREQ_SEQ_30 SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency SEQ# Frequency
(Hz) 5.656G 5.707G 5.369G 5.670G 5.513G 5.640G 5.375G 5.491G 5.683G 5.407G 5.704G 5.716G 5.417G 5.542G 5.353G 5.694G 5.583G 5.279G 5.472G 5.494G 5.311G 5.459G 5.394G 5.594G 5.265G 2 6 10 14 18 22 26 30 34 38 42 46 50 54 58 62 66 70 74 78 82 86 90 94 98
(Hz) 5.253G 5.597G 5.492G 5.575G 5.455G 5.418G 5.386G 5.302G 5.509G 5.644G 5.408G 5.700G 5.591G 5.359G 5.497G 5.520G 5.404G 5.309G 5.483G 5.322G 5.327G 5.493G 5.658G 5.720G 5.348G 3 7 11 15 19 23 27 31 35 39 43 47 51 55 59 63 67 71 75 79 83 87 91 95 99
(Hz) 5.619G 5.642G 5.383G 5.432G 5.519G 5.541G 5.552G 5.611G 5.330G 5.674G 5.546G 5.315G 5.290G 5.364G 5.286G 5.550G 5.434G 5.303G 5.453G 5.595G 5.294G 5.340G 5.681G 5.377G 5.628G 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100
(Hz) 5.625G 5.312G 5.536G 5.621G 5.480G 5.325G 5.262G 5.610G 5.568G 5.708G 5.484G 5.317G 5.444G 5.329G 5.391G 5.424G 5.620G 5.559G 5.310G 5.338G 5.557G 5.313G 5.655G 5.609G 5.360G 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33 37 41 45 49 53 57 61 65 69 73 77 81 85 89 93 97
1 2 3 | Test report NII rev | Test Report | 621.50 KiB |
FCC TEST REPORT (15.407) REPORT NO.: RF120420C08D R1 MODEL NO.: WNDR3700v4 FCC ID: PY312100186 RECEIVED: Jun. 21, 2012 TESTED: Jul. 05, 2012 ~ Apr. 25, 2013 ISSUED: Apr. 26, 2013 APPLICANT: NETGEAR, INC. ADDRESS: 350 East Plumeria Drive San Jose, CA 95134 ISSUED BY: Bureau Veritas Consumer Products Services
(H.K.) Ltd., Taoyuan Branch LAB ADDRESS: No. 47, 14th Ling, Chia Pau Vil., Lin Kou Dist., New Taipei City, Taiwan, R.O.C. TEST LOCATION: No. 19, Hwa Ya 2nd Rd, Wen Hwa Tsuen, Kwei Shan Hsiang, Taoyuan Hsien 333, Taiwan, R.O.C. This report should not be used by the client to claim product certification, approval, or endorsement by TAF or any government agencies. This report is for your exclusive use. Any copying or replication of this report to or for any other person or entity, or use of our name or trademark, is permitted only with our prior written permission. This report sets forth our findings solely with respect to the test samples identified herein. The results set forth in this report are not indicative or representative of the quality or characteristics of the lot from which a test sample was taken or any similar or identical product unless specifically and expressly noted. Our report includes all of the tests requested by you and the results thereof based upon the information that you provided to us. You have 60 days from date of issuance of this report to notify us of any material error or omission caused by our negligence, provided, however, that such notice shall be in writing and shall specifically address the issue you wish to raise. A failure to raise such issue within the prescribed time shall constitute your unqualified acceptance of the completeness of this report, the tests conducted and the correctness of the report contents. Unless specific mention, the uncertainty of measurement has been explicitly taken into account to declare the compliance or non-compliance to the specification. Report No.: RF120420C08D R1 Reference No.: 120420C13, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D dated Feb. 18, 2013 1 of 64 Report Format Version 5.1.0 TABLE OF CONTENTS RELEASE CONTROL RECORD .............................................................................................................. 4 CERTIFICATION .......................................................................................................................... 5 1. 2. SUMMARY OF TEST RESULTS ................................................................................................. 6 2.1 MEASUREMENT UNCERTAINTY .............................................................................................. 6 GENERAL INFORMATION .......................................................................................................... 7 3. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF EUT ............................................................................................ 7 3.1 3.2 DESCRIPTION OF TEST MODES .............................................................................................. 9 3.2.1 TEST MODE APPLICABILITY AND TESTED CHANNEL DETAIL ............................................ 10 DUTY CYCLE OF TEST SIGNAL .............................................................................................. 12 3.3 3.4 DESCRIPTION OF SUPPORT UNITS ...................................................................................... 13 3.4.1 CONFIGURATION OF SYSTEM UNDER TEST ....................................................................... 13 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF APPLIED STANDARDS ........................................................... 15 3.5 TEST TYPES AND RESULTS ................................................................................................... 16 4. 4.1 RADIATED EMISSION AND BANDEDGE MEASUREMENT ................................................... 16 4.1.1 LIMITS OF RADIATED EMISSION AND BANDEDGE MEASUREMENT................................. 16 4.1.2 LIMITS OF UNWANTED EMISSION OUT OF THE RESTRICTED BANDS ............................ 16 4.1.3 TEST INSTRUMENTS ............................................................................................................... 17 4.1.4 TEST PROCEDURES ............................................................................................................... 19 4.1.5 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD ..................................................................................... 19 4.1.6 TEST SETUP ............................................................................................................................. 20 4.1.7 EUT OPERATING CONDITION ................................................................................................ 20 4.1.8 TEST RESULTS ........................................................................................................................ 21 4.2 CONDUCTED EMISSION MEASUREMENT ............................................................................ 40 4.2.1 LIMITS OF CONDUCTED EMISSION MEASUREMENT ......................................................... 40 4.2.2 TEST INSTRUMENTS ............................................................................................................... 40 4.2.3 TEST PROCEDURES ............................................................................................................... 41 4.2.4 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD ..................................................................................... 41 4.2.5 TEST SETUP ............................................................................................................................. 41 4.2.6 EUT OPERATING CONDITIONS .............................................................................................. 41 4.2.7 TEST RESULTS ........................................................................................................................ 42 4.3 PEAK TRANSMIT POWER MEASUREMENT .......................................................................... 46 4.3.1 LIMITS OF PEAK TRANSMIT POWER MEASUREMENT ....................................................... 46 4.3.2 TEST SETUP ............................................................................................................................. 46 4.3.3 TEST INSTRUMENTS ............................................................................................................... 47 4.3.4 TEST PROCEDURE .................................................................................................................. 47 4.3.5 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD ..................................................................................... 47 4.3.6 EUT OPERATING CONDITIONS .............................................................................................. 47 4.3.7 TEST RESULTS ........................................................................................................................ 48 4.4 PEAK POWER SPECTRAL DENSITY MEASUREMENT ......................................................... 51 4.4.1 LIMITS OF PEAK POWER SPECTRAL DENSITY MEASUREMENT ...................................... 51 4.4.2 TEST SETUP ............................................................................................................................. 51 4.4.3 TEST INSTRUMENTS ............................................................................................................... 51 4.4.4 TEST PROCEDURES ............................................................................................................... 51 4.4.5 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD ..................................................................................... 51 4.4.6 EUT OPERATING CONDITIONS .............................................................................................. 52 4.4.7 TEST RESULTS ........................................................................................................................ 53 4.5 PEAK POWER EXCURSION MEASUREMENT ....................................................................... 55 Report No.: RF120420C08D R1 Reference No.: 120420C13, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D dated Feb. 18, 2013 2 of 64 Report Format Version 5.1.0 4.5.1 LIMITS OF PEAK POWER EXCURSION MEASUREMENT .................................................... 55 4.5.2 TEST SETUP ............................................................................................................................. 55 4.5.3 TEST INSTRUMENTS ............................................................................................................... 55 4.5.4 TEST PROCEDURE .................................................................................................................. 55 4.5.5 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD ..................................................................................... 55 4.5.6 EUT OPERATING CONDITIONS .............................................................................................. 55 4.5.7 TEST RESULTS ........................................................................................................................ 56 4.6 FREQUENCY STABILITY ......................................................................................................... 59 4.6.1 LIMITS OF FREQUENCY STABILITY MEASUREMENT .......................................................... 59 4.6.2 TEST SETUP ............................................................................................................................. 59 4.6.3 TEST INSTRUMENTS ............................................................................................................... 59 4.6.4 TEST PROCEDURE .................................................................................................................. 60 4.6.5 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD ..................................................................................... 60 4.6.6 EUT OPERATING CONDITION ................................................................................................ 60 4.6.7 TEST RESULTS ........................................................................................................................ 61 PHOTOGRAPHS OF THE TEST CONFIGURATION ............................................................... 62 5. INFORMATION ON THE TESTING LABORATORIES .............................................................. 63 6. 7. APPENDIX A - MODIFICATIONS RECORDERS FOR ENGINEERING CHANGES TO THE EUT BY THE LAB ...................................................................................................................... 64 Report No.: RF120420C08D R1 Reference No.: 120420C13, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D dated Feb. 18, 2013 3 of 64 Report Format Version 5.1.0 RELEASE CONTROL RECORD ISSUE NO. RF120420C08D RF120420C08D R1 Re-evaluated conducted power of EUT REASON FOR CHANGE Original release DATE ISSUED Feb. 18, 2013 Apr. 26, 2013 Report No.: RF120420C08D R1 Reference No.: 120420C13, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D dated Feb. 18, 2013 4 of 64 Report Format Version 5.1.0 1. CERTIFICATION PRODUCT: N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router MODEL: WNDR3700v4 BRAND: NETGEAR APPLICANT: NETGEAR, INC. TESTED: Jul. 05, 2012 ~ Apr. 25, 2013 TEST SAMPLE: ENGINEERING SAMPLE STANDARDS: FCC Part 15, Subpart E (Section 15.407) ANSI C63.10-2009 The above equipment (model: WNDR3700v4) has been tested by Bureau Veritas Consumer Products Services (H.K.) Ltd., Taoyuan Branch, and found compliance with the requirement of the above standards. The test record, data evaluation & Equipment Under Test (EUT) configurations represented herein are true and accurate accounts of the measurements of the samples EMC characteristics under the conditions specified in this report. PREPARED BY :
, DATE :
Apr. 26, 2013 Celine Chou / Specialist APPROVED BY :
, DATE :
Apr. 26, 2013 Ken Liu / Senior Manager Report No.: RF120420C08D R1 Reference No.: 120420C13, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D dated Feb. 18, 2013 5 of 64 Report Format Version 5.1.0 2. SUMMARY OF TEST RESULTS The EUT has been tested according to the following specifications:
APPLIED STANDARD: FCC PART 15, SUBPART E (SECTION 15.407) STANDARD SECTION TEST TYPE RESULT REMARK 15.407(b)(6) AC Power Conducted Emission PASS 15.407(b/1/2/3)
(b)(6) Radiated Emissions PASS Meet the requirement of limit. Minimum passing margin is
-7.77dB at 0.59531MHz. Meet the requirement of limit. Minimum passing margin is
-0.5dB at 5470.00MHz. 15.407(a/1/2) Max Average Transmit Power 15.407(a)(6) Peak Power Excursion 15.407(a/1/2) Peak Power Spectral Density 15.407(g) Frequency Stability 15.203 Antenna Requirement PASS Meet the requirement of limit. PASS Meet the requirement of limit. PASS Meet the requirement of limit. PASS Meet the requirement of limit. PASS Antenna connector is UFL not a standard connector. 2.1 MEASUREMENT UNCERTAINTY Where relevant, the following measurement uncertainty levels have been estimated for tests performed on the EUT as specified in CISPR 16-4-2:
MEASUREMENT Conducted emissions Radiated emissions FREQUENCY 9kHz~30MHz 30MHz ~ 200MHz 200MHz ~1000MHz 1GHz ~ 18GHz 18GHz ~ 40GHz UNCERTAINTY 2.44 dB 2.93 dB 2.95 dB 2.26 dB 1.94 dB This uncertainty represents an expanded uncertainty expressed at approximately the 95% confidence level using a coverage factor of k = 2. Report No.: RF120420C08D R1 Reference No.: 120420C13, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D dated Feb. 18, 2013 6 of 64 Report Format Version 5.1.0 3. GENERAL INFORMATION 3.1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF EUT EUT MODEL NO. POWER SUPPLY MODULATION TYPE MODULATION TECHNOLOGY OFDM N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 12Vdc (Adapter) 64QAM, 16QAM, QPSK, BPSK TRANSFER RATE OPERATING FREQUENCY NUMBER OF CHANNEL OUTPUT POWER 802.11a: 54.0/ 48.0/ 36.0/ 24.0/ 18.0/ 12.0/ 9.0/ 6.0Mbps 802.11n: up to 300.0Mbps 5260 ~ 5320MHz & 5500 ~ 5700MHz 5260 ~ 5320MHz: 4 for 802.11a, 802.11n (20MHz) 5500 ~ 5700MHz: 7 for 802.11a, 802.11n (20MHz) 2 for 802.11n (40MHz) 3 for 802.11n (40MHz) 165.818mW for 5260 ~ 5320MHz 222.146mW for 5500 ~ 5700MHz Printed antenna with 2.50dBi gain UFL N/A RJ45, USB Adapter ANTENNA TYPE ANTENNA CONNECTOR DATA CABLE I/O PORTS ACCESSORY DEVICES NOTE:
1. This report is prepared for FCC class II permissive change. The difference compared with the original report is adding frequency band from 5.26 to 5.32GHz and 5.50 to 5.70GHz by software. 2. The EUT incorporates a MIMO function. Physically, the EUT provides two completed transmitters and two receivers. MODULATION MODE TX FUNCTION 802.11b 802.11g 802.11a 802.11n (20MHz) 802.11n (40MHz) 2TX 2TX 2TX 2TX 2TX Report No.: RF120420C08D R1 Reference No.: 120420C13, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D dated Feb. 18, 2013 7 of 64 Report Format Version 5.1.0 3. The EUT uses following adapters:
ADAPTER 1 BRAND MODEL P/N INPUT POWER OUTPUT POWER POWER LINE NETGEAR MU30-5120250-A1 332-10234-01 100-240Vac, 50/60Hz, 0.8A 12Vdc, 2.5A 1.8m non-shielded cable without core ADAPTER 2 BRAND MODEL P/N INPUT POWER OUTPUT POWER POWER LINE NETGEAR P030WF120B 11200-6LF 332-10200-02 100-240Vac, 50/60Hz, 1.0A 12Vdc, 2.5A 1.8m non-shielded cable without core
*Adapter 1 was the worst for the final tests. 4. The EUT has disabled the 5600-5650MHz band by S/W to avoid 5600-5650MHz band for FCC certification. 5. The above EUT information is declared by manufacturer and for more detailed features description, please refer to the manufacturer's specifications or user's manual. Report No.: RF120420C08D R1 Reference No.: 120420C13, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D dated Feb. 18, 2013 8 of 64 Report Format Version 5.1.0 3.2 DESCRIPTION OF TEST MODES FOR 5260 ~ 5320MHz 4 channels are provided for 802.11a, 802.11n (20MHz):
CHANNEL FREQUENCY CHANNEL 52 56 5260 MHz 5280 MHz 60 64 FREQUENCY 5300 MHz 5320 MHz 2 channels are provided for 802.11n (40MHz):
CHANNEL 54 FREQUENCY 5270 MHz CHANNEL 62 FREQUENCY 5310 MHz FOR 5500 ~ 5700MHz 7 channels are provided for 802.11a, 802.11n (20MHz):
CHANNEL FREQUENCY CHANNEL 100 104 108 112 5500 MHz 5520 MHz 5540 MHz 5560 MHz 116 136 140 3 channels are provided for 802.11n (40MHz):
CHANNEL FREQUENCY CHANNEL 102 110 5510 MHz 5550 MHz 134 FREQUENCY 5580 MHz 5680 MHz 5700 MHz FREQUENCY 5670 MHz Report No.: RF120420C08D R1 Reference No.: 120420C13, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D dated Feb. 18, 2013 9 of 64 Report Format Version 5.1.0 3.2.1 TEST MODE APPLICABILITY AND TESTED CHANNEL DETAIL EUT CONFIGURE MODE APPLICABLE TO RE1G RE<1G PLC APCM DESCRIPTION
-
Where NOTE:
The EUT had been pre-tested on the positioned of each 3 axis. The worst case was found when positioned on Y-plane. RE<1G: Radiated Emission below 1GHz APCM: Antenna Port Conducted Measurement RE1G: Radiated Emission above 1GHz PLC: Power Line Conducted Emission
-
RADIATED EMISSION TEST (ABOVE 1GHz):
Pre-Scan has been conducted to determine the worst-case mode from all possible combinations between available modulations, data rates and antenna ports (if EUT with antenna diversity architecture). Following channel(s) was (were) selected for the final test as listed below. EUT CONFIGURE MODE
-
-
-
-
-
-
MODE 802.11a FREQ. BAND
(MHz) AVAILABLE CHANNEL TESTED CHANNEL MODULATION TECHNOLOGY MODULATION TYPE 802.11n (20MHz) 5260-5320 802.11n (40MHz) 802.11a 52 to 64 52 to 64 54 to 62 52, 60, 64 52, 60, 64 54, 62 100 to 140 100, 116, 140 802.11n (20MHz) 5500-5700 100 to 140 100, 116, 140 802.11n (40MHz) 102 to 134 102, 110, 134 OFDM OFDM OFDM OFDM OFDM OFDM BPSK BPSK BPSK BPSK BPSK BPSK RADIATED EMISSION TEST (BELOW 1GHz):
Pre-Scan has been conducted to determine the worst-case mode from all possible combinations between available modulations, data rates and antenna ports (if EUT with antenna diversity architecture). Following channel(s) was (were) selected for the final test as listed below. EUT CONFIGURE MODE MODE FREQ. BAND
(MHz) AVAILABLE CHANNEL TESTED CHANNEL MODULATION TECHNOLOGY MODULATION TYPE
-
-
802.11n (20MHz) 5260-5320 52 to 64 802.11n (40MHz) 5500-5700 102 to 134 52 110 OFDM OFDM BPSK BPSK DATA RATE
(Mbps) 6.0 7.2 15.0 6.0 7.2 15.0 DATA RATE
(Mbps) 7.2 15.0 Report No.: RF120420C08D R1 Reference No.: 120420C13, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D dated Feb. 18, 2013 10 of 64 Report Format Version 5.1.0 POWER LINE CONDUCTED EMISSION TEST:
Pre-Scan has been conducted to determine the worst-case mode from all possible combinations between available modulations, data rates and antenna ports (if EUT with antenna diversity architecture). Following channel(s) was (were) selected for the final test as listed below. EUT CONFIGURE MODE MODE FREQ. BAND
(MHz) AVAILABLE CHANNEL TESTED CHANNEL MODULATION TECHNOLOGY MODULATION TYPE
-
-
802.11n (20MHz) 5260-5320 52 to 64 802.11n (40MHz) 5500-5700 102 to 134 52 110 OFDM OFDM BPSK BPSK ANTENNA PORT CONDUCTED MEASUREMENT:
DATA RATE
(Mbps) 7.2 15.0 This item includes all test value of each mode, but only includes spectrum plot of worst value of each mode. Pre-Scan has been conducted to determine the worst-case mode from all possible combinations between available modulations, data rates and antenna ports (if EUT with antenna diversity architecture). Following channel(s) was (were) selected for the final test as listed below. EUT CONFIGURE MODE
-
-
-
-
-
-
MODE 802.11a FREQ. BAND
(MHz) AVAILABLE CHANNEL TESTED CHANNEL MODULATION TECHNOLOGY MODULATION TYPE 802.11n (20MHz) 5260-5320 802.11n (40MHz) 802.11a 52 to 64 52 to 64 54 to 62 52, 60, 64 52, 60, 64 54, 62 100 to 140 100, 116, 140 802.11n (20MHz) 5500-5700 100 to 140 100, 116, 140 802.11n (40MHz) 102 to 134 102, 110, 134 OFDM OFDM OFDM OFDM OFDM OFDM BPSK BPSK BPSK BPSK BPSK BPSK DATA RATE
(Mbps) 6.0 7.2 15.0 6.0 7.2 15.0 TEST CONDITION:
APPLICABLE TO ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS INPUT POWER RE1G RE<1G PLC APCM 25deg. C, 65%RH 25deg. C, 64%RH 25deg. C, 60%RH 25deg. C, 65%RH 120Vac, 60Hz 120Vac, 60Hz 120Vac, 60Hz 120Vac, 60Hz TESTED BY Anderson Hong Ted Chang Alan Wu Daniel Lee Nick Chen Report No.: RF120420C08D R1 Reference No.: 120420C13, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D dated Feb. 18, 2013 11 of 64 Report Format Version 5.1.0 3.3 DUTY CYCLE OF TEST SIGNAL If duty cycle is < 98%, duty factor shall be considered. 802.11a: Duty cycle = 1.359/1.404 = 0.968, Duty factor = 10 * log( 1/0.968) = 0.14 802.11n (20MHz): Duty cycle = 1.271/1.316 = 0.966, Duty factor = 10 * log( 1/0.966) = 0.15 802.11n (40MHz): Duty cycle = 0.339/0.372 = 0.911, Duty factor = 10 * log( 1/0.911) = 0.40 802.11a 802.11n (20MHz) 802.11n (40MHz) Report No.: RF120420C08D R1 Reference No.: 120420C13, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D dated Feb. 18, 2013 12 of 64 Report Format Version 5.1.0 3.4 DESCRIPTION OF SUPPORT UNITS The EUT has been tested as an independent unit together with other necessary accessories or support units. The following support units or accessories were used to form a representative test configuration during the tests. NO. PRODUCT 1 USB DONGLE 2 NOTEBOOK 3 NOTEBOOK BRAND Transcend DELL DELL MODEL NO. SERIAL NO. N/A E5410 E5410 N/A 1HC2XM1 6RP2YM1 FCC ID N/A FCC DoC Approved FCC DoC Approved SIGNAL CABLE DESCRIPTION OF THE ABOVE SUPPORT UNITS NO. 1 N/A 2 10m RJ45 UTP cable 3 10m RJ45 UTP cable NOTE:
1. All power cords of the above support units are non shielded (1.8m). 2. Items 2~3 acted as communication partners to transfer data. Report No.: RF120420C08D R1 Reference No.: 120420C13, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D dated Feb. 18, 2013 13 of 64 Report Format Version 5.1.0 3.4.1 CONFIGURATION OF SYSTEM UNDER TEST USB Dongle 1.8m RJ45 UTP cable x 3 with load EUT
(Power from adapter) 10m RJ45 UTP cable
*Test table 10m RJ45 UTP cable Notebook Notebook
*Kept in a remote area Report No.: RF120420C08D R1 Reference No.: 120420C13, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D dated Feb. 18, 2013 14 of 64 Report Format Version 5.1.0 3.5 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF APPLIED STANDARDS The EUT is a RF Product. According to the specifications of the manufacturer, it must comply with the requirements of the following standards:
FCC Part 15, Subpart E (15.407) 789033 D01 General UNII Test Procedures v01 r02 662911 D01 Multiple Transmitter Output v01 r02 ANSI C63.10-2009 All test items have been performed and recorded as per the above standards. NOTE: The EUT is also considered as a kind of computer peripheral, because the connection to computer is necessary for typical use. It has been verified to comply with the requirements of FCC Part 15, Subpart B, Class B (DoC). The test report has been issued separately. Report No.: RF120420C08D R1 Reference No.: 120420C13, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D dated Feb. 18, 2013 15 of 64 Report Format Version 5.1.0 4. TEST TYPES AND RESULTS 4.1 RADIATED EMISSION AND BANDEDGE MEASUREMENT 4.1.1 LIMITS OF RADIATED EMISSION AND BANDEDGE MEASUREMENT Radiated emissions which fall in the restricted bands must comply with the radiated emission limits specified as below table:
FREQUENCIES
(MHz) FIELD STRENGTH
(microvolts/meter) MEASUREMENT DISTANCE
(meters) 0.009 ~ 0.490 0.490 ~ 1.705 1.705 ~ 30.0 30 ~ 88 88 ~ 216 216 ~ 960 Above 960 2400/F(kHz) 24000/F(kHz) 30 100 150 200 500 300 30 30 3 3 3 3 NOTE:
1. The lower limit shall apply at the transition frequencies. 2. Emission level (dBuV/m) = 20 log Emission level (uV/m). 3. For frequencies above 1000MHz, the field strength limits are based on average detector, however, the peak field strength of any emission shall not exceed the maximum permitted average limits, specified above by more than 20dB under any condition of modulation. 4.1.2 LIMITS OF UNWANTED EMISSION OUT OF THE RESTRICTED BANDS APPLICABLE TO LIMIT FIELD STRENGTH AT 3m (dBV/m) PK 74 AV 54 EIRP LIMIT (dBm) EQUIVALENT FIELD STRENGTH AT 3m
(dBV/m) PK
-27 PK 68.3 NOTE: The following formula is used to convert the equipment isotropic radiated power (eirp) to field strength:
E =
30 P 1000000 3 V/m, where P is the eirp (Watts). Report No.: RF120420C08D R1 Reference No.: 120420C13, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D dated Feb. 18, 2013 16 of 64 Report Format Version 5.1.0 4.1.3 TEST INSTRUMENTS Tested Date: Jul. 18 ~ Jul. 25, 2012 DESCRIPTION &
MANUFACTURER MODEL NO. SERIAL NO. DATE OF CALIBRATION DUE DATE OF CALIBRATION Test Receiver ROHDE & SCHWARZ Spectrum Analyzer ROHDE & SCHWARZ BILOG Antenna SCHWARZBECK HORN Antenna SCHWARZBECK HORN Antenna SCHWARZBECK Loop Antenna Preamplifier Agilent Preamplifier Agilent RF signal cable HUBER+SUHNNER RF signal cable Worken Software Antenna Tower EMCO Turn Table EMCO Antenna Tower &Turn Table Controller EMCO 26GHz ~ 40GHz Amplifier High Speed Peak Power Meter Power Sensor NOTE:
ESCI FSP40 100744 Apr. 19, 2012 Apr. 18, 2013 100269 Jan. 28, 2012 Jan. 27, 2013 VULB9168 9168-156 Apr. 03, 2012 Apr. 02, 2013 BBHA 9120 D 9120D-209 Sep. 03, 2011 Sep. 02, 2012 BBHA 9170 HFH2-Z2 8449B 148 100070 3008A01911 Jul. 10, 2013 Jul. 11, 2012 Jan. 30, 2014 Jan. 31, 2012 Oct. 25, 2011 Oct. 24, 2012 8447D 2944A10638 Oct. 25, 2011 Oct. 24, 2012 SUCOFLEX 104 295013/4 283403/4 Aug. 28, 2012 Aug. 27, 2013 8D-FB Cable-HYCH9-01 Aug. 11, 2012 Aug. 10, 2013 ADT_Radiated_ V7.6.15.9.2 2070/2080 NA 512.835.4684 2087-2.03 2090 EM26400 ML2495A MA2411B NA NA 815221 0824011 0738171 NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA Oct. 25, 2011 Oct. 24, 2012 Jul. 29, 2012 Jul. 30, 2011 Jul. 30, 2011 Jul. 29, 2012 1. The calibration interval of the above test instruments is 12 months and the calibrations are traceable to NML/ROC and NIST/USA. 2. The calibration interval of the loop antenna is 24 months and the calibrations are traceable to NML/ROC and NIST/USA. 3. The test was performed in HwaYa Chamber 9. 4. The horn antenna and HP preamplifier (model: 8449B) are used only for the measurement of emission frequency above 1GHz if tested. 5. The FCC Site Registration No. is 215374. 6. The IC Site Registration No. is IC 7450F-9. Report No.: RF120420C08D R1 Reference No.: 120420C13, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D dated Feb. 18, 2013 17 of 64 Report Format Version 5.1.0 Tested Date: Mar. 25 ~ Apr. 25, 2013 DESCRIPTION &
MANUFACTURER MODEL NO. SERIAL NO. DATE OF CALIBRATION DUE DATE OF CALIBRATION 148 ESCI 8447D 100424 100115 100070 FSU 43 9168-155 VULB9168 9120D-404 2944A10738 3008A01961 BBHA 9120D SUCOFLEX 104 Aug. 21, 2012 Aug. 20, 2013 Dec. 22, 2012 Dec. 21, 2013 Mar. 25, 2013 Mar. 24, 2014 Oct. 25, 2012 Oct. 24, 2013 Jul. 10, 2013 Jul. 11, 2012 Jan. 31, 2012 Jan. 30, 2014 Oct. 25, 2012 Oct. 24, 2013 BBHA 9170 HFH2-Z2 8449B Test Receiver ROHDE & SCHWARZ Spectrum Analyzer ROHDE & SCHWARZ BILOG Antenna SCHWARZBECK HORN Antenna SCHWARZBECK HORN Antenna SCHWARZBECK Loop Antenna Preamplifier Agilent Preamplifier Agilent RF signal cable HUBER+SUHNNER RF signal cable HUBER+SUHNNER RF signal cable HUBER+SUHNNER Software BV ADT Antenna Tower inn-co GmbH Antenna Tower Controller inn-co GmbH Turn Table BV ADT Turn Table Controller BV ADT 26GHz ~ 40GHz Amplifier High Speed Peak Power Meter Power Sensor NOTE: 1. The calibration interval of the above test instruments is 12 months and the calibrations SC100. EM26400 ML2495A MA2411B SUCOFLEX 104 ADT_Radiated_ Oct. 25, 2012 Oct. 24, 2013 Jul. 30, 2011 Jul. 29, 2012 Jul. 29, 2012 Jul. 30, 2011 815221 0824011 0738171 Oct. 23, 2012 Oct. 22, 2013 V7.6.15.9.2 MA 4000 Aug. 28, 2012 Aug. 27, 2013 Aug. 28, 2012 Aug. 27, 2013 Aug. 28, 2012 Aug. 27, 2013 SUCOFLEX 104 SC93021704 TT93021704 309220/4 250724/4 295012/4 CO2000 019303 010303 TT100. NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA are traceable to NML/ROC and NIST/USA. 2. The calibration interval of the loop antenna is 24 months and the calibrations are traceable to NML/ROC and NIST/USA. 3. The test was performed in HwaYa Chamber 4. 4. The horn antenna and HP preamplifier (model: 8449B) are used only for the measurement of emission frequency above 1GHz if tested. 5. The FCC Site Registration No. is 460141. 6. The IC Site Registration No. is IC7450F-4. Report No.: RF120420C08D R1 Reference No.: 120420C13, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D dated Feb. 18, 2013 18 of 64 Report Format Version 5.1.0 4.1.4 TEST PROCEDURES a. The EUT was placed on the top of a rotating table 0.8 meters above the ground at a 3 meter semi-anechoic camber. The table was rotated 360 degrees to determine the position of the highest radiation. b. The EUT was set 3 meters away from the interference-receiving antenna, which was mounted on the top of a variable-height antenna tower. c. The antenna is a broadband antenna, and its height is varied from one meter to four meters above the ground to determine the maximum value of the field strength. Both horizontal and vertical polarizations of the antenna are set to make the measurement. d. For each suspected emission, the EUT was arranged to its worst case and then the antenna was tuned to heights from 1 meter to 4 meters and the rotatable table was turned from 0 degrees to 360 degrees to find the maximum reading. e. The test-receiver system was set to Peak Detect Function and Specified Bandwidth with Maximum Hold Mode. f. If the emission level of the EUT in peak mode was 10dB lower than the limit specified, then testing could be stopped and the peak values of the EUT would be reported. Otherwise the emissions that did not have 10dB margin would be re-tested one by one using peak, quasi-peak or average method as specified and then reported in a data sheet. NOTE:
1. The resolution bandwidth and video bandwidth of test receiver/spectrum analyzer is 120kHz for Peak detection (PK) and Quasi-peak detection (QP) at frequency below 1GHz. 2. The resolution bandwidth of test receiver/spectrum analyzer is 1MHz and video bandwidth is 3MHz for Peak detection at frequency above 1GHz. 3. The resolution bandwidth of test receiver/spectrum analyzer is 1MHz and the video bandwidth is 1kHz for Average detection (AV) at frequency above 1GHz. 4. All modes of operation were investigated and the worst-case emissions are reported. 4.1.5 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD No deviation. Report No.: RF120420C08D R1 Reference No.: 120420C13, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D dated Feb. 18, 2013 19 of 64 Report Format Version 5.1.0 4.1.6 TEST SETUP For the actual test configuration, please refer to the attached file (Test Setup Photo). 4.1.7 EUT OPERATING CONDITION a. Placed the EUT on the testing table. b. Prepared two notebooks to act as communication partners and placed them outside of testing area. c. The communication partner connected with EUT via a RJ45 cable and run a test program (provided by manufacturer) to enable EUT under transmission condition continuously at specific channel frequency. d. The communication partner sent data to EUT by command "PING". Report No.: RF120420C08D R1 Reference No.: 120420C13, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D dated Feb. 18, 2013 20 of 64 Report Format Version 5.1.0 4.1.8 TEST RESULTS ABOVE 1GHz DATA 802.11a EUT TEST CONDITION CHANNEL Channel 52 INPUT POWER 120Vac, 60Hz MEASUREMENT DETAIL FREQUENCY RANGE 1 ~ 40GHz DETECTOR Peak (PK) FUNCTION Average (AV) ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 25deg. C, 65%RH TESTED BY Anderson Hong
(dB) MARGIN LIMIT
(dBuV/m) 74.0 54.0 74.0 54.0 ANTENNA HEIGHT
-18.3
-10.2
-18.6
-12.2 TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) 218 218 221 221 221 221 80
(m) 1.10 H 1.10 H 1.04 H 1.04 H 1.04 H 1.04 H 1.00 H ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: HORIZONTAL AT 3 M RAW EMISSION VALUE LEVEL
(dBuV)
(dBuV/m) 17.80 55.7 PK 5.90 43.8 AV 17.20 55.4 PK 3.60 41.8 AV 67.30 105.6 PK 58.20 96.5 AV 7.80 56.1 PK ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: VERTICAL AT 3 M RAW EMISSION VALUE
(dBuV) 19.80 10.60 18.10 4.80 78.30 68.20 8.80 LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 57.7 PK 48.5 AV 56.3 PK 43.0 AV 116.6 PK 106.5 AV 57.1 PK
(m) 1.18 V 1.18 V 1.01 V 1.01 V 1.01 V 1.01 V 1.27 V 269 269 265 265 267 267 334 TABLE ANGLE
(Degree)
-16.3
-5.5
-17.7
-11.0 ANTENNA HEIGHT 74.0 54.0 74.0 54.0 LIMIT
(dBuV/m) MARGIN
-12.2
-11.2
(dB) 68.3 68.3 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 37.90 37.90 38.20 38.20 38.30 38.30 48.30 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 37.90 37.90 38.20 38.20 38.30 38.30 48.30 NO. FREQ.
(MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 5000.00 5000.00 5150.00 5150.00
*5260.00
*5260.00
#10520.00 NO. FREQ.
(MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 5000.00 5000.00 5150.00 5150.00
*5260.00
*5260.00
#10520.00 REMARKS:
1. Emission level (dBuV/m) = Raw Value (dBuV) + Correction Factor (dB/m). 2. Correction Factor (dB/m) = Antenna Factor (dB/m) + Cable Factor (dB). 3. The other emission levels were very low against the limit. 4. Margin value = Emission level Limit value. 5. " * ": Fundamental frequency. 6. " # ": The radiated frequency is out of the restricted band. Report No.: RF120420C08D R1 Reference No.: 120420C13, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D dated Feb. 18, 2013 21 of 64 Report Format Version 5.1.0 EUT TEST CONDITION CHANNEL Channel 60 INPUT POWER 120Vac, 60Hz MEASUREMENT DETAIL FREQUENCY RANGE 1 ~ 40GHz DETECTOR Peak (PK) FUNCTION Average (AV) ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 25deg. C, 65%RH TESTED BY Anderson Hong
(dB) MARGIN 74.0 54.0 74.0 54.0
-18.7
-10.6 LIMIT
(dBuV/m) ANTENNA HEIGHT 221 221 220 220 83 83 TABLE ANGLE
(Degree)
(m) 1.11 H 1.11 H 1.04 H 1.04 H 1.00 H 1.00 H ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: HORIZONTAL AT 3 M EMISSION RAW VALUE LEVEL
(dBuV)
(dBuV/m) 17.40 55.3 PK 5.50 43.4 AV 66.90 105.3 PK 57.40 95.8 AV 6.90 55.2 PK 42.3 AV
-6.00 ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: VERTICAL AT 3 M RAW EMISSION VALUE
(dBuV) 19.50 9.50 79.00 68.90 7.50
-5.10 LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 57.4 PK 47.4 AV 117.4 PK 107.3 AV 55.8 PK 43.2 AV
(m) 1.18 V 1.18 V 1.04 V 1.04 V 1.25 V 1.25 V TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) 268 268 113 113 331 331 ANTENNA HEIGHT LIMIT
(dBuV/m)
-18.8
-11.7
-16.6
-6.6
-18.2
-10.8 74.0 54.0 74.0 54.0 MARGIN
(dB) CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 37.90 37.90 38.40 38.40 48.30 48.30 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 37.90 37.90 38.40 38.40 48.30 48.30 NO. FREQ.
(MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6 5000.00 5000.00
*5300.00
*5300.00 10600.00 10600.00 NO. FREQ.
(MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6 5000.00 5000.00
*5300.00
*5300.00 10600.00 10600.00 REMARKS:
1. Emission level (dBuV/m) = Raw Value (dBuV) + Correction Factor (dB/m). 2. Correction Factor (dB/m) = Antenna Factor (dB/m) + Cable Factor (dB). 3. The other emission levels were very low against the limit. 4. Margin value = Emission level Limit value. 5. " * ": Fundamental frequency. Report No.: RF120420C08D R1 Reference No.: 120420C13, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D dated Feb. 18, 2013 22 of 64 Report Format Version 5.1.0 EUT TEST CONDITION CHANNEL Channel 64 INPUT POWER 120Vac, 60Hz MEASUREMENT DETAIL FREQUENCY RANGE 1 ~ 40GHz DETECTOR Peak (PK) FUNCTION Average (AV) ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 25deg. C, 65%RH TESTED BY Anderson Hong
(dB) MARGIN 74.0 54.0
-18.3
-10.3 LIMIT
(dBuV/m) 74.0 54.0 74.0 54.0 ANTENNA HEIGHT
-18.3
-10.3
-19.0
-12.0 TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) 220 220 224 224 224 224 88 88
(m) 1.13 H 1.13 H 1.04 H 1.04 H 1.04 H 1.04 H 1.00 H 1.00 H ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: HORIZONTAL AT 3 M EMISSION RAW VALUE LEVEL
(dBuV)
(dBuV/m) 17.80 55.7 PK 5.80 43.7 AV 65.20 103.6 PK 55.50 93.9 AV 17.20 55.7 PK 5.20 43.7 AV 6.50 55.0 PK 42.0 AV
-6.50 ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: VERTICAL AT 3 M RAW EMISSION VALUE
(dBuV) 20.80 8.90 77.20 67.30 32.10 14.50 6.80
-5.80 LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 58.7 PK 46.8 AV 115.6 PK 105.7 AV 70.6 PK 53.0 AV 55.3 PK 42.7 AV
(m) 1.19 V 1.19 V 1.02 V 1.02 V 1.02 V 1.02 V 1.21 V 1.21 V 273 273 107 107 107 107 337 337 TABLE ANGLE
(Degree)
-3.4
-1.0
-18.7
-11.3 ANTENNA HEIGHT 74.0 54.0 74.0 54.0 LIMIT
(dBuV/m)
-15.3
-7.2 74.0 54.0 MARGIN
(dB) CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 37.90 37.90 38.40 38.40 38.50 38.50 48.50 48.50 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 37.90 37.90 38.40 38.40 38.50 38.50 48.50 48.50 NO. FREQ.
(MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 5000.00 5000.00
*5320.00
*5320.00 5350.00 5350.00 10640.00 10640.00 NO. FREQ.
(MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 5000.00 5000.00
*5320.00
*5320.00 5350.00 5350.00 10640.00 10640.00 REMARKS:
1. Emission level (dBuV/m) = Raw Value (dBuV) + Correction Factor (dB/m). 2. Correction Factor (dB/m) = Antenna Factor (dB/m) + Cable Factor (dB). 3. The other emission levels were very low against the limit. 4. Margin value = Emission level Limit value. 5. " * ": Fundamental frequency. Report No.: RF120420C08D R1 Reference No.: 120420C13, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D dated Feb. 18, 2013 23 of 64 Report Format Version 5.1.0 EUT TEST CONDITION CHANNEL Channel 100 INPUT POWER 120Vac, 60Hz MEASUREMENT DETAIL FREQUENCY RANGE 1 ~ 40GHz DETECTOR Peak (PK) FUNCTION Average (AV) ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 25deg. C, 65%RH TESTED BY Ted Chang NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 5460.00 5460.00
#5470.00
*5500.00
*5500.00 11000.00 11000.00 RAW VALUE LIMIT TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: HORIZONTAL AT 3 M EMISSION ANTENNA HEIGHT (m)
(dBuV)
(dBuV/m) MARGIN (dB) 74.0 54.0 68.3
-14.4
-8.2
-1.9 LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 59.6 PK 20.06 45.9 AV 6.28 66.4 PK 26.78 109.7 PK 70.03 99.9 AV 60.23 63.9 PK 10.63 50.6 AV
-2.64 ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: VERTICAL AT 3 M EMISSION 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 282 282 282 285 285 325 325
-10.2
-3.4 74.0 54.0 RAW VALUE MARGIN (dB) ANTENNA HEIGHT (m) TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 5460.00 5460.00
#5470.00
*5500.00
*5500.00 11000.00 11000.00 REMARKS:
LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 62.8 PK 50.1 AV 67.8 PK 116.2 PK 106.0 AV 61.5 PK 49.0 AV LIMIT
(dBuV/m) 74.0 54.0 68.3 74.0 54.0
-11.3
-3.9
-0.5
-12.6
-5.0 1.15 V 1.15 V 1.15 V 1.11 V 1.11 V 1.15 V 1.15 V 290 290 290 270 270 330 330
(dBuV) 23.18 10.57 28.22 76.52 66.35 8.23
-4.23 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 39.57 39.57 39.59 39.67 39.67 53.22 53.22 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 39.57 39.57 39.59 39.67 39.67 53.22 53.22 1. Emission level (dBuV/m) = Raw Value (dBuV) + Correction Factor (dB/m). 2. Correction Factor (dB/m) = Antenna Factor (dB/m) + Cable Factor (dB). 3. The other emission levels were very low against the limit. 4. Margin value = Emission level Limit value. 5. " * ": Fundamental frequency. 6. " # ": The radiated frequency is out of the restricted band. Report No.: RF120420C08D R1 Reference No.: 120420C13, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D dated Feb. 18, 2013 24 of 64 Report Format Version 5.1.0 EUT TEST CONDITION CHANNEL Channel 116 INPUT POWER 120Vac, 60Hz MEASUREMENT DETAIL FREQUENCY RANGE 1 ~ 40GHz DETECTOR Peak (PK) FUNCTION Average (AV) ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 25deg. C, 65%RH TESTED BY Anderson Hong
(dB) MARGIN 74.0 54.0 LIMIT
(dBuV/m) 74.0 54.0 74.0 54.0 ANTENNA HEIGHT
-19.3
-11.3
-18.3
-11.3 TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) 217 217 231 231 104 104 124 124
(m) 1.12 H 1.12 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: HORIZONTAL AT 3 M EMISSION RAW VALUE LEVEL
(dBuV)
(dBuV/m) 16.80 54.7 PK 4.80 42.7 AV 17.10 55.7 PK 4.10 42.7 AV 63.40 102.3 PK 53.50 92.4 AV 6.60 55.7 PK 42.4 AV
-6.70 ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: VERTICAL AT 3 M RAW EMISSION VALUE
(dBuV) 19.00 9.20 23.10 12.40 78.10 67.80 6.60
-6.60 LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 56.9 PK 47.1 AV 61.7 PK 51.0 AV 117.0 PK 106.7 AV 55.7 PK 42.5 AV
(m) 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.07 V 1.07 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 269 269 120 120 122 122 83 83 TABLE ANGLE
(Degree)
-17.1
-6.9
-12.3
-3.0 ANTENNA HEIGHT 74.0 54.0 74.0 54.0 LIMIT
(dBuV/m)
-18.3
-11.5
-18.3
-11.6 74.0 54.0 MARGIN
(dB) CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 37.90 37.90 38.60 38.60 38.90 38.90 49.10 49.10 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 37.90 37.90 38.60 38.60 38.90 38.90 49.10 49.10 NO. FREQ.
(MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 5000.00 5000.00 5440.00 5440.00
*5580.00
*5580.00 11600.00 11600.00 NO. FREQ.
(MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 5000.00 5000.00 5440.00 5440.00
*5580.00
*5580.00 11600.00 11600.00 REMARKS:
1. Emission level (dBuV/m) = Raw Value (dBuV) + Correction Factor (dB/m). 2. Correction Factor (dB/m) = Antenna Factor (dB/m) + Cable Factor (dB). 3. The other emission levels were very low against the limit. 4. Margin value = Emission level Limit value. 5. " * ": Fundamental frequency. Report No.: RF120420C08D R1 Reference No.: 120420C13, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D dated Feb. 18, 2013 25 of 64 Report Format Version 5.1.0 EUT TEST CONDITION CHANNEL Channel 140 INPUT POWER 120Vac, 60Hz MEASUREMENT DETAIL FREQUENCY RANGE 1 ~ 40GHz DETECTOR Peak (PK) FUNCTION Average (AV) ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 25deg. C, 65%RH TESTED BY Ted Chang NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5
*5700.00
*5700.00
#5725.00 11400.00 11400.00 RAW VALUE LIMIT TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: HORIZONTAL AT 3 M EMISSION ANTENNA HEIGHT (m)
(dBuV)
(dBuV/m) MARGIN (dB) LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 108.3 PK 68.25 98.6 AV 58.55 61.5 PK 21.38 60.3 PK 7.45 47.8 AV
-5.02 ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: VERTICAL AT 3 M EMISSION 1.14 H 1.14 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 282 282 279 236 236
-6.8
-13.7
-6.2 68.3 74.0 54.0 RAW VALUE MARGIN (dB) ANTENNA HEIGHT (m) TABLE ANGLE
(Degree)
-0.7
-10.8
-3.9 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.01 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 272 272 273 261 261
(dBuV) 75.89 66.50 27.42 10.31
-2.75 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 40.07 40.07 40.14 52.85 52.85 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 40.07 40.07 40.14 52.85 52.85 NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5
*5700.00
*5700.00
#5725.00 11400.00 11400.00 REMARKS:
LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 116.0 PK 106.6 AV 67.6 PK 63.2 PK 50.1 AV LIMIT
(dBuV/m) 68.3 74.0 54.0 1. Emission level (dBuV/m) = Raw Value (dBuV) + Correction Factor (dB/m). 2. Correction Factor (dB/m) = Antenna Factor (dB/m) + Cable Factor (dB). 3. The other emission levels were very low against the limit. 4. Margin value = Emission level Limit value. 5. " * ": Fundamental frequency. 6. " # ": The radiated frequency is out of the restricted band. Report No.: RF120420C08D R1 Reference No.: 120420C13, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D dated Feb. 18, 2013 26 of 64 Report Format Version 5.1.0 802.11n (20MHz) EUT TEST CONDITION CHANNEL Channel 52 INPUT POWER 120Vac, 60Hz MEASUREMENT DETAIL FREQUENCY RANGE 1 ~ 40GHz DETECTOR Peak (PK) FUNCTION Average (AV) ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 25deg. C, 65%RH TESTED BY Anderson Hong
(dB) MARGIN LIMIT
(dBuV/m) 74.0 54.0 74.0 54.0 ANTENNA HEIGHT
-18.8
-10.6
-21.3
-12.7 TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) 219 219 68 68 68 68 123
(m) 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.02 H 1.02 H 1.02 H 1.02 H 1.00 H ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: HORIZONTAL AT 3 M RAW EMISSION VALUE LEVEL
(dBuV)
(dBuV/m) 17.30 55.2 PK 5.50 43.4 AV 14.50 52.7 PK 3.10 41.3 AV 66.10 104.4 PK 56.10 94.4 AV 55.4 PK 7.10 ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: VERTICAL AT 3 M RAW EMISSION VALUE
(dBuV) 20.30 10.00 17.30 5.30 78.90 68.60 7.80 LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 58.2 PK 47.9 AV 55.5 PK 43.5 AV 117.2 PK 106.9 AV 56.1 PK
(m) 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.04 V 1.04 V 1.04 V 1.04 V 1.00 V 268 268 114 114 114 114 80 TABLE ANGLE
(Degree)
-15.8
-6.1
-18.5
-10.5 ANTENNA HEIGHT 74.0 54.0 74.0 54.0 LIMIT
(dBuV/m) MARGIN
-12.2
-12.9
(dB) 68.3 68.3 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 37.90 37.90 38.20 38.20 38.30 38.30 48.30 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 37.90 37.90 38.20 38.20 38.30 38.30 48.30 NO. FREQ.
(MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 5000.00 5000.00 5150.00 5150.00
*5260.00
*5260.00
#10520.00 NO. FREQ.
(MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 5000.00 5000.00 5150.00 5150.00
*5260.00
*5260.00
#10520.00 REMARKS:
1. Emission level (dBuV/m) = Raw Value (dBuV) + Correction Factor (dB/m). 2. Correction Factor (dB/m) = Antenna Factor (dB/m) + Cable Factor (dB). 3. The other emission levels were very low against the limit. 4. Margin value = Emission level Limit value. 5. " * ": Fundamental frequency. 6. " # ": The radiated frequency is out of the restricted band. Report No.: RF120420C08D R1 Reference No.: 120420C13, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D dated Feb. 18, 2013 27 of 64 Report Format Version 5.1.0 EUT TEST CONDITION CHANNEL Channel 60 INPUT POWER 120Vac, 60Hz MEASUREMENT DETAIL FREQUENCY RANGE 1 ~ 40GHz DETECTOR Peak (PK) FUNCTION Average (AV) ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 25deg. C, 65%RH TESTED BY Anderson Hong
(dB) MARGIN 74.0 54.0 74.0 54.0
-19.1
-10.9 LIMIT
(dBuV/m) ANTENNA HEIGHT 222 222 84 84 128 128 TABLE ANGLE
(Degree)
(m) 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.02 H 1.02 H 1.00 H 1.00 H ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: HORIZONTAL AT 3 M EMISSION RAW VALUE LEVEL
(dBuV)
(dBuV/m) 17.00 54.9 PK 5.20 43.1 AV 64.20 102.6 PK 54.20 92.6 AV 6.70 55.0 PK 42.0 AV
-6.30 ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: VERTICAL AT 3 M RAW EMISSION VALUE
(dBuV) 20.00 9.70 78.00 67.90 6.40
-6.50 LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 57.9 PK 47.6 AV 116.4 PK 106.3 AV 54.7 PK 41.8 AV
(m) 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.03 V 1.03 V 1.00 V 1.00 V TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) 261 261 113 113 83 83 ANTENNA HEIGHT LIMIT
(dBuV/m)
-19.0
-12.0
-19.3
-12.2
-16.1
-6.4 74.0 54.0 74.0 54.0 MARGIN
(dB) CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 37.90 37.90 38.40 38.40 48.30 48.30 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 37.90 37.90 38.40 38.40 48.30 48.30 NO. FREQ.
(MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6 5000.00 5000.00
*5300.00
*5300.00 10600.00 10600.00 NO. FREQ.
(MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6 5000.00 5000.00
*5300.00
*5300.00 10600.00 10600.00 REMARKS:
1. Emission level (dBuV/m) = Raw Value (dBuV) + Correction Factor (dB/m). 2. Correction Factor (dB/m) = Antenna Factor (dB/m) + Cable Factor (dB). 3. The other emission levels were very low against the limit. 4. Margin value = Emission level Limit value. 5. " * ": Fundamental frequency. Report No.: RF120420C08D R1 Reference No.: 120420C13, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D dated Feb. 18, 2013 28 of 64 Report Format Version 5.1.0 EUT TEST CONDITION CHANNEL Channel 64 INPUT POWER 120Vac, 60Hz MEASUREMENT DETAIL FREQUENCY RANGE 1 ~ 40GHz DETECTOR Peak (PK) FUNCTION Average (AV) ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 25deg. C, 65%RH TESTED BY Ted Chang NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6
*5320.00
*5320.00 5350.00 5350.00 10640.00 10640.00 RAW VALUE LIMIT TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: HORIZONTAL AT 3 M EMISSION ANTENNA HEIGHT (m)
(dBuV)
(dBuV/m) MARGIN (dB) LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 112.3 PK 72.85 101.9 AV 62.52 64.1 PK 24.69 48.3 AV 8.92 58.6 PK 7.06 45.8 AV
-5.78 ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: VERTICAL AT 3 M EMISSION 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.04 H 1.04 H 283 283 282 282 256 256
-9.9
-5.7
-15.4
-8.2 74.0 54.0 74.0 54.0 RAW VALUE MARGIN (dB) ANTENNA HEIGHT (m) TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6
*5320.00
*5320.00 5350.00 5350.00 10640.00 10640.00 REMARKS:
LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 116.2 PK 106.5 AV 72.6 PK 52.4 AV 58.9 PK 47.8 AV LIMIT
(dBuV/m) 74.0 54.0 74.0 54.0
-1.4
-1.6
-15.1
-6.3 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.04 V 1.04 V 293 293 275 275 163 163
(dBuV) 76.76 67.10 33.23 12.96 7.36
-3.79 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 39.40 39.40 39.41 39.41 51.54 51.54 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 39.40 39.40 39.41 39.41 51.54 51.54 1. Emission level (dBuV/m) = Raw Value (dBuV) + Correction Factor (dB/m). 2. Correction Factor (dB/m) = Antenna Factor (dB/m) + Cable Factor (dB). 3. The other emission levels were very low against the limit. 4. Margin value = Emission level Limit value. 5. " * ": Fundamental frequency. Report No.: RF120420C08D R1 Reference No.: 120420C13, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D dated Feb. 18, 2013 29 of 64 Report Format Version 5.1.0 EUT TEST CONDITION CHANNEL Channel 100 INPUT POWER 120Vac, 60Hz MEASUREMENT DETAIL FREQUENCY RANGE 1 ~ 40GHz DETECTOR Peak (PK) FUNCTION Average (AV) ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 25deg. C, 65%RH TESTED BY Ted Chang NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 5460.00 5460.00
#5470.00
*5500.00
*5500.00 11000.00 11000.00 RAW VALUE LIMIT TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: HORIZONTAL AT 3 M EMISSION ANTENNA HEIGHT (m)
(dBuV)
(dBuV/m) MARGIN (dB) 74.0 54.0 68.3
-16.3
-8.8
-3.5 LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 57.8 PK 18.18 45.2 AV 5.59 64.8 PK 25.19 109.3 PK 69.65 99.8 AV 60.14 60.6 PK 7.42 47.6 AV
-5.58 ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: VERTICAL AT 3 M EMISSION 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.23 H 1.23 H 281 281 281 282 282 54 54
-13.4
-6.4 74.0 54.0 RAW VALUE MARGIN (dB) ANTENNA HEIGHT (m) TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 5460.00 5460.00
#5470.00
*5500.00
*5500.00 11000.00 11000.00 REMARKS:
LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 62.2 PK 48.5 AV 67.8 PK 115.1 PK 105.5 AV 62.8 PK 49.5 AV LIMIT
(dBuV/m) 74.0 54.0 68.3 74.0 54.0
-11.8
-5.5
-0.6
-11.2
-4.5 1.14 V 1.14 V 1.14 V 1.11 V 1.11 V 1.32 V 1.32 V 289 289 289 269 269 213 213
(dBuV) 22.59 8.93 28.16 75.39 65.80 9.57
-3.70 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 39.57 39.57 39.59 39.67 39.67 53.22 53.22 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 39.57 39.57 39.59 39.67 39.67 53.22 53.22 1. Emission level (dBuV/m) = Raw Value (dBuV) + Correction Factor (dB/m). 2. Correction Factor (dB/m) = Antenna Factor (dB/m) + Cable Factor (dB). 3. The other emission levels were very low against the limit. 4. Margin value = Emission level Limit value. 5. " * ": Fundamental frequency. 6. " # ": The radiated frequency is out of the restricted band. Report No.: RF120420C08D R1 Reference No.: 120420C13, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D dated Feb. 18, 2013 30 of 64 Report Format Version 5.1.0 EUT TEST CONDITION CHANNEL Channel 116 INPUT POWER 120Vac, 60Hz MEASUREMENT DETAIL FREQUENCY RANGE 1 ~ 40GHz DETECTOR Peak (PK) FUNCTION Average (AV) ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 25deg. C, 65%RH TESTED BY Anderson Hong
(dB) MARGIN 74.0 54.0 74.0 54.0
-18.9
-11.7 LIMIT
(dBuV/m) ANTENNA HEIGHT 228 228 221 221 127 127 TABLE ANGLE
(Degree)
(m) 1.08 H 1.08 H 1.05 H 1.05 H 1.36 H 1.36 H ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: HORIZONTAL AT 3 M EMISSION RAW VALUE LEVEL
(dBuV)
(dBuV/m) 16.50 55.1 PK 3.70 42.3 AV 67.20 106.1 PK 57.10 96.0 AV 6.70 56.0 PK 45.5 AV
-3.80 ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: VERTICAL AT 3 M RAW EMISSION VALUE
(dBuV) 19.00 10.40 78.00 68.10 7.70
-3.10 LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 57.6 PK 49.0 AV 116.9 PK 107.0 AV 57.0 PK 46.2 AV
(m) 1.01 V 1.01 V 1.04 V 1.04 V 1.08 V 1.08 V TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) 97 97 118 118 347 347 ANTENNA HEIGHT LIMIT
(dBuV/m)
-17.0
-7.8
-16.4
-5.0
-18.0
-8.5 74.0 54.0 74.0 54.0 MARGIN
(dB) CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 38.60 38.60 38.90 38.90 49.30 49.30 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 38.60 38.60 38.90 38.90 49.30 49.30 NO. FREQ.
(MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6 5440.00 5440.00
*5580.00
*5580.00 11160.00 11160.00 NO. FREQ.
(MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6 5440.00 5440.00
*5580.00
*5580.00 11160.00 11160.00 REMARKS:
1. Emission level (dBuV/m) = Raw Value (dBuV) + Correction Factor (dB/m). 2. Correction Factor (dB/m) = Antenna Factor (dB/m) + Cable Factor (dB). 3. The other emission levels were very low against the limit. 4. Margin value = Emission level Limit value. 5. " * ": Fundamental frequency. Report No.: RF120420C08D R1 Reference No.: 120420C13, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D dated Feb. 18, 2013 31 of 64 Report Format Version 5.1.0 EUT TEST CONDITION CHANNEL Channel 140 INPUT POWER 120Vac, 60Hz MEASUREMENT DETAIL FREQUENCY RANGE 1 ~ 40GHz DETECTOR Peak (PK) FUNCTION Average (AV) ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 25deg. C, 65%RH TESTED BY Ted Chang NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5
*5700.00
*5700.00
#5725.00 11400.00 11400.00 RAW VALUE LIMIT TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: HORIZONTAL AT 3 M EMISSION ANTENNA HEIGHT (m)
(dBuV)
(dBuV/m) MARGIN (dB) LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 105.9 PK 65.81 95.5 AV 55.38 60.6 PK 20.44 60.3 PK 7.45 47.6 AV
-5.26 ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: VERTICAL AT 3 M EMISSION 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.18 H 1.03 H 1.03 H 288 288 297 210 210
-7.7
-13.7
-6.4 68.3 74.0 54.0 RAW VALUE MARGIN (dB) ANTENNA HEIGHT (m) TABLE ANGLE
(Degree)
-1.2
-10.8
-4.8 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.04 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 291 291 274 241 241
(dBuV) 75.43 65.61 27.00 10.31
-3.60 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 40.07 40.07 40.14 52.85 52.85 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 40.07 40.07 40.14 52.85 52.85 NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5
*5700.00
*5700.00
#5725.00 11400.00 11400.00 REMARKS:
LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 115.5 PK 105.7 AV 67.1 PK 63.2 PK 49.3 AV LIMIT
(dBuV/m) 68.3 74.0 54.0 1. Emission level (dBuV/m) = Raw Value (dBuV) + Correction Factor (dB/m). 2. Correction Factor (dB/m) = Antenna Factor (dB/m) + Cable Factor (dB). 3. The other emission levels were very low against the limit. 4. Margin value = Emission level Limit value. 5. " * ": Fundamental frequency. 6. " # ": The radiated frequency is out of the restricted band. Report No.: RF120420C08D R1 Reference No.: 120420C13, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D dated Feb. 18, 2013 32 of 64 Report Format Version 5.1.0 802.11n (40MHz) EUT TEST CONDITION CHANNEL Channel 54 INPUT POWER 120Vac, 60Hz MEASUREMENT DETAIL FREQUENCY RANGE 1 ~ 40GHz DETECTOR Peak (PK) FUNCTION Average (AV) ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 25deg. C, 65%RH TESTED BY Anderson Hong
(dB) MARGIN LIMIT
(dBuV/m) ANTENNA HEIGHT 74.0 54.0 74.0 54.0 68.3 TABLE ANGLE
(Degree)
-13.9
-6.8
-16.8
-6.9
-13.5 221 221 227 227 211 211 107
(m) 1.21 H 1.21 H 1.22 H 1.22 H 1.08 H 1.08 H 1.05 H ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: HORIZONTAL AT 3 M EMISSION RAW VALUE LEVEL
(dBuV)
(dBuV/m) 63.70 102.1 PK 54.00 92.4 AV 21.60 60.1 PK 8.70 47.2 AV 18.60 57.2 PK 8.50 47.1 AV 54.8 PK 6.50 ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: VERTICAL AT 3 M RAW EMISSION VALUE
(dBuV) 74.70 65.90 26.90 14.30 22.90 13.00 7.70 LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 113.1 PK 104.3 AV 65.4 PK 52.8 AV 61.5 PK 51.6 AV 56.0 PK
(m) 1.02 V 1.02 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.09 V 1.09 V 1.24 V 105 105 97 97 120 120 269
-8.6
-1.2
-12.5
-2.4
-12.3 TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) 74.0 54.0 74.0 54.0 68.3 ANTENNA HEIGHT LIMIT
(dBuV/m) MARGIN
(dB) CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 38.40 38.40 38.50 38.50 38.60 38.60 48.30 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 38.40 38.40 38.50 38.50 38.60 38.60 48.30 NO. FREQ.
(MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
*5270.00
*5270.00 5350.00 5350.00 5440.00 5440.00
#10540.00 NO. FREQ.
(MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
*5270.00
*5270.00 5350.00 5350.00 5440.00 5440.00
#10540.00 REMARKS:
1. Emission level (dBuV/m) = Raw Value (dBuV) + Correction Factor (dB/m). 2. Correction Factor (dB/m) = Antenna Factor (dB/m) + Cable Factor (dB). 3. The other emission levels were very low against the limit. 4. Margin value = Emission level Limit value. 5. " * ": Fundamental frequency. 6. " # ": The radiated frequency is out of the restricted band. Report No.: RF120420C08D R1 Reference No.: 120420C13, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D dated Feb. 18, 2013 33 of 64 Report Format Version 5.1.0 EUT TEST CONDITION CHANNEL Channel 62 INPUT POWER 120Vac, 60Hz MEASUREMENT DETAIL FREQUENCY RANGE 1 ~ 40GHz DETECTOR Peak (PK) FUNCTION Average (AV) ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 25deg. C, 65%RH TESTED BY Ted Chang NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6
*5310.00
*5310.00 5350.00 5350.00 10620.00 10620.00 RAW VALUE LIMIT TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: HORIZONTAL AT 3 M EMISSION ANTENNA HEIGHT (m)
(dBuV)
(dBuV/m) MARGIN (dB) LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 105.2 PK 65.78 92.2 AV 52.80 64.6 PK 25.21 49.4 AV 10.00 58.8 PK 7.25 45.9 AV
-5.60 ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: VERTICAL AT 3 M EMISSION 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.23 H 1.23 H 284 284 283 283 331 331
-9.4
-4.6
-15.2
-8.1 74.0 54.0 74.0 54.0 RAW VALUE MARGIN (dB) ANTENNA HEIGHT (m) TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6
*5310.00
*5310.00 5350.00 5350.00 10620.00 10620.00 REMARKS:
LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 109.3 PK 96.4 AV 68.8 PK 53.0 AV 61.7 PK 47.8 AV LIMIT
(dBuV/m) 74.0 54.0 74.0 54.0
-5.2
-1.0
-12.3
-6.2 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.07 V 1.07 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 68 68 291 291 354 354
(dBuV) 69.87 57.04 29.35 13.59 10.18
-3.71 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 39.39 39.39 39.41 39.41 51.51 51.51 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 39.39 39.39 39.41 39.41 51.51 51.51 1. Emission level (dBuV/m) = Raw Value (dBuV) + Correction Factor (dB/m). 2. Correction Factor (dB/m) = Antenna Factor (dB/m) + Cable Factor (dB). 3. The other emission levels were very low against the limit. 4. Margin value = Emission level Limit value. 5. " * ": Fundamental frequency. Report No.: RF120420C08D R1 Reference No.: 120420C13, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D dated Feb. 18, 2013 34 of 64 Report Format Version 5.1.0 EUT TEST CONDITION CHANNEL Channel 102 INPUT POWER 120Vac, 60Hz MEASUREMENT DETAIL FREQUENCY RANGE 1 ~ 40GHz DETECTOR Peak (PK) FUNCTION Average (AV) ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 25deg. C, 65%RH TESTED BY Ted Chang NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 5460.00 5460.00
#5470.00
*5510.00
*5510.00 RAW VALUE LIMIT TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: HORIZONTAL AT 3 M EMISSION ANTENNA HEIGHT (m)
(dBuV)
(dBuV/m) MARGIN (dB) 74.0 54.0 68.3 LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 59.7 PK 20.16 46.2 AV 6.61 63.9 PK 24.28 102.5 PK 62.81 91.8 AV 52.06 ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: VERTICAL AT 3 M EMISSION 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 284 284 284 284 284
-14.3
-7.8
-4.4 RAW VALUE MARGIN (dB) ANTENNA HEIGHT (m) TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 5460.00 5460.00
#5470.00
*5510.00
*5510.00 11020.00 11020.00 REMARKS:
LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 62.8 PK 49.1 AV 67.8 PK 109.8 PK 96.5 AV 63.6 PK 49.9 AV LIMIT
(dBuV/m) 74.0 54.0 68.3 74.0 54.0
-11.2
-4.9
-0.5
-10.4
-4.1 1.14 V 1.14 V 1.14 V 1.12 V 1.12 V 1.28 V 1.28 V 289 289 289 269 269 189 189
(dBuV) 23.27 9.51 28.17 70.13 56.81 10.43
-3.25 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 39.57 39.57 39.59 39.69 39.69 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 39.57 39.57 39.59 39.69 39.69 53.16 53.16 1. Emission level (dBuV/m) = Raw Value (dBuV) + Correction Factor (dB/m). 2. Correction Factor (dB/m) = Antenna Factor (dB/m) + Cable Factor (dB). 3. The other emission levels were very low against the limit. 4. Margin value = Emission level Limit value. 5. " * ": Fundamental frequency. 6. " # ": The radiated frequency is out of the restricted band. Report No.: RF120420C08D R1 Reference No.: 120420C13, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D dated Feb. 18, 2013 35 of 64 Report Format Version 5.1.0 EUT TEST CONDITION CHANNEL Channel 110 INPUT POWER 120Vac, 60Hz MEASUREMENT DETAIL FREQUENCY RANGE 1 ~ 40GHz DETECTOR Peak (PK) FUNCTION Average (AV) ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 25deg. C, 65%RH TESTED BY Ted Chang NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 5460.00 5460.00
#5470.00
*5550.00
*5550.00 11100.00 11100.00 RAW VALUE LIMIT TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: HORIZONTAL AT 3 M EMISSION ANTENNA HEIGHT (m)
(dBuV)
(dBuV/m) MARGIN (dB) 74.0 54.0 68.3
-11.0
-6.1
-4.8 LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 63.0 PK 23.43 47.9 AV 8.36 63.5 PK 23.91 110.6 PK 70.81 97.86 PK 58.11 60.0 PK 7.07 47.3 AV
-5.61 ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: VERTICAL AT 3 M EMISSION 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.45 H 1.45 H 283 283 283 284 284 218 218
-14.0
-6.7 74.0 54.0 RAW VALUE MARGIN (dB) ANTENNA HEIGHT (m) TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 5460.00 5460.00
#5470.00
*5550.00
*5550.00 11100.00 11100.00 REMARKS:
LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 65.4 PK 51.7 AV 67.3 PK 117.1 PK 103.99 PK 63.3 PK 49.1 AV LIMIT
(dBuV/m) 74.0 54.0 68.3 74.0 54.0
-8.6
-2.3
-1.0
-10.7
-4.9 1.26 V 1.26 V 1.26 V 1.12 V 1.12 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 289 289 289 270 270 39 39
(dBuV) 25.79 12.10 27.72 77.32 64.24 10.40
-3.80 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 39.57 39.57 39.59 39.75 39.75 52.93 52.93 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 39.57 39.57 39.59 39.75 39.75 52.93 52.93 1. Emission level (dBuV/m) = Raw Value (dBuV) + Correction Factor (dB/m). 2. Correction Factor (dB/m) = Antenna Factor (dB/m) + Cable Factor (dB). 3. The other emission levels were very low against the limit. 4. Margin value = Emission level Limit value. 5. " * ": Fundamental frequency. 6. " # ": The radiated frequency is out of the restricted band. Report No.: RF120420C08D R1 Reference No.: 120420C13, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D dated Feb. 18, 2013 36 of 64 Report Format Version 5.1.0 EUT TEST CONDITION CHANNEL Channel 134 INPUT POWER 120Vac, 60Hz MEASUREMENT DETAIL FREQUENCY RANGE 1 ~ 40GHz DETECTOR Peak (PK) FUNCTION Average (AV) ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 25deg. C, 65%RH TESTED BY Ted Chang NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5
*5670.00
*5670.00
#5725.00 11340.00 11340.00 RAW VALUE LIMIT TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: HORIZONTAL AT 3 M EMISSION ANTENNA HEIGHT (m)
(dBuV)
(dBuV/m) MARGIN (dB) LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 107.9 PK 67.88 94.7 AV 54.67 59.8 PK 19.66 60.4 PK 7.50 47.2 AV
-5.74 ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: VERTICAL AT 3 M EMISSION 1.16 H 1.16 H 1.00 H 1.37 H 1.37 H 281 281 282 107 107
-8.5
-13.6
-6.8 68.3 74.0 54.0 RAW VALUE MARGIN (dB) ANTENNA HEIGHT (m) TABLE ANGLE
(Degree)
-0.8
-10.7
-4.0 1.07 V 1.07 V 1.09 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 270 270 273 21 21
(dBuV) 74.50 61.11 27.37 10.40
-2.94 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 40.00 40.00 40.14 52.94 52.94 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 40.00 40.00 40.14 52.94 52.94 NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5
*5670.00
*5670.00
#5725.00 11340.00 11340.00 REMARKS:
LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 114.5 PK 101.1 AV 67.5 PK 63.3 PK 50.0 AV LIMIT
(dBuV/m) 68.3 74.0 54.0 1. Emission level (dBuV/m) = Raw Value (dBuV) + Correction Factor (dB/m). 2. Correction Factor (dB/m) = Antenna Factor (dB/m) + Cable Factor (dB). 3. The other emission levels were very low against the limit. 4. Margin value = Emission level Limit value. 5. " * ": Fundamental frequency. 6. " # ": The radiated frequency is out of the restricted band. Report No.: RF120420C08D R1 Reference No.: 120420C13, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D dated Feb. 18, 2013 37 of 64 Report Format Version 5.1.0 BELOW 1GHz WORST-CASE DATA802.11n (20MHz) EUT TEST CONDITION CHANNEL Channel 52 INPUT POWER 120Vac, 60 Hz MEASUREMENT DETAIL FREQUENCY RANGE Below 1000MHz DETECTOR FUNCTION Quasi-Peak ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 25deg. C, 64%RH TESTED BY Alan Wu NO. 1 2 3 4 5 6 FREQ.
(MHz) 72.67 125.17 249.60 500.42 624.85 751.23 NO. FREQ.
(MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6 61.01 74.62 125.17 500.42 599.58 751.23 REMARKS:
(dB) MARGIN LIMIT
(dBuV/m) ANTENNA HEIGHT 207 98 269 127 176 87 TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) 40.0 43.5 46.0 46.0 46.0 46.0
-6.4
-9.3
-11.4
-6.1
-10.6
-5.6
(m) 2.00 H 2.00 H 1.00 H 1.75 H 1.00 H 1.00 H ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: HORIZONTAL AT 3 M RAW EMISSION LEVEL VALUE
(dBuV/m)
(dBuV) 33.6 QP 21.80 34.2 QP 21.60 34.6 QP 21.00 39.9 QP 18.80 35.4 QP 11.70 40.4 QP 14.60 ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: VERTICAL AT 3 M EMISSION RAW VALUE
(dBuV) 23.20 25.30 24.80 18.20 16.80 13.80 LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 36.7 QP 36.7 QP 37.4 QP 39.3 QP 40.3 QP 39.6 QP
(m) 1.50 V 1.50 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.25 V 40.0 40.0 43.5 46.0 46.0 46.0
-3.3
-3.3
-6.1
-6.7
-5.7
-6.4 TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) 118 137 238 83 122 46 ANTENNA HEIGHT LIMIT
(dBuV/m) MARGIN
(dB) CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 11.80 12.60 13.60 21.10 23.70 25.80 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 13.50 11.40 12.60 21.10 23.50 25.80 1. Emission level (dBuV/m) = Raw Value (dBuV) + Correction Factor (dB/m). 2. Correction Factor (dB/m) = Antenna Factor (dB/m) + Cable Factor (dB). 3. The other emission levels were very low against the limit. 4. Margin value = Emission level Limit value. Report No.: RF120420C08D R1 Reference No.: 120420C13, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D dated Feb. 18, 2013 38 of 64 Report Format Version 5.1.0 802.11n (40MHz) EUT TEST CONDITION CHANNEL Channel 110 INPUT POWER 120Vac, 60 Hz MEASUREMENT DETAIL FREQUENCY RANGE Below 1000MHz DETECTOR FUNCTION Quasi-Peak ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 25deg. C, 64%RH TESTED BY Alan Wu NO. 1 2 3 4 5 6 FREQ.
(MHz) 74.62 125.17 249.60 290.43 500.42 751.23 NO. FREQ.
(MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6 61.01 72.67 125.17 500.42 751.23 875.67 REMARKS:
(dB) MARGIN LIMIT
(dBuV/m) ANTENNA HEIGHT 241 113 254 223 137 153 TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) 40.0 43.5 46.0 46.0 46.0 46.0
-9.5
-9.1
-11.0
-12.8
-6.5
-5.1
(m) 2.00 H 1.50 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.75 H 1.00 H ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: HORIZONTAL AT 3 M RAW EMISSION LEVEL VALUE
(dBuV/m)
(dBuV) 30.5 QP 19.10 34.4 QP 21.80 35.0 QP 21.40 33.2 QP 17.90 39.5 QP 18.40 40.9 QP 15.10 ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: VERTICAL AT 3 M RAW EMISSION VALUE
(dBuV) 22.80 24.70 24.70 18.50 13.80 10.20 LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 36.3 QP 36.5 QP 37.3 QP 39.6 QP 39.6 QP 38.4 QP
(m) 1.00 V 1.25 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.25 V 3.00 V 40.0 40.0 43.5 46.0 46.0 46.0
-3.7
-3.5
-6.2
-6.4
-6.4
-7.6 TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) 158 129 231 149 352 191 ANTENNA HEIGHT LIMIT
(dBuV/m) MARGIN
(dB) CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 11.40 12.60 13.60 15.30 21.10 25.80 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 13.50 11.80 12.60 21.10 25.80 28.20 1. Emission level (dBuV/m) = Raw Value (dBuV) + Correction Factor (dB/m). 2. Correction Factor (dB/m) = Antenna Factor (dB/m) + Cable Factor (dB). 3. The other emission levels were very low against the limit. 4. Margin value = Emission level Limit value. Report No.: RF120420C08D R1 Reference No.: 120420C13, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D dated Feb. 18, 2013 39 of 64 Report Format Version 5.1.0 4.2 CONDUCTED EMISSION MEASUREMENT 4.2.1 LIMITS OF CONDUCTED EMISSION MEASUREMENT FREQUENCY OF EMISSION (MHz) 0.15 ~ 0.5 0.5 ~ 5 5 ~ 30 CONDUCTED LIMIT (dBV) Average 56 to 46 66 to 56 Quasi-peak 56 60 46 50 NOTE: 1. The lower limit shall apply at the transition frequencies. 2. The limit decreases in line with the logarithm of the frequency in the range of 0.15 to 0.50MHz. 3. All emanations from a class A/B digital device or system, including any network of conductors and apparatus connected thereto, shall not exceed the level of field strengths specified above. 4.2.2 TEST INSTRUMENTS Tested Date: Jul. 05, 2012 DESCRIPTION &
MANUFACTURER MODEL NO. SERIAL NO. DATE OF CALIBRATION DUE DATE OF CALIBRATION 5D-FB 100289 ESCS30 Nov. 16, 2011 Cable-HYC01-01 Dec. 28, 2011 Test Receiver ROHDE & SCHWARZ RF signal cable Woken LISN ROHDE & SCHWARZ
(Peripheral) LISN ROHDE & SCHWARZ
(EUT) Software ADT NOTE: 1. The calibration interval of the above test instruments is 12 months and the calibrations BV ADT_Cond_ Feb. 04, 2012 Jul. 02, 2012 835239/001 ESH3-Z5 ESH3-Z5 V7.3.7.3 100312 NA NA NA Nov. 15, 2012 Dec. 27, 2012 Feb. 03, 2013 Jul. 01, 2013 are traceable to NML/ROC and NIST/USA. 2. The test was performed in HwaYa Shielded Room 1. 3. The VCCI Site Registration No. is C-2040. Report No.: RF120420C08D R1 Reference No.: 120420C13, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D dated Feb. 18, 2013 40 of 64 Report Format Version 5.1.0 4.2.3 TEST PROCEDURES a. The EUT was placed 0.4 meters from the conducting wall of the shielded room with EUT being connected to the power mains through a line impedance stabilization network (LISN). Other support units were connected to the power mains through another LISN. The two LISNs provide 50 ohm/ 50uH of coupling impedance for the measuring instrument. b. Both lines of the power mains connected to the EUT were checked for maximum conducted interference. c. The frequency range from 150kHz to 30MHz was searched. Emission levels under (Limit - 20dB) was not recorded. NOTE: All modes of operation were investigated and the worst-case emissions are reported. 4.2.4 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD No deviation. 4.2.5 TEST SETUP Ve rtic a l G ro u n d R e fe re n c e P la n e Te s t R e c e iv e r 4 0 c m E U T L IS N 8 0 c m H o riz o n ta l G ro u n d R e fe re n c e P la n e N o te : 1 .S u p p o rt u n its w e re c o n n e c te d to s e c o n d L IS N . 2 .B o th o f L IS N s (A M N ) a re 8 0 c m fro m E U T a n d a t le a s t 8 0 fro m o th e r u n its a n d o th e r m e ta l p la n e s For the actual test configuration, please refer to the attached file (Test Setup Photo). 4.2.6 EUT OPERATING CONDITIONS Same as 4.1.6. Report No.: RF120420C08D R1 Reference No.: 120420C13, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D dated Feb. 18, 2013 41 of 64 Report Format Version 5.1.0 4.2.7 TEST RESULTS CONDUCTED WORST-CASE DATA802.11n (20MHz) PHASE CHANNEL Line 1 Channel 52 6dB BANDWIDTH 9kHz No 1 2 3 4 5 6 Freq.
[MHz]
0.15391 0.22422 0.59141 0.98594 1.94922 3.78125 REMARKS:
Corr. Reading Value Emission Level Factor
(dB) 0.14 0.22 0.18 0.21 0.24 0.33
[dB (uV)]
Q.P. AV. 45.96 37.16 41.66 28.33 44.17 36.63 30.25 23.50 27.80 16.72 28.57 19.96
[dB (uV)]
AV. 37.30 28.55 36.81 23.71 16.96 20.29 Q.P. 46.10 41.88 44.35 30.46 28.04 28.90 Limit
[dB (uV)]
AV. 55.79 52.66 46.00 46.00 46.00 46.00 Q.P. 65.79 62.66 56.00 56.00 56.00 56.00 Margin
(dB) Q.P.
-19.68
-20.78
-11.65
-25.54
-27.96
-27.10 AV.
-18.48
-24.11
-9.19
-22.29
-29.04
-25.71 1. Q.P. and AV. are abbreviations of quasi-peak and average individually. 2. The emission levels of other frequencies were very low against the limit. 3. Margin value = Emission level - Limit value 4. Correction factor = Insertion loss + Cable loss 5. Emission Level = Correction Factor + Reading Value. Report No.: RF120420C08D R1 Reference No.: 120420C13, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D dated Feb. 18, 2013 42 of 64 Report Format Version 5.1.0 PHASE CHANNEL Line 2 Channel 52 6dB BANDWIDTH 9kHz No 1 2 3 4 5 6 Freq.
[MHz]
0.15000 0.17484 0.21250 0.58359 0.87735 2.92578 REMARKS:
Corr. Reading Value Emission Level Factor
(dB) 0.23 0.27 0.31 0.27 0.29 0.39
[dB (uV)]
Q.P. AV. 50.54 39.36 49.40 38.45 46.24 38.38 46.24 34.62 31.63 24.79 31.57 24.95
[dB (uV)]
AV. 39.59 38.72 38.69 34.89 25.08 25.34 Q.P. 50.77 49.67 46.55 46.51 31.92 31.96 Limit
[dB (uV)]
AV. 56.00 54.73 53.11 46.00 46.00 46.00 Q.P. 66.00 64.73 63.11 56.00 56.00 56.00 Margin
(dB) Q.P.
-15.23
-15.05
-16.56
-9.49
-24.08
-24.04 AV.
-16.41
-16.00
-14.42
-11.11
-20.92
-20.66 1. Q.P. and AV. are abbreviations of quasi-peak and average individually. 2. The emission levels of other frequencies were very low against the limit. 3. Margin value = Emission level - Limit value 4. Correction factor = Insertion loss + Cable loss 5. Emission Level = Correction Factor + Reading Value. Report No.: RF120420C08D R1 Reference No.: 120420C13, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D dated Feb. 18, 2013 43 of 64 Report Format Version 5.1.0 802.11n (40MHz) PHASE CHANNEL Line 1 Channel 110 6dB BANDWIDTH 9kHz No 1 2 3 4 5 6 Freq.
[MHz]
0.15000 0.17758 0.29844 0.59531 1.93750 2.74219 REMARKS:
Corr. Reading Value Emission Level Factor
(dB) 0.14 0.19 0.20 0.18 0.24 0.28
[dB (uV)]
Q.P. AV. 50.25 39.00 47.49 36.15 33.39 20.67 44.13 38.05 25.67 17.92 24.83 16.88
[dB (uV)]
AV. 39.14 36.34 20.87 38.23 18.16 17.16 Q.P. 50.39 47.68 33.59 44.31 25.91 25.11 Limit
[dB (uV)]
AV. 56.00 54.60 50.29 46.00 46.00 46.00 Q.P. 66.00 64.60 60.29 56.00 56.00 56.00 Margin
(dB) Q.P.
-15.61
-16.92
-26.70
-11.69
-30.09
-30.89 AV.
-16.86
-18.26
-29.42
-7.77
-27.84
-28.84 1. Q.P. and AV. are abbreviations of quasi-peak and average individually. 2. The emission levels of other frequencies were very low against the limit. 3. Margin value = Emission level - Limit value 4. Correction factor = Insertion loss + Cable loss 5. Emission Level = Correction Factor + Reading Value. Report No.: RF120420C08D R1 Reference No.: 120420C13, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D dated Feb. 18, 2013 44 of 64 Report Format Version 5.1.0 PHASE CHANNEL Line 2 Channel 110 6dB BANDWIDTH 9kHz No 1 2 3 4 5 6 Freq.
[MHz]
0.15000 0.17745 0.58359 0.91172 1.73438 3.08984 REMARKS:
Corr. Reading Value Emission Level Factor
(dB) 0.23 0.28 0.27 0.29 0.33 0.40
[dB (uV)]
Q.P. AV. 51.81 39.67 49.60 38.83 46.34 35.11 33.26 25.83 32.69 25.45 27.24 18.74
[dB (uV)]
AV. 39.90 39.11 35.38 26.12 25.78 19.14 Q.P. 52.04 49.88 46.61 33.55 33.02 27.64 Limit
[dB (uV)]
AV. 56.00 54.60 46.00 46.00 46.00 46.00 Q.P. 66.00 64.60 56.00 56.00 56.00 56.00 Margin
(dB) Q.P.
-13.96
-14.73
-9.39
-22.45
-22.98
-28.36 AV.
-16.10
-15.50
-10.62
-19.88
-20.22
-26.86 1. Q.P. and AV. are abbreviations of quasi-peak and average individually. 2. The emission levels of other frequencies were very low against the limit. 3. Margin value = Emission level - Limit value 4. Correction factor = Insertion loss + Cable loss 5. Emission Level = Correction Factor + Reading Value. Report No.: RF120420C08D R1 Reference No.: 120420C13, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D dated Feb. 18, 2013 45 of 64 Report Format Version 5.1.0 4.3 PEAK TRANSMIT POWER MEASUREMENT 4.3.1 LIMITS OF PEAK TRANSMIT POWER MEASUREMENT FREQUENCY BAND 5.150 ~ 5.250GHz 5.250 ~ 5.350GHz 5.470 ~ 5.725GHz LIMIT The lesser of 50mW (17dBm) or 4dBm + 10logB The lesser of 250mW (24dBm) or 11dBm + 10logB The lesser of 250mW (24dBm) or 11dBm + 10logB NOTE: Where B is the 26dB emission bandwidth in MHz. Per KDB 662911 D01 Multiple Transmitter Output v01r02 Method of conducted output power measurement on IEEE 802.11 devices, Array Gain = 0 dB (i.e., no array gain) for NANT 4;
Array Gain = 0 dB (i.e., no array gain) for channel widths 40 MHz for any NANT;
Array Gain = 5 log(NANT/NSS) dB or 3 dB, whichever is less for 20-MHz channel widths with NANT 5. For power measurements on all other devices: Array Gain = 10 log(NANT/NSS) dB. EUT 4.3.2 TEST SETUP FOR POWER OUTPUT MEASUREMENT FOR 26dB BANDWIDTH 10dB ATTENUATION PAD EUT Power Sensor Power Meter SPECTRUM ANALYZER 10dB ATTENUATION PAD Report No.: RF120420C08D R1 Reference No.: 120420C13, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D dated Feb. 18, 2013 46 of 64 Report Format Version 5.1.0 4.3.3 TEST INSTRUMENTS Refer to section 4.1.3 to get information of above instrument. 4.3.4 TEST PROCEDURE FOR AVERAGE POWER MEASUREMENT 802.11a and 802.11n (20MHz) Method PM is used to perform output power measurement, trigger and gating function of wide band power meter is enabled to measure max output power of TX on burst. Duty factor is not added to measured value. 802.11n (40MHz) Duty cycle of test signal is < 98 %. Method PM is used to perform output power measurement, trigger and gating function of wide band power meter is enabled to measure max output power of TX on burst. Duty factor is not added to measured value. FOR 26dB BANDWIDTH 1) Set RBW = approximately 1% of the emission bandwidth. 2) Set the VBW > RBW. 3) Detector = Peak. 4) Trace mode = max hold. 5) Measure the maximum width of the emission that is 26 dB down from the peak of the emission. Compare this with the RBW setting of the analyzer. Readjust RBW and repeat measurement as needed until the RBW/EBW ratio is approximately 1%. 4.3.5 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD No deviation. 4.3.6 EUT OPERATING CONDITIONS The software provided by client to enable the EUT under transmission condition continuously at specific channel frequencies individually. Report No.: RF120420C08D R1 Reference No.: 120420C13, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D dated Feb. 18, 2013 47 of 64 Report Format Version 5.1.0 4.3.7 TEST RESULTS POWER OUTPUT:
802.11a CHAN. 52 60 64 100 116 140 CHAN. FREQ.
(MHz) 5260 5300 5320 5500 5580 5700 AVERAGE POWER (dBm) CHAIN 0 CHAIN 1 19.46 19.51 17.58 15.67 18.69 16.16 18.33 18.55 16.52 16.49 18.01 16.03 802.11n (20MHz) CHAN. 52 60 64 100 116 140 CHAN. FREQ.
(MHz) 5260 5300 5320 5500 5580 5700 802.11n (40MHz) AVERAGE POWER (dBm) CHAIN 0 CHAIN 1 19.71 19.44 17.36 15.85 18.67 15.09 18.59 18.41 17.97 16.71 18.18 15.41 CHAN. FREQ.
(MHz) 5270 5310 5510 5550 5670 AVERAGE POWER (dBm) CHAIN 0 CHAIN 1 17.52 13.43 13.67 20.22 18.40 17.32 13.52 13.49 20.68 18.70 CHAN. 54 62 102 110 134 TOTAL POWER
(mW) 156.385 160.945 102.155 81.464 137.202 81.392 TOTAL POWER
(mW) 165.818 157.245 117.111 85.340 139.387 67.039 TOTAL POWER
(mW) 110.445 44.520 45.617 222.146 143.314 TOTAL POWER
(dBm) POWER LIMIT
(dBm) PASS /
FAIL 21.94 22.07 20.09 19.11 21.37 19.11 24 24 24 24 24 24 PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS TOTAL POWER
(dBm) POWER LIMIT
(dBm) PASS /
FAIL 22.20 21.97 20.69 19.31 21.44 18.26 24 24 24 24 24 24 TOTAL POWER
(dBm) POWER LIMIT
(dBm) 20.43 16.49 16.59 23.47 21.56 24 24 24 24 24 PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS /
FAIL PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS Report No.: RF120420C08D R1 Reference No.: 120420C13, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D dated Feb. 18, 2013 48 of 64 Report Format Version 5.1.0 26dB BANDWIDTH:
802.11a CHANNEL CHANNEL FREQUENCY
(MHz) 26dBc BANDWIDTH (MHz) CHAIN 0 CHAIN 1 PASS / FAIL 52 60 64 100 116 140 5260 5300 5320 5500 5580 5700 802.11n (20MHz) 38.00 32.55 26.04 25.57 26.22 25.40 30.08 29.24 25.51 25.14 25.60 24.17 PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS CHANNEL CHANNEL FREQUENCY
(MHz) 26dBc BANDWIDTH (MHz) CHAIN 0 CHAIN 1 PASS / FAIL 52 60 64 100 116 140 5260 5300 5320 5500 5580 5700 802.11n (40MHz) 40.77 37.99 27.11 26.00 26.77 26.14 42.42 40.69 27.80 26.11 26.84 25.63 PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS CHANNEL CHANNEL FREQUENCY
(MHz) 26dBc BANDWIDTH (MHz) CHAIN 0 CHAIN 1 PASS / FAIL 54 62 102 110 134 5270 5310 5510 5550 5670 65.09 52.73 51.96 85.05 53.30 54.91 51.84 53.17 85.35 52.95 PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS Report No.: RF120420C08D R1 Reference No.: 120420C13, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D dated Feb. 18, 2013 49 of 64 Report Format Version 5.1.0 EUT HIGHEST CONDUCTED POWER 802.11a FREQUENCY BAND
(MHz) MAX. POWER OUTPUT POWER (mW) OUTPUT POWER (dBm) 5250~5350 5470~5725 160.945 137.202 22.07 21.37 NOTE: Manufacturer provides Transmit Power Control description to meet this requirement. 802.11n (20MHz) FREQUENCY BAND
(MHz) MAX. POWER OUTPUT POWER (mW) OUTPUT POWER (dBm) 5250~5350 5470~5725 165.818 139.386 22.20 21.44 NOTE: Manufacturer provides Transmit Power Control description to meet this requirement. 802.11n (40MHz) FREQUENCY BAND
(MHz) MAX. POWER OUTPUT POWER (mW) OUTPUT POWER (dBm) 5250~5350 5470~5725 110.445 222.146 20.43 23.47 NOTE: Manufacturer provides Transmit Power Control description to meet this requirement. Report No.: RF120420C08D R1 Reference No.: 120420C13, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D dated Feb. 18, 2013 50 of 64 Report Format Version 5.1.0 4.4 PEAK POWER SPECTRAL DENSITY MEASUREMENT 4.4.1 LIMITS OF PEAK POWER SPECTRAL DENSITY MEASUREMENT FREQUENCY BAND 5.250 ~ 5.350GHz 5.470 ~ 5.725GHz LIMIT 11dBm 11dBm 4.4.2 TEST SETUP EUT SPECTRUM ANALYZER 10dB ATTENUATION PAD 4.4.3 TEST INSTRUMENTS Refer to section 4.1.3 to get information of above instrument. 4.4.4 TEST PROCEDURES Using method SA-2 1) Set span to encompass the entire emission bandwidth (EBW) of the signal. 2) Set RBW = 30 KHz, Set VBW 1 MHz, Detector = RMS 3) Set Channel power measure = 1MHz 4) Sweep time = auto, trigger set to free run. 5) Trace average at least 100 traces in power averaging mode. 6) Record the max value and add 10 log (1/duty cycle) Report No.: RF120420C08D R1 Reference No.: 120420C13, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D dated Feb. 18, 2013 51 of 64 Report Format Version 5.1.0 4.4.5 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD No deviation. 4.4.6 EUT OPERATING CONDITIONS Same as 4.3.6. Report No.: RF120420C08D R1 Reference No.: 120420C13, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D dated Feb. 18, 2013 52 of 64 Report Format Version 5.1.0 4.4.7 TEST RESULTS 802.11a CHAN. 52 60 64 100 116 140 CHAN. FREQ.
(MHz) 5260 5300 5320 5500 5580 5700 PSD (dBm) CHAIN 0 CHAIN 1 7.53 6.74 4.59 3.93 5.48 4.01 5.83 6.34 4.54 4.34 5.49 4.07 TOTAL PSD W/O DUTY FACTOR
(dBm) 9.77 9.55 7.58 7.15 8.50 7.05 DUTY FACTOR 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 TOTAL PSD WITH DUTY FACTOR
(dBm) 9.91 9.69 7.72 7.29 8.64 7.19 MAX. LIMIT
(dBm) PASS /
FAIL 11 11 11 11 11 11 PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS NOTE: 1. Method 1 of power density measurement of KDB 662911 is using for calculating total power density. Total power density is summing entire spectra across corresponding frequency bins on the various outputs by computer. 2. Directional gain = 2.5dBi + 10log(2) = 5.51dBi < 6dBi , so the power density limit not to be reduced. 3. Refer to section 3.3 for duty cycle spectrum plot. 802.11n (20MHz) CHAN. 52 60 64 100 116 140 CHAN. FREQ.
(MHz) 5260 5300 5320 5500 5580 5700 PSD (dBm) CHAIN 0 CHAIN 1 7.13 6.42 4.96 3.49 5.25 2.67 7.21 6.30 4.95 3.45 4.96 3.02 TOTAL PSD W/O DUTY FACTOR
(dBm) 10.18 9.37 7.97 6.48 8.12 5.86 DUTY FACTOR 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15 TOTAL PSD WITH DUTY FACTOR
(dBm) 10.33 9.52 8.12 6.63 8.27 6.01 MAX. LIMIT
(dBm) PASS /
FAIL 11 11 11 11 11 11 PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS NOTE: 1. Method 1 of power density measurement of KDB 662911 is using for calculating total power density. Total power density is summing entire spectra across corresponding frequency bins on the various outputs by computer. 2. Directional gain = 2.5dBi + 10log(2) = 5.51dBi < 6dBi , so the power density limit not to be reduced. 3. Refer to section 3.3 for duty cycle spectrum plot. Report No.: RF120420C08D R1 Reference No.: 120420C13, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D dated Feb. 18, 2013 53 of 64 Report Format Version 5.1.0 802.11n (40MHz) CHAN. 54 62 102 110 134 CHAN. FREQ.
(MHz) 5270 5310 5510 5550 5670 PSD (dBm) CHAIN 0 CHAIN 1 2.99
-1.88
-2.58 4.04 2.50 1.42
-3.07
-1.61 5.20 3.09 TOTAL PSD W/O DUTY FACTOR
(dBm) 5.29 0.58 0.94 7.67 5.82 DUTY FACTOR 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.40 TOTAL PSD WITH DUTY FACTOR
(dBm) 5.69 0.98 1.34 8.07 6.22 MAX. LIMIT
(dBm) PASS /
FAIL 11 11 11 11 11 PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS NOTE: 1. Method 1 of power density measurement of KDB 662911 is using for calculating total power density. Total power density is summing entire spectra across corresponding frequency bins on the various outputs by computer. 2. Directional gain = 2.5dBi + 10log(2) = 5.51dBi < 6dBi , so the power density limit not to be reduced. 3. Refer to section 3.3 for duty cycle spectrum plot. Report No.: RF120420C08D R1 Reference No.: 120420C13, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D dated Feb. 18, 2013 54 of 64 Report Format Version 5.1.0 4.5 PEAK POWER EXCURSION MEASUREMENT 4.5.1 LIMITS OF PEAK POWER EXCURSION MEASUREMENT Shall not exceed 13 dB. 4.5.2 TEST SETUP EUT SPECTRUM ANALYZER 10dB ATTENUATION PAD 4.5.3 TEST INSTRUMENTS Refer to section 4.1.3 to get information of above instrument. 4.5.4 TEST PROCEDURE 1) Set RBW = 1 MHz, VBW 3 MHz, Detector = peak. 2) Trace mode = max-hold. Allow the sweeps to continue until the trace stabilizes. 3) Use the peak search function to find the peak of the spectrum. 4) Measure the PPSD. 5) Compute the ratio of the maximum of the peak-max-hold spectrum to the PPSD. 4.5.5 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD No deviation. 4.5.6 EUT OPERATING CONDITIONS Same as 4.2.6 Report No.: RF120420C08D R1 Reference No.: 120420C13, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D dated Feb. 18, 2013 55 of 64 Report Format Version 5.1.0 4.5.7 TEST RESULTS 802.11a CHAN. CHAN. FREQ.
(MHz) PEAK VALUE
(dBm) PPSD WITHOUT DUTY FACTOR
(dBm) PPSD WITH DUTY FACTOR
(dBm) PEAK EXCURSION
(dB) LIMIT
(dB) PASS
/FAIL CHAIN 0 CHAIN 1 CHAIN 0 CHAIN 1 CHAIN 0 CHAIN 1 CHAIN 0 CHAIN 1 52 60 64 100 116 140 5260 18.05 17.85 7.53 5300 17.15 17.78 6.74 5320 15.86 16.24 4.59 5500 14.14 16.07 3.93 5580 16.03 17.62 5.48 5700 14.72 15.78 4.01 5.83 6.34 4.54 4.34 5.49 4.07 7.67 6.88 4.73 4.07 5.62 4.15 5.97 6.48 4.68 4.48 5.63 4.21 10.38 11.88 10.27 11.30 11.13 11.56 10.07 11.59 10.41 11.99 10.57 11.57 13 13 13 13 13 13 PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS Report No.: RF120420C08D R1 Reference No.: 120420C13, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D dated Feb. 18, 2013 56 of 64 Report Format Version 5.1.0 802.11n (20MHz) CHAN. CHAN. FREQ.
(MHz) PEAK VALUE
(dBm) PPSD WITHOUT DUTY FACTOR
(dBm) PPSD WITH DUTY FACTOR
(dBm) PEAK EXCURSION
(dB) LIMIT
(dB) PASS
/FAIL CHAIN 0 CHAIN 1 CHAIN 0 CHAIN 1 CHAIN 0 CHAIN 1 CHAIN 0 CHAIN 1 5260 18.05 18.20 7.13 5300 17.01 17.11 6.42 5320 15.64 15.48 4.96 5500 14.56 14.66 3.49 5580 16.05 15.54 5.25 5700 14.02 13.99 2.67 7.21 6.30 4.95 3.45 4.96 3.02 7.28 6.57 5.11 3.64 5.40 2.82 7.36 6.45 5.10 3.60 5.11 3.17 10.77 10.84 10.44 10.66 10.53 10.38 10.92 11.06 10.65 10.43 11.20 10.82 13 13 13 13 13 13 PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS 52 60 64 100 116 140 Report No.: RF120420C08D R1 Reference No.: 120420C13, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D dated Feb. 18, 2013 57 of 64 Report Format Version 5.1.0 802.11n (40MHz) CHAN. CHAN. FREQ.
(MHz) PEAK VALUE
(dBm) PPSD WITHOUT DUTY FACTOR
(dBm) PPSD WITH DUTY FACTOR
(dBm) PEAK EXCURSION
(dB) LIMIT
(dB) PASS
/FAIL CHAIN 0 CHAIN 1 CHAIN 0 CHAIN 1 CHAIN 0 CHAIN 1 CHAIN 0 CHAIN 1 5270 14.77 13.86 2.99 1.42 3.39 1.82 11.38 12.04 5310 10.20 9.24
-1.88
-3.07
-1.48
-2.67 11.68 11.91 5510 9.74 10.86
-2.58
-1.61
-2.18
-1.21 11.92 12.07 5550 16.50 17.43 4.04 5670 14.93 15.36 2.50 5.20 3.09 4.44 2.90 5.60 3.49 12.06 11.83 12.03 11.87 13 13 13 13 13 PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS 54 62 102 110 134 Report No.: RF120420C08D R1 Reference No.: 120420C13, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D dated Feb. 18, 2013 58 of 64 Report Format Version 5.1.0 4.6 FREQUENCY STABILITY 4.6.1 LIMITS OF FREQUENCY STABILITY MEASUREMENT The frequency of the carrier signal shall be maintained within band of operation Temperature Spectrum Analyzer 4.6.2 TEST SETUP AC Power Supply 4.6.3 TEST INSTRUMENTS Refer to section 4.1.3 to get information of above instrument. Report No.: RF120420C08D R1 Reference No.: 120420C13, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D dated Feb. 18, 2013 59 of 64 Report Format Version 5.1.0 4.6.4 TEST PROCEDURE a. The EUT was placed inside the environmental test chamber and powered by nominal AC voltage. b. Turn the EUT on and couple its output to a spectrum analyzer. c. Turn the EUT off and set the chamber to the highest temperature specified. d. Allow sufficient time (approximately 30 min) for the temperature of the chamber to stabilize, turn the EUT on and measure the operating frequency after 2, 5, and 10 minutes. e. Repeat step 2 and 3 with the temperature chamber set to the lowest temperature. f. The test chamber was allowed to stabilize at +20 degree C for a minimum of 30 minutes. The supply voltage was then adjusted on the EUT from 85% to 115%
and the frequency record. 4.6.5 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD No deviation. 4.6.6 EUT OPERATING CONDITION Set the EUT transmit at un-modulation mode to test frequency stability. Report No.: RF120420C08D R1 Reference No.: 120420C13, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D dated Feb. 18, 2013 60 of 64 Report Format Version 5.1.0 4.6.7 TEST RESULTS FREQUEMCY STABILITY VERSUS TEMP. OPERATING FREQUENCY: 5260MHz TEMP.
() POWER SUPPLY
(Vac) 0 MINUTE 2 MINUTE 5 MINUTE 10 MINUTE Measured Frequency
(MHz) Frequency Drift
(%) Measured Frequency
(MHz) Frequency Drift
(%) Measured Frequency
(MHz) Frequency Drift
(%) Measured Frequency
(MHz) Frequency Drift
(%) 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 5259.9867
-0.00025 5259.995
-0.00010 5259.9857
-0.00027 5259.9966
-0.00006 5259.9976
-0.00005 5259.9958
-0.00008 5259.9988
-0.00002 5259.9973
-0.00005 5259.9814
-0.00035 5259.9879
-0.00023 5259.9892
-0.00021 5259.9863
-0.00026 5259.9846
-0.00029 5259.9889
-0.00021 5259.9875
-0.00024 5259.9829
-0.00033 5259.9918
-0.00016 5259.9998 0.00000 5259.9948
-0.00010 5259.9966
-0.00006 5259.9851
-0.00028 5259.9776
-0.00043 5259.9809
-0.00036 5259.9749
-0.00048 5260.0101 0.00019 5260.0029 0.00006 5260.0052 0.00010 5260.0078 0.00015 5259.9874
-0.00024 5259.9855
-0.00028 5259.9853
-0.00028 5259.9883
-0.00022 5260.0024 0.00005 5260.0052 0.00010 5260.0029 0.00006 5259.9999 0.00000 5259.9866
-0.00025 5259.9787
-0.00040 5259.9882
-0.00022 5259.9801
-0.00038 60 50 40 30 20 10 0
-10
-20
-30 FREQUEMCY STABILITY VERSUS VOLTAGE OPERATING FREQUENCY: 5260MHz 0 MINUTE 2 MINUTE 5 MINUTE 10 MINUTE Measured Frequency
(MHz) Frequency Drift
(%) Measured Frequency
(MHz) Frequency Drift
(%) Measured Frequency
(MHz) Frequency Drift
(%) Measured Frequency
(MHz) Frequency Drift
(%) 5259.9929
-0.00013 5259.9999 0.00000 5259.996
-0.00008 5259.9958
-0.00008 5259.9918
-0.00016 5259.9998 0.00000 5259.9948
-0.00010 5259.9966
-0.00006 5259.9923
-0.00015 5259.9994
-0.00001 5259.9952
-0.00009 5259.9962
-0.00007 TEMP.
() POWER SUPPLY
(Vac) 138 120 102 20 Report No.: RF120420C08D R1 Reference No.: 120420C13, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D dated Feb. 18, 2013 61 of 64 Report Format Version 5.1.0 5. PHOTOGRAPHS OF THE TEST CONFIGURATION Please refer to the attached file (Test Setup Photo). Report No.: RF120420C08D R1 Reference No.: 120420C13, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D dated Feb. 18, 2013 62 of 64 Report Format Version 5.1.0 6. INFORMATION ON THE TESTING LABORATORIES We, Bureau Veritas Consumer Products Services (H.K.) Ltd., Taoyuan Branch, were founded in 1988 to provide our best service in EMC, Radio, Telecom and Safety consultation. Our laboratories are accredited and approved according to ISO/IEC 17025. If you have any comments, please feel free to contact us at the following:
Hsin Chu EMC/RF Lab:
Tel: 886-3-5935343 Fax: 886-3-5935342 Linko EMC/RF Lab:
Tel: 886-2-26052180 Fax: 886-2-26051924 Hwa Ya EMC/RF/Safety Telecom Lab:
Tel: 886-3-3183232 Fax: 886-3-3270892 Email: service.adt@tw.bureauveritas.com Web Site: www.bureauveritas-adt.com The address and road map of all our labs can be found in our web site also. Report No.: RF120420C08D R1 Reference No.: 120420C13, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D dated Feb. 18, 2013 63 of 64 Report Format Version 5.1.0 7. APPENDIX A MODIFICATIONS RECORDERS FOR ENGINEERING CHANGES TO THE EUT BY THE LAB No modifications were made to the EUT by the lab during the test.
---END---
Report No.: RF120420C08D R1 Reference No.: 120420C13, 120621C16 Cancels and replaces the report No.: RF120420C08D dated Feb. 18, 2013 64 of 64 Report Format Version 5.1.0
1 2 3 | Test setup photos | Test Setup Photos | 284.38 KiB |
PHOTOGRAPHS OF THE TEST CONFIGURATION CONDUCTED EMISSION TEST 1 RADIATED EMISSION TEST 2 Test results demonstrating Master links with Client on a test frequency. DFS Client UUT The Master and DFS-certified Client device are associated, and the movie can be streamed as specified in the DFS Order. Client UUT 3
1 2 3 | Attestation - General Declaration | Attestation Statements | 28.13 KiB | June 21 2012 |
Netgear Inc. 350 East Plumeria Drive San Jose, CA 95134 Date: 2012-04-27 General Declaration General Declaration General Declaration General Declaration We, Netgear Inc. declare that the device does not support any non-US channels in all the operational mode(s) for the following product. FCC ID: PY312100186 If you have any questions regarding the declaration, please dont hesitate to contact us. Thank you!
Sincerely yours,
-------------------------------------------------
Mark Gandler/ Regulatory Compliance Manager Netgear Inc. TEL.: 408-907-8000 FAX: 408-907-8097 E-mail: mark.Gandlerl@netgear.com
1 2 3 | Confidentiality Request | Cover Letter(s) | 33.47 KiB | June 21 2012 |
Netgear Inc. 350 East Plumeria Drive San Jose, CA 95134 FCC ID: PY312100186 Date: 2012-04-27 Federal Communications Commission Authorization and Evaluation Division Confidentiality Request Pursuant to Sections 0.457 and 0.459 of the Commissions Rules, the Applicant hereby requests confidential treatment of information accompanying this Application as outlined below:
Schematics Block diagram The above materials contain trade secrets and proprietary information not customarily released to the public. The public disclosure of these matters might be harmful to the Applicant and provide unjustified benefits to its competitors. The Applicant understands that pursuant to Rule 0.457, disclosure of this Application and all accompanying documentation will not be made before the date of the Grant for this application. Sincerely,
-------------------------------------------------
Mark Gandler/ Regulatory Compliance Manager Netgear Inc. TEL.: 408-907-8000 FAX: 408-907-8097 E-mail: mark.gandler@netgear.com
1 2 3 | Cover Letter - Agent Authorization | Cover Letter(s) | 21.53 KiB | June 21 2012 |
Netgear Inc. 350 East Plumeria Drive San Jose, CA 95134 A U T H O R I Z A T I O N L E T T E R FCC ID: PY312100186 Date:2012/4/27 To whom it may concern:
We, the undersigned UNetgear Inc.U hereby authorize Bureau Veritas Consumer Products Services
(H.K.) Ltd., Taoyuan Branch (BV CPS Taoyuan) of Taiwan to act on our behalf in all matters relating to all processes required in FCC Part15C/15E and any communication needed with the national authority. Any and all acts carried out by BV CPS Taoyuan on our behalf shall have the same effects as acts of our own. If you have any questions regarding the authorization, please dont hesitate to contact us. Thank you!
Sincerely yours,
-------------------------------------------------
Mark Gandler/ Regulatory Compliance Manager Netgear Inc. TEL.: 408-907-8000 FAX: 408-907-8097 E-mail: mark.Gandler@netgear.com
1 2 3 | Operational Description | Operational Description | 30.79 KiB | June 21 2012 |
FCC ID: PY312100186 Operational Description This device is a N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router, which operates in both of 5GHz and 2.4GHz bands; the maximum data rate could be up to 300Mbps which OFDM technique. If the signal to noise radio is too poor which could not support 300Mbps, the 11Mbps data rate with DSSS technique will be applied. The transmitter of the EUT is powered by the 12Vdc AC adapter. The device is used Printed antenna with UFL antenna connector. The other instruction, please have a look at the users manual. FCC 15.407(c) states: The device shall automatically discontinue transmission in case of either absence of information to transmit or operational failure. These provisions are not intended to preclude the transmission of control or signaling information or the use of repetitive codes used by certain digital technologies to complete frame or burst intervals. Applicants shall include in their application for equipment authorization a description of how this requirement is met Data transmission is always initiated by software, which is then pass down through the MAC, through the digital and analog baseband, and finally to the RF chip. Several special packets (ACKs, CTS, PSPoll, etc) are initiated by the MAC. There are the only ways the digital baseband portion will turn on the RF transmitter, which it then turns off at the end of the packet. Therefore, the transmitter will be on only while one of the aforementioned packets are being transmitted. Report No.: RF120420C08A
1 2 3 | RF Exposure Info | RF Exposure Info | 51.88 KiB | June 21 2012 |
RF EXPOSURE REPORT REPORT NO.: SA120420C08A MODEL NO.: WNDR3700v4 FCC ID: PY312100186 RECEIVED: Apr. 20, 2012 TESTED: May 07 ~ May 23, 2012 ISSUED: Jun. 04, 2012 APPLICANT: NETGEAR, INC. ADDRESS: 350 East Plumeria Drive San Jose, CA 95134 ISSUED BY: Bureau Veritas Consumer Products Services
(H.K.) Ltd., Taoyuan Branch LAB ADDRESS: No. 47, 14th Ling, Chia Pau Vil., Lin Kou Dist., New Taipei City, Taiwan, R.O.C. TEST LOCATION: No. 47, 14th Ling, Chia Pau Vil., Lin Kou Dist., New Taipei City, Taiwan, R.O.C. No. 19, Hwa Ya 2nd Rd, Wen Hwa Tsuen, Kwei Shan Hsiang, Taoyuan Hsien 333, Taiwan, R.O.C. This report should not be used by the client to claim product certification, approval, or endorsement by any government agencies. This report is for your exclusive use. Any copying or replication of this report to or for any other person or entity, or use of our name or trademark, is permitted only with our prior written permission. This report sets forth our findings solely with respect to the test samples identified herein. The results set forth in this report are not indicative or representative of the quality or characteristics of the lot from which a test sample was taken or any similar or identical product unless specifically and expressly noted. Our report includes all of the tests requested by you and the results thereof based upon the information that you provided to us. You have 60 days from date of issuance of this report to notify us of any material error or omission caused by our negligence, provided, however, that such notice shall be in writing and shall specifically address the issue you wish to raise. A failure to raise such issue within the prescribed time shall constitute your unqualified acceptance of the completeness of this report, the tests conducted and the correctness of the report contents. Unless specific mention, the uncertainty of measurement has been explicitly taken into account to declare the compliance or non-compliance to the specification. Report No.: SA120420C08A of 5 Report Format Version 5.0.0 Reference No.: 120420C13 1 TABLE OF CONTENTS RELEASE CONTROL RECORD ................................................................................................ 3 1. CERTIFICATION ............................................................................................................. 4 RF EXPOSURE ............................................................................................................... 5 2. 2.1 LIMITS FOR MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE EXPOSURE (MPE) ......................................... 5 2.2 MPE CALCULATION FORMULA .................................................................................... 5 CLASSIFICATION ........................................................................................................... 5 2.3 2.4 CALCULATION RESULT OF MAXIMUM CONDUCTED POWER .................................. 5 Report No.: SA120420C08A of 5 Report Format Version 5.0.0 Reference No.: 120420C13 2 RELEASE CONTROL RECORD ISSUE NO. SA120420C08A Original release REASON FOR CHANGE DATE ISSUED Jun. 04, 2012 Report No.: SA120420C08A of 5 Report Format Version 5.0.0 Reference No.: 120420C13 3 1. CERTIFICATION PRODUCT: N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router MODEL: WNDR3700v4 BRAND: NETGEAR APPLICANT: NETGEAR, INC. TESTED: May 07 ~ May 23, 2012 TEST SAMPLE: ENGINEERING SAMPLE STANDARDS: FCC Part 2 (Section 2.1091) FCC OET Bulletin 65, Supplement C (01-01) IEEE C95.1 The above equipment (Model: WNDR3700v4) has been tested by Bureau Veritas Consumer Products Services (H.K.) Ltd., Taoyuan Branch, and found compliance with the requirement of the above standards. The test record, data evaluation &
Equipment Under Test (EUT) configurations represented herein are true and accurate accounts of the measurements of the samples EMC characteristics under the conditions specified in this report. PREPARED BY APPROVED BY
:
:
, DATE :
Jun. 04, 2012 Joanna Wang / Senior Specialist
, DATE :
Jun. 04, 2012 Gary Chang / Technical Manager Report No.: SA120420C08A of 5 Report Format Version 5.0.0 Reference No.: 120420C13 4 2. RF EXPOSURE 2.1 LIMITS FOR MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE EXPOSURE (MPE) FREQUENCY RANGE (MHz) ELECTRIC FIELD STRENGTH (V/m) MAGNETIC FIELD STRENGTH (A/m) POWER DENSITY
(mW/cm2) AVERAGE TIME
(minutes) LIMITS FOR GENERAL POPULATION / UNCONTROLLED EXPOSURE 300-1500 1500-100,000 F/1500 1.0 30 30 F = Frequency in MHz 2.2 MPE CALCULATION FORMULA Pd = (Pout*G) / (4*pi*r2) where Pd = power density in mW/cm2 Pout = output power to antenna in mW G = gain of antenna in linear scale Pi = 3.1416 R = distance between observation point and center of the radiator in cm 2.3 CLASSIFICATION The antenna of this product, under normal use condition, is at least 20cm away from the body of the user. So, this device is classified as Mobile Device. 2.4 CALCULATION RESULT OF MAXIMUM CONDUCTED POWER FREQUENCY BAND
(MHz) MAX POWER
(dBm) ANTENNA GAIN
(dBi) DISTANCE
(cm) POWER DENSITY
(mW/cm2) LIMIT
(mW/cm2) 2412-2462 5180-5240 5745-5825 25.9 16.9 22.2 6.03 5.51 5.51 20 20 20 0.310 0.035 0.117 1 1 1 NOTE:
FOR 2.4GHz: Directional gain = 3.02dBi + 10log(2) = 6.03dBi FOR 5.0GHz: Directional gain = 2.50dBi + 10log(2) = 5.51dBi Report No.: SA120420C08A of 5 Report Format Version 5.0.0 Reference No.: 120420C13 5
1 2 3 | Test Report - 15C | Test Report | 1.11 MiB | June 21 2012 |
FCC TEST REPORT (15.247) REPORT NO.: RF120420C08A MODEL NO.: WNDR3700v4 FCC ID: PY312100186 RECEIVED: Apr. 20, 2012 TESTED: May 07 ~ May 23, 2012 ISSUED: Jun. 04, 2012 APPLICANT: NETGEAR, INC. ADDRESS: 350 East Plumeria Drive San Jose, CA 95134 ISSUED BY: Bureau Veritas Consumer Products Services
(H.K.) Ltd., Taoyuan Branch LAB ADDRESS: No. 47, 14th Ling, Chia Pau Vil., Lin Kou Dist., New Taipei City, Taiwan, R.O.C. TEST LOCATION: No. 47, 14th Ling, Chia Pau Vil., Lin Kou Dist., New Taipei City, Taiwan, R.O.C. No. 19, Hwa Ya 2nd Rd, Wen Hwa Tsuen, Kwei Shan Hsiang, Taoyuan Hsien 333, Taiwan, R.O.C. This report should not be used by the client to claim product certification, approval, or endorsement by TAF or any government agencies. This report is for your exclusive use. Any copying or replication of this report to or for any other person or entity, or use of our name or trademark, is permitted only with our prior written permission. This report sets forth our findings solely with respect to the test samples identified herein. The results set forth in this report are not indicative or representative of the quality or characteristics of the lot from which a test sample was taken or any similar or identical product unless specifically and expressly noted. Our report includes all of the tests requested by you and the results thereof based upon the information that you provided to us. You have 60 days from date of issuance of this report to notify us of any material error or omission caused by our negligence, provided, however, that such notice shall be in writing and shall specifically address the issue you wish to raise. A failure to raise such issue within the prescribed time shall constitute your unqualified acceptance of the completeness of this report, the tests conducted and the correctness of the report contents. Unless specific mention, the uncertainty of measurement has been explicitly taken into account to declare the compliance or non-compliance to the specification. Report No.: RF120420C08A Reference No.: 120420C13 1 of 77 Report Format Version 5.0.0 TABLE OF CONTENTS RELEASE CONTROL RECORD ............................................................................................................ 5 CERTIFICATION ......................................................................................................................... 6 1. 2. SUMMARY OF TEST RESULTS ................................................................................................ 7 2.1 MEASUREMENT UNCERTAINTY .............................................................................................. 7 3. GENERAL INFORMATION ......................................................................................................... 8 3.1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF EUT ........................................................................................... 8 3.2 DESCRIPTION OF TEST MODES ........................................................................................... 10 3.2.1 TEST MODE APPLICABILITY AND TESTED CHANNEL DETAIL ........................................... 11 3.3 DESCRIPTION OF SUPPORT UNITS ..................................................................................... 15 3.3.1 CONFIGURATION OF SYSTEM UNDER TEST ...................................................................... 16 3.4 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF APPLIED STANDARDS .......................................................... 17 TEST TYPES AND RESULTS (FOR 2.4GHz BAND) ............................................................... 18 4. 4.1 RADIATED EMISSION AND BANDEDGE MEASUREMENT .................................................. 18 4.1.1 LIMITS OF RADIATED EMISSION AND BANDEDGE MEASUREMENT ................................ 18 4.1.2 TEST INSTRUMENTS .............................................................................................................. 19 4.1.3 TEST PROCEDURES .............................................................................................................. 20 4.1.4 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD .................................................................................... 20 4.1.5 TEST SETUP ............................................................................................................................ 21 4.1.6 EUT OPERATING CONDITIONS ............................................................................................. 21 4.1.7 TEST RESULTS ....................................................................................................................... 22 4.2 CONDUCTED EMISSION MEASUREMENT ........................................................................... 35 4.2.1 LIMITS OF CONDUCTED EMISSION MEASUREMENT ........................................................ 35 4.2.2 TEST INSTRUMENTS .............................................................................................................. 35 4.2.3 TEST PROCEDURES .............................................................................................................. 36 4.2.4 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD .................................................................................... 36 4.2.5 TEST SETUP ............................................................................................................................ 36 4.2.6 EUT OPERATING CONDITIONS ............................................................................................. 36 4.2.7 TEST RESULTS ....................................................................................................................... 37 4.3 6dB BANDWIDTH MEASUREMENT ........................................................................................ 39 4.3.1 LIMITS OF 6dB BANDWIDTH MEASUREMENT ..................................................................... 39 4.3.2 TEST SETUP ............................................................................................................................ 39 4.3.3 TEST INSTRUMENTS .............................................................................................................. 39 4.3.4 TEST PROCEDURE ................................................................................................................. 39 4.3.5 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD .................................................................................... 39 4.3.6 EUT OPERATING CONDITIONS ............................................................................................. 39 4.3.7 TEST RESULTS ....................................................................................................................... 40 4.4 CONDUCTED OUTPUT POWER ............................................................................................ 41 4.4.1 LIMITS OF CONDUCTED OUTPUT POWER MEASUREMENT ............................................. 41 4.4.2 TEST SETUP ............................................................................................................................ 41 4.4.3 TEST INSTRUMENTS .............................................................................................................. 41 4.4.4 TEST PROCEDURES .............................................................................................................. 41 4.4.5 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD .................................................................................... 41 4.4.6 EUT OPERATING CONDITIONS ............................................................................................. 41 4.4.7 TEST RESULTS ....................................................................................................................... 42 4.5 POWER SPECTRAL DENSITY MEASUREMENT ................................................................... 43 4.5.1 LIMITS OF POWER SPECTRAL DENSITY MEASUREMENT ................................................ 43 4.5.2 TEST SETUP ............................................................................................................................ 43 Report No.: RF120420C08A Reference No.: 120420C13 2 of 77 Report Format Version 5.0.0 4.5.3 TEST INSTRUMENTS .............................................................................................................. 43 4.5.4 TEST PROCEDURE ................................................................................................................. 43 4.5.5 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD .................................................................................... 43 4.5.6 EUT OPERATING CONDITION ................................................................................................ 43 4.5.7 TEST RESULTS ....................................................................................................................... 44 4.6 CONDUCTED OUT OF BAND EMISSION MEASUREMENT ................................................. 45 4.6.1 LIMITS OF CONDUCTED OUT OF BAND EMISSION MEASUREMENT ............................... 45 4.6.2 TEST SETUP ............................................................................................................................ 45 4.6.3 TEST INSTRUMENTS .............................................................................................................. 45 4.6.4 TEST PROCEDURE ................................................................................................................. 45 4.6.5 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD .................................................................................... 46 4.6.6 EUT OPERATING CONDITION ................................................................................................ 46 4.6.7 TEST RESULTS ....................................................................................................................... 46 4.6.8 TEST RESULTS ....................................................................................................................... 47 TEST TYPES AND RESULTS (FOR 5.0GHz BAND) ............................................................... 51 5. 5.1 RADIATED EMISSION MEASUREMENT ................................................................................ 51 5.1.1 LIMITS OF RADIATED EMISSION MEASUREMENT ............................................................. 51 5.1.2 TEST INSTRUMENTS .............................................................................................................. 52 5.1.3 TEST PROCEDURES .............................................................................................................. 52 5.1.4 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD .................................................................................... 52 5.1.5 TEST SETUP ............................................................................................................................ 52 5.1.6 EUT OPERATING CONDITIONS ............................................................................................. 52 5.1.7 TEST RESULTS ....................................................................................................................... 53 5.2 CONDUCTED EMISSION MEASUREMENT ........................................................................... 62 5.2.1 LIMITS OF CONDUCTED EMISSION MEASUREMENT ........................................................ 62 5.2.2 T EST INSTRUMENTS ............................................................................................................. 62 5.2.3 TEST PROCEDURES .............................................................................................................. 62 5.2.4 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD .................................................................................... 62 5.2.5 TEST SETUP ............................................................................................................................ 62 5.2.6 EUT OPERATING CONDITIONS ............................................................................................. 62 5.2.7 TEST RESULTS ....................................................................................................................... 63 5.3 6dB BANDWIDTH MEASUREMENT ........................................................................................ 65 5.3.1 LIMITS OF 6dB BANDWIDTH MEASUREMENT ..................................................................... 65 5.3.2 TEST SETUP ............................................................................................................................ 65 5.3.3 TEST INSTRUMENTS .............................................................................................................. 65 5.3.4 TEST PROCEDURE ................................................................................................................. 65 5.3.5 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD .................................................................................... 65 5.3.6 EUT OPERATING CONDITIONS ............................................................................................. 65 5.3.7 TEST RESULTS ....................................................................................................................... 66 5.4 CONDUCTED OUTPUT POWER ............................................................................................ 67 5.4.1 LIMITS OF CONDUCTED OUTPUT POWER MEASUREMENT ............................................. 67 5.4.2 TEST SETUP ............................................................................................................................ 67 5.4.3 INSTRUMENTS ........................................................................................................................ 67 5.4.4 TEST PROCEDURES .............................................................................................................. 67 5.4.5 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD .................................................................................... 67 5.4.6 EUT OPERATING CONDITIONS ............................................................................................. 67 5.4.7 TEST RESULTS ....................................................................................................................... 68 5.5 POWER SPECTRAL DENSITY MEASUREMENT ................................................................... 69 5.5.1 LIMITS OF POWER SPECTRAL DENSITY MEASUREMENT ................................................ 69 Report No.: RF120420C08A Reference No.: 120420C13 3 of 77 Report Format Version 5.0.0 5.5.2 TEST SETUP ............................................................................................................................ 69 5.5.3 TEST INSTRUMENTS .............................................................................................................. 69 5.5.4 TEST PROCEDURE. ............................................................................................................... 69 5.5.5 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD .................................................................................... 69 5.5.6 EUT OPERATING CONDITION ................................................................................................ 69 5.5.7 TEST RESULTS ....................................................................................................................... 70 5.6 CONDUCTED OUT OF BAND EMISSION MEASUREMENT ................................................. 71 5.6.1 LIMITS OF CONDUCTED OUT OF BAND EMISSION MEASUREMENT ............................... 71 5.6.2 TEST SETUP ............................................................................................................................ 71 5.6.3 TEST INSTRUMENTS .............................................................................................................. 71 5.6.4 TEST PROCEDURE ................................................................................................................. 71 5.6.5 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD .................................................................................... 71 5.6.6 EUT OPERATING CONDITION ................................................................................................ 71 5.6.7 TEST RESULTS ....................................................................................................................... 71 PHOTOGRAPHS OF THE TEST CONFIGURATION............................................................... 75 6. INFORMATION ON THE TESTING LABORATORIES ............................................................. 76 7. APPENDIX A - MODIFICATIONS RECORDERS FOR ENGINEERING CHANGES TO THE 8. EUT BY THE LAB ..................................................................................................................... 77 Report No.: RF120420C08A Reference No.: 120420C13 4 of 77 Report Format Version 5.0.0 RELEASE CONTROL RECORD REASON FOR CHANGE ISSUE NO. RF120420C08A Original release DATE ISSUED Jun. 04, 2012 Report No.: RF120420C08A Reference No.: 120420C13 5 of 77 Report Format Version 5.0.0 1. CERTIFICATION PRODUCT: N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router MODEL NO.: WNDR3700v4 BRAND: NETGEAR APPLICANT: NETGEAR, INC. TESTED: May 07 ~ May 23, 2012 TEST SAMPLE: ENGINEERING SAMPLE STANDARDS: FCC Part 15, Subpart C (Section 15.247) ANSI C63.10-2009 The above equipment (Model: WNDR3700v4) has been tested by Bureau Veritas Consumer Products Services (H.K.) Ltd., Taoyuan Branch, and found compliance with the requirement of the above standards. The test record, data evaluation & Equipment Under Test (EUT) configurations represented herein are true and accurate accounts of the measurements of the samples EMC characteristics under the conditions specified in this report. PREPARED BY APPROVED BY
:
:
, DATE :
Jun. 04, 2012 Joanna Wang / Senior Specialist
, DATE :
Jun. 04, 2012 Gary Chang / Technical Manager Report No.: RF120420C08A Reference No.: 120420C13 6 of 77 Report Format Version 5.0.0 2. SUMMARY OF TEST RESULTS The EUT has been tested according to the following specifications:
APPLIED STANDARD: FCC PART 15, SUBPART C (SECTION 15.247) STANDARD SECTION TEST TYPE RESULT REMARK 15.207 AC Power Conducted Emission PASS Band Edge Measurement Radiated Emissions 15.247(d) 15.209 15.247(d) 15.247(a)(2) 6dB bandwidth 15.247(b) 15.247(e) Conducted power Power Spectral Density 15.203 Antenna Requirement PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS Meet the requirement of limit. Minimum passing margin is
-5.19dB at 0.59141MHz. Meet the requirement of limit. Minimum passing margin is
-1.1dB at 5725.00MHz. Meet the requirement of limit. Meet the requirement of limit. Meet the requirement of limit. Meet the requirement of limit. Antenna connector is UFL not a standard connector. 2.1 MEASUREMENT UNCERTAINTY Where relevant, the following measurement uncertainty levels have been estimated for tests performed on the EUT as specified in CISPR 16-4-2:
MEASUREMENT Conducted emissions Radiated emissions FREQUENCY 9kHz~30MHz 30MHz ~ 1GHz 1GHz ~ 40GHz UNCERTAINTY 2.44dB 3.78dB 3.36dB This uncertainty represents an expanded uncertainty expressed at approximately the 95% confidence level using a coverage factor of k = 2. Report No.: RF120420C08A Reference No.: 120420C13 7 of 77 Report Format Version 5.0.0 3. GENERAL INFORMATION 3.1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF EUT EUT MODEL NO. POWER SUPPLY MODULATION TYPE N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 12Vdc (Adapter) CCK, DQPSK, DBPSK for DSSS 64QAM, 16QAM, QPSK, BPSK for OFDM MODULATION TECHNOLOGY DSSS, OFDM TRANSFER RATE OPERATING FREQUENCY NUMBER OF CHANNEL OUTPUT POWER ANTENNA TYPE 802.11b:11.0/ 5.5/ 2.0/ 1.0Mbps 802.11g: 54.0/ 48.0/ 36.0/ 24.0/ 18.0/ 12.0/ 9.0/ 6.0Mbps 802.11a: 54.0/ 48.0/ 36.0/ 24.0/ 18.0/ 12.0/ 9.0/ 6.0Mbps 802.11n: up to 300.0Mbps 2.4GHz: 2412 ~ 2462MHz 5.0GHz: 5745 ~ 5825MHz 2.4GHz:
11 for 802.11b, 802.11g, 802.11n (20MHz) 7 for 802.11n (40MHz) 5.0GHz:
5 for 802.11a, 802.11n (20MHz) 2 for 802.11n (40MHz) 386.9mW for 2412 ~ 2462MHz 166.8mW for 5745 ~ 5825MHz 2.4GHz: Printed antenna with 3.02dBi gain 5.0GHz: Printed antenna with 2.50dBi gain UFL N/A RJ45, USB Adapter ANTENNA CONNECTOR DATA CABLE I/O PORTS ACCESSORY DEVICES NOTE:
1. The frequency bands used in this EUT are listed as follows:
Frequency Band (MHz) 2412~2462 5180~5240 5745~5825 802.11b 802.11g 802.11a 802.11n (20MHz) 802.11n (40MHz) Report No.: RF120420C08A Reference No.: 120420C13 8 of 77 Report Format Version 5.0.0 2. The EUT incorporates a MIMO function. Physically, the EUT provides two completed transmitters and two receivers. MODULATION MODE TX FUNCTION 802.11b 802.11g 802.11a 802.11n (20MHz) 802.11n (40MHz) 2TX 2TX 2TX 2TX 2TX 3. The EUT uses following adapters:
ADAPTER 1 BRAND MODEL P/N INPUT POWER OUTPUT POWER POWER LINE NETGEAR MU30-5120250-A1 332-10234-01 100-240Vac, 50/60Hz, 0.8A 12Vdc, 2.5A 1.8m non-shielded cable without core ADAPTER 2 BRAND MODEL P/N INPUT POWER OUTPUT POWER POWER LINE NETGEAR P030WF120B 11200-6LF 332-10200-02 100-240Vac, 50/60Hz, 1.0A 12Vdc, 2.5A 1.8m non-shielded cable without core
*Adapter 1 was the worst for the final tests. 4. The above EUT information is declared by manufacturer and for more detailed features description, please refer to the manufacturer's specifications or user's manual. Report No.: RF120420C08A Reference No.: 120420C13 9 of 77 Report Format Version 5.0.0 3.2 DESCRIPTION OF TEST MODES FOR 2.4GHz:
11 channels are provided for 802.11b, 802.11g and 802.11n (20MHz):
CHANNEL FREQUENCY CHANNEL FREQUENCY 1 2 3 4 5 6 2412MHz 2417MHz 2422MHz 2427MHz 2432MHz 2437MHz 7 8 9 10 11 2442MHz 2447MHz 2452MHz 2457MHz 2462MHz 7 channels are provided for 802.11n (40MHz):
CHANNEL FREQUENCY CHANNEL FREQUENCY 3 4 5 6 2422MHz 2427MHz 2432MHz 2437MHz 7 8 9 2442MHz 2447MHz 2452MHz FOR 5.0GHz (5745 ~ 5825MHz):
5 channels are provided for 802.11a, 802.11n (20MHz):
CHANNEL FREQUENCY CHANNEL 149 153 157 5745MHz 5765MHz 5785MHz 161 165 FREQUENCY 5805MHz 5825MHz 2 channels are provided for 802.11n (40MHz):
CHANNEL 151 FREQUENCY 5755MHz CHANNEL 159 FREQUENCY 5795MHz Report No.: RF120420C08A Reference No.: 120420C13 10 of 77 Report Format Version 5.0.0 3.2.1 TEST MODE APPLICABILITY AND TESTED CHANNEL DETAIL FOR 2.4GHz:
EUT CONFIGURE MODE APPLICABLE TO RE1G RE<1G PLC APCM DESCRIPTION
-
Where NOTE:
The EUT had been pre-tested on the positioned of each 3 axis. The worst case was found when positioned on X-plane. RE<1G: Radiated Emission below 1GHz APCM: Antenna Port Conducted Measurement RE1G: Radiated Emission above 1GHz PLC: Power Line Conducted Emission
-
RADIATED EMISSION TEST (ABOVE 1GHz):
Pre-Scan has been conducted to determine the worst-case mode from all possible combinations between available modulations, data rates and antenna ports (if EUT with antenna diversity architecture). Following channel(s) was (were) selected for the final test as listed below. EUT CONFIGURE MODE
-
-
-
-
MODE 802.11b 802.11g 802.11n (20MHz) 802.11n (40MHz) AVAILABLE CHANNEL TESTED CHANNEL MODULATION TECHNOLOGY MODULATION TYPE 1 to 11 1 to 11 1 to 11 3 to 9 1, 6, 11 1, 6, 11 1, 6, 11 3, 6, 9 DSSS OFDM OFDM OFDM DBPSK BPSK BPSK BPSK DATA RATE
(Mbps) 1.0 6.0 7.2 15.0 RADIATED EMISSION TEST (BELOW 1GHz):
Pre-Scan has been conducted to determine the worst-case mode from all possible combinations between available modulations, data rates and antenna ports (if EUT with antenna diversity architecture). Following channel(s) was (were) selected for the final test as listed below. EUT CONFIGURE MODE MODE AVAILABLE CHANNEL TESTED CHANNEL MODULATION TECHNOLOGY MODULATION TYPE
-
802.11b 1 to 11 6 DSSS DBPSK DATA RATE
(Mbps) 1.0 POWER LINE CONDUCTED EMISSION TEST:
Pre-Scan has been conducted to determine the worst-case mode from all possible combinations between available modulations, data rates and antenna ports (if EUT with antenna diversity architecture). Following channel(s) was (were) selected for the final test as listed below. EUT CONFIGURE MODE AVAILABLE CHANNEL TESTED CHANNEL MODULATION TECHNOLOGY MODULATION TYPE 802.11b 1 to 11 6 DSSS DBPSK DATA RATE
(Mbps) 1.0 MODE
-
Report No.: RF120420C08A Reference No.: 120420C13 11 of 77 Report Format Version 5.0.0 BANDEDGE MEASUREMENT:
Pre-Scan has been conducted to determine the worst-case mode from all possible combinations between available modulations, data rates and antenna ports (if EUT with antenna diversity architecture). Following channel(s) was (were) selected for the final test as listed below. EUT CONFIGURE MODE
-
-
-
-
MODE 802.11b 802.11g 802.11n (20MHz) 802.11n (40MHz) AVAILABLE CHANNEL TESTED CHANNEL MODULATION TECHNOLOGY MODULATION TYPE 1 to 11 1 to 11 1 to 11 3 to 9 1, 11 1, 11 1, 11 3, 9 DSSS OFDM OFDM OFDM DBPSK BPSK BPSK BPSK DATA RATE
(Mbps) 1.0 6.0 7.2 15.0 ANTENNA PORT CONDUCTED MEASUREMENT:
This item includes all test value of each mode, but only includes spectrum plot of worst value of each mode. Pre-Scan has been conducted to determine the worst-case mode from all possible combinations between available modulations, data rates and antenna ports (if EUT with antenna diversity architecture). Following channel(s) was (were) selected for the final test as listed below. EUT CONFIGURE MODE
-
-
-
-
MODE 802.11b 802.11g 802.11n (20MHz) 802.11n (40MHz) AVAILABLE CHANNEL TESTED CHANNEL MODULATION TECHNOLOGY MODULATION TYPE 1 to 11 1 to 11 1 to 11 3 to 9 1, 6, 11 1, 6, 11 1, 6, 11 3, 6, 9 DSSS OFDM OFDM OFDM DBPSK BPSK BPSK BPSK DATA RATE
(Mbps) 1.0 6.0 7.2 15.0 TEST CONDITION:
APPLICABLE TO ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS INPUT POWER TESTED BY RE1G RE<1G PLC APCM 24deg. C, 68%RH 24deg. C, 64%RH 25deg. C, 65%RH 24deg. C, 68%RH 120Vac, 60Hz 120Vac, 60Hz 120Vac, 60Hz 120Vac, 60Hz Chad Lee Chad Lee Haru Yang Mark Liao Report No.: RF120420C08A Reference No.: 120420C13 12 of 77 Report Format Version 5.0.0 FOR 5.0GHz (5745 ~ 5825MHz):
EUT CONFIGURE MODE APPLICABLE TO RE1G RE<1G PLC APCM DESCRIPTION
-
Where NOTE:
The EUT had been pre-tested on the positioned of each 3 axis. The worst case was found when positioned on X-plane. RE<1G: Radiated Emission below 1GHz APCM: Antenna Port Conducted Measurement RE1G: Radiated Emission above 1GHz PLC: Power Line Conducted Emission
-
RADIATED EMISSION TEST (ABOVE 1GHz):
Pre-Scan has been conducted to determine the worst-case mode from all possible combinations between available modulations, data rates and antenna ports (if EUT with antenna diversity architecture). Following channel(s) was (were) selected for the final test as listed below. EUT CONFIGURE MODE
-
-
-
MODE 802.11a 802.11n (20MHz) 802.11n (40MHz) AVAILABLE CHANNEL TESTED CHANNEL MODULATION TECHNOLOGY 149 to 165 149 to 165 151 to 159 149, 157, 165 149, 157, 165 151, 159 OFDM OFDM OFDM MODULATION TYPE BPSK BPSK BPSK DATA RATE
(Mbps) 6.0 7.2 15.0 RADIATED EMISSION TEST (BELOW 1GHz):
Pre-Scan has been conducted to determine the worst-case mode from all possible combinations between available modulations, data rates and antenna ports (if EUT with antenna diversity architecture). Following channel(s) was (were) selected for the final test as listed below. EUT CONFIGURE MODE MODE AVAILABLE CHANNEL TESTED CHANNEL MODULATION TECHNOLOGY
-
802.11a 149 to 165 157 OFDM MODULATION TYPE BPSK DATA RATE
(Mbps) 6.0 POWER LINE CONDUCTED EMISSION TEST:
Pre-Scan has been conducted to determine the worst-case mode from all possible combinations between available modulations, data rates and antenna ports (if EUT with antenna diversity architecture). Following channel(s) was (were) selected for the final test as listed below. EUT CONFIGURE MODE MODE AVAILABLE CHANNEL TESTED CHANNEL MODULATION TECHNOLOGY
-
802.11a 149 to 165 157 OFDM MODULATION TYPE BPSK DATA RATE
(Mbps) 6.0 Report No.: RF120420C08A Reference No.: 120420C13 13 of 77 Report Format Version 5.0.0 BANDEDGE MEASUREMENT:
Pre-Scan has been conducted to determine the worst-case mode from all possible combinations between available modulations, data rates and antenna ports (if EUT with antenna diversity architecture). Following channel(s) was (were) selected for the final test as listed below. EUT CONFIGURE MODE
-
-
-
MODE 802.11a 802.11n (20MHz) 802.11n (40MHz) AVAILABLE CHANNEL TESTED CHANNEL MODULATION TECHNOLOGY 149 to 165 149 to 165 151 to 159 149, 165 149, 165 151, 159 OFDM OFDM OFDM MODULATION TYPE BPSK BPSK BPSK DATA RATE
(Mbps) 6.0 7.2 15.0 ANTENNA PORT CONDUCTED MEASUREMENT:
This item includes all test value of each mode, but only includes spectrum plot of worst value of each mode. Pre-Scan has been conducted to determine the worst-case mode from all possible combinations between available modulations, data rates and antenna ports (if EUT with antenna diversity architecture). Following channel(s) was (were) selected for the final test as listed below. EUT CONFIGURE MODE
-
-
-
MODE 802.11a 802.11n (20MHz) 802.11n (40MHz) AVAILABLE CHANNEL TESTED CHANNEL MODULATION TECHNOLOGY 149 to 165 149 to 165 151 to 159 149, 157, 165 149, 157, 165 151, 159 OFDM OFDM OFDM MODULATION TYPE BPSK BPSK BPSK DATA RATE
(Mbps) 6.0 7.2 15.0 TEST CONDITION:
APPLICABLE TO ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS INPUT POWER TESTED BY RE1G RE<1G PLC APCM 24deg. C, 71%RH 24deg. C, 68%RH 25deg. C, 65%RH 24deg. C, 68%RH 120Vac, 60Hz 120Vac, 60Hz 120Vac, 60Hz 120Vac, 60Hz Chad Lee Chad Lee Haru Yang Mark Liao Report No.: RF120420C08A Reference No.: 120420C13 14 of 77 Report Format Version 5.0.0 3.3 DESCRIPTION OF SUPPORT UNITS The EUT has been tested as an independent unit together with other necessary accessories or support units. The following support units or accessories were used to form a representative test configuration during the tests. NO. PRODUCT 1 USB DONGLE 2 NOTEBOOK 3 NOTEBOOK BRAND Transcend DELL DELL MODEL NO. SERIAL NO. N/A E5410 E5410 N/A 1HC2XM1 6RP2YM1 FCC ID N/A FCC DoC Approved FCC DoC Approved SIGNAL CABLE DESCRIPTION OF THE ABOVE SUPPORT UNITS NO. 1 N/A 2 10m RJ45 UTP cable 3 10m RJ45 UTP cable NOTE:
1. All power cords of the above support units are non shielded (1.8m). 2. Items 2~3 acted as communication partners to transfer data. Report No.: RF120420C08A Reference No.: 120420C13 15 of 77 Report Format Version 5.0.0 1.8m RJ45 UTP cable x 3 with load EUT USB Dongle
(Power from adapter) 3.3.1 CONFIGURATION OF SYSTEM UNDER TEST
*Kept in a remote area 10m RJ45 UTP cable Notebook
*Test table 10m RJ45 UTP cable Notebook Report No.: RF120420C08A Reference No.: 120420C13 16 of 77 Report Format Version 5.0.0 3.4 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF APPLIED STANDARDS The EUT is a RF Product. According to the specifications of the manufacturer, it must comply with the requirements of the following standards:
FCC Part 15, Subpart C (15.247) 558074 D01 DTS Meas Guidance v01 ANSI C63.10-2009 All test items have been performed and recorded as per the above standards. NOTE: The EUT is also considered as a kind of computer peripheral, because the connection to computer is necessary for typical use. It has been verified to comply with the requirements of FCC Part 15, Subpart B, Class B (DoC). The test report has been issued separately. Report No.: RF120420C08A Reference No.: 120420C13 17 of 77 Report Format Version 5.0.0 4. TEST TYPES AND RESULTS (FOR 2.4GHz BAND) 4.1 RADIATED EMISSION AND BANDEDGE MEASUREMENT 4.1.1 LIMITS OF RADIATED EMISSION AND BANDEDGE MEASUREMENT Radiated emissions which fall in the restricted bands must comply with the radiated emission limits specified as below table. Other emissions shall be at least 30dB below the highest level of the desired power:
FREQUENCIES
(MHz) FIELD STRENGTH
(microvolts/meter) MEASUREMENT DISTANCE
(meters) 0.009 ~ 0.490 0.490 ~ 1.705 1.705 ~ 30.0 30 ~ 88 88 ~ 216 216 ~ 960 Above 960 2400/F(kHz) 24000/F(kHz) 30 100 150 200 500 300 30 30 3 3 3 3 NOTE:
1. The lower limit shall apply at the transition frequencies. 2. Emission level (dBuV/m) = 20 log Emission level (uV/m). 3. For frequencies above 1000MHz, the field strength limits are based on average detector, however, the peak field strength of any emission shall not exceed the maximum permitted average limits, specified above by more than 30dB under any condition of modulation. Report No.: RF120420C08A Reference No.: 120420C13 18 of 77 Report Format Version 5.0.0 4.1.2 TEST INSTRUMENTS DESCRIPTION &
MANUFACTURER Agilent Preamplifier ROHDE & SCHWARZ TEST RECEIVER Schwarzbeck Antenna Loop Antenna ADT. Turn Table ADT. Tower Software WOKEN RF cable Agilent Spectrum Agilent Preamplifier MITEQ Preamplifier Schwarzbeck Horn Antenna Schwarzbeck Horn Antenna ADT. Turn Table ADT. Tower Software SUHNER RF cable High Speed Peak Power Meter Power Sensor MODEL NO. SERIAL NO. 8447D ESCI VULB9168 HFH2-Z2 TT100 AT100 ADT_Radiated_V 7.6.15.9.2 2432A03504 100412 137 100070 0306 0306 NA DATE OF CALIBRATION Feb. 29, 2012 DUE DATE OF CALIBRATION Feb. 28, 2013 Aug. 18, 2011 Dec. 09, 2012 Apr. 03, 2012 Jan. 31, 2012 Apr. 02, 2013 Jan. 30, 2014 NA NA NA NA NA NA 8D E4446A 8449B CABLE-CH6-02 MY46180403 3008A01201 Apr. 30, 2012 Jun. 22, 2011 Feb. 29, 2012 Apr. 29, 2013 Jun. 21, 2012 Feb. 28, 2013 AMF-6F-260400-
33-8P 892164 Mar. 02, 2012 Mar. 01, 2013 BBHA-9170 BBHA9170190 Oct. 07, 2011 Oct. 06, 2012 BBHA-9120-D1 TT100 AT100 ADT_Radiated_V 7.6.15.9.2 D130 0306 0306 NA May 18, 2012 May 17, 2013 NA NA NA NA NA NA SF102 Cable-CH6 Aug. 19, 2011 Aug. 18, 2012 ML2495A MA2411B 0842014 0738404 Apr. 28, 2012 Apr. 27, 2013 Apr. 28, 2012 Apr. 27, 2013 NOTE: 1. The calibration interval of the above test instruments is 12 months. And the calibrations are traceable to NML/ROC and NIST/USA. 2. The calibration interval of the loop antenna is 24 months and the calibrations are traceable to NML/ROC and NIST/USA. 3. The test was performed in Chamber No. 6. 4. The Industry Canada Reference No. IC 7450E-6. 5. The VCCI Site Registration No. G-257 6. The FCC Site Registration No. 447212. 7. The minimum 3dB beamwidth of antenna is 30 degrees for above 1GHz test. Report No.: RF120420C08A Reference No.: 120420C13 19 of 77 Report Format Version 5.0.0 4.1.3 TEST PROCEDURES a. The EUT was placed on the top of a rotating table 0.8 meters above the ground at a 3 meters semi-anechoic chamber. The table was rotated 360 degrees to determine the position of the highest radiation. b. The EUT was set 3 meters away from the interference-receiving antenna, which was mounted on the top of a variable-height antenna tower. c. The antenna is a broadband antenna, and its height is varied from one meter to four meters above the ground to determine the maximum value of the field strength. Both horizontal and vertical polarizations of the antenna are set to make the measurement. d. For each suspected emission, the EUT was arranged to its worst case and then the antenna was tuned to heights from 1 meter to 4 meters and the rotatable table was turned from 0 degrees to 360 degrees to find the maximum reading. e. The test-receiver system was set to Peak Detect Function and Specified Bandwidth with Maximum Hold Mode. f. If the emission level of the EUT in peak mode was lower than the limit specified, then testing could be stopped and the peak values of the EUT would be reported. Otherwise the emissions would be re-tested one by one using peak, quasi-peak or average method as specified and then reported in a data sheet. NOTE:
1. The resolution bandwidth and video bandwidth of test receiver/spectrum analyzer is 120kHz for Quasi-peak detection at frequency below 1GHz. 2. The resolution bandwidth of test receiver/spectrum analyzer is 100kHz and video bandwidth is 300kHz for Peak detection at frequency above 1GHz. 3. The resolution bandwidth of test receiver/spectrum analyzer is 1MHz and the video bandwidth is 1kHz for Average detection (AV) at frequency above 1GHz. 4. All modes of operation were investigated and the worst-case emissions are reported. 4.1.4 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD No deviation. Report No.: RF120420C08A Reference No.: 120420C13 20 of 77 Report Format Version 5.0.0 4.1.5 TEST SETUP For the actual test configuration, please refer to the attached file (Test Setup Photo). 4.1.6 EUT OPERATING CONDITIONS a. Placed the EUT on the testing table. b. Prepared two notebooks to act as communication partners and placed them outside of testing area. c. The communication partner connected with EUT via a RJ45 cable and run a test program (provided by manufacturer) to enable EUT under transmission condition continuously at specific channel frequency. d. The communication partner sent data to EUT by command "PING". Report No.: RF120420C08A Reference No.: 120420C13 21 of 77 Report Format Version 5.0.0 4.1.7 TEST RESULTS ABOVE 1GHz DATA 802.11b EUT TEST CONDITION CHANNEL Channel 1 INPUT POWER 120Vac, 60 Hz MEASUREMENT DETAIL FREQUENCY RANGE 1 ~ 25GHz DETECTOR Peak (PK) FUNCTION Average (AV) ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 24deg. C, 68%RH TESTED BY Chad Lee ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: HORIZONTAL AT 3 M NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6 2390.00 2390.00
*2412.00
*2412.00 4824.00 4824.00 RAW VALUE TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) EMISSION LIMIT ANTENNA HEIGHT (m)
(dBuV)
-9.5
-3.5
(dBuV/m) 74.0 54.0 MARGIN (dB) LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 34.30 64.5 PK 20.27 50.5 AV 81.47 111.8 PK 78.70 109.0 AV 10.62 47.3 PK 1.54 38.2 AV ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: VERTICAL AT 3 M EMISSION 1.05 H 1.05 H 1.05 H 1.05 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 107 107 107 107 254 254
-26.7
-15.8 74.0 54.0 RAW VALUE MARGIN (dB) ANTENNA HEIGHT (m) TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6 2390.00 2390.00
*2412.00
*2412.00 4824.00 4824.00 REMARKS:
LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 58.4 PK 44.9 AV 102.0 PK 98.7 AV 49.9 PK 44.6 AV LIMIT
(dBuV/m) 74.0 54.0 74.0 54.0
-15.6
-9.1
-24.1
-9.5 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 293 293 293 293 138 138
(dBuV) 28.15 14.63 71.62 68.38 13.22 7.91 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 30.24 30.24 30.33 30.33 36.64 36.64 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 30.24 30.24 30.33 30.33 36.64 36.64 1. Emission level (dBuV/m) = Raw Value (dBuV) + Correction Factor (dB/m). 2. Correction Factor (dB/m) = Antenna Factor (dB/m) + Cable Factor (dB). 3. The other emission levels were very low against the limit. 4. Margin value = Emission level Limit value. 5. * : Fundamental frequency. Report No.: RF120420C08A Reference No.: 120420C13 22 of 77 Report Format Version 5.0.0 EUT TEST CONDITION CHANNEL Channel 6 INPUT POWER 120Vac, 60 Hz MEASUREMENT DETAIL FREQUENCY RANGE 1 ~ 25GHz DETECTOR Peak (PK) FUNCTION Average (AV) ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 24deg. C, 68%RH TESTED BY Chad Lee ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: HORIZONTAL AT 3 M NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4
*2437.00
*2437.00 4874.00 4874.00 RAW VALUE TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) EMISSION LIMIT ANTENNA HEIGHT (m)
(dBuV/m) MARGIN (dB) LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 114.5 PK 84.08 111.5 AV 81.09 51.7 PK 14.93 47.1 AV 10.32 ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: VERTICAL AT 3 M EMISSION 1.06 H 1.06 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 80 80 189 189
-22.3
-6.9 74.0 54.0
(dBuV) RAW VALUE MARGIN (dB) ANTENNA HEIGHT (m) TABLE ANGLE
(Degree)
-21.5
-3.5 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 96 96 183 183
(dBuV) 77.90 74.33 15.69 13.72 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 30.42 30.42 36.77 36.77 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 30.42 30.42 36.77 36.77 NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4
*2437.00
*2437.00 4874.00 4874.00 REMARKS:
LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 108.3 PK 104.8 AV 52.5 PK 50.5 AV LIMIT
(dBuV/m) 74.0 54.0 1. Emission level (dBuV/m) = Raw Value (dBuV) + Correction Factor (dB/m). 2. Correction Factor (dB/m) = Antenna Factor (dB/m) + Cable Factor (dB). 3. The other emission levels were very low against the limit. 4. Margin value = Emission level Limit value. 5. * : Fundamental frequency. Report No.: RF120420C08A Reference No.: 120420C13 23 of 77 Report Format Version 5.0.0 EUT TEST CONDITION CHANNEL Channel 11 INPUT POWER 120Vac, 60 Hz MEASUREMENT DETAIL FREQUENCY RANGE 1 ~ 25GHz DETECTOR Peak (PK) FUNCTION Average (AV) ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 24deg. C, 68%RH TESTED BY Chad Lee ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: HORIZONTAL AT 3 M NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6
*2462.00
*2462.00 2483.50 2483.50 4924.00 4924.00 RAW VALUE TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) EMISSION LIMIT ANTENNA HEIGHT (m)
(dBuV)
(dBuV/m) MARGIN (dB) LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 111.0 PK 80.52 107.6 AV 77.11 60.8 PK 30.26 50.8 AV 20.24 43.0 PK 6.13 35.0 AV
-1.94 ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: VERTICAL AT 3 M EMISSION 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 182 182 182 182 16 16
-13.2
-3.2
-31.0
-19.0 74.0 54.0 74.0 54.0 RAW VALUE MARGIN (dB) ANTENNA HEIGHT (m) TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6
*2462.00
*2462.00 2483.50 2483.50 4924.00 4924.00 REMARKS:
LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 100.0 PK 96.0 AV 57.4 PK 45.1 AV 48.4 PK 43.3 AV LIMIT
(dBuV/m) 74.0 54.0 74.0 54.0
-16.6
-8.9
-25.6
-10.7 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 144 144 144 144 284 284
(dBuV) 69.51 65.48 26.79 14.54 11.49 6.36 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 30.50 30.50 30.57 30.57 36.90 36.90 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 30.50 30.50 30.57 30.57 36.90 36.90 1. Emission level (dBuV/m) = Raw Value (dBuV) + Correction Factor (dB/m). 2. Correction Factor (dB/m) = Antenna Factor (dB/m) + Cable Factor (dB). 3. The other emission levels were very low against the limit. 4. Margin value = Emission level Limit value. 5. * : Fundamental frequency. Report No.: RF120420C08A Reference No.: 120420C13 24 of 77 Report Format Version 5.0.0 802.11g EUT TEST CONDITION CHANNEL Channel 1 INPUT POWER 120Vac, 60 Hz MEASUREMENT DETAIL FREQUENCY RANGE 1 ~ 25GHz DETECTOR Peak (PK) FUNCTION Average (AV) ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 24deg. C, 68%RH TESTED BY Chad Lee ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: HORIZONTAL AT 3 M NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6
*2462.00
*2462.00 2483.50 2483.50 4924.00 4924.00 RAW VALUE TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) EMISSION LIMIT ANTENNA HEIGHT (m)
(dBuV)
(dBuV/m) MARGIN (dB) LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 111.0 PK 80.53 98.6 AV 68.06 65.9 PK 35.35 50.8 AV 20.24 45.1 PK 8.21 32.0 AV
-4.87 ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: VERTICAL AT 3 M EMISSION 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 103 103 103 103 10 10
-8.1
-3.2
-28.9
-22.0 74.0 54.0 74.0 54.0 RAW VALUE MARGIN (dB) ANTENNA HEIGHT (m) TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6
*2462.00
*2462.00 2483.50 2483.50 4924.00 4924.00 REMARKS:
LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 105.5 PK 91.8 AV 57.9 PK 44.2 AV 45.1 PK 31.0 AV LIMIT
(dBuV/m) 74.0 54.0 74.0 54.0
-16.1
-9.8
-28.9
-23.0 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 161 161 161 161 98 98
(dBuV) 75.02 61.31 27.34 13.63 8.22
-5.91 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 30.50 30.50 30.57 30.57 36.90 36.90 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 30.50 30.50 30.57 30.57 36.90 36.90 1. Emission level (dBuV/m) = Raw Value (dBuV) + Correction Factor (dB/m). 2. Correction Factor (dB/m) = Antenna Factor (dB/m) + Cable Factor (dB). 3. The other emission levels were very low against the limit. 4. Margin value = Emission level Limit value. 5. * : Fundamental frequency. Report No.: RF120420C08A Reference No.: 120420C13 25 of 77 Report Format Version 5.0.0 EUT TEST CONDITION CHANNEL Channel 6 INPUT POWER 120Vac, 60 Hz MEASUREMENT DETAIL FREQUENCY RANGE 1 ~ 25GHz DETECTOR Peak (PK) FUNCTION Average (AV) ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 24deg. C, 68%RH TESTED BY Chad Lee ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: HORIZONTAL AT 3 M NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4
*2437.00
*2437.00 4874.00 4874.00 RAW VALUE TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) EMISSION LIMIT ANTENNA HEIGHT (m)
(dBuV/m) MARGIN (dB) LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 114.7 PK 84.30 101.5 AV 71.11 45.0 PK 8.18 34.8 AV
-1.96 ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: VERTICAL AT 3 M EMISSION 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 112 112 69 69
-29.1
-19.2 74.0 54.0
(dBuV) RAW VALUE MARGIN (dB) ANTENNA HEIGHT (m) TABLE ANGLE
(Degree)
-30.2
-22.4 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 93 93 16 16
(dBuV) 69.54 56.39 7.02
-5.19 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 30.42 30.42 36.77 36.77 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 30.42 30.42 36.77 36.77 NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4
*2437.00
*2437.00 4874.00 4874.00 REMARKS:
LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 100.0 PK 86.8 AV 43.8 PK 31.6 AV LIMIT
(dBuV/m) 74.0 54.0 1. Emission level (dBuV/m) = Raw Value (dBuV) + Correction Factor (dB/m). 2. Correction Factor (dB/m) = Antenna Factor (dB/m) + Cable Factor (dB). 3. The other emission levels were very low against the limit. 4. Margin value = Emission level Limit value. 5. * : Fundamental frequency. Report No.: RF120420C08A Reference No.: 120420C13 26 of 77 Report Format Version 5.0.0 EUT TEST CONDITION CHANNEL Channel 11 INPUT POWER 120Vac, 60 Hz MEASUREMENT DETAIL FREQUENCY RANGE 1 ~ 25GHz DETECTOR Peak (PK) FUNCTION Average (AV) ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 24deg. C, 68%RH TESTED BY Chad Lee ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: HORIZONTAL AT 3 M NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6 2390.00 2390.00
*2412.00
*2412.00 4824.00 4824.00 RAW VALUE TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) EMISSION LIMIT ANTENNA HEIGHT (m)
(dBuV)
-5.3
-3.1
(dBuV/m) 74.0 54.0 MARGIN (dB) LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 68.7 PK 38.47 50.9 AV 20.68 112.3 PK 81.92 99.0 AV 68.63 45.8 PK 9.18 36.4 AV
-0.25 ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: VERTICAL AT 3 M EMISSION 1.03 H 1.03 H 1.03 H 1.03 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 152 152 152 152 100 100
-28.2
-17.6 74.0 54.0 RAW VALUE MARGIN (dB) ANTENNA HEIGHT (m) TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6 2390.00 2390.00
*2412.00
*2412.00 4824.00 4824.00 REMARKS:
LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 64.3 PK 47.8 AV 105.5 PK 92.5 AV 43.9 PK 31.6 AV LIMIT
(dBuV/m) 74.0 54.0 74.0 54.0
-9.8
-6.2
-30.1
-22.5 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 96 96 96 96 173 173
(dBuV) 34.01 17.58 75.19 62.16 7.28
-5.09 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 30.24 30.24 30.33 30.33 36.64 36.64 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 30.24 30.24 30.33 30.33 36.64 36.64 1. Emission level (dBuV/m) = Raw Value (dBuV) + Correction Factor (dB/m). 2. Correction Factor (dB/m) = Antenna Factor (dB/m) + Cable Factor (dB). 3. The other emission levels were very low against the limit. 4. Margin value = Emission level Limit value. 5. * : Fundamental frequency. Report No.: RF120420C08A Reference No.: 120420C13 27 of 77 Report Format Version 5.0.0 802.11n (20MHz) EUT TEST CONDITION CHANNEL Channel 1 INPUT POWER 120Vac, 60 Hz MEASUREMENT DETAIL FREQUENCY RANGE 1 ~ 25GHz DETECTOR Peak (PK) FUNCTION Average (AV) ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 24deg. C, 68%RH TESTED BY Chad Lee ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: HORIZONTAL AT 3 M NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6 2390.00 2390.00
*2412.00
*2412.00 4824.00 4824.00 RAW VALUE TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) EMISSION LIMIT ANTENNA HEIGHT (m)
(dBuV)
-6.5
-3.8
(dBuV/m) 74.0 54.0 MARGIN (dB) LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 67.5 PK 37.28 50.2 AV 19.92 110.5 PK 80.19 98.0 AV 67.63 45.8 PK 9.16 35.6 AV
-1.05 ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: VERTICAL AT 3 M EMISSION 1.06 H 1.06 H 1.06 H 1.06 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 142 142 142 142 2 2
-28.2
-18.4 74.0 54.0 RAW VALUE MARGIN (dB) ANTENNA HEIGHT (m) TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6 2390.00 2390.00
*2412.00
*2412.00 4824.00 4824.00 REMARKS:
LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 57.5 PK 45.8 AV 106.2 PK 93.5 AV 44.8 PK 32.0 AV LIMIT
(dBuV/m) 74.0 54.0 74.0 54.0
-16.5
-8.2
-29.2
-22.0 1.09 V 1.09 V 1.09 V 1.09 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 101 101 101 101 114 114
(dBuV) 27.27 15.59 75.87 63.20 8.15
-4.68 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 30.24 30.24 30.33 30.33 36.64 36.64 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 30.24 30.24 30.33 30.33 36.64 36.64 1. Emission level (dBuV/m) = Raw Value (dBuV) + Correction Factor (dB/m). 2. Correction Factor (dB/m) = Antenna Factor (dB/m) + Cable Factor (dB). 3. The other emission levels were very low against the limit. 4. Margin value = Emission level Limit value. 5. * : Fundamental frequency. Report No.: RF120420C08A Reference No.: 120420C13 28 of 77 Report Format Version 5.0.0 EUT TEST CONDITION CHANNEL Channel 6 INPUT POWER 120Vac, 60 Hz MEASUREMENT DETAIL FREQUENCY RANGE 1 ~ 25GHz DETECTOR Peak (PK) FUNCTION Average (AV) ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 24deg. C, 68%RH TESTED BY Chad Lee ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: HORIZONTAL AT 3 M NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4
*2437.00
*2437.00 4874.00 4874.00 RAW VALUE TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) EMISSION LIMIT ANTENNA HEIGHT (m)
(dBuV/m) MARGIN (dB) LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 117.5 PK 87.11 104.7 AV 74.27 46.0 PK 9.22 36.4 AV
-0.34 ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: VERTICAL AT 3 M EMISSION 1.08 H 1.08 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 63 63 229 229
-28.0
-17.6 74.0 54.0
(dBuV) RAW VALUE MARGIN (dB) ANTENNA HEIGHT (m) TABLE ANGLE
(Degree)
-28.9
-22.0 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 29 29 16 16
(dBuV) 80.84 67.59 8.35
-4.81 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 30.42 30.42 36.77 36.77 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 30.42 30.42 36.77 36.77 NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4
*2437.00
*2437.00 4874.00 4874.00 REMARKS:
LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 111.3 PK 98.0 AV 45.1 PK 32.0 AV LIMIT
(dBuV/m) 74.0 54.0 1. Emission level (dBuV/m) = Raw Value (dBuV) + Correction Factor (dB/m). 2. Correction Factor (dB/m) = Antenna Factor (dB/m) + Cable Factor (dB). 3. The other emission levels were very low against the limit. 4. Margin value = Emission level Limit value. 5. * : Fundamental frequency. Report No.: RF120420C08A Reference No.: 120420C13 29 of 77 Report Format Version 5.0.0 EUT TEST CONDITION CHANNEL Channel 11 INPUT POWER 120Vac, 60 Hz MEASUREMENT DETAIL FREQUENCY RANGE 1 ~ 25GHz DETECTOR Peak (PK) FUNCTION Average (AV) ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 24deg. C, 68%RH TESTED BY Chad Lee ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: HORIZONTAL AT 3 M NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6
*2462.00
*2462.00 2483.50 2483.50 4924.00 4924.00 RAW VALUE TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) EMISSION LIMIT ANTENNA HEIGHT (m)
(dBuV)
(dBuV/m) MARGIN (dB) LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 113.0 PK 82.53 100.5 AV 70.02 68.4 PK 37.79 50.7 AV 20.17 46.6 PK 9.73 36.7 AV
-0.16 ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: VERTICAL AT 3 M EMISSION 1.10 H 1.10 H 1.10 H 1.10 H 1.00 H 1.00 H
-5.6
-3.3
-27.4
-17.3 74.0 54.0 74.0 54.0 96 96 96 96 12 12 RAW VALUE MARGIN (dB) ANTENNA HEIGHT (m) TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6
*2462.00
*2462.00 2483.50 2483.50 4924.00 4924.00 REMARKS:
LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 108.9 PK 95.7 AV 63.5 PK 46.8 AV 44.9 PK 31.9 AV LIMIT
(dBuV/m) 74.0 54.0 74.0 54.0
-10.5
-7.2
-29.1
-22.1 1.07 V 1.07 V 1.07 V 1.07 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 182 182 182 182 16 16
(dBuV) 78.43 65.24 32.92 16.25 7.99
-4.97 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 30.50 30.50 30.57 30.57 36.90 36.90 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 30.50 30.50 30.57 30.57 36.90 36.90 1. Emission level (dBuV/m) = Raw Value (dBuV) + Correction Factor (dB/m). 2. Correction Factor (dB/m) = Antenna Factor (dB/m) + Cable Factor (dB). 3. The other emission levels were very low against the limit. 4. Margin value = Emission level Limit value. 5. * : Fundamental frequency. Report No.: RF120420C08A Reference No.: 120420C13 30 of 77 Report Format Version 5.0.0 802.11n (40MHz) EUT TEST CONDITION CHANNEL Channel 3 INPUT POWER 120Vac, 60 Hz MEASUREMENT DETAIL FREQUENCY RANGE 1 ~ 25GHz DETECTOR Peak (PK) FUNCTION Average (AV) ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 24deg. C, 68%RH TESTED BY Chad Lee ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: HORIZONTAL AT 3 M NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6 2390.00 2390.00
*2422.00
*2422.00 4844.00 4844.00 RAW VALUE TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) EMISSION LIMIT ANTENNA HEIGHT (m)
(dBuV)
-4.9
-4.8
(dBuV/m) 74.0 54.0 MARGIN (dB) LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 69.1 PK 38.88 49.2 AV 18.98 106.0 PK 75.60 90.8 AV 60.41 47.0 PK 10.27 36.3 AV
-0.43 ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: VERTICAL AT 3 M EMISSION 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 166 166 166 166 253 253
-27.0
-17.7 74.0 54.0 RAW VALUE MARGIN (dB) ANTENNA HEIGHT (m) TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6 2390.00 2390.00
*2422.00
*2422.00 4844.00 4844.00 REMARKS:
LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 63.5 PK 45.9 AV 100.7 PK 85.8 AV 45.8 PK 31.6 AV LIMIT
(dBuV/m) 74.0 54.0 74.0 54.0
-10.5
-8.1
-28.2
-22.4 1.11 V 1.11 V 1.11 V 1.11 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 86 86 86 86 16 16
(dBuV) 33.29 15.66 70.35 55.44 9.14
-5.06 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 30.24 30.24 30.36 30.36 36.69 36.69 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 30.24 30.24 30.36 30.36 36.69 36.69 1. Emission level (dBuV/m) = Raw Value (dBuV) + Correction Factor (dB/m). 2. Correction Factor (dB/m) = Antenna Factor (dB/m) + Cable Factor (dB). 3. The other emission levels were very low against the limit. 4. Margin value = Emission level Limit value. 5. * : Fundamental frequency. Report No.: RF120420C08A Reference No.: 120420C13 31 of 77 Report Format Version 5.0.0 EUT TEST CONDITION CHANNEL Channel 6 INPUT POWER 120Vac, 60 Hz MEASUREMENT DETAIL FREQUENCY RANGE 1 ~ 25GHz DETECTOR Peak (PK) FUNCTION Average (AV) ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 24deg. C, 68%RH TESTED BY Chad Lee ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: HORIZONTAL AT 3 M NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4
*2437.00
*2437.00 4874.00 4874.00 RAW VALUE TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) EMISSION LIMIT ANTENNA HEIGHT (m)
(dBuV/m) MARGIN (dB) LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 104.6 PK 74.14 98.9 AV 68.51 46.6 PK 9.82 36.4 AV
-0.39 ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: VERTICAL AT 3 M EMISSION 1.07 H 1.07 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 169 169 9 9
-27.4
-17.6 74.0 54.0
(dBuV) RAW VALUE MARGIN (dB) ANTENNA HEIGHT (m) TABLE ANGLE
(Degree)
-29.0
-22.8 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 95 95 16 16
(dBuV) 71.30 56.50 8.19
-5.54 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 30.42 30.42 36.77 36.77 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 30.42 30.42 36.77 36.77 NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4
*2437.00
*2437.00 4874.00 4874.00 REMARKS:
LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 101.7 PK 86.9 AV 45.0 PK 31.2 AV LIMIT
(dBuV/m) 74.0 54.0 1. Emission level (dBuV/m) = Raw Value (dBuV) + Correction Factor (dB/m). 2. Correction Factor (dB/m) = Antenna Factor (dB/m) + Cable Factor (dB). 3. The other emission levels were very low against the limit. 4. Margin value = Emission level Limit value. 5. * : Fundamental frequency. Report No.: RF120420C08A Reference No.: 120420C13 32 of 77 Report Format Version 5.0.0 EUT TEST CONDITION CHANNEL Channel 9 INPUT POWER 120Vac, 60 Hz MEASUREMENT DETAIL FREQUENCY RANGE 1 ~ 25GHz DETECTOR Peak (PK) FUNCTION Average (AV) ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 24deg. C, 68%RH TESTED BY Chad Lee ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: HORIZONTAL AT 3 M NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6
*2452.00
*2452.00 2483.50 2483.50 4904.00 4904.00 RAW VALUE TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) EMISSION LIMIT ANTENNA HEIGHT (m)
(dBuV)
(dBuV/m) MARGIN (dB) LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 104.8 PK 74.32 90.1 AV 59.64 68.7 PK 38.15 50.0 AV 19.41 46.1 PK 9.28 36.8 AV
-0.03 ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: VERTICAL AT 3 M EMISSION 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 159 159 159 159 19 19
-5.3
-4.0
-27.9
-17.2 74.0 54.0 74.0 54.0 RAW VALUE MARGIN (dB) ANTENNA HEIGHT (m) TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6
*2452.00
*2452.00 2483.50 2483.50 4904.00 4904.00 REMARKS:
LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 100.0 PK 83.7 AV 66.9 PK 48.9 AV 45.4 PK 31.3 AV LIMIT
(dBuV/m) 74.0 54.0 74.0 54.0
-7.1
-5.1
-28.6
-22.8 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 182 182 182 182 12 12
(dBuV) 69.49 53.27 36.35 18.36 8.51
-5.60 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 30.47 30.47 30.57 30.57 36.85 36.85 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 30.47 30.47 30.57 30.57 36.85 36.85 1. Emission level (dBuV/m) = Raw Value (dBuV) + Correction Factor (dB/m). 2. Correction Factor (dB/m) = Antenna Factor (dB/m) + Cable Factor (dB). 3. The other emission levels were very low against the limit. 4. Margin value = Emission level Limit value. 5. * : Fundamental frequency. Report No.: RF120420C08A Reference No.: 120420C13 33 of 77 Report Format Version 5.0.0 BELOW 1GHz WORST-CASE DATA802.11b EUT TEST CONDITION CHANNEL Channel 6 INPUT POWER 120Vac, 60 Hz MEASUREMENT DETAIL FREQUENCY RANGE Below 1000MHz DETECTOR FUNCTION Quasi-Peak ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 24deg. C, 64%RH TESTED BY Chad Lee ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: HORIZONTAL AT 3 M NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6 125.01 374.66 599.59 749.87 894.81 999.52 RAW VALUE TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) EMISSION LIMIT ANTENNA HEIGHT (m)
(dBuV)
(dBuV/m) MARGIN (dB) LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 33.2 QP 21.07 32.6 QP 15.00 38.4 QP 15.18 34.2 QP 8.77 37.5 QP 9.88 44.5 QP 15.72 ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: VERTICAL AT 3 M EMISSION 1.43 H 1.00 H 1.50 H 1.25 H 1.21 H 1.00 H
-10.3
-13.4
-7.6
-11.8
-8.5
-9.5 43.5 46.0 46.0 46.0 46.0 54.0 73 226 250 262 73 106 RAW VALUE MARGIN (dB) ANTENNA HEIGHT (m) TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6 38.73 89.14 97.38 460.46 499.73 599.59 REMARKS:
LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 36.6 QP 38.1 QP 37.2 QP 37.7 QP 32.2 QP 35.0 QP LIMIT
(dBuV/m) 40.0 43.5 43.5 46.0 46.0 46.0
-3.4
-5.4
-6.3
-8.4
-13.8
-11.0 1.00 V 1.25 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.18 V 1.00 V 280 262 262 241 121 118
(dBuV) 23.44 29.62 28.15 17.68 11.17 11.71 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 12.17 17.64 23.26 25.41 27.66 28.74 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 13.16 8.44 9.04 19.97 21.03 23.26 1. Emission level (dBuV/m) = Raw Value (dBuV) + Correction Factor (dB/m). 2. Correction Factor (dB/m) = Antenna Factor (dB/m) + Cable Factor (dB). 3. The other emission levels were very low against the limit. 4. Margin value = Emission level Limit value. Report No.: RF120420C08A Reference No.: 120420C13 34 of 77 Report Format Version 5.0.0 4.2 CONDUCTED EMISSION MEASUREMENT 4.2.1 LIMITS OF CONDUCTED EMISSION MEASUREMENT FREQUENCY OF EMISSION (MHz) 0.15 ~ 0.5 0.5 ~ 5 5 ~ 30 CONDUCTED LIMIT (dBV) Average 56 to 46 66 to 56 Quasi-peak 56 60 46 50 NOTE: 1. The lower limit shall apply at the transition frequencies. 2. The limit decreases in line with the logarithm of the frequency in the range of 0.15 to 0.50MHz. 3. All emanations from a class A/B digital device or system, including any network of conductors and apparatus connected thereto, shall not exceed the level of field strengths specified above. 4.2.2 TEST INSTRUMENTS DESCRIPTION &
MANUFACTURER MODEL NO. SERIAL NO. DATE OF CALIBRATION DUE DATE OF CALIBRATION Nov. 18, 2012 5D-FB 100289 ESCS30 Nov. 19, 2011 Cable-HYCO2-01 Dec. 22, 2011 Test Receiver ROHDE & SCHWARZ RF signal cable Woken LISN ROHDE & SCHWARZ
(EUT) LISN ROHDE & SCHWARZ
(Peripheral) Software ADT NOTE: 1. The calibration interval of the above test instruments is 12 months and the calibrations BV ADT_Cond_ Dec. 30, 2011 Jul. 07, 2011 ESH2-Z5 ESH3-Z5 V7.3.7.3 100100 100312 NA NA NA Dec. 21, 2012 Dec. 29, 2012 Jul. 06, 2012 are traceable to NML/ROC and NIST/USA. 2. The test was performed in HwaYa Shielded Room 2. 3. The VCCI Site Registration No. is C-2047. Report No.: RF120420C08A Reference No.: 120420C13 35 of 77 Report Format Version 5.0.0 4.2.3 TEST PROCEDURES a. The EUT was placed 0.4 meters from the conducting wall of the shielded room with EUT being connected to the power mains through a line impedance stabilization network (LISN). Other support units were connected to the power mains through another LISN. The two LISNs provide 50 ohm/ 50uH of coupling impedance for the measuring instrument. b. Both lines of the power mains connected to the EUT were checked for maximum conducted interference. c. The frequency range from 150kHz to 30MHz was searched. Emission levels under (Limit - 20dB) was not recorded. NOTE: All modes of operation were investigated and the worst-case emissions are reported. 4.2.4 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD No deviation. 4.2.5 TEST SETUP Ve rtic a l G ro u n d R e fe re n c e P la n e Te s t R e c e iv e r 4 0 c m E U T L IS N 8 0 c m H o riz o n ta l G ro u n d R e fe re n c e P la n e N o te : 1 .S u p p o rt u n its w e re c o n n e c te d to s e c o n d L IS N . 2 .B o th o f L IS N s (A M N ) a re 8 0 c m fro m E U T a n d a t le a s t 8 0 fro m o th e r u n its a n d o th e r m e ta l p la n e s For the actual test configuration, please refer to the attached file (Test Setup Photo). 4.2.6 EUT OPERATING CONDITIONS Same as 4.1.6. Report No.: RF120420C08A Reference No.: 120420C13 36 of 77 Report Format Version 5.0.0 4.2.7 TEST RESULTS CONDUCTED WORST-CASE DATA802.11b PHASE Line 1 6dB BANDWIDTH 9kHz Corr. Factor
(dB) 0.17 0.17 0.21 0.33 0.42 0.60 Reading Value
[dB (uV)]
Q.P. AV. 49.27 27.58 47.18 34.69 44.81 35.80 30.76 23.89 28.88 21.12 28.38 22.46 Emission Level
[dB (uV)]
AV. 27.75 34.86 36.01 24.22 21.54 23.06 Q.P. 49.44 47.35 45.02 31.09 29.30 28.98 Limit
[dB (uV)]
AV. 55.18 53.91 46.00 46.00 50.00 50.00 Q.P. 65.18 63.91 56.00 56.00 60.00 60.00 Margin
(dB) Q.P.
-15.74
-16.56
-10.98
-24.91
-30.70
-31.02 AV.
-27.43
-19.05
-9.99
-21.78
-28.46
-26.94 No Freq.
[MHz]
1 2 3 4 5 6 0.16562 0.19297 0.58359 2.61328 6.15234 14.67578 REMARKS:
1. Q.P. and AV. are abbreviations of quasi-peak and average individually. 2. The emission levels of other frequencies were very low against the limit. 3. Margin value = Emission level - Limit value 4. Correction factor = Insertion loss + Cable loss 5. Emission Level = Correction Factor + Reading Value. Report No.: RF120420C08A Reference No.: 120420C13 37 of 77 Report Format Version 5.0.0 PHASE Line 2 6dB BANDWIDTH 9kHz Corr. Factor
(dB) 0.17 0.15 0.18 0.19 0.48 0.72 Reading Value
[dB (uV)]
Q.P. AV. 54.73 43.40 41.17 26.05 47.14 40.63 32.47 23.66 25.78 18.23 29.05 22.87 Emission Level
[dB (uV)]
AV. 43.57 26.20 40.81 23.85 18.71 23.59 Q.P. 54.90 41.32 47.32 32.66 26.26 29.77 Limit
[dB (uV)]
AV. 55.79 52.96 46.00 46.00 50.00 50.00 Q.P. 65.79 62.96 56.00 56.00 60.00 60.00 Margin
(dB) Q.P.
-10.89
-21.63
-8.68
-23.34
-33.74
-30.23 AV.
-12.22
-26.75
-5.19
-22.15
-31.29
-26.41 No Freq.
[MHz]
1 2 3 4 5 6 0.15391 0.21641 0.59141 0.86484 7.05078 16.06250 REMARKS:
1. Q.P. and AV. are abbreviations of quasi-peak and average individually. 2. The emission levels of other frequencies were very low against the limit. 3. Margin value = Emission level - Limit value 4. Correction factor = Insertion loss + Cable loss 5. Emission Level = Correction Factor + Reading Value. Report No.: RF120420C08A Reference No.: 120420C13 38 of 77 Report Format Version 5.0.0 4.3 6dB BANDWIDTH MEASUREMENT 4.3.1 LIMITS OF 6dB BANDWIDTH MEASUREMENT The minimum of 6dB Bandwidth Measurement is 0.5 MHz. 4.3.2 TEST SETUP EUT SPECTRUM ANALYZER 10dB ATTENUATION PAD 4.3.3 TEST INSTRUMENTS Refer to section 4.1.2 to get information of above instrument. 4.3.4 TEST PROCEDURE a. Set resolution bandwidth (RBW) = approximately 1% of the emission bandwidth b. Set the video bandwidth (VBW) 3 x RBW, Detector = Peak. c. Trace mode = max hold. d. Sweep = auto couple. e. Measure the maximum width of the emission that is constrained by the frequencies associated with the two amplitude points (upper and lower) that are attenuated by 6 dB relative to the maximum level measured in the fundamental emission 4.3.5 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD No deviation. 4.3.6 EUT OPERATING CONDITIONS The software provided by client to enable the EUT under transmission condition continuously at lowest, middle and highest channel frequencies individually. Report No.: RF120420C08A Reference No.: 120420C13 39 of 77 Report Format Version 5.0.0 4.3.7 TEST RESULTS 802.11b CHANNEL FREQUENCY
(MHz) 6dB BANDWIDTH (MHz) CHAIN 0 CHAIN 1 MINIMUM LIMIT (MHz) PASS / FAIL 1 6 11 802.11g 2412 2437 2462 10.29 10.27 10.27 10.29 10.26 10.26 0.5 0.5 0.5 PASS PASS PASS CHANNEL FREQUENCY
(MHz) 6dB BANDWIDTH (MHz) CHAIN 0 CHAIN 1 MINIMUM LIMIT (MHz) PASS / FAIL 1 6 11 2412 2437 2462 16.43 16.53 16.48 16.58 16.55 16.56 0.5 0.5 0.5 PASS PASS PASS 802.11n (20MHz) CHANNEL FREQUENCY
(MHz) 6dB BANDWIDTH (MHz) CHAIN 0 CHAIN 1 MINIMUM LIMIT (MHz) PASS / FAIL 1 6 11 2412 2437 2462 17.73 17.71 17.71 17.79 17.79 17.78 0.5 0.5 0.5 PASS PASS PASS 802.11n (40MHz) CHANNEL FREQUENCY
(MHz) 6dB BANDWIDTH (MHz) CHAIN 0 CHAIN 1 MINIMUM LIMIT (MHz) PASS / FAIL 3 6 9 2422 2437 2452 37.28 37.25 37.04 36.73 36.76 36.73 0.5 0.5 0.5 PASS PASS PASS Report No.: RF120420C08A Reference No.: 120420C13 40 of 77 Report Format Version 5.0.0 4.4 CONDUCTED OUTPUT POWER 4.4.1 LIMITS OF CONDUCTED OUTPUT POWER MEASUREMENT For systems using digital modulation in the 24002483.5 MHz bands: 1 Watt
(30dBm) 4.4.2 TEST SETUP EUT 10dB ATTENUATION PAD Power Sensor Power Meter 4.4.3 TEST INSTRUMENTS Refer to section 4.1.2 to get information of above instrument. 4.4.4 TEST PROCEDURES An average power sensor was used on the output port of the EUT. A power meter was used to read the response of the average power sensor. Record the average power level. 4.4.5 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD No deviation. 4.4.6 EUT OPERATING CONDITIONS Same as Item 4.3.6. Report No.: RF120420C08A Reference No.: 120420C13 41 of 77 Report Format Version 5.0.0 4.4.7 TEST RESULTS 802.11b CHAN. FREQUE NCY
(MHz) AVG. POWER (dBm) CHAIN 0 CHAIN 1 TOTAL POWER
(mW) TOTAL POWER
(dBm) LIMIT
(dBm) PASS /
FAIL 1 6 11 2412 2437 2462 17.94 22.81 17.87 18.24 22.92 17.95 128.9 386.9 123.6 21.1 25.9 20.9 30 30 30 PASS PASS PASS 802.11g CHAN. FREQUE NCY
(MHz) AVG. POWER (dBm) CHAIN 0 CHAIN 1 TOTAL POWER
(mW) TOTAL POWER
(dBm) LIMIT
(dBm) PASS /
FAIL 1 6 11 2412 2437 2462 14.88 20.86 14.76 15.14 21.09 15.02 63.4 250.4 61.7 18.0 24.0 17.9 30 30 30 PASS PASS PASS 802.11n (20MHz) FREQUE CHAN. NCY
(MHz) AVG. POWER (dBm) CHAIN 0 CHAIN 1 TOTAL POWER
(mW) TOTAL POWER
(dBm) LIMIT
(dBm) PASS /
FAIL 1 6 11 2412 2437 2462 14.76 20.81 15.07 15.18 20.92 15.25 62.9 244.1 65.6 18.0 23.9 18.2 30 30 30 PASS PASS PASS 802.11n (40MHz) FREQUE CHAN. 3 6 9 NCY
(MHz) AVG. POWER (dBm) CHAIN 0 CHAIN 1 TOTAL POWER
(mW) TOTAL POWER
(dBm) LIMIT
(dBm) PASS /
FAIL 2422 2437 2452 12.12 14.82 11.95 12.06 15.08 11.91 32.4 62.5 31.2 15.1 18.0 14.9 30 30 30 PASS PASS PASS Report No.: RF120420C08A Reference No.: 120420C13 42 of 77 Report Format Version 5.0.0 4.5 POWER SPECTRAL DENSITY MEASUREMENT 4.5.1 LIMITS OF POWER SPECTRAL DENSITY MEASUREMENT The Maximum of Power Spectral Density Measurement is 8dBm. 4.5.2 TEST SETUP EUT 10dB ATTENUATION PAD SPECTRUM ANALYZER 4.5.3 TEST INSTRUMENTS Refer to section 4.1.2 to get information of above instrument. 4.5.4 TEST PROCEDURE 1. Set the RBW = 100 kHz. 2. Set the VBW 300 kHz. 3. Detector = rms. 4. Sweep time = 26 second. 5. Perform the measurement over a single sweep. 6. Use the peak marker function to determine the maximum power level in any 100 kHz band segment within the fundamental EBW. 7. Scale the observed power level to an equivalent value in 3 kHz by adjusting
(reducing) the measured power by a bandwidth correction factor (BWCF) where BWCF = 10log(3 kHz/100kHz). 4.5.5 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD No deviation. 4.5.6 EUT OPERATING CONDITION Same as Item 4.3.6 Report No.: RF120420C08A Reference No.: 120420C13 43 of 77 Report Format Version 5.0.0 4.5.7 TEST RESULTS 802.11b TX chain Channel 0 1 1 6 11 1 6 11 802.11g TX chain Channel 0 1 1 6 11 1 6 11 FREQ.
(MHz) 2412 2437 2462 2412 2437 2462 FREQ.
(MHz) 2412 2437 2462 2412 2437 2462 802.11n (20MHz) TX chain Channel 0 1 1 6 11 1 6 11 FREQ.
(MHz) 2412 2437 2462 2412 2437 2462 802.11n (40MHz) TX chain Channel 0 1 3 6 9 3 6 9 FREQ.
(MHz) 2422 2437 2452 2422 2437 2452 PSD
(dBm/100kHz) PSD
(dBm/3kHz) 10 log
(N=2) dB
-0.26 4.12
-0.50 0.02 4.58
-0.29
-15.49
-11.11
-15.73
-15.21
-10.65
-15.52 3.01 3.01 3.01 3.01 3.01 3.01 PSD
(dBm/100kHz) PSD
(dBm/3kHz) 10 log
(N=2) dB
-5.77 0.07
-5.99
-5.58 0.27
-5.62
-21.00
-15.16
-21.22
-20.81
-14.96
-20.85 3.01 3.01 3.01 3.01 3.01 3.01 Total PSD
(dBm/3kHz)
-12.48
-8.10
-12.72
-12.20
-7.64
-12.51 Total PSD
(dBm/3kHz)
-17.99
-12.15
-18.21
-17.80
-11.95
-17.84 Limit
(dBm/3kHz) 8 8 8 8 8 8 Limit
(dBm/3kHz) 8 8 8 8 8 8 PSD
(dBm/100kHz) PSD
(dBm/3kHz) 10 log
(N=2) dB Total PSD
(dBm/3kHz) Limit
(dBm/3kHz)
-5.95 0.14
-5.82
-5.69 0.23
-5.86
-21.18
-15.09
-21.05
-20.92
-15.00
-21.09 3.01 3.01 3.01 3.01 3.01 3.01
-18.17
-12.08
-18.04
-17.91
-11.99
-18.08 8 8 8 8 8 8 PSD
(dBm/100kHz) PSD
(dBm/3kHz) 10 log
(N=2) dB Total PSD
(dBm/3kHz) Limit
(dBm/3kHz)
-11.86
-8.83
-12.01
-11.43
-8.64
-11.84
-27.09
-24.06
-27.24
-26.66
-23.87
-27.07 3.01 3.01 3.01 3.01 3.01 3.01
-24.08
-21.05
-24.23
-23.65
-20.86
-24.06 8 8 8 8 8 8 PASS
/FAIL PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS
/FAIL PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS
/FAIL PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS
/FAIL PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS Report No.: RF120420C08A Reference No.: 120420C13 44 of 77 Report Format Version 5.0.0 4.6 CONDUCTED OUT OF BAND EMISSION MEASUREMENT 4.6.1 LIMITS OF CONDUCTED OUT OF BAND EMISSION MEASUREMENT Below 30dB of the highest emission level of operating band (in 100kHz Resolution Bandwidth). 4.6.2 TEST SETUP EUT 10dB ATTENUATION PAD SPECTRUM ANALYZER 4.6.3 TEST INSTRUMENTS Refer to section 4.1.2 to get information of above instrument. 4.6.4 TEST PROCEDURE MEASUREMENT PROCEDURE REF 1. Set the RBW = 100 kHz. 2. Set the VBW 300 kHz. 3. Detector = rms. 4. Sweep time = 26 second. 5. Perform the measurement over a single sweep. 6. Use the peak marker function to determine the maximum power level in any 100 kHz band segment within the fundamental EBW. Report No.: RF120420C08A Reference No.: 120420C13 45 of 77 Report Format Version 5.0.0 MEASUREMENT PROCEDURE OOBE 1. Set RBW = 100 kHz. 2. Set VBW 300 kHz. 3. Set span to encompass the spectrum to be examined. 4. Detector = rms. 5. Sweep time = 26 second. 6. Perform the measurement over a single sweep. 4.6.5 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD No deviation. 4.6.6 EUT OPERATING CONDITION Same as Item 4.3.6 4.6.7 TEST RESULTS The conducted emission test is performed on each TX port of operating mode without summing or adding 10log (N) since the limit is relative emission limit. Only worst data of each operating mode is presented. The spectrum plots are attached on the following pages. D1 line indicates the highest level, and D2 line indicates the 20dB offset below D1. It shows compliance with the requirement. Report No.: RF120420C08A Reference No.: 120420C13 46 of 77 Report Format Version 5.0.0 4.6.8 TEST RESULTS 802.11b CH 1 CH 6 CH 11 Report No.: RF120420C08A Reference No.: 120420C13 47 of 77 Report Format Version 5.0.0 802.11g CH 1 CH 6 CH 11 Report No.: RF120420C08A Reference No.: 120420C13 48 of 77 Report Format Version 5.0.0 802.11n (20MHz) CH 1 CH 6 CH 11 Report No.: RF120420C08A Reference No.: 120420C13 49 of 77 Report Format Version 5.0.0 802.11n (40MHz) CH 3 CH 6 CH 9 Report No.: RF120420C08A Reference No.: 120420C13 50 of 77 Report Format Version 5.0.0 5. TEST TYPES AND RESULTS (FOR 5.0GHz BAND) 5.1 RADIATED EMISSION MEASUREMENT 5.1.1 LIMITS OF RADIATED EMISSION MEASUREMENT Radiated emissions which fall in the restricted bands must comply with the radiated emission limits specified as below table. Other emissions shall be at least 30dB below the highest level of the desired power:
FREQUENCIES
(MHz) FIELD STRENGTH
(microvolts/meter) MEASUREMENT DISTANCE
(meters) 0.009 ~ 0.490 0.490 ~ 1.705 1.705 ~ 30.0 30 ~ 88 88 ~ 216 216 ~ 960 Above 960 2400/F(kHz) 24000/F(kHz) 30 100 150 200 500 300 30 30 3 3 3 3 NOTE:
1. The lower limit shall apply at the transition frequencies. 2. Emission level (dBuV/m) = 20 log Emission level (uV/m). 3. For frequencies above 1000MHz, the field strength limits are based on average detector, however, the peak field strength of any emission shall not exceed the maximum permitted average limits, specified above by more than 30dB under any condition of modulation. Report No.: RF120420C08A Reference No.: 120420C13 51 of 77 Report Format Version 5.0.0 5.1.2 TEST INSTRUMENTS Same as item 4.1.2. 5.1.3 TEST PROCEDURES Same as item 4.1.3. 5.1.4 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD No deviation. 5.1.5 TEST SETUP Same as item 4.1.5. 5.1.6 EUT OPERATING CONDITIONS Same as 4.1.6. Report No.: RF120420C08A Reference No.: 120420C13 52 of 77 Report Format Version 5.0.0 5.1.7 TEST RESULTS ABOVE 1GHz DATA 802.11a EUT TEST CONDITION CHANNEL Channel 149 INPUT POWER 120Vac, 60 Hz MEASUREMENT DETAIL FREQUENCY RANGE 1 ~ 40GHz DETECTOR Peak (PK) FUNCTION Average (AV) ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 24deg. C, 71%RH TESTED BY Chad Lee ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: HORIZONTAL AT 3 M NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6
#5725.00
#5725.00
*5745.00
*5745.00 11490.00 11490.00 RAW VALUE TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) EMISSION LIMIT ANTENNA HEIGHT (m)
(dBuV)
(dBuV/m) 79.3 66.8
-2.4
-12.9 MARGIN (dB) LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 76.9 PK 38.59 53.9 AV 15.62 109.3 PK 70.98 96.8 AV 58.42 55.9 PK 7.72 42.9 AV
-5.28 ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: VERTICAL AT 3 M EMISSION 1.25 H 1.25 H 1.25 H 1.25 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 19 19 19 19 16 16
-18.1
-11.1 74.0 54.0 RAW VALUE MARGIN (dB) ANTENNA HEIGHT (m) TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6
#5725.00
#5725.00
*5745.00
*5745.00 11490.00 11490.00 REMARKS:
LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 77.3 PK 58.1 AV 112.9 PK 99.4 AV 56.7 PK 42.9 AV LIMIT
(dBuV/m) 82.9 69.4 74.0 54.0
-5.6
-11.3
-17.3
-11.1 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 273 273 273 273 18 18
(dBuV) 38.98 19.76 74.52 61.08 8.49
-5.32 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 38.31 38.31 38.33 38.33 48.22 48.22 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 38.31 38.31 38.33 38.33 48.22 48.22 1. Emission level (dBuV/m) = Raw Value (dBuV) + Correction Factor (dB/m). 2. Correction Factor (dB/m) = Antenna Factor (dB/m) + Cable Factor (dB). 3. The other emission levels were very low against the limit. 4. Margin value = Emission level Limit value. 5. * : Fundamental frequency. 6. The limit value is defined as per 15.247. 7. "#":The radiated frequency is out the restricted band. Report No.: RF120420C08A Reference No.: 120420C13 53 of 77 Report Format Version 5.0.0 EUT TEST CONDITION CHANNEL Channel 157 INPUT POWER 120Vac, 60 Hz MEASUREMENT DETAIL FREQUENCY RANGE 1 ~ 40GHz DETECTOR Peak (PK) FUNCTION Average (AV) ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 24deg. C, 71%RH TESTED BY Chad Lee ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: HORIZONTAL AT 3 M NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4
*5785.00
*5785.00 11570.00 11570.00 RAW VALUE TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) EMISSION LIMIT ANTENNA HEIGHT (m)
(dBuV/m) MARGIN (dB) LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 109.8 PK 71.36 96.6 AV 58.20 56.2 PK 8.01 46.1 AV
-2.10 ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: VERTICAL AT 3 M EMISSION 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 275 275 303 303
-17.8
-7.9 74.0 54.0
(dBuV) RAW VALUE MARGIN (dB) ANTENNA HEIGHT (m) TABLE ANGLE
(Degree)
-18.4
-12.0 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 283 283 222 222
(dBuV) 74.53 61.55 7.38
-6.22 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 38.39 38.39 48.21 48.21 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 38.39 38.39 48.22 48.22 NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4
*5785.00
*5785.00 11490.00 11490.00 REMARKS:
LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 112.9 PK 99.9 AV 55.6 PK 42.0 AV LIMIT
(dBuV/m) 74.0 54.0 1. Emission level (dBuV/m) = Raw Value (dBuV) + Correction Factor (dB/m). 2. Correction Factor (dB/m) = Antenna Factor (dB/m) + Cable Factor (dB). 3. The other emission levels were very low against the limit. 4. Margin value = Emission level Limit value. 5. * : Fundamental frequency. 6. The limit value is defined as per 15.247. Report No.: RF120420C08A Reference No.: 120420C13 54 of 77 Report Format Version 5.0.0 EUT TEST CONDITION CHANNEL Channel 165 INPUT POWER 120Vac, 60 Hz MEASUREMENT DETAIL FREQUENCY RANGE 1 ~ 40GHz DETECTOR Peak (PK) FUNCTION Average (AV) ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 24deg. C, 71%RH TESTED BY Chad Lee ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: HORIZONTAL AT 3 M NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6
*5825.00
*5825.00
#5850.00
#5850.00 11650.00 11650.00 RAW VALUE TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) EMISSION LIMIT ANTENNA HEIGHT (m)
(dBuV)
(dBuV/m) MARGIN (dB) LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 70.71 109.2 PK 56.24 94.7 AV 21.35 59.8 PK 2.49 41.0 AV 9.97 58.1 PK 48.3 AV 0.16 ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: VERTICAL AT 3 M EMISSION 1.21 H 1.21 H 1.21 H 1.21 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 142 142 142 142 196 196
-19.4
-23.7
-15.9
-5.7 79.2 64.7 74.0 54.0 RAW VALUE MARGIN (dB) ANTENNA HEIGHT (m) TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6
*5825.00
*5825.00
#5850.00
#5850.00 11650.00 11650.00 REMARKS:
LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 112.9 PK 99.0 AV 67.3 PK 45.8 AV 56.0 PK 42.8 AV LIMIT
(dBuV/m) 82.9 69.0 74.0 54.0
-15.6
-23.2
-18.0
-11.2 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 274 274 274 274 109 109
(dBuV) 74.42 60.58 28.83 7.32 7.87
-5.34 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 38.45 38.45 38.48 38.48 48.16 48.16 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 38.45 38.45 38.48 38.48 48.16 48.16 1. Emission level (dBuV/m) = Raw Value (dBuV) + Correction Factor (dB/m). 2. Correction Factor (dB/m) = Antenna Factor (dB/m) + Cable Factor (dB). 3. The other emission levels were very low against the limit. 4. Margin value = Emission level Limit value. 5. * : Fundamental frequency. 6. The limit value is defined as per 15.247. 7. "#":The radiated frequency is out the restricted band. Report No.: RF120420C08A Reference No.: 120420C13 55 of 77 Report Format Version 5.0.0 802.11n (20MHz) EUT TEST CONDITION CHANNEL Channel 149 INPUT POWER 120Vac, 60 Hz MEASUREMENT DETAIL FREQUENCY RANGE 1 ~ 40GHz DETECTOR Peak (PK) FUNCTION Average (AV) ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 24deg. C, 71%RH TESTED BY Chad Lee ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: HORIZONTAL AT 3 M NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6
#5725.00
#5725.00
*5745.00
*5745.00 11490.00 11490.00 RAW VALUE TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) EMISSION LIMIT ANTENNA HEIGHT (m)
(dBuV)
(dBuV/m) 78.6 66.5
-1.8
-13.5 MARGIN (dB) LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 76.8 PK 38.47 53.0 AV 14.68 108.6 PK 70.28 96.5 AV 58.14 57.7 PK 9.49 47.0 AV
-1.23 ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: VERTICAL AT 3 M EMISSION 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 180 180 180 180 162 162
-16.3
-7.0 74.0 54.0 RAW VALUE MARGIN (dB) ANTENNA HEIGHT (m) TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6
#5725.00
#5725.00
*5745.00
*5745.00 11490.00 11490.00 REMARKS:
LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 79.5 PK 59.3 AV 111.0 PK 98.5 AV 55.7 PK 42.6 AV LIMIT
(dBuV/m) 81.0 68.5 74.0 54.0
-1.5
-9.2
-18.3
-11.4 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 85 85 85 85 5 5
(dBuV) 41.17 21.00 72.62 60.15 7.48
-5.67 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 38.31 38.31 38.33 38.33 48.22 48.22 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 38.31 38.31 38.33 38.33 48.22 48.22 1. Emission level (dBuV/m) = Raw Value (dBuV) + Correction Factor (dB/m). 2. Correction Factor (dB/m) = Antenna Factor (dB/m) + Cable Factor (dB). 3. The other emission levels were very low against the limit. 4. Margin value = Emission level Limit value. 5. * : Fundamental frequency. 6. The limit value is defined as per 15.247. 7. "#":The radiated frequency is out the restricted band. Report No.: RF120420C08A Reference No.: 120420C13 56 of 77 Report Format Version 5.0.0 EUT TEST CONDITION CHANNEL Channel 157 INPUT POWER 120Vac, 60 Hz MEASUREMENT DETAIL FREQUENCY RANGE 1 ~ 40GHz DETECTOR Peak (PK) FUNCTION Average (AV) ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 24deg. C, 71%RH TESTED BY Chad Lee ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: HORIZONTAL AT 3 M NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4
*5785.00
*5785.00 11570.00 11570.00 RAW VALUE TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) EMISSION LIMIT ANTENNA HEIGHT (m)
(dBuV/m) MARGIN (dB) LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 109.1 PK 70.74 96.6 AV 58.22 58.2 PK 10.01 47.4 AV
-0.80 ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: VERTICAL AT 3 M EMISSION 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 143 143 174 174
-15.8
-6.6 74.0 54.0
(dBuV) RAW VALUE MARGIN (dB) ANTENNA HEIGHT (m) TABLE ANGLE
(Degree)
-15.8
-9.9 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 274 274 142 142
(dBuV) 72.29 60.03 10.01
-4.13 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 38.39 38.39 48.21 48.21 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 38.39 38.39 48.21 48.21 NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4
*5785.00
*5785.00 11570.00 11570.00 REMARKS:
LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 110.7 PK 98.4 AV 58.2 PK 44.1 AV LIMIT
(dBuV/m) 74.0 54.0 1. Emission level (dBuV/m) = Raw Value (dBuV) + Correction Factor (dB/m). 2. Correction Factor (dB/m) = Antenna Factor (dB/m) + Cable Factor (dB). 3. The other emission levels were very low against the limit. 4. Margin value = Emission level Limit value. 5. * : Fundamental frequency. 6. The limit value is defined as per 15.247. Report No.: RF120420C08A Reference No.: 120420C13 57 of 77 Report Format Version 5.0.0 EUT TEST CONDITION CHANNEL Channel 165 INPUT POWER 120Vac, 60 Hz MEASUREMENT DETAIL FREQUENCY RANGE 1 ~ 40GHz DETECTOR Peak (PK) FUNCTION Average (AV) ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 24deg. C, 71%RH TESTED BY Chad Lee ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: HORIZONTAL AT 3 M NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6
*5825.00
*5825.00
#5850.00
#5850.00 11650.00 11650.00 RAW VALUE TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) EMISSION LIMIT ANTENNA HEIGHT (m)
(dBuV)
(dBuV/m) MARGIN (dB) LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 70.36 108.8 PK 58.21 96.7 AV 26.11 64.6 PK 5.59 44.1 AV 10.30 58.5 PK 48.6 AV 0.48 ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: VERTICAL AT 3 M EMISSION 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 167 167 167 167 151 151
-14.2
-22.6
-15.5
-5.4 78.8 66.7 74.0 54.0 RAW VALUE MARGIN (dB) ANTENNA HEIGHT (m) TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6
*5825.00
*5825.00
#5850.00
#5850.00 11650.00 11650.00 REMARKS:
LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 111.3 PK 98.7 AV 65.2 PK 47.3 AV 56.7 PK 43.3 AV LIMIT
(dBuV/m) 81.3 68.7 74.0 54.0
-16.1
-21.4
-17.3
-10.7 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 274 274 274 274 189 189
(dBuV) 72.84 60.24 26.68 8.86 8.57
-4.87 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 38.45 38.45 38.48 38.48 48.16 48.16 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 38.45 38.45 38.48 38.48 48.16 48.16 1. Emission level (dBuV/m) = Raw Value (dBuV) + Correction Factor (dB/m). 2. Correction Factor (dB/m) = Antenna Factor (dB/m) + Cable Factor (dB). 3. The other emission levels were very low against the limit. 4. Margin value = Emission level Limit value. 5. * : Fundamental frequency. 6. The limit value is defined as per 15.247. 7. "#":The radiated frequency is out the restricted band. Report No.: RF120420C08A Reference No.: 120420C13 58 of 77 Report Format Version 5.0.0 802.11n (40MHz) EUT TEST CONDITION CHANNEL Channel 151 INPUT POWER 120Vac, 60 Hz MEASUREMENT DETAIL FREQUENCY RANGE 1 ~ 40GHz DETECTOR Peak (PK) FUNCTION Average (AV) ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 24deg. C, 71%RH TESTED BY Chad Lee ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: HORIZONTAL AT 3 M NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6
#5725.00
#5725.00
*5755.00
*5755.00 11510.00 11510.00 RAW VALUE TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) EMISSION LIMIT ANTENNA HEIGHT (m)
(dBuV)
-1.5
-3.1
(dBuV/m) 73.2 58.7 MARGIN (dB) LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 33.40 71.7 PK 17.32 55.6 AV 64.85 103.2 PK 50.36 88.7 AV 9.58 57.8 PK 48.3 AV 0.07 ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: VERTICAL AT 3 M EMISSION 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 324 324 324 324 178 178
-16.2
-5.7 74.0 54.0 RAW VALUE MARGIN (dB) ANTENNA HEIGHT (m) TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6
#5725.00
#5725.00
*5755.00
*5755.00 11510.00 11510.00 REMARKS:
LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 75.9 PK 60.5 AV 107.0 PK 91.9 AV 55.7 PK 42.7 AV LIMIT
(dBuV/m) 77.0 61.9 74.0 54.0
-1.1
-1.4
-18.3
-11.3 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 100 100 100 100 19 19
(dBuV) 37.56 22.17 68.64 53.57 7.47
-5.53 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 38.31 38.31 38.35 38.35 48.21 48.21 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 38.31 38.31 38.35 38.35 48.21 48.21 1. Emission level (dBuV/m) = Raw Value (dBuV) + Correction Factor (dB/m). 2. Correction Factor (dB/m) = Antenna Factor (dB/m) + Cable Factor (dB). 3. The other emission levels were very low against the limit. 4. Margin value = Emission level Limit value. 5. * : Fundamental frequency. 6. The limit value is defined as per 15.247. 7. "#":The radiated frequency is out the restricted band. Report No.: RF120420C08A Reference No.: 120420C13 59 of 77 Report Format Version 5.0.0 EUT TEST CONDITION CHANNEL Channel 159 INPUT POWER 120Vac, 60 Hz MEASUREMENT DETAIL FREQUENCY RANGE 1 ~ 40GHz DETECTOR Peak (PK) FUNCTION Average (AV) ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 24deg. C, 71%RH TESTED BY Chad Lee ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: HORIZONTAL AT 3 M NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6
*5795.00
*5795.00
#5850.00
#5850.00 11590.00 11590.00 RAW VALUE TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) EMISSION LIMIT ANTENNA HEIGHT (m)
(dBuV)
(dBuV/m) MARGIN (dB) LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 103.8 PK 65.35 88.8 AV 50.36 54.8 PK 16.34 40.1 AV 1.56 58.3 PK 10.04 47.7 AV
-0.56 ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: VERTICAL AT 3 M EMISSION 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 141 141 141 141 1 1
-19.0
-18.7
-15.7
-6.3 73.8 58.8 74.0 54.0 RAW VALUE MARGIN (dB) ANTENNA HEIGHT (m) TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6
*5795.00
*5795.00
#5850.00
#5850.00 11590.00 11590.00 REMARKS:
LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 106.4 PK 90.6 AV 54.1 PK 39.5 AV 56.3 PK 43.0 AV LIMIT
(dBuV/m) 76.4 60.6 74.0 54.0
-22.3
-21.1
-17.7
-11.0 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 16 16 16 16 6 6
(dBuV) 68.00 52.24 15.66 0.96 8.11
-5.25 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 38.40 38.40 38.48 38.48 48.21 48.21 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 38.40 38.40 38.48 38.48 48.21 48.21 1. Emission level (dBuV/m) = Raw Value (dBuV) + Correction Factor (dB/m). 2. Correction Factor (dB/m) = Antenna Factor (dB/m) + Cable Factor (dB). 3. The other emission levels were very low against the limit. 4. Margin value = Emission level Limit value. 5. * : Fundamental frequency. 6. The limit value is defined as per 15.247. 7. "#":The radiated frequency is out the restricted band. Report No.: RF120420C08A Reference No.: 120420C13 60 of 77 Report Format Version 5.0.0 BELOW 1GHz WORST-CASE DATA802.11a EUT TEST CONDITION CHANNEL Channel 157 INPUT POWER 120Vac, 60 Hz MEASUREMENT DETAIL FREQUENCY RANGE Below 1000MHz DETECTOR FUNCTION Quasi-Peak ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 24deg. C, 64%RH TESTED BY Chad Lee ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: HORIZONTAL AT 3 M NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6 39.21 250.08 599.59 749.87 874.45 999.52 RAW VALUE TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) EMISSION LIMIT ANTENNA HEIGHT (m)
(dBuV)
(dBuV/m) MARGIN (dB) LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 27.9 QP 14.57 31.0 QP 17.50 38.2 QP 14.90 34.9 QP 9.50 34.5 QP 7.15 44.7 QP 15.95 ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: VERTICAL AT 3 M EMISSION 1.12 H 1.00 H 1.58 H 1.48 H 1.12 H 1.33 H
-12.2
-15.0
-7.8
-11.1
-11.5
-9.3 40.0 46.0 46.0 46.0 46.0 54.0 85 220 25 241 88 106 RAW VALUE MARGIN (dB) ANTENNA HEIGHT (m) TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6 38.73 90.11 158.46 160.88 499.73 599.59 REMARKS:
LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 36.8 QP 39.5 QP 28.1 QP 28.5 QP 32.0 QP 34.1 QP LIMIT
(dBuV/m) 40.0 43.5 43.5 43.5 46.0 46.0
-3.2
-4.0
-15.4
-15.0
-14.0
-11.9 1.15 V 1.69 V 1.84 V 1.33 V 1.42 V 1.08 V 307 223 112 100 343 130
(dBuV) 23.62 31.11 14.01 14.53 11.00 10.83 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 13.28 13.50 23.26 25.41 27.38 28.74 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 13.16 8.35 14.05 13.99 21.03 23.26 1. Emission level (dBuV/m) = Raw Value (dBuV) + Correction Factor (dB/m). 2. Correction Factor (dB/m) = Antenna Factor (dB/m) + Cable Factor (dB). 3. The other emission levels were very low against the limit. 4. Margin value = Emission level Limit value. Report No.: RF120420C08A Reference No.: 120420C13 61 of 77 Report Format Version 5.0.0 5.2 CONDUCTED EMISSION MEASUREMENT 5.2.1 LIMITS OF CONDUCTED EMISSION MEASUREMENT FREQUENCY OF EMISSION (MHz) 0.15 ~ 0.5 0.5 ~ 5 5 ~ 30 CONDUCTED LIMIT (dBV) Average 56 to 46 66 to 56 Quasi-peak 56 60 46 50 NOTE: 1. The lower limit shall apply at the transition frequencies. 2. The limit decreases in line with the logarithm of the frequency in the range of 0.15 to 0.50MHz. 3. All emanations from a class A/B digital device or system, including any network of conductors and apparatus connected thereto, shall not exceed the level of field strengths specified above. 5.2.2 T EST INSTRUMENTS Same as item 4.2.2. 5.2.3 TEST PROCEDURES Same as item 4.2.3. 5.2.4 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD No deviation. 5.2.5 TEST SETUP Same as item 4.2.5. 5.2.6 EUT OPERATING CONDITIONS Same as 4.1.6 Report No.: RF120420C08A Reference No.: 120420C13 62 of 77 Report Format Version 5.0.0 5.2.7 TEST RESULTS CONDUCTED WORST-CASE DATA802.11a PHASE Line 1 6dB BANDWIDTH 9kHz Corr. Factor
(dB) 0.17 0.17 0.21 0.36 0.42 0.62 Reading Value
[dB (uV)]
Q.P. AV. 53.57 43.66 42.66 31.68 45.12 38.65 29.90 23.36 30.67 23.94 31.67 25.82 Emission Level
[dB (uV)]
AV. 43.83 31.85 38.86 23.72 24.36 26.44 Q.P. 53.74 42.83 45.33 30.26 31.09 32.29 Limit
[dB (uV)]
AV. 56.00 52.96 46.00 46.00 50.00 50.00 Q.P. 66.00 62.96 56.00 56.00 60.00 60.00 Margin
(dB) Q.P.
-12.26
-20.12
-10.67
-25.74
-28.91
-27.71 AV.
-12.17
-21.10
-7.14
-22.28
-25.64
-23.56 No Freq.
[MHz]
1 2 3 4 5 6 0.15000 0.21641 0.58750 3.28516 5.84766 15.75000 REMARKS:
1. Q.P. and AV. are abbreviations of quasi-peak and average individually. 2. The emission levels of other frequencies were very low against the limit. 3. Margin value = Emission level - Limit value 4. Correction factor = Insertion loss + Cable loss 5. Emission Level = Correction Factor + Reading Value. Report No.: RF120420C08A Reference No.: 120420C13 63 of 77 Report Format Version 5.0.0 PHASE Line 2 6dB BANDWIDTH 9kHz Corr. Factor
(dB) 0.17 0.15 0.18 0.30 0.44 0.73 Reading Value
[dB (uV)]
Q.P. AV. 55.44 45.02 46.16 39.15 47.20 39.14 28.91 20.99 30.48 23.32 28.56 22.02 Emission Level
[dB (uV)]
AV. 45.19 39.30 39.32 21.29 23.76 22.75 Q.P. 55.61 46.31 47.38 29.21 30.92 29.29 Limit
[dB (uV)]
AV. 56.00 52.66 46.00 46.00 50.00 50.00 Q.P. 66.00 62.66 56.00 56.00 60.00 60.00 Margin
(dB) Q.P.
-10.39
-16.35
-8.62
-26.79
-29.08
-30.71 AV.
-10.81
-13.36
-6.68
-24.71
-26.24
-27.25 No Freq.
[MHz]
1 2 3 4 5 6 0.15000 0.22422 0.58359 2.48438 5.92188 16.43359 REMARKS:
1. Q.P. and AV. are abbreviations of quasi-peak and average individually. 2. The emission levels of other frequencies were very low against the limit. 3. Margin value = Emission level - Limit value 4. Correction factor = Insertion loss + Cable loss 5. Emission Level = Correction Factor + Reading Value. Report No.: RF120420C08A Reference No.: 120420C13 64 of 77 Report Format Version 5.0.0 5.3 6dB BANDWIDTH MEASUREMENT 5.3.1 LIMITS OF 6dB BANDWIDTH MEASUREMENT The minimum of 6dB Bandwidth Measurement is 0.5MHz. 5.3.2 TEST SETUP Same as item 4.3.2. 5.3.3 TEST INSTRUMENTS Refer to section 4.1.2 to get information of above instrument. 5.3.4 TEST PROCEDURE Same as item 4.3.4. 5.3.5 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD No deviation. 5.3.6 EUT OPERATING CONDITIONS Same as item 4.3.6. Report No.: RF120420C08A Reference No.: 120420C13 65 of 77 Report Format Version 5.0.0 5.3.7 TEST RESULTS 802.11a CHANNEL CHANNEL FREQUENCY
(MHz) 6dB BANDWIDTH (MHz) CHAIN 0 CHAIN 1 MINIMUM LIMIT (MHz) PASS / FAIL 149 157 165 5745 5785 5825 16.53 16.53 16.52 16.63 16.52 16.49 0.5 0.5 0.5 PASS PASS PASS 802.11n (20MHz) CHANNEL CHANNEL FREQUENCY
(MHz) 6dB BANDWIDTH (MHz) CHAIN 0 CHAIN 1 MINIMUM LIMIT (MHz) PASS / FAIL 149 157 165 5745 5785 5825 17.74 17.76 17.76 17.82 17.69 17.86 0.5 0.5 0.5 PASS PASS PASS 802.11n (40MHz) CHANNEL CHANNEL FREQUENCY
(MHz) 6dB BANDWIDTH (MHz) CHAIN 0 CHAIN 1 MINIMUM LIMIT (MHz) PASS / FAIL 151 159 5755 5795 36.98 36.94 37.11 36.89 0.5 0.5 PASS PASS Report No.: RF120420C08A Reference No.: 120420C13 66 of 77 Report Format Version 5.0.0 5.4 CONDUCTED OUTPUT POWER 5.4.1 LIMITS OF CONDUCTED OUTPUT POWER MEASUREMENT For systems using digital modulation in the 5725 5850 MHz bands: 1 Watt
(30dBm) 5.4.2 TEST SETUP Same as Item 4.4.2. 5.4.3 INSTRUMENTS Refer to section 4.1.2 to get information of above instrument. 5.4.4 TEST PROCEDURES Same as Item 4.4.4. 5.4.5 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD No deviation. 5.4.6 EUT OPERATING CONDITIONS Same as Item 4.3.6. Report No.: RF120420C08A Reference No.: 120420C13 67 of 77 Report Format Version 5.0.0 5.4.7 TEST RESULTS 802.11a CHAN. 149 157 165 CHAN. FREQ.
(MHz) 5745 5785 5825 AVG. POWER (dBm) CHAIN 0 CHAIN 1 TOTAL POWER
(mW) TOTAL POWER
(dBm) 19.59 19.89 19.95 18.22 18.41 18.18 157.4 166.8 164.6 22.0 22.2 22.2 LIMIT
(dBm) PASS /
FAIL 30 30 30 PASS PASS PASS 802.11n (20MHz) CHAN. 149 157 165 CHAN. FREQ.
(MHz) 5745 5785 5825 802.11n (40MHz) CHAN. 151 159 CHAN. FREQ.
(MHz) 5755 5795 AVG. POWER (dBm) CHAIN 0 CHAIN 1 TOTAL POWER
(mW) TOTAL POWER
(dBm) 19.18 19.96 19.85 18.61 18.26 18.12 155.4 166.1 161.5 21.9 22.2 22.1 LIMIT
(dBm) PASS /
FAIL 30 30 30 PASS PASS PASS AVG. POWER (dBm) CHAIN 0 CHAIN 1 TOTAL POWER
(mW) TOTAL POWER
(dBm) LIMIT
(dBm) PASS /
FAIL 18.38 19.83 16.91 18.06 118.0 160.1 20.7 22.0 30 30 PASS PASS Report No.: RF120420C08A Reference No.: 120420C13 68 of 77 Report Format Version 5.0.0 5.5 POWER SPECTRAL DENSITY MEASUREMENT 5.5.1 LIMITS OF POWER SPECTRAL DENSITY MEASUREMENT The Maximum of Power Spectral Density Measurement is 8dBm. 5.5.2 TEST SETUP Same as item 4.5.2. 5.5.3 TEST INSTRUMENTS Refer to section 4.1.2 to get information of above instrument. 5.5.4 TEST PROCEDURE. Same as item 4.5.4. 5.5.5 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD No deviation. 5.5.6 EUT OPERATING CONDITION Same as item 4.3.6. Report No.: RF120420C08A Reference No.: 120420C13 69 of 77 Report Format Version 5.0.0 5.5.7 TEST RESULTS 802.11a TX chain Channel 0 1 149 157 165 149 157 165 FREQ.
(MHz) 5745 5785 5825 5745 5785 5825 802.11n (20MHz) TX chain Channel 0 1 149 157 165 149 157 165 FREQ.
(MHz) 5745 5785 5825 5745 5785 5825 802.11n (40MHz) TX chain Channel 0 1 151 159 151 159 FREQ.
(MHz) 5755 5795 5755 5795 PSD
(dBm/100kHz) PSD
(dBm/3kHz) 10 log
(N=2) dB
-0.23 0.32 0.61
-1.32
-1.43
-0.81
-15.46
-14.91
-14.62
-16.55
-16.66
-16.04 3.01 3.01 3.01 3.01 3.01 3.01 PSD
(dBm/100kHz) PSD
(dBm/3kHz) 10 log
(N=2) dB
-0.27
-0.22 0.42
-1.70
-1.58
-1.75
-15.50
-15.45
-14.81
-16.93
-16.81
-16.98 3.01 3.01 3.01 3.01 3.01 3.01 Total PSD
(dBm/3kHz)
-12.45
-11.90
-11.61
-13.54
-13.65
-13.03 Total PSD
(dBm/3kHz)
-12.49
-12.44
-11.80
-13.92
-13.80
-13.97 Limit
(dBm/3kHz) 8 8 8 8 8 8 Limit
(dBm/3kHz) 8 8 8 8 8 8 PSD
(dBm/100kHz) PSD
(dBm/3kHz) 10 log
(N=2) dB Total PSD
(dBm/3kHz) Limit
(dBm/3kHz)
-4.54
-3.29
-5.42
-4.31
-19.77
-18.52
-20.65
-19.54 3.01 3.01 3.01 3.01
-16.76
-15.51
-17.64
-16.53 8 8 8 8 PASS
/FAIL PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS
/FAIL PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS
/FAIL PASS PASS PASS PASS Report No.: RF120420C08A Reference No.: 120420C13 70 of 77 Report Format Version 5.0.0 5.6 CONDUCTED OUT OF BAND EMISSION MEASUREMENT 5.6.1 LIMITS OF CONDUCTED OUT OF BAND EMISSION MEASUREMENT Below 30dB of the highest emission level of operating band (in 100kHz Resolution Bandwidth). 5.6.2 TEST SETUP Same as Item 4.6.2 5.6.3 TEST INSTRUMENTS Refer to section 4.1.2 to get information of above instrument. 5.6.4 TEST PROCEDURE Same as Item 4.6.4 5.6.5 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD No deviation. 5.6.6 EUT OPERATING CONDITION Same as Item 4.3.6 5.6.7 TEST RESULTS The conducted emission test is performed on each TX port of operating mode without summing or adding 10log (N) since the limit is relative emission limit. Only worst data of each operating mode is presented. The spectrum plots are attached on the following pages. D1 line indicates the highest level, and D2 line indicates the 20dB offset below D1. It shows compliance with the requirement. Report No.: RF120420C08A Reference No.: 120420C13 71 of 77 Report Format Version 5.0.0 802.11a CH 149 CH 157 CH 165 Report No.: RF120420C08A Reference No.: 120420C13 72 of 77 Report Format Version 5.0.0 802.11n (20MHz) CH 149 CH 157 CH 165 Report No.: RF120420C08A Reference No.: 120420C13 73 of 77 Report Format Version 5.0.0 802.11n (40MHz) CH 151 CH 159 Report No.: RF120420C08A Reference No.: 120420C13 74 of 77 Report Format Version 5.0.0 6. PHOTOGRAPHS OF THE TEST CONFIGURATION Please refer to the attached file (Test Setup Photo). Report No.: RF120420C08A Reference No.: 120420C13 75 of 77 Report Format Version 5.0.0 7. INFORMATION ON THE TESTING LABORATORIES We, Bureau Veritas Consumer Products Services (H.K.) Ltd., Taoyuan Branch, were founded in 1988 to provide our best service in EMC, Radio, Telecom and Safety consultation. Our laboratories are accredited and approved according to ISO/IEC 17025. If you have any comments, please feel free to contact us at the following:
Linko EMC/RF Lab Tel: 886-2-26052180 Fax: 886-2-26051924 Hwa Ya EMC/RF/Safety/Telecom Lab Tel: 886-3-3183232 Fax: 886-3-3270892 Email: service.adt@tw.bureauveritas.com Web Site: www.adt.com.tw The address and road map of all our labs can be found in our web site also. Hsin Chu EMC/RF Lab Tel: 886-3-5935343 Fax: 886-3-5935342 Report No.: RF120420C08A Reference No.: 120420C13 76 of 77 Report Format Version 5.0.0 8. APPENDIX A - MODIFICATIONS RECORDERS FOR ENGINEERING CHANGES TO THE EUT BY THE LAB No modifications were made to the EUT by the lab during the test.
---END---
Report No.: RF120420C08A Reference No.: 120420C13 77 of 77 Report Format Version 5.0.0
1 2 3 | Test Report - 15E | Test Report | 524.50 KiB | June 21 2012 |
FCC TEST REPORT (15.407) REPORT NO.: RF120420C08A-1 MODEL NO.: WNDR3700v4 FCC ID: PY312100186 RECEIVED: Apr. 20, 2012 TESTED: May 07 ~ May 23, 2012 ISSUED: Jun. 04, 2012 APPLICANT: NETGEAR, INC. ADDRESS: 350 East Plumeria Drive San Jose, CA 95134 ISSUED BY: Bureau Veritas Consumer Products Services
(H.K.) Ltd., Taoyuan Branch LAB ADDRESS: No. 47, 14th Ling, Chia Pau Vil., Lin Kou Dist., New Taipei City, Taiwan, R.O.C. TEST LOCATION: No. 47, 14th Ling, Chia Pau Vil., Lin Kou Dist., New Taipei City, Taiwan, R.O.C. No. 19, Hwa Ya 2nd Rd, Wen Hwa Tsuen, Kwei Shan Hsiang, Taoyuan Hsien 333, Taiwan, R.O.C. This report should not be used by the client to claim product certification, approval, or endorsement by TAF or any government agencies. This report is for your exclusive use. Any copying or replication of this report to or for any other person or entity, or use of our name or trademark, is permitted only with our prior written permission. This report sets forth our findings solely with respect to the test samples identified herein. The results set forth in this report are not indicative or representative of the quality or characteristics of the lot from which a test sample was taken or any similar or identical product unless specifically and expressly noted. Our report includes all of the tests requested by you and the results thereof based upon the information that you provided to us. You have 60 days from date of issuance of this report to notify us of any material error or omission caused by our negligence, provided, however, that such notice shall be in writing and shall specifically address the issue you wish to raise. A failure to raise such issue within the prescribed time shall constitute your unqualified acceptance of the completeness of this report, the tests conducted and the correctness of the report contents. Unless specific mention, the uncertainty of measurement has been explicitly taken into account to declare the compliance or non-compliance to the specification. Report No.: RF120420C08A-1 Reference No.: 120420C13 1 of 48 Report Format Version 5.0.0 TABLE OF CONTENTS RELEASE CONTROL RECORD .............................................................................................................. 4 CERTIFICATION .......................................................................................................................... 5 1. 2. SUMMARY OF TEST RESULTS ................................................................................................. 6 2.1 MEASUREMENT UNCERTAINTY .............................................................................................. 6 GENERAL INFORMATION .......................................................................................................... 7 3. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF EUT ............................................................................................ 7 3.1 3.2 DESCRIPTION OF TEST MODES .............................................................................................. 8 3.2.1 TEST MODE APPLICABILITY AND TESTED CHANNEL DETAIL .............................................. 9 DUTY CYCLE OF TEST SIGNAL .............................................................................................. 11 3.3 3.4 DESCRIPTION OF SUPPORT UNITS ...................................................................................... 12 3.4.1 CONFIGURATION OF SYSTEM UNDER TEST ....................................................................... 13 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF APPLIED STANDARDS ........................................................... 14 3.5 TEST TYPES AND RESULTS ................................................................................................... 15 4. 4.1 RADIATED EMISSION AND BANDEDGE MEASUREMENT ................................................... 15 4.1.1 LIMITS OF RADIATED EMISSION AND BANDEDGE MEASUREMENT................................. 15 4.1.2 LIMITS OF UNWANTED EMISSION OUT OF THE RESTRICTED BANDS ............................ 15 4.1.3 TEST INSTRUMENTS ............................................................................................................... 16 4.1.4 TEST PROCEDURES ............................................................................................................... 17 4.1.5 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD ..................................................................................... 17 4.1.6 TEST SETUP ............................................................................................................................. 18 4.1.7 EUT OPERATING CONDITION ................................................................................................ 18 4.1.8 TEST RESULTS ........................................................................................................................ 19 4.2 CONDUCTED EMISSION MEASUREMENT ............................................................................ 28 4.2.1 LIMITS OF CONDUCTED EMISSION MEASUREMENT ......................................................... 28 4.2.2 TEST INSTRUMENTS ............................................................................................................... 28 4.2.3 TEST PROCEDURES ............................................................................................................... 29 4.2.4 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD ..................................................................................... 29 4.2.5 TEST SETUP ............................................................................................................................. 29 4.2.6 EUT OPERATING CONDITIONS .............................................................................................. 29 4.2.7 TEST RESULTS ........................................................................................................................ 30 4.3 PEAK TRANSMIT POWER MEASUREMENT .......................................................................... 32 4.3.1 LIMITS OF PEAK TRANSMIT POWER MEASUREMENT ....................................................... 32 4.3.2 TEST SETUP ............................................................................................................................. 32 4.3.3 TEST INSTRUMENTS ............................................................................................................... 32 4.3.4 TEST PROCEDURE .................................................................................................................. 33 4.3.5 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD ..................................................................................... 33 4.3.6 EUT OPERATING CONDITIONS .............................................................................................. 33 4.3.7 TEST RESULTS ........................................................................................................................ 34 4.4 PEAK POWER SPECTRAL DENSITY MEASUREMENT ......................................................... 36 4.4.1 LIMITS OF PEAK POWER SPECTRAL DENSITY MEASUREMENT ...................................... 36 4.4.2 TEST SETUP ............................................................................................................................. 36 4.4.3 TEST INSTRUMENTS ............................................................................................................... 36 4.4.4 TEST PROCEDURES ............................................................................................................... 36 4.4.5 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD ..................................................................................... 37 4.4.6 EUT OPERATING CONDITIONS .............................................................................................. 37 4.4.7 TEST RESULTS ........................................................................................................................ 38 Report No.: RF120420C08A-1 Reference No.: 120420C13 2 of 48 Report Format Version 5.0.0 4.5 PEAK POWER EXCURSION MEASUREMENT ....................................................................... 39 4.5.1 LIMITS OF PEAK POWER EXCURSION MEASUREMENT .................................................... 39 4.5.2 TEST SETUP ............................................................................................................................. 39 4.5.3 TEST INSTRUMENTS ............................................................................................................... 39 4.5.4 TEST PROCEDURE .................................................................................................................. 39 4.5.5 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD ..................................................................................... 39 4.5.6 EUT OPERATING CONDITIONS .............................................................................................. 39 4.5.7 TEST RESULTS ........................................................................................................................ 40 4.6 FREQUENCY STABILITY ......................................................................................................... 43 4.6.1 LIMITS OF FREQUENCY STABILITY MEASUREMENT .......................................................... 43 4.6.2 TEST SETUP ............................................................................................................................. 43 4.6.3 TEST INSTRUMENTS ............................................................................................................... 43 4.6.4 TEST PROCEDURE .................................................................................................................. 44 4.6.5 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD ..................................................................................... 44 4.6.6 EUT OPERATING CONDITION ................................................................................................ 44 4.6.7 TEST RESULTS ........................................................................................................................ 45 PHOTOGRAPHS OF THE TEST CONFIGURATION ............................................................... 46 5. 6. INFORMATION ON THE TESTING LABORATORIES .............................................................. 47 APPENDIX A - MODIFICATIONS RECORDERS FOR ENGINEERING CHANGES TO THE 7. EUT BY THE LAB ...................................................................................................................... 48 Report No.: RF120420C08A-1 Reference No.: 120420C13 3 of 48 Report Format Version 5.0.0 RELEASE CONTROL RECORD ISSUE NO. RF120420C08A-1 Original release REASON FOR CHANGE DATE ISSUED Jun. 04, 2012 Report No.: RF120420C08A-1 Reference No.: 120420C13 4 of 48 Report Format Version 5.0.0 1. CERTIFICATION PRODUCT: N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router MODEL: WNDR3700v4 BRAND: NETGEAR APPLICANT: NETGEAR, INC. TESTED: May 07 ~ May 23, 2012 TEST SAMPLE: ENGINEERING SAMPLE STANDARDS: FCC Part 15, Subpart E (Section 15.407) ANSI C63.10-2009 The above equipment (Model: WNDR3700v4) has been tested by Bureau Veritas Consumer Products Services (H.K.) Ltd., Taoyuan Branch, and found compliance with the requirement of the above standards. The test record, data evaluation & Equipment Under Test (EUT) configurations represented herein are true and accurate accounts of the measurements of the samples EMC characteristics under the conditions specified in this report. PREPARED BY APPROVED BY
:
:
, DATE :
Jun. 04, 2012 Joanna Wang / Senior Specialist
, DATE :
Jun. 04, 2012 Gary Chang / Technical Manager Report No.: RF120420C08A-1 Reference No.: 120420C13 5 of 48 Report Format Version 5.0.0 2. SUMMARY OF TEST RESULTS The EUT has been tested according to the following specifications:
APPLIED STANDARD: FCC PART 15, SUBPART E (SECTION 15.407) STANDARD SECTION TEST TYPE RESULT REMARK 15.407(b)(6) AC Power Conducted Emission PASS 15.407(b/1/2/3)
(b)(6) Spurious Emissions PASS Meet the requirement of limit. Minimum passing margin is
-4.94dB at 0.58750MHz. Meet the requirement of limit. Minimum passing margin is
-3.4dB at 38.73MHz. 15.407(a/1/2) Peak Transmit Power 15.407(a)(6) Peak Power Excursion 15.407(a/1/2) Peak Power Spectral Density 15.407(g) Frequency Stability 15.203 Antenna Requirement PASS Meet the requirement of limit. PASS Meet the requirement of limit. PASS Meet the requirement of limit. PASS Meet the requirement of limit. PASS Antenna connector is UFL not a standard connector. 2.1 MEASUREMENT UNCERTAINTY Where relevant, the following measurement uncertainty levels have been estimated for tests performed on the EUT as specified in CISPR 16-4-2:
MEASUREMENT Conducted emissions Radiated emissions FREQUENCY 9kHz~30MHz 30MHz ~ 1GHz 1GHz ~ 40GHz UNCERTAINTY 2.44dB 3.78dB 3.36dB This uncertainty represents an expanded uncertainty expressed at approximately the 95% confidence level using a coverage factor of k = 2. Report No.: RF120420C08A-1 Reference No.: 120420C13 6 of 48 Report Format Version 5.0.0 3. GENERAL INFORMATION 3.1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF EUT EUT MODEL NO. POWER SUPPLY MODULATION TYPE MODULATION TECHNOLOGY OFDM N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR3700v4 12Vdc (Adapter) 64QAM, 16QAM, QPSK, BPSK TRANSFER RATE OPERATING FREQUENCY NUMBER OF CHANNEL 802.11a: 54.0/ 48.0/ 36.0/ 24.0/ 18.0/ 12.0/ 9.0/ 6.0Mbps 802.11n: up to 300.0Mbps 5180.0 ~ 5240.0MHz 4 for 802.11a, 802.11n (20MHz) 2 for 802.11n (40MHz) 49.4mW Printed antenna with 2.50dBi gain UFL N/A RJ45, USB Adapter OUTPUT POWER ANTENNA TYPE ANTENNA CONNECTOR DATA CABLE I/O PORTS ACCESSORY DEVICES NOTE:
1. The frequency bands used in this EUT are listed as follows:
Frequency Band (MHz) 2412~2462 5180~5240 5745~5825 802.11b 802.11g 802.11a 802.11n (20MHz) 802.11n (40MHz) 2. The EUT incorporates a MIMO function. Physically, the EUT provides two completed transmitters and two receivers. MODULATION MODE TX FUNCTION 802.11b 802.11g 802.11a 802.11n (20MHz) 802.11n (40MHz) 2TX 2TX 2TX 2TX 2TX Report No.: RF120420C08A-1 Reference No.: 120420C13 7 of 48 Report Format Version 5.0.0 3. The EUT uses following adapters:
ADAPTER 1 BRAND MODEL P/N INPUT POWER OUTPUT POWER POWER LINE NETGEAR MU30-5120250-A1 332-10234-01 100-240Vac, 50/60Hz, 0.8A 12Vdc, 2.5A 1.8m non-shielded cable without core ADAPTER 2 BRAND MODEL P/N INPUT POWER OUTPUT POWER POWER LINE NETGEAR P030WF120B 11200-6LF 332-10200-02 100-240Vac, 50/60Hz, 1.0A 12Vdc, 2.5A 1.8m non-shielded cable without core
*Adapter 1 was the worst for the final tests. 4. The above EUT information is declared by manufacturer and for more detailed features description, please refer to the manufacturer's specifications or user's manual. 3.2 DESCRIPTION OF TEST MODES 4 channels are provided for 802.11a, 802.11n (20MHz):
CHANNEL FREQUENCY CHANNEL 36 40 5180MHz 5200MHz 44 48 FREQUENCY 5220MHz 5240MHz 2 channels are provided for 802.11n (40MHz):
CHANNEL FREQUENCY CHANNEL FREQUENCY 38 5190MHz 46 5230MHz Report No.: RF120420C08A-1 Reference No.: 120420C13 8 of 48 Report Format Version 5.0.0 3.2.1 TEST MODE APPLICABILITY AND TESTED CHANNEL DETAIL EUT CONFIGURE MODE APPLICABLE TO RE1G RE<1G PLC APCM DESCRIPTION
-
Where NOTE:
The EUT had been pre-tested on the positioned of each 3 axis. The worst case was found when positioned on X-plane. RE<1G: Radiated Emission below 1GHz APCM: Antenna Port Conducted Measurement RE1G: Radiated Emission above 1GHz PLC: Power Line Conducted Emission
-
RADIATED EMISSION TEST (ABOVE 1GHz):
Pre-Scan has been conducted to determine the worst-case mode from all possible combinations between available modulations, data rates and antenna ports (if EUT with antenna diversity architecture). Following channel(s) was (were) selected for the final test as listed below. EUT CONFIGURE MODE MODE AVAILABLE CHANNEL TESTED CHANNEL MODULATION TECHNOLOGY
-
-
-
802.11a 802.11n (20MHz) 802.11n (40MHz) 36 to 48 36 to 48 38 to 46 36, 40, 48 36, 40, 48 38, 46 OFDM OFDM OFDM MODULATION DATA RATE TYPE BPSK BPSK BPSK
(Mbps) 6.0 7.2 15.0 RADIATED EMISSION TEST (BELOW 1GHz):
Pre-Scan has been conducted to determine the worst-case mode from all possible combinations between available modulations, data rates and antenna ports (if EUT with antenna diversity architecture). Following channel(s) was (were) selected for the final test as listed below. EUT CONFIGURE MODE MODE AVAILABLE CHANNEL TESTED CHANNEL MODULATION TECHNOLOGY
-
802.11n (40MHz) 38 to 46 46 OFDM MODULATION DATA RATE TYPE BPSK
(Mbps) 15.0 POWER LINE CONDUCTED EMISSION TEST:
Pre-Scan has been conducted to determine the worst-case mode from all possible combinations between available modulations, data rates and antenna ports (if EUT with antenna diversity architecture). Following channel(s) was (were) selected for the final test as listed below. EUT CONFIGURE MODE MODE AVAILABLE CHANNEL TESTED CHANNEL MODULATION TECHNOLOGY
-
802.11n (40MHz) 38 to 46 46 OFDM MODULATION DATA RATE TYPE BPSK
(Mbps) 15.0 Report No.: RF120420C08A-1 Reference No.: 120420C13 9 of 48 Report Format Version 5.0.0 ANTENNA PORT CONDUCTED MEASUREMENT:
This item includes all test value of each mode, but only includes spectrum plot of worst value of each mode. Pre-Scan has been conducted to determine the worst-case mode from all possible combinations between available modulations, data rates and antenna ports (if EUT with antenna diversity architecture). Following channel(s) was (were) selected for the final test as listed below. EUT CONFIGURE MODE MODE AVAILABLE CHANNEL TESTED CHANNEL MODULATION TECHNOLOGY
-
-
-
802.11a 802.11n (20MHz) 802.11n (40MHz) 36 to 48 36 to 48 38 to 46 36, 40, 48 36, 40, 48 38, 46 OFDM OFDM OFDM MODULATION DATA RATE TYPE BPSK BPSK BPSK
(Mbps) 6.0 7.2 15.0 TEST CONDITION:
APPLICABLE TO ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS INPUT POWER TESTED BY RE1G RE<1G PLC APCM 24deg. C, 71%RH 24deg. C, 64%RH 25deg. C, 65%RH 24deg. C, 64%RH 120Vac, 60Hz 120Vac, 60Hz 120Vac, 60Hz 120Vac, 60Hz Chad Lee Chad Lee Haru Yang Mark Liao Report No.: RF120420C08A-1 Reference No.: 120420C13 10 of 48 Report Format Version 5.0.0 3.3 DUTY CYCLE OF TEST SIGNAL 802.11a:
Duty cycle = 1.400/1.420 = 0.986 Duty cycle of test signal is 98.6% > 98 %, duty factor is not required. 802.11n (20MHz):
Duty cycle = 1.310/1.330 = 0.985 Duty cycle of test signal is 98.5% > 98 %, duty factor is not required. 802.11n (40MHz):
Duty cycle = 648/668 = 0.970, Duty factor = 10 * log( 1/0.970) = 0.13 802.11a 802.11n (20MHz) 802.11n (40MHz) Report No.: RF120420C08A-1 Reference No.: 120420C13 11 of 48 Report Format Version 5.0.0 3.4 DESCRIPTION OF SUPPORT UNITS The EUT has been tested as an independent unit together with other necessary accessories or support units. The following support units or accessories were used to form a representative test configuration during the tests. NO. PRODUCT 1 USB DONGLE 2 NOTEBOOK 3 NOTEBOOK BRAND Transcend DELL DELL MODEL NO. SERIAL NO. N/A E5410 E5410 N/A 1HC2XM1 6RP2YM1 FCC ID N/A FCC DoC Approved FCC DoC Approved SIGNAL CABLE DESCRIPTION OF THE ABOVE SUPPORT UNITS NO. 1 N/A 2 10m RJ45 UTP cable 3 10m RJ45 UTP cable NOTE:
1. All power cords of the above support units are non shielded (1.8m). 2. Items 2~3 acted as communication partners to transfer data. Report No.: RF120420C08A-1 Reference No.: 120420C13 12 of 48 Report Format Version 5.0.0 3.4.1 CONFIGURATION OF SYSTEM UNDER TEST USB Dongle 1.8m RJ45 UTP cable x 3 with load EUT
(Power from adapter) 10m RJ45 UTP cable
*Test table 10m RJ45 UTP cable Notebook Notebook
*Kept in a remote area Report No.: RF120420C08A-1 Reference No.: 120420C13 13 of 48 Report Format Version 5.0.0 3.5 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF APPLIED STANDARDS The EUT is a RF Product. According to the specifications of the manufacturer, it must comply with the requirements of the following standards:
FCC Part 15, Subpart E (15.407) 789033 D01 General UNII Test Procedures v01r01 ANSI C63.10-2009 All test items have been performed and recorded as per the above standards. NOTE: The EUT is also considered as a kind of computer peripheral, because the connection to computer is necessary for typical use. It has been verified to comply with the requirements of FCC Part 15, Subpart B, Class B (DoC). The test report has been issued separately. Report No.: RF120420C08A-1 Reference No.: 120420C13 14 of 48 Report Format Version 5.0.0 4. TEST TYPES AND RESULTS 4.1 RADIATED EMISSION AND BANDEDGE MEASUREMENT 4.1.1 LIMITS OF RADIATED EMISSION AND BANDEDGE MEASUREMENT Radiated emissions which fall in the restricted bands must comply with the radiated emission limits specified as below table:
FREQUENCIES
(MHz) FIELD STRENGTH
(microvolts/meter) MEASUREMENT DISTANCE
(meters) 0.009 ~ 0.490 0.490 ~ 1.705 1.705 ~ 30.0 30 ~ 88 88 ~ 216 216 ~ 960 Above 960 2400/F(kHz) 24000/F(kHz) 30 100 150 200 500 NOTE:
1. The lower limit shall apply at the transition frequencies. 2. Emission level (dBuV/m) = 20 log Emission level (uV/m). 300 30 30 3 3 3 3 4.1.2 LIMITS OF UNWANTED EMISSION OUT OF THE RESTRICTED BANDS EIRP LIMIT (dBm) EQUIVALENT FIELD STRENGTH AT 3m (dBV/m) PK
-27 PK 68.3 NOTE: The following formula is used to convert the equipment isotropic radiated power (eirp) to field strength:
E =
30 P 1000000 3 V/m, where P is the eirp (Watts). Report No.: RF120420C08A-1 Reference No.: 120420C13 15 of 48 Report Format Version 5.0.0 4.1.3 TEST INSTRUMENTS DESCRIPTION &
MANUFACTURER Agilent Preamplifier ROHDE & SCHWARZ TEST RECEIVER Schwarzbeck Antenna Loop Antenna ADT. Turn Table ADT. Tower Software WOKEN RF cable Agilent Spectrum Agilent Preamplifier MITEQ Preamplifier Schwarzbeck Horn Antenna Schwarzbeck Horn Antenna ADT. Turn Table ADT. Tower Software SUHNER RF cable High Speed Peak Power Meter Power Sensor MODEL NO. SERIAL NO. 8447D ESCI VULB9168 HFH2-Z2 TT100 AT100 ADT_Radiated_V 7.6.15.9.2 2432A03504 100412 137 100070 0306 0306 NA DATE OF CALIBRATION Feb. 29, 2012 DUE DATE OF CALIBRATION Feb. 28, 2013 Aug. 18, 2011 Dec. 09, 2012 Apr. 03, 2012 Jan. 31, 2012 Apr. 02, 2013 Jan. 30, 2014 NA NA NA NA NA NA 8D E4446A 8449B CABLE-CH6-02 MY46180403 3008A01201 Apr. 30, 2012 Jun. 22, 2011 Feb. 29, 2012 Apr. 29, 2013 Jun. 21, 2012 Feb. 28, 2013 AMF-6F-260400-
33-8P 892164 Mar. 02, 2012 Mar. 01, 2013 BBHA-9170 BBHA9170190 Oct. 07, 2011 Oct. 06, 2012 BBHA-9120-D1 TT100 AT100 ADT_Radiated_V 7.6.15.9.2 D130 0306 0306 NA May 18, 2012 May 17, 2013 NA NA NA NA NA NA SF102 Cable-CH6 Aug. 19, 2011 Aug. 18, 2012 ML2495A MA2411B 0842014 0738404 Apr. 28, 2012 Apr. 27, 2013 Apr. 28, 2012 Apr. 27, 2013 NOTE: 1. The calibration interval of the above test instruments is 12 months. And the calibrations are traceable to NML/ROC and NIST/USA. 2. The calibration interval of the loop antenna is 24 months and the calibrations are traceable to NML/ROC and NIST/USA. 3. The test was performed in Chamber No. 6. 4. The Industry Canada Reference No. IC 7450E-6. 5. The VCCI Site Registration No. G-257 6. The FCC Site Registration No. 447212. 7. The minimum 3dB beamwidth of antenna is 30 degrees for above 1GHz test. Report No.: RF120420C08A-1 Reference No.: 120420C13 16 of 48 Report Format Version 5.0.0 4.1.4 TEST PROCEDURES a. The EUT was placed on the top of a rotating table 0.8 meters above the ground at a 3 meter semi-anechoic camber. The table was rotated 360 degrees to determine the position of the highest radiation. b. The EUT was set 3 meters away from the interference-receiving antenna, which was mounted on the top of a variable-height antenna tower. c. The antenna is a broadband antenna, and its height is varied from one meter to four meters above the ground to determine the maximum value of the field strength. Both horizontal and vertical polarizations of the antenna are set to make the measurement. d. For each suspected emission, the EUT was arranged to its worst case and then the antenna was tuned to heights from 1 meter to 4 meters and the rotatable table was turned from 0 degrees to 360 degrees to find the maximum reading. e. The test-receiver system was set to Peak Detect Function and Specified Bandwidth with Maximum Hold Mode. f. If the emission level of the EUT in peak mode was 10dB lower than the limit specified, then testing could be stopped and the peak values of the EUT would be reported. Otherwise the emissions that did not have 10dB margin would be re-tested one by one using peak, quasi-peak or average method as specified and then reported in a data sheet. NOTE:
1. The resolution bandwidth and video bandwidth of test receiver/spectrum analyzer is 120kHz for Peak detection (PK) and Quasi-peak detection (QP) at frequency below 1GHz. 2. The resolution bandwidth of test receiver/spectrum analyzer is 1MHz and video bandwidth is 3MHz for Peak detection at frequency above 1GHz. 3. The resolution bandwidth of test receiver/spectrum analyzer is 1MHz and the video bandwidth is 1kHz for Average detection (AV) at frequency above 1GHz. 4. All modes of operation were investigated and the worst-case emissions are reported. 4.1.5 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD No deviation. Report No.: RF120420C08A-1 Reference No.: 120420C13 17 of 48 Report Format Version 5.0.0 4.1.6 TEST SETUP For the actual test configuration, please refer to the attached file (Test Setup Photo). 4.1.7 EUT OPERATING CONDITION a. Placed the EUT on the testing table. b. Prepared two notebooks to act as communication partners and placed them outside of testing area. c. The communication partner connected with EUT via a RJ45 cable and run a test program (provided by manufacturer) to enable EUT under transmission condition continuously at specific channel frequency. d. The communication partner sent data to EUT by command "PING". Report No.: RF120420C08A-1 Reference No.: 120420C13 18 of 48 Report Format Version 5.0.0 4.1.8 TEST RESULTS ABOVE 1GHz DATA 802.11a EUT TEST CONDITION CHANNEL Channel 36 INPUT POWER 120Vac, 60 Hz MEASUREMENT DETAIL FREQUENCY RANGE 1 ~ 40GHz DETECTOR Peak (PK) FUNCTION Average (AV) ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 24deg. C, 71%RH TESTED BY Chad Lee ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: HORIZONTAL AT 3 M RAW VALUE TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) EMISSION LIMIT ANTENNA HEIGHT (m)
(dBuV)
(dBuV/m) 74.0 54.0
-29.6
-19.7 MARGIN (dB) LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 7.03 44.4 PK
-3.08 34.3 AV 62.88 100.3 PK 50.14 87.6 AV 55.5 PK 8.21 ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: VERTICAL AT 3 M EMISSION 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 203 203 203 203 16
-12.8 68.3 RAW VALUE LIMIT
(dBuV/m) 74.0 54.0 MARGIN (dB)
-24.8
-16.9 68.3
-13.8 ANTENNA HEIGHT (m) TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 288 288 288 288 6
(dBuV) 11.82
-0.23 69.44 57.13 7.21 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 37.37 37.37 37.41 37.41 47.25 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 37.37 37.37 37.41 37.41 47.25 NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 5150.00 5150.00
*5180.00
*5180.00
#10360.00 NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 5150.00 5150.00
*5180.00
*5180.00
#10360.00 REMARKS:
LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 49.2 PK 37.1 AV 106.9 PK 94.5 AV 54.5 PK 1. Emission level (dBuV/m) = Raw Value (dBuV) + Correction Factor (dB/m). 2. Correction Factor (dB/m) = Antenna Factor (dB/m) + Cable Factor (dB). 3. The other emission levels were very low against the limit. 4. Margin value = Emission level Limit value. 5. * : Fundamental frequency. 6. "#":The radiated frequency is out the restricted band. Report No.: RF120420C08A-1 Reference No.: 120420C13 19 of 48 Report Format Version 5.0.0 EUT TEST CONDITION CHANNEL Channel 40 INPUT POWER 120Vac, 60 Hz MEASUREMENT DETAIL FREQUENCY RANGE 1 ~ 40GHz DETECTOR Peak (PK) FUNCTION Average (AV) ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 24deg. C, 71%RH TESTED BY Chad Lee ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: HORIZONTAL AT 3 M TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) EMISSION LIMIT ANTENNA HEIGHT (m)
(dBuV/m) MARGIN (dB) LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 61.82 99.3 PK 50.41 87.8 AV 9.13 56.4 PK ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: VERTICAL AT 3 M EMISSION 1.30 H 1.30 H 1.00 H 203 203 114
-11.9 68.3
(dBuV) RAW VALUE LIMIT
(dBuV/m) MARGIN (dB) ANTENNA HEIGHT (m) TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 37.43 37.43 47.31 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 37.43 37.43 47.31 RAW VALUE
(dBuV) 70.04 58.12 7.03 68.3
-14.0 1.11 V 1.11 V 1.00 V 262 262 78 NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3
*5200.00
*5200.00
#10400.00 NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3
*5200.00
*5200.00
#10400.00 REMARKS:
LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 107.5 PK 95.6 AV 54.3 PK 1. Emission level (dBuV/m) = Raw Value (dBuV) + Correction Factor (dB/m). 2. Correction Factor (dB/m) = Antenna Factor (dB/m) + Cable Factor (dB). 3. The other emission levels were very low against the limit. 4. Margin value = Emission level Limit value. 5. * : Fundamental frequency. 6. "#":The radiated frequency is out the restricted band. Report No.: RF120420C08A-1 Reference No.: 120420C13 20 of 48 Report Format Version 5.0.0 EUT TEST CONDITION CHANNEL Channel 48 INPUT POWER 120Vac, 60 Hz MEASUREMENT DETAIL FREQUENCY RANGE 1 ~ 40GHz DETECTOR Peak (PK) FUNCTION Average (AV) ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 24deg. C, 71%RH TESTED BY Chad Lee ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: HORIZONTAL AT 3 M NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5
*5240.00
*5240.00 5350.00 5350.00
#10480.00 RAW VALUE TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) EMISSION LIMIT ANTENNA HEIGHT (m)
(dBuV)
(dBuV/m) MARGIN (dB) LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 64.06 101.5 PK 52.11 89.6 AV 10.65 48.3 PK
-1.44 36.2 AV 56.9 PK 9.36 ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: VERTICAL AT 3 M EMISSION 1.21 H 1.21 H 1.21 H 1.21 H 1.00 H 142 142 142 142 108
-25.7
-17.8
-11.5 74.0 54.0 68.3 RAW VALUE MARGIN (dB) ANTENNA HEIGHT (m) TABLE ANGLE
(Degree)
-23.8
-16.9
-13.3 1.34 V 1.34 V 1.34 V 1.34 V 1.00 V 315 315 315 315 87
(dBuV) 70.07 58.92 12.58
-0.53 7.56 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 37.48 37.48 37.62 37.62 47.49 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 37.48 37.48 37.62 37.62 47.49 NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5
*5240.00
*5240.00 5350.00 5350.00
#10480.00 REMARKS:
LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 107.6 PK 96.4 AV 50.2 PK 37.1 AV 55.1 PK LIMIT
(dBuV/m) 74.0 54.0 68.3 1. Emission level (dBuV/m) = Raw Value (dBuV) + Correction Factor (dB/m). 2. Correction Factor (dB/m) = Antenna Factor (dB/m) + Cable Factor (dB). 3. The other emission levels were very low against the limit. 4. Margin value = Emission level Limit value. 5. * : Fundamental frequency. 6. "#":The radiated frequency is out the restricted band. Report No.: RF120420C08A-1 Reference No.: 120420C13 21 of 48 Report Format Version 5.0.0 802.11n (20MHz) EUT TEST CONDITION CHANNEL Channel 36 INPUT POWER 120Vac, 60 Hz MEASUREMENT DETAIL FREQUENCY RANGE 1 ~ 40GHz DETECTOR Peak (PK) FUNCTION Average (AV) ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 24deg. C, 71%RH TESTED BY Chad Lee ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: HORIZONTAL AT 3 M RAW VALUE TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) EMISSION LIMIT ANTENNA HEIGHT (m)
(dBuV)
(dBuV/m) 74.0 54.0
-27.5
-18.2 MARGIN (dB) LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 9.14 46.5 PK
-1.56 35.8 AV 65.65 103.1 PK 53.25 90.7 AV 7.14 54.4 PK ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: VERTICAL AT 3 M EMISSION 1.20 H 1.20 H 1.20 H 1.20 H 1.00 H 151 151 151 151 174
-13.9 68.3 RAW VALUE LIMIT
(dBuV/m) 74.0 54.0 MARGIN (dB)
-26.6
-16.3 68.3
-13.5 ANTENNA HEIGHT (m) TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) 1.21 V 1.21 V 1.21 V 1.21 V 1.00 V 321 321 321 321 225
(dBuV) 10.00 0.37 69.23 57.14 7.51 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 37.37 37.37 37.41 37.41 47.25 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 37.37 37.37 37.41 37.41 47.25 NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 5150.00 5150.00
*5180.00
*5180.00
#10360.00 NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 5150.00 5150.00
*5180.00
*5180.00
#10360.00 REMARKS:
LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 47.4 PK 37.7 AV 106.6 PK 94.6 AV 54.8 PK 1. Emission level (dBuV/m) = Raw Value (dBuV) + Correction Factor (dB/m). 2. Correction Factor (dB/m) = Antenna Factor (dB/m) + Cable Factor (dB). 3. The other emission levels were very low against the limit. 4. Margin value = Emission level Limit value. 5. * : Fundamental frequency. 6. "#":The radiated frequency is out the restricted band. Report No.: RF120420C08A-1 Reference No.: 120420C13 22 of 48 Report Format Version 5.0.0 EUT TEST CONDITION CHANNEL Channel 40 INPUT POWER 120Vac, 60 Hz MEASUREMENT DETAIL FREQUENCY RANGE 1 ~ 40GHz DETECTOR Peak (PK) FUNCTION Average (AV) ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 24deg. C, 71%RH TESTED BY Chad Lee ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: HORIZONTAL AT 3 M TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) EMISSION LIMIT ANTENNA HEIGHT (m)
(dBuV/m) MARGIN (dB) LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 65.85 103.3 PK 53.10 90.5 AV 9.13 56.4 PK ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: VERTICAL AT 3 M EMISSION 1.30 H 1.30 H 1.04 H 161 161 144
-11.9 68.3
(dBuV) RAW VALUE LIMIT
(dBuV/m) MARGIN (dB) ANTENNA HEIGHT (m) TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 37.43 37.43 47.31 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 37.43 37.43 47.31 RAW VALUE
(dBuV) 70.22 58.12 7.02 68.3
-14.0 1.09 V 1.09 V 1.00 V 305 305 252 NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3
*5200.00
*5200.00
#10400.00 NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3
*5200.00
*5200.00
#10400.00 REMARKS:
LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 107.7 PK 95.6 AV 54.3 PK 1. Emission level (dBuV/m) = Raw Value (dBuV) + Correction Factor (dB/m). 2. Correction Factor (dB/m) = Antenna Factor (dB/m) + Cable Factor (dB). 3. The other emission levels were very low against the limit. 4. Margin value = Emission level Limit value. 5. * : Fundamental frequency. 6. "#":The radiated frequency is out the restricted band. Report No.: RF120420C08A-1 Reference No.: 120420C13 23 of 48 Report Format Version 5.0.0 EUT TEST CONDITION CHANNEL Channel 48 INPUT POWER 120Vac, 60 Hz MEASUREMENT DETAIL FREQUENCY RANGE 1 ~ 40GHz DETECTOR Peak (PK) FUNCTION Average (AV) ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 24deg. C, 71%RH TESTED BY Chad Lee ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: HORIZONTAL AT 3 M NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5
*5240.00
*5240.00 5350.00 5350.00
#10480.00 RAW VALUE TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) EMISSION LIMIT ANTENNA HEIGHT (m)
(dBuV)
(dBuV/m) MARGIN (dB) LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 64.99 102.5 PK 52.14 89.6 AV 8.27 45.9 PK
-1.44 36.2 AV 56.9 PK 9.40 ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: VERTICAL AT 3 M EMISSION 1.36 H 1.36 H 1.36 H 1.36 H 1.00 H 9 9 9 9 156
-28.1
-17.8
-11.4 74.0 54.0 68.3 RAW VALUE MARGIN (dB) ANTENNA HEIGHT (m) TABLE ANGLE
(Degree)
-24.0
-16.1
-12.9 1.03 V 1.03 V 1.03 V 1.03 V 1.00 V 318 318 318 318 114
(dBuV) 70.57 58.14 12.34 0.26 7.88 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 37.48 37.48 37.62 37.62 47.49 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 37.48 37.48 37.62 37.62 47.49 NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5
*5240.00
*5240.00 5350.00 5350.00
#10480.00 REMARKS:
LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 108.1 PK 95.6 AV 50.0 PK 37.9 AV 55.4 PK LIMIT
(dBuV/m) 74.0 54.0 68.3 1. Emission level (dBuV/m) = Raw Value (dBuV) + Correction Factor (dB/m). 2. Correction Factor (dB/m) = Antenna Factor (dB/m) + Cable Factor (dB). 3. The other emission levels were very low against the limit. 4. Margin value = Emission level Limit value. 5. * : Fundamental frequency. 6. "#":The radiated frequency is out the restricted band. Report No.: RF120420C08A-1 Reference No.: 120420C13 24 of 48 Report Format Version 5.0.0 802.11n (40MHz) EUT TEST CONDITION CHANNEL Channel 38 INPUT POWER 120Vac, 60 Hz MEASUREMENT DETAIL FREQUENCY RANGE 1 ~ 40GHz DETECTOR Peak (PK) FUNCTION Average (AV) ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 24deg. C, 71%RH TESTED BY Chad Lee ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: HORIZONTAL AT 3 M RAW VALUE TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) EMISSION LIMIT ANTENNA HEIGHT (m)
(dBuV)
(dBuV/m) 74.0 54.0
-20.5
-14.6 MARGIN (dB) LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 16.14 53.5 PK 2.03 39.4 AV 62.93 100.4 PK 46.52 83.9 AV 9.16 56.4 PK ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: VERTICAL AT 3 M EMISSION 1.36 H 1.36 H 1.36 H 1.36 H 1.00 H 9 9 9 9 66
-11.9 68.3 RAW VALUE LIMIT
(dBuV/m) 74.0 54.0 MARGIN (dB)
-16.6
-10.0 68.3
-13.7 ANTENNA HEIGHT (m) TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) 1.21 V 1.21 V 1.21 V 1.21 V 1.00 V 305 305 305 305 145
(dBuV) 20.05 6.66 66.88 50.78 7.37 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 37.37 37.37 37.42 37.42 47.28 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 37.37 37.37 37.42 37.42 47.28 NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 5150.00 5150.00
*5190.00
*5190.00
#10380.00 NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 5150.00 5150.00
*5190.00
*5190.00
#10380.00 REMARKS:
LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 57.4 PK 44.0 AV 104.3 PK 88.2 AV 54.7 PK 1. Emission level (dBuV/m) = Raw Value (dBuV) + Correction Factor (dB/m). 2. Correction Factor (dB/m) = Antenna Factor (dB/m) + Cable Factor (dB). 3. The other emission levels were very low against the limit. 4. Margin value = Emission level Limit value. 5. * : Fundamental frequency. 6. "#":The radiated frequency is out the restricted band. Report No.: RF120420C08A-1 Reference No.: 120420C13 25 of 48 Report Format Version 5.0.0 EUT TEST CONDITION CHANNEL Channel 46 INPUT POWER 120Vac, 60 Hz MEASUREMENT DETAIL FREQUENCY RANGE 1 ~ 40GHz DETECTOR Peak (PK) FUNCTION Average (AV) ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 24deg. C, 71%RH TESTED BY Chad Lee ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: HORIZONTAL AT 3 M NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5
*5230.00
*5230.00 5350.00 5350.00
#10460.00 RAW VALUE TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) EMISSION LIMIT ANTENNA HEIGHT (m)
(dBuV)
(dBuV/m) MARGIN (dB) LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 62.63 100.1 PK 46.25 83.7 AV 10.24 47.9 PK
-1.24 36.4 AV 57.1 PK 9.69 ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: VERTICAL AT 3 M EMISSION 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 305 305 305 305 169
-26.1
-17.6
-11.2 74.0 54.0 68.3 RAW VALUE MARGIN (dB) ANTENNA HEIGHT (m) TABLE ANGLE
(Degree)
-21.8
-12.1
-13.5 1.16 V 1.16 V 1.16 V 1.16 V 1.00 V 66 66 66 66 147
(dBuV) 66.49 50.14 14.61 4.27 7.33 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 37.47 37.47 37.62 37.62 47.44 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 37.47 37.47 37.62 37.62 47.44 NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5
*5230.00
*5230.00 5350.00 5350.00
#10460.00 REMARKS:
LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 104.0 PK 87.6 AV 52.2 PK 41.9 AV 54.8 PK LIMIT
(dBuV/m) 74.0 54.0 68.3 1. Emission level (dBuV/m) = Raw Value (dBuV) + Correction Factor (dB/m). 2. Correction Factor (dB/m) = Antenna Factor (dB/m) + Cable Factor (dB). 3. The other emission levels were very low against the limit. 4. Margin value = Emission level Limit value. 5. * : Fundamental frequency. 6. "#":The radiated frequency is out the restricted band. Report No.: RF120420C08A-1 Reference No.: 120420C13 26 of 48 Report Format Version 5.0.0 BELOW 1GHz WORST-CASE DATA802.11n (40MHz) EUT TEST CONDITION CHANNEL Channel 46 INPUT POWER 120Vac, 60 Hz MEASUREMENT DETAIL FREQUENCY RANGE Below 1000MHz DETECTOR FUNCTION Quasi-Peak ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 24deg. C, 64%RH TESTED BY Chad Lee ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: HORIZONTAL AT 3 M NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6 41.63 125.01 374.66 599.59 874.45 999.52 RAW VALUE TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) EMISSION LIMIT ANTENNA HEIGHT (m)
(dBuV)
(dBuV/m) MARGIN (dB) LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 28.5 QP 14.76 33.5 QP 21.30 31.4 QP 13.76 37.5 QP 14.27 35.3 QP 7.88 44.0 QP 15.30 ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: VERTICAL AT 3 M EMISSION 1.12 H 1.69 H 1.00 H 1.50 H 1.00 H 1.83 H
-11.5
-10.0
-14.6
-8.5
-10.7
-10.0 40.0 43.5 46.0 46.0 46.0 54.0 103 103 232 19 106 124 RAW VALUE MARGIN (dB) ANTENNA HEIGHT (m) TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6 38.73 89.63 159.43 161.37 499.73 599.59 REMARKS:
LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 36.6 QP 39.4 QP 29.6 QP 28.5 QP 31.2 QP 36.5 QP LIMIT
(dBuV/m) 40.0 43.5 43.5 43.5 46.0 46.0
-3.4
-4.1
-13.9
-15.0
-14.8
-9.5 1.25 V 1.05 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 100 298 103 82 79 103
(dBuV) 23.40 31.01 15.58 14.55 10.14 13.20 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 13.78 12.17 17.64 23.26 27.38 28.74 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 13.16 8.38 14.05 13.96 21.03 23.26 1. Emission level (dBuV/m) = Raw Value (dBuV) + Correction Factor (dB/m). 2. Correction Factor (dB/m) = Antenna Factor (dB/m) + Cable Factor (dB). 3. The other emission levels were very low against the limit. 4. Margin value = Emission level Limit value. Report No.: RF120420C08A-1 Reference No.: 120420C13 27 of 48 Report Format Version 5.0.0 4.2 CONDUCTED EMISSION MEASUREMENT 4.2.1 LIMITS OF CONDUCTED EMISSION MEASUREMENT FREQUENCY OF EMISSION (MHz) CONDUCTED LIMIT (dBV) 0.15 ~ 0.5 0.5 ~ 5 5 ~ 30 Quasi-peak 66 to 56 56 60 Average 56 to 46 46 50 NOTE: 1. The lower limit shall apply at the transition frequencies. 2. The limit decreases in line with the logarithm of the frequency in the range of 0.15 to 0.50MHz. 3. All emanations from a class A/B digital device or system, including any network of conductors and apparatus connected thereto, shall not exceed the level of field strengths specified above. 4.2.2 TEST INSTRUMENTS DESCRIPTION &
MANUFACTURER MODEL NO. SERIAL NO. DATE OF CALIBRATION DUE DATE OF CALIBRATION Nov. 18, 2012 5D-FB 100289 ESCS30 Nov. 19, 2011 Cable-HYCO2-01 Dec. 22, 2011 Test Receiver ROHDE & SCHWARZ RF signal cable Woken LISN ROHDE & SCHWARZ
(EUT) LISN ROHDE & SCHWARZ
(Peripheral) Software ADT NOTE: 1. The calibration interval of the above test instruments is 12 months and the calibrations BV ADT_Cond_ Dec. 30, 2011 Jul. 07, 2011 ESH2-Z5 ESH3-Z5 V7.3.7.3 100100 100312 NA NA NA Dec. 21, 2012 Dec. 29, 2012 Jul. 06, 2012 are traceable to NML/ROC and NIST/USA. 2. The test was performed in HwaYa Shielded Room 2. 3. The VCCI Site Registration No. is C-2047. Report No.: RF120420C08A-1 Reference No.: 120420C13 28 of 48 Report Format Version 5.0.0 4.2.3 TEST PROCEDURES a. The EUT was placed 0.4 meters from the conducting wall of the shielded room with EUT being connected to the power mains through a line impedance stabilization network (LISN). Other support units were connected to the power mains through another LISN. The two LISNs provide 50 ohm/ 50uH of coupling impedance for the measuring instrument. b. Both lines of the power mains connected to the EUT were checked for maximum conducted interference. c. The frequency range from 150kHz to 30MHz was searched. Emission levels under (Limit - 20dB) was not recorded. NOTE: All modes of operation were investigated and the worst-case emissions are reported. 4.2.4 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD No deviation. 4.2.5 TEST SETUP Ve rtic a l G ro u n d R e fe re n c e P la n e Te s t R e c e iv e r 4 0 c m E U T L IS N 8 0 c m H o riz o n ta l G ro u n d R e fe re n c e P la n e N o te : 1 .S u p p o rt u n its w e re c o n n e c te d to s e c o n d L IS N . 2 .B o th o f L IS N s (A M N ) a re 8 0 c m fro m E U T a n d a t le a s t 8 0 fro m o th e r u n its a n d o th e r m e ta l p la n e s For the actual test configuration, please refer to the attached file (Test Setup Photo). 4.2.6 EUT OPERATING CONDITIONS Same as 4.1.6. Report No.: RF120420C08A-1 Reference No.: 120420C13 29 of 48 Report Format Version 5.0.0 4.2.7 TEST RESULTS CONDUCTED WORST-CASE DATA802.11n (40MHz) PHASE Line 1 6dB BANDWIDTH 9kHz Corr. Factor
(dB) 0.17 0.17 0.21 0.27 0.39 0.63 Reading Value
[dB (uV)]
Q.P. AV. 53.82 43.88 48.16 36.89 44.55 36.68 29.62 20.92 28.12 18.89 31.83 26.03 Emission Level
[dB (uV)]
AV. 44.05 37.06 36.89 21.19 19.28 26.66 Q.P. 53.99 48.33 44.76 29.89 28.51 32.46 Limit
[dB (uV)]
AV. 56.00 54.43 46.00 46.00 46.00 50.00 Q.P. 66.00 64.43 56.00 56.00 56.00 60.00 Margin
(dB) Q.P.
-12.01
-16.10
-11.24
-26.11
-27.49
-27.54 AV.
-11.95
-17.37
-9.11
-24.81
-26.72
-23.34 No Freq.
[MHz]
1 2 3 4 5 6 0.15000 0.18125 0.58359 1.50781 4.14453 16.07031 REMARKS:
1. Q.P. and AV. are abbreviations of quasi-peak and average individually. 2. The emission levels of other frequencies were very low against the limit. 3. Margin value = Emission level - Limit value 4. Correction factor = Insertion loss + Cable loss 5. Emission Level = Correction Factor + Reading Value. Report No.: RF120420C08A-1 Reference No.: 120420C13 30 of 48 Report Format Version 5.0.0 PHASE Line 2 6dB BANDWIDTH 9kHz Corr. Factor
(dB) 0.17 0.16 0.18 0.28 0.44 0.73 Reading Value
[dB (uV)]
Q.P. AV. 55.52 45.29 45.95 22.98 47.59 40.88 29.84 20.40 30.48 23.22 29.81 23.75 Emission Level
[dB (uV)]
AV. 45.46 23.14 41.06 20.68 23.66 24.48 Q.P. 55.69 46.11 47.77 30.12 30.92 30.54 Limit
[dB (uV)]
AV. 56.00 54.79 46.00 46.00 50.00 50.00 Q.P. 66.00 64.79 56.00 56.00 60.00 60.00 Margin
(dB) Q.P.
-10.31
-18.68
-8.23
-25.88
-29.08
-29.46 AV.
-10.54
-31.65
-4.94
-25.32
-26.34
-25.52 No Freq.
[MHz]
1 2 3 4 5 6 0.15000 0.17344 0.58750 2.11328 5.92969 16.23047 REMARKS:
1. Q.P. and AV. are abbreviations of quasi-peak and average individually. 2. The emission levels of other frequencies were very low against the limit. 3. Margin value = Emission level - Limit value 4. Correction factor = Insertion loss + Cable loss 5. Emission Level = Correction Factor + Reading Value. Report No.: RF120420C08A-1 Reference No.: 120420C13 31 of 48 Report Format Version 5.0.0 4.3 PEAK TRANSMIT POWER MEASUREMENT 4.3.1 LIMITS OF PEAK TRANSMIT POWER MEASUREMENT FREQUENCY BAND LIMIT 5.15 ~ 5.25GHz The lesser of 50mW (17dBm) or 4dBm + 10logB NOTE: Where B is the 26dB emission bandwidth in MHz. EUT 4.3.2 TEST SETUP FOR POWER OUTPUT MEASUREMENT FOR 26dB BANDWIDTH 10dB ATTENUATION PAD EUT Power Sensor Power Meter 10dB ATTENUATION PAD SPECTRUM ANALYZER 4.3.3 TEST INSTRUMENTS Refer to section 4.1.3 to get information of above instrument. Report No.: RF120420C08A-1 Reference No.: 120420C13 32 of 48 Report Format Version 5.0.0 4.3.4 TEST PROCEDURE FOR AVERAGE POWER MEASUREMENT Method PM is used to perform output power measurement, trigger and gating function of wide band power meter is enabled to measure max output power of TX on burst. Duty factor is not added to measured value. FOR 26dB BANDWIDTH 1) Set RBW = approximately 1% of the emission bandwidth. 2) Set the VBW > RBW. 3) Detector = Peak. 4) Trace mode = max hold. 5) Measure the maximum width of the emission that is 26 dB down from the peak of the emission. Compare this with the RBW setting of the analyzer. Readjust RBW and repeat measurement as needed until the RBW/EBW ratio is approximately 1%. 4.3.5 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD No deviation. 4.3.6 EUT OPERATING CONDITIONS The software provided by client to enable the EUT under transmission condition continuously at specific channel frequencies individually. Report No.: RF120420C08A-1 Reference No.: 120420C13 33 of 48 Report Format Version 5.0.0 4.3.7 TEST RESULTS POWER OUTPUT:
802.11a CHAN. 36 40 48 CHAN. FREQ.
(MHz) 5180 5200 5240 802.11n (20MHz) CHAN. 36 40 48 CHAN. FREQ.
(MHz) 5180 5200 5240 802.11n (40MHz) CHAN. FREQ.
(MHz) 5190 5230 CHAN. 38 46 AVERAGE POWER (dBm) CHAIN 0 CHAIN 1 TOTAL POWER
(mW) TOTAL POWER
(dBm) POWER LIMIT
(dBm) 12.46 12.23 12.11 10.41 10.59 10.66 28.6 28.2 27.9 14.6 14.5 14.5 17 17 17 AVERAGE POWER (dBm) CHAIN 0 CHAIN 1 TOTAL POWER
(mW) TOTAL POWER
(dBm) POWER LIMIT
(dBm) 12.56 12.74 12.52 10.75 10.83 11.13 29.9 30.9 30.8 14.8 14.9 14.9 17 17 17 AVERAGE POWER (dBm) CHAIN 0 CHAIN 1 TOTAL POWER
(mW) TOTAL POWER
(dBm) POWER LIMIT
(dBm) 14.54 14.68 13.02 13.01 48.5 49.4 16.9 16.9 17 17 PASS /
FAIL PASS PASS PASS PASS /
FAIL PASS PASS PASS PASS /
FAIL PASS PASS Report No.: RF120420C08A-1 Reference No.: 120420C13 34 of 48 Report Format Version 5.0.0 26dB BANDWIDTH:
802.11a CHANNEL CHANNEL FREQUENCY
(MHz) 26dBc BANDWIDTH (MHz) CHAIN 0 CHAIN 1 PASS / FAIL 36 40 48 5180 5200 5240 24.62 24.66 24.55 24.00 24.44 24.15 PASS PASS PASS 802.11n (20MHz) CHANNEL CHANNEL FREQUENCY
(MHz) 26dBc BANDWIDTH (MHz) CHAIN 0 CHAIN 1 PASS / FAIL 36 40 48 5180 5200 5240 25.44 25.05 25.72 25.12 25.87 25.83 PASS PASS PASS 802.11n (40MHz) CHANNEL CHANNEL FREQUENCY
(MHz) 26dBc BANDWIDTH (MHz) CHAIN 0 CHAIN 1 PASS / FAIL 38 46 5190 5230 55.12 54.36 54.10 53.16 PASS PASS Report No.: RF120420C08A-1 Reference No.: 120420C13 35 of 48 Report Format Version 5.0.0 4.4 PEAK POWER SPECTRAL DENSITY MEASUREMENT 4.4.1 LIMITS OF PEAK POWER SPECTRAL DENSITY MEASUREMENT FREQUENCY BAND 5.15 ~ 5.25GHz LIMIT 4dBm 4.4.2 TEST SETUP EUT SPECTRUM ANALYZER 10dB ATTENUATION PAD 4.4.3 TEST INSTRUMENTS Refer to section 4.1.3 to get information of above instrument. 4.4.4 TEST PROCEDURES Using method SA-1 for 80211a / 802.11an 20MHz 1) Set span to encompass the entire emission bandwidth (EBW) of the signal. 2) Set RBW = 1 MHz, Set VBW 3 MHz, Detector = RMS 3) Sweep time = auto, trigger set to free run. 4) Trace average at least 100 traces in power averaging mode. 5) Record the max value Using method SA-2 alternative for 802.11an 40MHz 1) Set span to encompass the entire emission bandwidth (EBW) of the signal. 2) Set RBW = 1 MHz, Set VBW 3 MHz, Detector = RMS 3) Sweep time = SWT 4s second. 4) Perform a single sweep. 5) Record the max value and add 10 log (1/duty cycle) Report No.: RF120420C08A-1 Reference No.: 120420C13 36 of 48 Report Format Version 5.0.0 4.4.5 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD No deviation. 4.4.6 EUT OPERATING CONDITIONS Same as 4.3.6. Report No.: RF120420C08A-1 Reference No.: 120420C13 37 of 48 Report Format Version 5.0.0 4.4.7 TEST RESULTS 802.11a CHAN. 36 40 48 CHAN. FREQ.
(MHz) 5180 5200 5240 PSD (dBm) CHAIN 0 CHAIN 1 1.80 1.45 1.42
-0.27
-0.19 0.01 TOTAL POWER DENSITY
(dBm) 3.848 3.574 3.723 MAX. LIMIT
(dBm) PASS / FAIL 4 4 4 PASS PASS PASS NOTE:
1. Method 1 of power density measurement of KDB 662911 is using for calculating total power density. Total power density is summing entire spectra across corresponding frequency bins on the various outputs by computer. 802.11n (20MHz) CHAN. 36 40 48 CHAN. FREQ.
(MHz) 5180 5200 5240 PSD (dBm) CHAIN 0 CHAIN 1 1.36 1.61 1.30
-0.27
-0.09 0.14 TOTAL POWER DENSITY
(dBm) 1.972 1.616 2.088 MAX. LIMIT
(dBm) PASS / FAIL 4 4 4 PASS PASS PASS NOTE:
1. Method 1 of power density measurement of KDB 662911 is using for calculating total power density. Total power density is summing entire spectra across corresponding frequency bins on the various outputs by computer. 802.11n (40MHz) CHAN. 38 46 CHAN. FREQ.
(MHz) 5190 5230 PSD (dBm) CHAIN 0 CHAIN 1 1.21 1.32
-0.77
-1.11 TOTAL PSD W/O DUTY FACTOR
(dBm)
-2.248
-1.152 DUTY FACTOR 0.13 0.13 TOTAL PSD WITH DUTY FACTOR
(dBm)
-2.118
-1.022 MAX. LIMIT
(dBm) 4 4 PASS /
FAIL PASS PASS NOTE:
1. Method 1 of power density measurement of KDB 662911 is using for calculating total power density. Total power density is summing entire spectra across corresponding frequency bins on the various outputs by computer. 2. Refer to section 3.3 for duty cycle spectrum plot. Report No.: RF120420C08A-1 Reference No.: 120420C13 38 of 48 Report Format Version 5.0.0 4.5 PEAK POWER EXCURSION MEASUREMENT 4.5.1 LIMITS OF PEAK POWER EXCURSION MEASUREMENT Shall not exceed 13 dB 4.5.2 TEST SETUP EUT SPECTRUM ANALYZER 10dB ATTENUATION PAD 4.5.3 TEST INSTRUMENTS Refer to section 4.1.3 to get information of above instrument. 4.5.4 TEST PROCEDURE 1) Set RBW = 1 MHz, VBW 3 MHz, Detector = peak. 2) Trace mode = max-hold. Allow the sweeps to continue until the trace stabilizes. 3) Use the peak search function to find the peak of the spectrum. 4) Measure the PPSD. 5) Compute the ratio of the maximum of the peak-max-hold spectrum to the PPSD. 4.5.5 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD No deviation. 4.5.6 EUT OPERATING CONDITIONS Same as 4.2.6 Report No.: RF120420C08A-1 Reference No.: 120420C13 39 of 48 Report Format Version 5.0.0 4.5.7 TEST RESULTS 802.11a TX chain CHAN. CHANNEL FREQUENCY
(MHz) PEAK VALUE
(dBm) 36 40 48 36 40 48 5180 5200 5240 5180 5200 5240 11.71 11.20 11.14 9.47 9.53 9.72 0 1 PPSD
(dBm) 1.80 1.45 1.42
-0.27
-0.19 0.01 PEAK EXCURSION
(dB) 9.91 9.75 9.72 9.74 9.72 9.71 LIMIT
(dB) 13 13 13 13 13 13 PASS
/FAIL PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS Report No.: RF120420C08A-1 Reference No.: 120420C13 40 of 48 Report Format Version 5.0.0 PEAK EXCURSION
(dB) 9.70 9.57 9.23 9.18 9.86 8.77 LIMIT
(dB) 13 13 13 13 13 13 PASS
/FAIL PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS 802.11n (20MHz) TX chain CHAN. CHANNEL FREQUENCY
(MHz) PEAK VALUE
(dBm) 0 1 36 40 48 36 40 48 5180 5200 5240 5180 5200 5240 11.06 11.18 10.53 8.91 9.77 8.91 PPSD
(dBm) 1.36 1.61 1.30
-0.27
-0.09 0.14 Report No.: RF120420C08A-1 Reference No.: 120420C13 41 of 48 Report Format Version 5.0.0 802.11n (40MHz) TX chain CHAN. CHANNEL FREQUENCY
(MHz) PEAK VALUE
(dBm) 0 1 38 46 38 46 5190 5230 5190 5230 10.11 10.48 9.02 9.53 PPSD WITHOUT DUTY FACTOR
(dBm) 1.21 1.32
-0.77
-1.11 PPSD WITH DUTY FACTOR
(dBm) 1.34 1.45
-0.64
-0.98 PEAK Excursion
(dB) LIMIT
(dB) PASS
/FAIL 8.77 9.03 9.66 10.51 13 13 13 13 PASS PASS PASS PASS NOTE: Refer to section 3.3 for duty cycle spectrum plot. Report No.: RF120420C08A-1 Reference No.: 120420C13 42 of 48 Report Format Version 5.0.0 4.6 FREQUENCY STABILITY 4.6.1 LIMITS OF FREQUENCY STABILITY MEASUREMENT The frequency of the carrier signal shall be maintained within band of operation Temperature Spectrum Analyzer 4.6.2 TEST SETUP DC Power Supply 4.6.3 TEST INSTRUMENTS Refer to section 4.1.3 to get information of above instrument. Report No.: RF120420C08A-1 Reference No.: 120420C13 43 of 48 Report Format Version 5.0.0 4.6.4 TEST PROCEDURE a. The EUT was placed inside the environmental test chamber and powered by nominal DC voltage. b. Turn the EUT on and couple its output to a spectrum analyzer. c. Turn the EUT off and set the chamber to the highest temperature specified. d. Allow sufficient time (approximately 30 min) for the temperature of the chamber to stabilize, turn the EUT on and measure the operating frequency after 2, 5, and 10 minutes. e. Repeat step 2 and 3 with the temperature chamber set to the lowest temperature. f. The test chamber was allowed to stabilize at +20 degree C for a minimum of 30 minutes. The supply voltage was then adjusted on the EUT from 85% to 115%
and the frequency record. 4.6.5 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD No deviation. 4.6.6 EUT OPERATING CONDITION Set the EUT transmit at un-modulation mode to test frequency stability. Report No.: RF120420C08A-1 Reference No.: 120420C13 44 of 48 Report Format Version 5.0.0 4.6.7 TEST RESULTS FREQUEMCY STABILITY VERSUS TEMP. OPERATING FREQUENCY: 5200MHz TEMP.
() POWER SUPPLY
(Vac) 0 MINUTE 2 MINUTE 5 MINUTE 10 MINUTE Measured Frequency
(MHz) Frequency Drift
(ppm) Measured Frequency
(MHz) Frequency Drift
(ppm) Measured Frequency
(MHz) Frequency Drift
(ppm) Measured Frequency
(MHz) Frequency Drift
(ppm) 110.0 5199.988101
-2.288 5199.987948
-2.318 5199.988247
-2.260 5199.988088
-2.291 110.0 5199.988464
-2.218 5199.988514
-2.209 5199.988819
-2.150 5199.988099
-2.289 110.0 5199.989728
-1.975 5199.989847
-1.952 5199.990024
-1.918 5199.989787
-1.964 110.0 5199.991250
-1.683 5199.990927
-1.745 5199.991775
-1.582 5199.991262
-1.680 110.0 5199.992753
-1.394 5199.992679
-1.408 5199.993270
-1.294 5199.992309
-1.479 110.0 5199.991293
-1.674 5199.991388
-1.656 5199.991776
-1.582 5199.991058
-1.720 110.0 5199.990013
-1.921 5199.989438
-2.031 5199.990291
-1.867 5199.989422
-2.034 110.0 5199.989292
-2.059 5199.989135
-2.089 5199.989036
-2.108 5199.988976
-2.120 110.0 5199.987693
-2.367 5199.988007
-2.306 5199.987541
-2.396 5199.987732
-2.359 50 40 30 20 10 0
-10
-20
-30 FREQUEMCY STABILITY VERSUS VOLTAGE OPERATING FREQUENCY: 5200MHz TEMP.
() POWER SUPPLY
(Vac) 0 MINUTE 2 MINUTE 5 MINUTE 10 MINUTE Measured Frequency
(MHz) Frequency Drift
(ppm) Measured Frequency
(MHz) Frequency Drift
(ppm) Measured Frequency
(MHz) Frequency Drift
(ppm) Measured Frequency
(MHz) Frequency Drift
(ppm) 93.5 5199.991306
-1.672 5199.991429
-1.648 5199.991437
-1.647 5199.991156
-1.701 20 110.0 5199.992753
-1.394 5199.992679
-1.408 5199.993270
-1.294 5199.992309
-1.479 126.5 5199.991232
-1.686 5199.991326
-1.668 5199.991469
-1.641 5199.990974
-1.736 Report No.: RF120420C08A-1 Reference No.: 120420C13 45 of 48 Report Format Version 5.0.0 5. PHOTOGRAPHS OF THE TEST CONFIGURATION Please refer to the attached file (Test Setup Photo). Report No.: RF120420C08A-1 Reference No.: 120420C13 46 of 48 Report Format Version 5.0.0 6. INFORMATION ON THE TESTING LABORATORIES We, Bureau Veritas Consumer Products Services (H.K.) Ltd., Taoyuan Branch, were founded in 1988 to provide our best service in EMC, Radio, Telecom and Safety consultation. Our laboratories are accredited and approved according to ISO/IEC 17025. If you have any comments, please feel free to contact us at the following:
Linko EMC/RF Lab:
Tel: 886-2-26052180 Fax: 886-2-26051924 Hwa Ya EMC/RF/Safety Telecom Lab:
Tel: 886-3-3183232 Fax: 886-3-3270892 Email: service.adt@tw.bureauveritas.com Web Site: www.adt.com.tw Hsin Chu EMC/RF Lab:
Tel: 886-3-5935343 Fax: 886-3-5935342 The address and road map of all our labs can be found in our web site also. Report No.: RF120420C08A-1 Reference No.: 120420C13 47 of 48 Report Format Version 5.0.0 7. APPENDIX A - MODIFICATIONS RECORDERS FOR ENGINEERING CHANGES TO THE EUT BY THE LAB No modifications were made to the EUT by the lab during the test.
---END---
Report No.: RF120420C08A-1 Reference No.: 120420C13 48 of 48 Report Format Version 5.0.0
frequency | equipment class | purpose | ||
---|---|---|---|---|
1 | 2013-08-20 | 5670 ~ 5700 | NII - Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure TX | Class II Permissive Change |
2 | 2012-06-21 | 5180 ~ 5240 | NII - Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure TX | Original Equipment |
3 | 5745 ~ 5825 | DTS - Digital Transmission System |
app s | Applicant Information | |||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
1 2 3 | Effective |
2013-08-20
|
||||
1 2 3 |
2012-06-21
|
|||||
1 2 3 | Applicant's complete, legal business name |
Netgear Incorporated
|
||||
1 2 3 | FCC Registration Number (FRN) |
0022158786
|
||||
1 2 3 | Physical Address |
350 East Plumeria Drive
|
||||
1 2 3 |
San Jose, CA
|
|||||
1 2 3 |
United States
|
|||||
app s | TCB Information | |||||
1 2 3 | TCB Application Email Address |
c******@curtis-straus.com
|
||||
1 2 3 | TCB Scope |
A4: UNII devices & low power transmitters using spread spectrum techniques
|
||||
app s | FCC ID | |||||
1 2 3 | Grantee Code |
PY3
|
||||
1 2 3 | Equipment Product Code |
12100186
|
||||
app s | Person at the applicant's address to receive grant or for contact | |||||
1 2 3 | Name |
D******** K******
|
||||
1 2 3 | Telephone Number |
40889********
|
||||
1 2 3 | Fax Number |
40890********
|
||||
1 2 3 |
d******@netgear.com
|
|||||
app s | Technical Contact | |||||
1 2 3 | Firm Name |
Bureau Veritas CPS (H.K.) Ltd. Taoyuan Branch
|
||||
1 2 3 | Name |
R******** H******
|
||||
1 2 3 |
G****** C********
|
|||||
1 2 3 | Physical Address |
No. 19, Hwa Ya 2nd Rd., Kwei Shan Hsiang
|
||||
1 2 3 |
Taoyuan Hsien, 333
|
|||||
1 2 3 |
Taiwan
|
|||||
1 2 3 | Telephone Number |
886-3******** Extension:
|
||||
1 2 3 | Fax Number |
886-3********
|
||||
1 2 3 |
r******@tw.bureauveritas.com
|
|||||
1 2 3 |
g******@tw.bureauveritas.com
|
|||||
app s | Non Technical Contact | |||||
1 2 3 | Firm Name |
Bureau Veritas CPS (H.K.) Ltd. Taoyuan Branch
|
||||
1 2 3 | Name |
A****** H****
|
||||
1 2 3 |
D**** C****
|
|||||
1 2 3 | Physical Address |
No. 19, Hwa Ya 2nd Rd., Kwei Shan Hsiang
|
||||
1 2 3 |
Taoyuan Hsien, 333
|
|||||
1 2 3 |
Taiwan
|
|||||
1 2 3 | Telephone Number |
886-3******** Extension:
|
||||
1 2 3 |
886-3******** Extension:
|
|||||
1 2 3 | Fax Number |
886-3********
|
||||
1 2 3 |
a******@tw.bureauveritas.com
|
|||||
1 2 3 |
d******@tw.bureauveritas.com
|
|||||
app s | Confidentiality (long or short term) | |||||
1 2 3 | Does this application include a request for confidentiality for any portion(s) of the data contained in this application pursuant to 47 CFR § 0.459 of the Commission Rules?: | No | ||||
1 2 3 | Yes | |||||
1 2 3 | Long-Term Confidentiality Does this application include a request for confidentiality for any portion(s) of the data contained in this application pursuant to 47 CFR § 0.459 of the Commission Rules?: | No | ||||
if no date is supplied, the release date will be set to 45 calendar days past the date of grant. | ||||||
app s | Cognitive Radio & Software Defined Radio, Class, etc | |||||
1 2 3 | Is this application for software defined/cognitive radio authorization? | No | ||||
1 2 3 | Equipment Class | NII - Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure TX | ||||
1 2 3 | DTS - Digital Transmission System | |||||
1 2 3 | Description of product as it is marketed: (NOTE: This text will appear below the equipment class on the grant) | N600 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router | ||||
1 2 3 | Related OET KnowledgeDataBase Inquiry: Is there a KDB inquiry associated with this application? | No | ||||
1 2 3 | Modular Equipment Type | Does not apply | ||||
1 2 3 | Purpose / Application is for | Class II Permissive Change | ||||
1 2 3 | Original Equipment | |||||
1 2 3 | Composite Equipment: Is the equipment in this application a composite device subject to an additional equipment authorization? | Yes | ||||
1 2 3 | Related Equipment: Is the equipment in this application part of a system that operates with, or is marketed with, another device that requires an equipment authorization? | No | ||||
1 2 3 | Grant Comments | Power listed is the maximum combined conducted output power. This device has 20 MHz and 40 MHz BW modes. End-users and responsible parties must be provided with operating and installation instructions to ensure RF exposure compliance. The antenna(s) used for this transmitter must be installed to provide a separation distance of at least 20 cm from all persons and must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. Operations in the 5.15-5.25GHz band are restricted to indoor usage only. | ||||
1 2 3 | Power listed is the maximum combined conducted output power. End-users and responsible parties must be provided with operating and installation instructions to ensure RF exposure compliance. The antenna(s) used for this transmitter must be installed to provide a separation distance of at least 20 cm from all persons and must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. Operations in the 5.15-5.25GHz band are restricted to indoor usage only. This device has a 20 MHz and 40 MHz bandwidth mode. | |||||
1 2 3 | Power listed is the maximum combined conducted output power. End-users and responsible parties must be provided with operating and installation instructions to ensure RF exposure compliance. The antenna(s) used for this transmitter must be installed to provide a separation distance of at least 20 cm from all persons and must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. This device has a 20 MHz and 40 MHz bandwidth mode. | |||||
1 2 3 | Is there an equipment authorization waiver associated with this application? | No | ||||
1 2 3 | If there is an equipment authorization waiver associated with this application, has the associated waiver been approved and all information uploaded? | No | ||||
app s | Test Firm Name and Contact Information | |||||
1 2 3 | Firm Name |
Bureau Veritas CPS (H.K.) Ltd. Taoyuan Branch
|
||||
1 2 3 | Name |
R**** C********
|
||||
1 2 3 | Telephone Number |
886-3******** Extension:
|
||||
1 2 3 | Fax Number |
886-3********
|
||||
1 2 3 |
r******@tw.bureauveritas.com
|
|||||
Equipment Specifications | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 1 | 15E | CC MO | 5180 | 5240 | 0.049 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 2 | 15E | CC MO ND | 5260 | 5320 | 0.166 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 3 | 15E | CC MO ND | 5500 | 5580 | 0.222 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 4 | 15E | CC MO ND | 5670 | 5700 | 0.143 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2 | 1 | 15E | CC MO | 5180.00000000 | 5240.00000000 | 0.0490000 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
3 | 1 | 15C | CC MO | 2412 | 2462 | 0.387 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
3 | 2 | 15C | CC MO | 5745 | 5825 | 0.167 |
some individual PII (Personally Identifiable Information) available on the public forms may be redacted, original source may include additional details
This product uses the FCC Data API but is not endorsed or certified by the FCC